Social Readmore

Approved by the Government of Nepal, Ministry of Education
Curriculum Development Centre (CDC), Sanothimi, Bhaktapur, Nepal.
Readmore
New
SOCIAL
STUDIES
Revised and Updated
GRADE
10
Author
Matrika Pd. Lamsal
Published by
TU Road, Kuleshwor, Kathmandu, Nepal.

Phone: 4672071, 5187211, 5187226 Fax: 00977-1-4672073
E-mail: readmorenepal6@gmail.com
www.readmorenp.com
© Copyright: Publisher 2075 BS
No part of this book (maps, symbols, illustrations, etc.) may be reproduced or transmitted by any means,
electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission of the publisher.
Any breach of this condition will entail legal action and prosecution.
First Edition : 2075 BS

Revised and Updated Edition : 2076, 2077 BS
Revised and Updated Edition : 2078 BS
Language Editor Special Thanks to: Layout

Ishwar Mani Lamsal Ganesh Dhakal Readmore Desktop
Kiran Thapa Krishna Pd. Parajuli
Grishma Rajbhandari Shyam Sunder Lamichhane
Suren Shakya
Tek Nath Poudel
Jagat Prasad Bhattarai
Sanjeev Rai
Dilip Acharya
Badri Bdr. Chauhan
Purshottam Khanal
Som Chaulagain
Prakash Khanal
Printed in Nepal
You can exchange this book from your nearest book shop if any binding errors are found.
Read to help others read !

We are pleased to inform that a certain amount from each book is allocated to the
Charity Fund. The fund is provided to deserving and needy students all over Nepal.
The charity always welcomes co-operation and support from all well wishers and agencies.
About The Book
Social Studies is a graded series of books for school children. The Secondary
Level series consists of two books suitable for class IX and X. This series is prepared especially
for the children of English medium schools of Nepal. It is an appropriately planned graded
series fulfilling the needs of students and teachers in the changing situation of our country
and the world.
Salient features of the book:
The entire curriculum has been divided into 9 units as specified by the Curriculum
Development Centre, Government of Nepal. Each unit consists of lessons covering the
entire curriculum and additional materials.
Every lesson has been supplemented with suitable pictures and illustrations.
This book includes informative colourful maps of the continents so that students can
easily get information about the physical features and other characteristics of the
continents. Outline maps of all the continents are also included in the book so that
students can evaluate their knowledge themselves.
The related provisions of the Constitution of Nepal, prevailing rules and regulations have
been presented in a simplified manner. New topics like Human Resource Development,
Provinces of Nepal, Sustainable Development, Ongoing Development Projects in Nepal,
Contemporary Development Goals, Universal Brotherhood, Responsibility Towards the
Senior Citizens, Rights of Women and Indigenous Nationalities, Citizen Identity and
Citizenship, Cooperative and Its Economic Importance, Finance Education, Insurance,
Revenue and Tax Collection, Consumers’ Rights, Globalization and Localization, etc have
been given special attention.
The contents of the lessons are simple with lucid language and edited by expert language
editors.
The latest accurate data are included in all the lessons.
These series are appropriately illustrated books reflecting the socio-economic and
cultural side of Nepal.
Special attention has been given to social, ethnic and geographical diversity, gender
equality and secularism.
Sufficient evaluation exercises are given in each and every lesson according to the
objectives of the curriculum. Activities, exercises and enough community and project
works have been given in each lesson.
Key terms have been highlighted in each lesson to make the students understand the
lesson easily.
I would like to express my sincere thanks to the principals and teachers who have
recommended Social Studies book to their students and schools. I am
confident that these books will be able to fulfill the objectives set forth by CDC, Government
of Nepal. I highly appreciate the opinion and constructive suggestions from the teachers and
intellectuals.
- Author
Table of Contents
Pages
UNIT 1. WE AND OUR SOCIETY
1. Human Resource Development 7
2. Human Development Index and Nepal 13
3. Concept of Regional Development and Federalism 19
4. Provinces of Nepal 25
UNIT 2. DEVELOPMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURES OF DEVELOPMENT

1. Sustainable Development 44
2. Ongoing Development Projects in Nepal 47
3. Infrastructure of Development: Skilled Human Resource and
Employment Opportunity 51
4. Contemporary Development Goals and Nepal 55
5. Formulation of Development Proposal at Local Level 60
UNIT 3. OUR SOCIAL VALUES AND NORMS

1. Our National Heritages 64
2. Folk Songs of Nepal 72
3. Folk Musical Instruments of Nepal 76
4. Folk and Classical Dances of Nepal 82
5. Our National Days 87
6. International Personalities 91
7. Universal Brotherhood 95
8. Responsibility Towards the Senior Citizens 98
UNIT 4. SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS

1. Human Trafficking: A Social Problem 102
2. Domestic Violence and Untouchability 106
3. Some Bad Customs 109
4. Roles Played by the International Organizations 112
5. Identification of Social Problems and Problem Solving Skills 116
UNIT 5. CIVIC AWARENESS

1. Legislature 119
2. Executive 125
3. Judiciary 132
4. Constitutional Bodies 137
5. Other Constitutional Commissions 144
6. Political Parties 148
7. Election Process 152
8. Role of Citizens in the Election 159
9. Human Rights and National and International Agencies 162
10. Rights of Women and Indigenous Nationalities 167
11. Citizen Identity and Citizenship 170
UNIT 6. OUR EARTH

1. Climates of the World 175
2. Tropical Zone 181
3. Temperate Zone 189
4. Frigid Zone 197
5. Alpine Climate or High Mountainous Climate 202
6. Climate, Vegetation and Animals in the World 204
7. Effects on Climate and Topographic Diversity on Lifestyle 206
8. North America: Geographical and Natural Environment 208
9. North America: Economic Activities and Social Life 213
10. South America: Geographical and Natural Environment 220
11. South America: Economic Activities and Social Life 225
12. Africa: Geographical and Natural Environment 232
13. Africa: Economic Activities and Social Life 237
14. North America, South America, Africa and Nepal 244
15. Natural Disasters: Earthquake and Tsunami 247
16. Globe, Map and Map Technology 251
UNIT 7. OUR PAST

1. Revolution of 2007 BS and Delhi Agreement 258
2. A Decade of Democratic Politics (2007-2017 BS) 264
3. Abduction of Democracy and Ban on Political Parties 269
4. Political Events from 2017 BS to 2046 BS 273
5. Causes of the Rise and Downfall of Panchayat System 280
6. Political Events from 2046 BS to 2062 BS 282
7. Political Events after 2062/63 BS 286
8. Social and Economic Achievements After People’s Movement-II 292
9. Causes of the First World War 295
10. Consequences of the First World War 301
11. Causes of the Second World War 305
12. Consequences of the Second World War and Role of Nepal 310
13. Exploration, Identification, Preservation and Promotion of
Historical Sites and Monuments 315
UNIT 8. ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

1. Current Plan 320
2. Tourism Industry, Its Importance and Prospects 324
3. Water: An Important Source of Energy 331
4. Foreign Employment in Nepal 334
5. Cooperative and Its Economic Importance 338
6. Financial Education 342
7. Financial Instruments 347
8. Insurance 351
9. Revenue and Tax Collection 355
10. Consumers’ Rights 358
UNIT 9. OUR INTERNATIONAL RELATION AND COOPERATION

1. United Nations and Its Organs 363
2. Specialized Agencies of the United Nations 369
3. Nepal’s Role in the United Nations 378
4. Activities of the United Nations in Nepal 381
5. Current Affairs and Their Effects 385
6. Globalization and Localization 389
Additional Learning Materials 392-416

UNIT
WE AND
1 OUR SOCIETY
Learning achievements
Understand the concept of Human Resource Development,

Be familiar with the concept of Human Development Index (HDI) and identify its
status in Nepal,
Discuss the concept of regional development and federalism, and
Do comparative study of the provinces of Nepal.
Subject matters
Human Resource Development

Human Development Index and Nepal
Concept of Regional Development and Federalism
Provinces of Nepal
6 SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

LESSON
1 Human Resource Development
Introduction
The world is dynamic. It keeps on changing. The process of positive and progressive
change is known as development. Development requires various means and resources.
Among them, the people or group of people with ability and skill is an important
resource. It is called human resource. Various kinds of human resources are required
for development. Manpower like entrepreneur, peasant, businessperson, doctor, engineer,
lawyer, teacher, pilot, administrator, nurse, carpenter, mason, bureaucrat, etc are important
human resources for the economic development and prosperity of the country.
Human resources refer to both general and technical manpower essential for carrying out
any work. It includes the manpower from general labours to highly skilled technicians.
Human resource plays an important role in the economic, social, cultural and scientific
progress of the country. The planning for human resource is made on the basis of work
and need.
Types of human resources

Human resources can be categorized on the basis of skill and term.
a. On the basis of skill
On the basis of skill, human resource is categorized
into three types: unskilled, semi-skilled and skilled.
The manpower, which has not attained any skill but
can contribute in the development of the country,
is known as unskilled human resource. General
labours like sweepers, conductors, etc come under
this category. The manpower, which has attained
some skills but is not an expert, is known as semi-
skilled human resource. Health assistants, co-
pilot, assistant director who are the assistants of the Doctors
experts are the examples of semi-skilled human resource. Similarly, the manpower, which
has attained complete knowledge and skill in a particular field and is an expert, is known
as skilled human resource. Doctors, professors, teachers, engineers, pilots, etc are the
examples of skilled human resource.
b. On the basis of term

On the basis of term or duration, the human resource is categorized into three types:
short term, long term and constant human resource. The human resource prepared for
We and Our Society 7
short term and for specific work is known as
short term human resource. For example: the
manpower prepared for harvesting crops and
working as tourist guide in tourism season, etc.
The human resource prepared for long period
service is known as long term human resource.
The police, army, civil servants are the long
term human resources. The meaning of constant
human resources is the manpower who can
contribute for the development throughout Agriculture
the life once they attain skill and knowledge.
Teachers, doctors, etc are constant human resources.
Preparation of human resource
It takes a long time for the development of science
and technology, establishment of industries,
operation of big projects, etc. So, enough
preparation has to be done before establishing
any infrastructure. It also needs huge investment.
The state has to run various institutions to
prepare long term human resource and projects
for creating job opportunities simultaneously.
The universities also have to produce constant
human resource required in the market regularly.
Along with the universities, there are institutions Establishment of Industry
for providing technical and vocational education
to produce technically skilled manpower. With the management of diverse manpower, we
can develop the country, fulfill the immediate and future needs of the country and make
the living standard of people prosperous. A country’s development status depends upon
its skilled human resources. So, countries like Nepal should focus on production of large
number of skilled human resources. Human resources can be prepared by providing them
various types of trainings and formal education.
Human Resource Management (HRM)
Human resource management is also called personnel management. It is the process of
appointing employees in an organization and developing their efficiency to make them
more responsible and valuable to the organization. Human resource management includes
conducting job analyses, planning personnel needs, recruiting the right worker for the job,
orientation and training, managing wages, providing benefits and incentives, evaluating
performance, resolving disputes, and communicating with the employees at all levels.
The competence of the organization depends on the ability of its employees and their
personal development. So, there is a need of proper human resource management to
develop the feeling of cooperation among the employees and motivate them to work in
group.
Human Resource Development (HRD)
Human resource development is a part of human resource management. It is the process
of empowering employees of an organization and strengthening their ability so that they
can perform better. It aims at improving skills, knowledge, competencies, attitude and
behaviour of employees of an organization. The purpose of human resource development
is to empower and strengthen the abilities of the employees so that they can give their best
to the organization.
Need of Human Resource Development
There is a great need of human resource development for qualitative output. The following
points justify the need of human resource development:
a. To demand and recruit the manpower on the basis of human resource plan,
b. To fulfill the lack of manpower at the time of need and manage the additional
employees,
c. To increase the productivity of the organization with the proper management of
available manpower,
d. To diversify the work and estimate the need of the employees for various works and
condition of manpower available in the market,
e. To identify availability and possibility of the expert and skilled worker in the country
required for the job, and
f. To increase or decrease the number of workers in the organization by analyzing the
expenditure for labour.
Importance of Human Resource Development

Every organization prepares a human resource development plan for the management of
different level and types of manpower. Human Resource Planning (HRP) is the process
of forecasting future human resource requirements of the organization and determining
as to how the existing human resource capacity of the organization can be utilized to
fulfill these requirements. An organization can get competent manpower from this. The
recruitment of employees and their use, work efficiency of the employee, upgrading of
skill and technology and improvement of the organization play an important role in the
output of the organization. It manages the whole plan; organization, policy making, mutual
cooperation, provision of budget and condition of profit and loss of the organization. The
importance of human resource development has been presented in the following points:
a. It helps in the effective use of the manpower,
b. It facilitates to search manpower for the present and future, and determine the incentive
plan for the manpower,

c. It is useful to motivate the manpower and the organization to achieve the goal,
d. It expands the relationship between human resource working in the organization and
stakeholders, which gives further positive result in the quality of work and internal
management,
e. It is beneficial for the development of leadership, supervision and effective
communication in the organization, and
f. It yields higher productivity from the organization by helping in the utilization of
time, capital mobilization, energy management, achievement of expected goals,
training development and minimization of loss.
Process of Human Resource Planning

Human Resource Planning is a process of forecasting the organization’s demand for and
supply of manpower required in the near future. The process of human resources planning
includes the following actions:
1. Determining the objectives of Human Resource Planning
2. Analyzing current manpower supply
3. Forecasting the demand and supply of Human Resources
4. Analyzing the manpower gaps
5. Employment Plan/Action Plan
6. Training and Development, and
7. Evaluation of Manpower Planning.
Challenges of Human Resource Development and their solution

Challenges Solutions
a. There is lack of required manpower a. Create employment opportunities in
for development since a large number the country to reduce dependency on
of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled foreign employment.
manpower go abroad for employment.
b. It is difficult to manage manpower b. Maintain balance between the
since the production of the manpower production of manpower in the country
doesn’t match with its demand in the and its demand in the market.
market.
c. The human resource development c. Run development activities targeting
of the country has not taken the the people of remote areas, women,
speed as expected since the effort of Dalit, differently abled, backward area,
development has not reached remote class and community.
areas, women, Dalit, differently abled,
backward area, class and community.

d. The effort of the government for d. Make enough effort to get benefits
human resource development through from the existing active population.
education, health, tourism, etc is not
enough.
e. There is a problem in the development e. Produce skilled manpower as per the
of manpower because of the inability demand of national and international
to mobilize the available economic market in the country with the effective
resource. mobilization of internal resource.
f. There is lack of clear human resource f. Formulate a human resource plan with
policy in the country. long term action plan to overcome
the challenges of human resource
development.
Future plan for the human resource development

The lack of employment opportunity leads to increase in the problem of unemployment.
A large number of manpower goes abroad in search of employment. The human resource
development should concentrate on the production of qualitative and quantitative
manpower that can compete in the global market and fulfill the need of changing situation
of the country. For this, a future plan should be set considering the following long term
vision:
a. To develop the skilled, competent and capable manpower to compete in the national
and international market
b. To maintain balance between demand and supply of manpower
c. To focus on the technical and vocational trainings that creates employment and self-
employment
d. To run integrated programs for the skilled human resource development
e. To increase the efficiency of institutions related to the human resource
f. To prepare and implement the human resource development policy
g. To run programs for developing leadership in the young manpower
h. To maintain coordination between the available employment in the market and the
manpower produced from the educational institutions
i. To develop the ability of targeted group
j. To develop human resource by providing skill and technology to compete in the
foreign and domestic market, and
k. To define the work differently and make education job-oriented.

Activities
With the help of subject teacher, consult with the Chairperson of School Management
Committee and Head Master to find the answer of the following questions. Then write an
article on the topic “Human Resource Development of Our School”.
a. What is human resource development in school?
b. Why should the human resource be developed in school?
c. What plan has been made for the human resource development in school?
d. What manpower plan should be made in future in order to make the school better
than neighbouring schools?
e. What challenges can be met while making the plan for human resource
development in the school? What can be the measures to solve such challenges?
Exercise
Very short answer questions:
1. Define Human Resource.
2. Name the types of human resource on the basis of skill.
3. Compare between short term human resource and long term human resource in a
sentence.
4. Write the full form of HRM and HRD.
Short answer questions:

1. Write any four characteristics of Human Resource Management.
2. Explain the importance of human resource development.
3. What plan has been made for the human resource development in our country?
4. How should the manpower plan be prepared in order to upgrade our country as a
developed country?
5. What are the challenges in the human resource development in Nepal? How can
they be overcome?
6. Why is it essential to improve the condition of human resource development in
Nepal? Give reasons.
7. Write two differences between Human Resource Development and Human Resource
Management.
Community Work
Meet an intellectual person in your community to ask the following questions and prepare
a report including his/her answer to present in the class:
How many people in your community are involved in an occupation and in which
occupation?
What is the relationship between the human resource of the community and
employment?
In which sector there is lack of human resource?
What should be done to supply sufficient human resource?
LESSON
Human Development Index
2 and Nepal
Human Development
Development is evaluated not only by economic advancement but also improvement
in human well-being. Development in health, education, food, clothing, housing, skill,
freedom, opportunity, etc for the improvement in human well-being is called human
development.
Human Development Index (HDI)

Human Development Index (HDI) is the indicator
that shows the level of achievements of progress in
three basic dimensions of human development in a
given country. The three basic dimensions of human
development are: Long and healthy life, knowledge,
and decent standard of living.
In other words, the human development index (HDI)
is a composite statistic of life expectancy, education
Amartya Sen
and per capita income indicators, which is used to
rank countries into four tiers of human development
as very high human development, high human
development, medium human development and low
human development.
The Human Development Index was developed
in 1990 AD by Indian economist Amartya Sen and
Pakistani economist Mahbub ul Haq. Since 1990 AD,
the UNDP has been continuously publishing annual
Human Development Index report.
The three dimensions of human development are
Mahbub ul Haq
measured using the following indicators:
a. Long and healthy life (Health) is measured by ‘Life expectancy at birth’,
b. Knowledge (Education) is measured by ‘Average years of schooling in the adult
population’ and ‘Expected years of schooling for school-age children’,
c. Decent standard of living (Income) is measured by ‘Gross National Income (GNI) per
capita (PPP US$)’.

Purposes of measuring human development
Following are the purposes of measuring the human development:
a. To identify the condition of human development
b. To compare and rank the social and economic development of different countries of
the world
c. To identify the areas to be improved in human development
d. To bring improvement in the human development, and
e. To set the future goals of the country and make plans accordingly.
Calculation of Human Development Index

The method of calculation has been revised from time to time since its inception in
1990 AD. According to the new method published on 4th November 2010 (and updated
on 10th June, 2011), HDI is calculated with the help of Life Expectancy Index, Education
Index and Income Index. The HDI value ranges between 0 to 1, where 0 indicates the
lowest HDI and 1 indicates the highest HDI.
Minimum and maximum values fixed for each indicator of the global
HDI
Dimension Indicator Minimum Maximum
Health Life Expectancy (year) 20 85
Expected Years of Schooling 0 18
Education
Mean Year of Schooling 0 15
Gross National Income per
Standard of living 100 75,000
capita (PPP US$ 2011)
HDI Dimension Index Calculation

Step: 1
Calculation of Life Expectancy Index
Life Expectancy of concerned country–Minimum Life Expectancy
Life Expectancy Index (LEI) =
Maximum Life Expectancy–Minimum Life Expectancy
Step: 2
Calculation of Education Index
Mean Year of Schooling of concerned country Expected Year of Schooling of concerned country
+
15 18
Education Index (EI) =
2
MYS EYS
+
15 18
Or, EI =
2
Step: 3
Calculation of Income Index
ln (Gross National Income per capita of concerned country)–ln (Minimum Gross National Income per capita)
Income Index (II) =
ln (Maximum Gross National Income per capita)–ln (Minimum Gross National Income per capita)

Step: 4
Calculation of HDI
3
Human Development Index = Ö(Life Expectancy Index × Education Index × Income Index)
3
Or, HDI = Ö(LEI×EI×II)
Where,
Life Expectancy : Life expectancy at birth
Mean Years of Schooling : Years that a person aged 25 or older has spent in
formal education
Expected Years of Schooling : Total expected years of schooling for children under
18 years of age
Gross National Income per capita : Gross National Income at purchasing power parity
per capita
Example
Calculate the HDI of a country on the basis of the following data:
i. Maximum Life Expectancy = 85 years
ii. Minimum Life Expectancy = 20 years
iii. Maximum Gross National Income per capita = US$ 75,000
iv. Minimum Gross National Income per capita = US$ 100
v. Maximum Expected Years of Schooling = 18 years
vi. Maximum Mean Years of Schooling = 15 years
vii. Gross National per capita of concerned country = US$ 5350
viii. Life Expectancy of concerned country = 65 years
ix. Mean Year of Schooling of concerned country = 4.4 years
x. Expected Year of Schooling of concerned country = 10.7 years
Solution:
Calculating Life Expectancy Index
Life Expectancy of concerned country–Minimum Life Expectancy
Life Expectancy Index (LEI) =
Maximum Life Expectancy–Minimum Life Expectancy
65-20
=
85-20
45
=
65
= 0.692
Calculating Education Index

Mean Year of Schooling of concerned country Expected Year of Schooling of concerned country
+
15 18
Education Index (EI) =
2
4.4 10.7
+
15 18
=
2

0.293 + 0.594
=
2
= 0.887
2
= 0.443
Calculating Income Index

ln (Gross National Income per capita of concerned country)–ln (Minimum Gross National Income per capita)
Income Index (II) =
ln (Maximum Gross National Income per capita)–ln (Minimum Gross National Income per capita)
=
ln (5350)–ln (100)
In (75,000)- ln (100)
Do you know?
8.584 – 4.605 Human Development Index (HDI): A composite index
= measuring average achievement in three dimensions of human
11.225 – 4.605 development - a long and healthy life, knowledge and a decent
3.979 standard of living.
= Life expectancy at birth: Number of years a newborn infant
6.620
could expect to live if prevailing patterns of age-specific
= 0.601 mortality rates at the time of birth stay the same throughout
the infant’s life.
Calculating Human Development Index Expected years of schooling: Number of years of schooling
3 that a child of school entrance age can expect to receive if
HDI = ÖLEI×EI×II prevailing patterns of age-specific enrolment rates persist
3 throughout the child’s life.
= Ö0.692×0.443×0.601 Mean years of schooling: Average number of years of
3 education received by people ages 25 and older, converted
= Ö0.184 from education attainment levels using official durations of
each level.
= 0.568 Gross national income (GNI) per capita: Aggregate income
of an economy generated by its production and its ownership
of factors of production, less the incomes paid for the use
\HDI=0.568 of factors of production owned by the rest of the world,
converted to international dollars using PPP rates, divided by
midyear population.
Nepal’s status in HDI
Nepal’s status in HDI Year Rank Score

2013 146 0.543
Nepal’s status in HDI in 2020 improved five ranks
to 142 compared to the last year according to the 2014 146 0.543
report published by the UNDP in 2020 AD. The 2015 145 0.548
ranking is out of 189 countries. 2016 144 0.558
2017 148 0.566
Measures to improve the status of 2018 149 0.574
Human Development 2019 147 0.579
Ü Expand health services 2020 142 0.602
Ü Focus in the development of Ranking Base
education Globally countries are divided in the following four
tiers according to their score in Human Development
Ü Modernize agriculture Index:
Ü Extend industries and factories HDI Score Level of Human Development
Ü Develop tourism business 0.800 and above Very High Human Development
Ü Utilize local resources and means 0.700 – 0.799 High Human Development
properly 0.550 – 0.699 Medium Human Development
Ü Increase employment opportunity Below 0.550 Low Human Development

Activities
Study the table given below. Discuss in the class and answer the following questions:
HDI of SAARC Countries, 2020
Expected
Human Life years Gross national
Mean years
HDI Development expectancy of income
Country of schooling
rank Index (HDI) at birth schooling (GNI) per capita
(Years) 2019
Value 2019 (Years) 2019 (Years) (2011 PPP $ 2019)
2019
72 Sri Lanka 0.782 77.0 14.1 10.6 12,707
95 Maldives 0.740 78.9 12.2 7.0 17,417
129 Bhutan 0.654 71.8 13.0 4.1 10,746
131 India 0.645 69.7 12.2 6.5 6,681
133 Bangladesh 0.632 72.6 11.6 6.2 4,976
142 Nepal 0.602 70.8 12.8 5.0 3,457
154 Pakistan 0.557 67.3 8.3 5.2 5,005
169 Afghanistan 0.511 64.8 10.2 3.9 2,229
Note: Values are rounded.
Countries with high HDI 2020
Expected
Human Life years Gross national
Mean years
HDI Development expectancy of income
Country of schooling
rank Index (HDI) at birth schooling (GNI) per capita
(Years) 2019
Value 2019 (Years) 2019 (Years) (2011 PPP $ 2019)
2019
1 Norway 0.957 82.4 18.1 12.9 66,494
2 Ireland 0.955 82.3 18.7 12.7 68,371
2 Switzerland 0.955 83.8 16.3 13.4 69,394
Hong Kong,
4 0.949 84.9 16.9 12.3 62,985
China (SAR)
4 Iceland 0.949 83.0 19.1 12.8 54,682
Countries with low HDI 2020
Mean years
Human Life Expected Gross national
of
HDI Development expectancy years income
Country
rank Index (HDI) at birth of schooling schooling (GNI) per capita
(Years)
Value 2019 (Years) 2019 (Years) 2019 (2011 PPP $ 2019)
2019
185 Burundi 0.433 61.6 11.1 3.3 754
185 South Sudan 0.433 57.9 5.3 4.8 2,003
187 Chad 0.398 54.2 7.3 2.5 1,555
188 Central African 0.397 53.3 7.6 4.3 993
Republic
189 Niger 0.394 62.4 6.5 2.1 1,201
Source: Human Development Statistical Update, 2019
a. Which countries have high HDI? Why is there high HDI? Write the reasons.
b. Analyze the status of HDI in SAARC countries.
c. What are the challenges for the countries having low HDI?
d. What should be done to improve in the status of Human Development?
Exercise
1. What is human development index? How is it expressed?
2. What is the status of Nepal in human development index?
3. Compare Congo and Denmark with Nepal in term of human development index.

1. What should be done for the development of Nepal? Suggest any four measures.
2. What are the purposes of measuring human development?
3. Mention the three dimensions of human development? Write the formula to
calculate HDI dimension index.
4. Show the ranking base of the countries according to their score in HDI in a table.
What is the status of Nepal in HDI ranking?
5. Suggest any four ways to improve human development.
6. Calculate HDI of the following countries on the basis of given data:
Life Gross national
Expected years Mean years
HDI expectancy income
Country of schooling of schooling
rank at birth (GNI) per capita
(Years) 2019 (Years) 2019
(Years) 2019 (2011 PPP $ 2019)
72 Sri Lanka 76.98 14.11107 10.63257 12,707.36624
131 India 69.66 12.16229 6.5 6681.346904
142 Nepal 70.78 12.75613 5.014 3,456.706213
154 Pakistan 67.27 8.27594 5.158944258 5,005.034893
169 Afghanistan 64.83 10.17643 3.93 2,229.362021
Project Work
Search in the internet about the latest report of the Human Development, collect the
information about it and present in the class.

LESSON
Concept of Regional Development
3 and Federalism
Concept of Development
Development is a positive and progressive Fulfillment
change. The ultimate goal of development is to of demands
Modern
upgrade the standard of human life. Development thought
Progress
indicates the economic and social progress of the

people. It brings gradual progress in the existing Increase in Concept of
Utilization
of social
condition of the country. Development is related productivity Development norms and
beliefs
with the fulfillment of human needs and upgrading
the satisfaction level of people since the concept Freedom
of development covers the social, economic and Equality Self-respect
Poverty
and cultural progress. Human resource plays an alleviation
important role in the development and also can
lead the development towards the desired direction.
Various human and natural resources and means are required for the development. Rivers,
land, forest, minerals, etc are the natural resources and means whereas skilled manpower,
technology, trainings, etc are human resources and means. Development covers various
dimensions like rural, urban, community, human resource, economic development,
environment conservation, climate change, administrative improvement, etc. A planned and
environment friendly development helps in both environment conservation and fulfillment
of human needs. It fulfills the basic needs of people by which people get the opportunity
to attain and use their civic rights, live a life with dignity and the opportunity for personal
development, social and economic progress. So, development activities should be carried
out for the progress of the country.
Need of Development
Ü To make the human life easy, prosperous and joyful by fulfilling the needs,
Ü To increase the self dependence and competence,
Ü To ensure economic and social transformation, and
Ü To change traditional thought into contemporary.
Concept of Regional Development

This is a concept to develop the country by dividing it into different administrative units.
The concept of regional development is related with strengthening the administration of the
country. The main objective of this concept is fast and easy delivery of service to people.
With the objective of achieving balanced, effective and speedy development in all parts
of the country, the concept of regional development was brought into implementation.

According to this concept, Nepal was divided into 4 development regions in 2029 BS and
into 5 development regions in 2037 BS including Mountain, Hill and Terai regions in each.
KA
CHN
AN
PU
R
D - Dhankuta
T - Terhathum
On the basis of landform, Nepal is divided into 3 geographical regions: Mountain region,
Hilly region and Terai region. It is difficult to run development works in mountain and
hilly region due to difficult topography. The Terai region has plain and fertile land. So, it
is comparatively easier to develop the infrastructures of development in Terai region. With
the objective of developing
Decentralization
all the parts of the country Remove Regional of Power Proportional
from the administrative Disparity Development
point of view, Nepal was
Strengthen Concept of Regional Simple and Effective
divided into 14 zones and National Integrity Development Administrative Work
75 districts on 1st Baishakh, Check the
Mobilization of Public
2018 BS. Resource and Means Participation
Migration
Federalism
Federalism is an important concept of Increases
decentralization of power. Decentralization political
participation
of power means the delegation of power from
centre to the provinces and local level. Thus, Disperses Improves
federalism is a system of governance in which power efficiency
power is shared between a central authority and
constituent political units. Federalism
Helps to
Nepal had been practising unitary form of manage
Permits
diversity
conflict
governance since unification. However this
system was not able to achieve development
C
ince
Provincial Map of Nepal N
Prov
A
Ka
rn
D him
I ali
P
rov
hc
H in ce
rpas
Ga
Sudu
nd
N
ak
iP
rov
I
ince
KA
N
I
CH
AN
Godawari
Bag
PU
WEST
mat
R
I Bire
i Pr
EAST
ndran
a gar ovin
N
ce
Po
Provin
kha
ra ce: 1
Deukhuri A
N
ASI
Lum DE
HI
NAWAL PAR
EAST
bin N NAWAL
PA PARASI
i Pr RU WEST
ovi
n ce D
Hetauda
I
Scale- 1:1,000,000
N
Janakp
K - Kathmandu
D
ur
B - Bhaktapur Prov
I
Provincial Headquarters
ar
ince I Bira
tnag
L - Lalitpur :2
A
A
goals of the country and also seen as an ‘exclusive form of rule’. Federalism is seen as
an inclusive practice for Nepal. So, with the view of proportionate development in all
parts of the country by appropriate distribution and mobilization of resources and reducing
the economic, social and religious discrimination, the country has been transformed into
federal structure. Nepal became a federal democratic republican state since 15th Jestha,
2065 BS. According to the concept of federal system, Nepal has been divided into 7
provinces. Now, each province has a separate government along with a federal government
at centre. There are three tiers of authority: central, provincial and local. From this system,
people can utilize the resources and means of their region, earn income, consume and
participate in the development of their region.
There are two types of federal system: one, by uniting the states like in the US, and other,
by dividing a country into different provinces like in Nepal. At present, about 25 countries
of the world have the federal system. This system is in practice in India, the USA, Canada,
Belgium, Spain, Australia, Ethiopia, South Africa, Switzerland, etc. In this system, states
or provinces are formed on the basis of geography, history, ethnicity and language, region,
population, availability of resource, etc.
Nepal has been divided into 7 provinces on the basis of identity and capability. The
Constitution of Nepal has distributed the state power to central, provincial and local units.
Some of them are presented below:
Federal Powers Provincial Powers Powers of Local Level
Protection of national unity State civil service and Municipal police
and territorial integrity other government services Cooperatives
Relating to national security FM operation
Central planning, central State level electricity, Local development projects and
bank, finance policies, irrigation and water supply programs
monetary and banking, services, navigation Basic and secondary education
monetary policies, foreign State universities, higher Basic health sanitation
grants, aid and loans education, libraries,
Distribution of land, building
Foreign and diplomatic museums
ownership certificates
affairs, international Matters relating to the
relations and United Preservation and development
State Assembly, State
Nations related matters of language, culture and arts
Council of Ministers
National transportation Drinking water, small electricity
Intra-State trade, State
policies, management projects, alternative energy
highways, Health services
of railways and national Local tax
Management of lands,
highways Laws relating to family affairs
land records
Positive Aspects of Federalism

No political system is perfect in itself. Every political system has its positive and
challenging aspects. Some positive aspects of the federal system are:
Ü Maintains close relation between the state and its people,
Ü Settles conflict at local level,
Ü Utilizes means and resources,
Ü Accelerates development activities,
Ü Increases public participation in government activities,
Ü Conserves local and ethnic art, culture and heritages,
Ü Maintains balance in population distribution,
Ü Doesn’t depend upon the centre for everything,
Ü Runs the provinces smoothly even if the central government is dissolved.
Challenging Aspects of Federal System

Besides the good aspects of federal system, it may create some problems and challenges,
like:
Ü Unequal distribution of means and resources between the states may cause unequal
development and misunderstanding among the states.
Ü There may be conflict between the states regarding the use of natural resources of
border areas.
Ü Federal system of government is more expensive; hence there may be lack of sufficient
budget for its successful operation.
Ü There may be misunderstanding between federal government and provincial
government regarding the sharing of power and authorities.
Ü Provinces may demand for a different and a separate state which can threaten the
national security and integrity.
Ü The cultural and ethnic diversity can be a challenge regarding the state language and
maintaining equal recognition to all cultural groups.

Activities
1. What are the bases for the division of Nepal in federal structure? Meet and consult
with any local or central leader and make a list of the bases for the division.
2. What complications may arise while running the country as per the concept of
federal system? Discuss in pairs and present in the class.
Exercise
1. Define the concept of development.
2. Write one change occurred in the country after the implementation of federalism.
3. Differentiate between unitary system and the federal system in a sentence.
4. Define federal democratic republican state.
5. Write your opinion for or against on federalism that contributes in the local
development in a sentence.
6. What are the three levels of government according to the Constitution of Nepal?

1. Show the various aspects covered in the concept of development in a diagrammatic
form.
2. What can be the bases for the division of a country in federal structure? Give short
introduction to each of them.
3. What are the dimensions of development?
4. What are the matters considered in order to establish federal structure in Nepal?
5. Analyze the positive aspects of federalism.
6. “Federalism has negative accepts too.” Justify this statement.
7. What do the central, provincial and local level and the people have to do for the
successful implementation of federal system in the country? Present their roles.
8. “Federal system maintains close relationship between the government and the
people”. Justify the statement in a paragraph.
Project Work
Search the countries in the world map that have adopted federal system and show their
location.

Province No. 1
ce m
K
Pr arn
in hi
ov hc
ov ali
Pr rpas
in
ce
du
Su
Ga
n
Pro daki
vin
Lum ce
bini
Prov Bagm
ince
Prov ati Lalitpur
ince
Prov
Pro inc
vinc
eN No. e
o. 2 1
Khumbu Pashanglamu
Location of Province No. 1

LESSON
4 Provinces of Nepal
The Constitution of Nepal has executed federalism in the country by making the provision
of seven provinces. Nepal has been declared as a Federal Democratic Republican State. A
short description of the seven provinces of Nepal is presented below:
Province No. 1
Geographical Environment
It lies in the eastern part of Nepal. It covers
mountain, hill and Terai region of eastern Nepal.
It has an area of 25, 905 sq. km. i.e. 17.6% of the
total area of the country. The highest mountain
peak of the world Mt. Sagarmatha, the third
highest peak of the world Mt. Kanchenjungha,
Mt. Choyu, Mt. Makalu, etc lie in the northern
part of this province. Sagarmatha National Park,
Makalu Barun National Park, Kanchenjungha
Mt. Sagarmatha 8,848.86 m (29,031.69 ft)
Conservation Area also lie in this province. The
rivers like Mechi, Tamor, Arun, Dudhkoshi, etc
Province No. 1
have been supplying water for various purposes.
Area 17.6 % (25, 905 sq. km.)
It consists of sub-tropical evergreen forest in the 17.12 % (4,534,943
south, deciduous and coniferous forest in the Population according to census
hill and higher hill, and tundra vegetation in the 2068 BS)
northern part. Summer monsoon causes heavy 14 (Taplejung, Panchthar,

Ilam, Sankhuwasabha,
rainfall in this province. The land in the Terai
Tehrathum, Dhankuta,
region is plain and fertile. No. of Districts Bhojpur, Khotang,
Solukhumbu,
Socio-Cultural Environment Okhaldhunga, Udayapur,
Jhapa, Morang, Sunsari)
People belonging to different castes and ethnic
groups live in the Terai, hilly and mountain region 137 (Rural
Municipalities: 88,
of this province. Sherpa, Chhetri, Brahmin, No. of Local
Municipalities: 46, Sub-
Levels
Meche, Koche, Rajbansi, Lepcha, Limbu, Rai, Metropolitan Cities: 2 and
Metropolitan City:1)
etc are the main habitants. According to the
Headquarters Biratnagar
census of 2068 BS, 4,534,943 people (17.12%
of total population of the country) live in this
province. Barahakshetra, Pathibhara, Halesi
Mahadev, Chhintang Devi, etc are the major
religious sites. The literacy rate in this province
is also high.
Economic and Development Activities

Food crops like paddy, maize, wheat, etc and
cash crops like jute, tea, sugarcane, tobacco, etc
Pathibhara Temple, Taplejung
are produced in this province. There are many
industries established in its different parts such
as jute mill, sugar mill, cotton cloth industry,
tea industry, etc. This province has a large area
of agricultural region. As a result, it has been
mainly contributing in Gross Domestic Product
from agricultural sector. Biratnagar, Ilam,
Dharan, Okhaldhunga, Gaighat, etc are the main
trade centers. Similarly, tourism, agriculture,
trade, service, etc are the major economic Halesi Mahadev, Khotang
activities in this province. Mahendra highway,

Mechi highway, etc run through this province.
Because of Purbanchal University and many
other important educational institutions, there is
more literate population in this province.
Province No. 2
Geographical Environment Tea Garden, Ilam
It lies in the middle Terai region of the country. It has covered the plain land from Saptari
to Parsa district. Total area of this province is 9,661 sq. km. i.e. 6.56% of the total area
of the country. Most of this province is plain and has fertile land. Hot temperature, sub-
tropical climate and enough rainfall in summer are the main climatic features of this
province. It consists of more cultivable land compared to other provinces. To the north of
this province, there lies a dense forest in Chure range.
Socio-Cultural Environment
The majority of population belongs to Madhesi community. Yadav, Tharu, Dalit, Muslim,
etc are the castes and ethnic groups living in this province. The languages spoken here

Province No. 2
K
ce m
Pr arn
in hi
ov ali
in
u
ov hc
ce
d
Pr rpas
Su
Ga
n
Pro daki
vin
Lum ce
bini
Prov Bagm
ince
We and Our Society

Prov ati
ince
Prov
Pro inc
vinc No. e
eN
o. 2 1
Location of Province No. 2
Lalitpur
Khumbu Pashanglamu
27
are Maithili, Bhojpuri, Nepali,
Bajjika, etc. According to the census
of 2068 BS, a total of 5,404,145
population live here. It is 20.4% of
the total population of the country.
The religious sites such as Ramjanaki
temple, Chhinnamasta temple,
Janaki Temple, Janakpur
Gadimai temple, etc are located in this
province.
Economic and Development

Activities
Many industrial estates and most
of the industries are located in this
province. So, it is considered more
developed than other provinces. East-
west and postal highways contribute
in transportation facility. Industrial Chhinnamasta Temple, Saptari
products, fishery, agricultural Province No. 2

products, etc are contributing a lot in the Gross Area 6.56 % (9,661 sq. km.)
Domestic Product of Nepal. More cultivable 20.4 % (5,404,145
land, trend of foreign employment, production Population according to census
2068 BS)
of food crops and cash crops, etc have allowed 8 (Saptari, Siraha, Dhanusa,
this province to have higher per capita income. No. of Districts Mahottari, Sarlahi,
Birgunj, the gateway of the country for foreign Rautahat, Bara, Parsa)
136 (Rural Municipalities:
trade also lies in this province which collects No. of Local 59, Municipalities: 73, Sub-
the highest amount of revenue in the country. Levels Metropolitan Cities: 3 and
Janakpur, Simara, Harioun, Chandranigahapur, Metropolitan City: 1)
Headquarters Janakpur
Lahan, Rajbiraj, Birgunj, etc are the important
trade centers of this province. Parsa Wildlife
Reserve and a part of Koshitappu Wildlife
Reserve also contribute in the conservation of
wildlife and tourism development. Agriculture,
tourism, service, trade, manufacturing, etc are
the major occupation of the people in this
province.
Parsa Wildlife Reserve

Bagmati Province Bagmati Province
Area 13.79 % (20,300 sq. km.)
Geographical Environment 20.87 % (5,529,452 according to
Population
Most of the parts of this province are census 2068 BS)
13 (Dolakha, Ramechhap, Sindhuli,
hilly and mountainous. The Kathmandu Kavrepalanchok, Sindhupalchok,
valley also lies in this province. It has No. of Districts Rasuwa, Nuwakot, Dhading,
covered an area of 20,300 sq. km. i.e. Chitwan, Makawanpur, Bhaktapur,
Lalitpur, Kathmandu)
13.79% of the total area of the country. 119 (Rural Municipalities: 74,
No. of Local
Gaurishankar, Langtang, Jugal, Ganesh, Levels
Municipalities: 41, Sub- Metropolitan
Cities: 1 and Metropolitan City: 3)
etc are the important mountains present
Headquarters Hetauda
in this province. Rivers like Trishuli,
Bagmati, Bhotekoshi, etc are supplying
water for various purposes. Kathmandu
valley and Chitwan are very fertile land.
Deciduous forest, coniferous forest and
alpine forest are available according to
the altitude. Rainfall takes place mainly
during summer. Temperature varies
with altitude.
Gaurishankar Himal 7,134 m (23,406 ft)
People belonging to various castes and
ethnic groups are living in this province
with harmonious relation. Bhote and
Sherpa are the main inhabitants of
mountain region whereas Newars are
the major inhabitants of the Kathmandu
valley. Tharu, Magar, Tamang, Jirel,
Brahmin, Chhetri, Dashnami, Dalit,
etc are living in different parts of the
province. According to the census of Pashupatinath Temple, Kathmandu
2068 BS, a total of 5,529,452 people live
in this province. It is 20.87% of the total population of the country. A unique relationship
can be seen among the people of diverse culture and religion in this province. People from
various parts of the country are living in the Kathmandu valley. Palanchowk Bhagawati,
Dakshinkali, Dolakha Bhimeshwor, Bauddhanath Stupa, Budhanilakantha, Swayambhu,
Pashupatinath, Gosainkunda, etc are the major religious sites located in this province. It is
rich in cultural diversity.
Bagmati Province
30
K
ce m
Pr arn
in hi
ov ali
in
u
ov hc
ce
d
Pr rpas
Su
Ga
n
Pro daki
vin
Lum ce
bini
Prov Bagm
ince
Prov ati
ince
Prov
Pro inc
vinc No. e
eN
o. 2 1
Location of Bagmati Province
Lalitpur
Khumbu Pashanglamu
SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

This is the province having more youth
population hence making the development
of infrastructures more possible here. The
infrastructures of development like electricity,
drinking water, education, transportation,
hydropower, etc are more developed here
than the other provinces. It has made
advancement in the educational institutions,
excavation of mines, tourism industries, Patan Durbar Square, Lalitpur
etc. Commercialized agriculture, more
opportunity for employment and important
trade centers present here contribute a large
portion in the Gross Domestic Product of
the country. Industrial estates like Balaju,
Hetauda and Patan are located in this
province. The major trade centers of this
province are Kathmandu, Bhaktapur, Lalitpur,
Banepa, Hetauda, Chitwan, Dhulikhel, etc.
Kathmandu Durbar Square
Agriculture, tourism, trade, manufacturing,
service, etc are the major occupation of the
people. It is expected that some ongoing
provincial and national development projects
will support further more in the development
of this province. Distribution of Melamchi
Drinking Water has been inaugurated and
expected to solve the problem of drinking
water scarcity in the Kathmandu valley.
Distribution of Melamchi Drinking Water
Gandaki Province
Most of this province is hilly and mountainous.
It has covered an area of 21,504 sq. km. i.e.
14.61% of the total area of the country. The
mountain valleys like Manang and Mustang also
lie in this province. Lumle, a place receiving
highest rainfall in the country and Dana gorge,
the world’s deepest gorge are also located in this
province. Rivers like Kaligandaki, Marsyandi, Machhapuchchhre 6,993 m (22,943 ft)

Gandaki Province
32
K
ce m
Pr arn
in hi
ov ali
in
u
ov hc
ce
d
Pr rpas
Su
Ga
n
Pro daki
vin
Lum ce
bini
Prov Bagm
ince
Prov ati
ince
Prov
Pro inc
vinc No. e
eN
o. 2 1
Location of Gandaki Province
Lalitpur
Khumbu Pashanglamu

Seti and their tributaries have been
supplying water for various purposes. Gandaki Province
Area 14.61 % (21,504 sq. km.)
Dhaulagiri, Manaslu, Hiunchuli,
9.07 % (2,403,757 according to
Annapurna, Machhapuchchhre, etc Population census 2068 BS)
are the major mountain peaks of 11 (Gorkha, Lamjung, Tanahun, Kaski,
this province. Tilicho, Phewa, Rupa, No. of Districts Manang, Mustang, Parbat, Syangja,
Begnas, etc are the lakes adding Myagdi, Baglung, Nawalparasi East)
85 (Rural Municipalities: 58,
natural beauty. Due to the difficult No. of Local
topography, it is difficult to develop the Levels Cities: 0 and Metropolitan City: 1)
infrastructures here. Most of the land Headquarters Pokhara
is covered with snow. The agricultural
land is fewer in this province. Enough Rainfall takes
place here. The temperature differs from place to
place according to the altitude. Deciduous forest,
coniferous forest and alpine forest are found from
south to north. Tundra vegetation is also found in
the upper part of the mountain region.
Muktinath Temple, Mustang
Population density is low in this province.
According to the census of 2068 BS, 2,403,757
population lives here. It is 9.07% of the total
population of the country. Magar, Gurung,
Brahmin, Thakali, Chhetri, Dura, etc are the main
inhabitants of this province. Pokhara University
and various educational institutions have been
providing educational opportunity hence resulting
in increased literacy rate. Galeshwar, Baglung
Pokhara Valley
Kalika, Muktinath, Bindyawasini, Manakamana,
Talbarahi, Dhorbarahi, etc are the major religious sites of this province. This province is
forward in health consciousness and sanitation.

There is a great possibility of tourism development in this province. A good flow of
tourist can be seen in the tourist centers like Pokhara, Bandipur, Gorkha, Manakamana,
Muktinath, etc. There is plentiful possibility of electricity production. Kaligandaki and
Marsyandi hydroelectricity projects are producing and supplying electricity in good
amount. Foreign employment, tourism, agriculture, service, etc are the major occupation
of people. Production of apple in the mountain region and coffee in the hilly region has
made this province popular. There is less agricultural land and less road networks. As a
result it contributes less in Gross Domestic Product from the agricultural sector.
Lumbini Province
Geographical Environment Lumbini Province
There is no mountain range in this Area 15.14 % (22,288 sq. km.)
province. Most part of this lies in Terai 16.98 % (4,499,272 according to
Population
census 2068 BS)
region and rest in hilly region. This 12 (Nawalparasi West, Rupandehi,
province has an area of 22,288 sq. km. Kapilbastu, Palpa, Arghakhanchi,
No. of Districts
i.e. 15.14% of the total area of the Gulmi, Rukum East, Rolpa, Pyuthan,
Daang, Banke, Bardiya)
country. It consists of plenty of cultivable 109 (Rural Municipalities: 73,
No. of Local
land. River Tinau, River Rapti, River Municipalities: 32, Sub- Metropolitan
Levels
Badhigad, etc are the major rivers of Cities: 4 and Metropolitan City: 0)
Headquarters Deukhuri
this province. Temperature is hot in
summer and cold in winter. Enough
rainfall takes place in summer. This
province experiences sub-tropical
climate. Satyawati lake, Barakune
lake and Jagdishpur lake lie here.
Likewise, Dang, Deukhuri, Rampur,
Madi valleys are also located in this
province.
According to the census of 2068 BS,
River Tinau
a total of 4,499,272 people live in this
province. It is 16.98% of the total
population of the country. Magar,
Tharu, Brahmin, Chhetri, etc are the
main inhabitants in this province.
There is a dense settlement of
Madhesi Community in its southern
part. Plentiful cultivable land is being
utilized. The extending road network
has made the life of people easier.
Lumbini, Bageswari, Thakurdwara, Swargadwari Temple, Pyuthan
Swargadwari, Bhairabsthan, Resunga,
Rurukshetra, Rishikesh Temple, etc are the major religious sites located in this province.
Many industries have been established in Kohalpur, Nepalgunj, Butwal and Bhairahawa.

Lumbini Province
K
ce m
Pr arn
in hi
ov ali
in
ov hc
ce
du
Pr rpas
Su
Ga
n
We and Our Society

Pro daki
vin
Lum ce
bini
Prov Bagm
ince Prov ati
ince
Prov
Pro inc
vinc No. e
e No. 1
2
Location of Lumbini Province
Lalitpur
Khumbu Pashanglamu
35
Economic and Developmental Activities
There is higher possibility of
agricultural development. Some
important irrigation projects are in
progress in this province. Irrigation
projects like Sikta, Babai, Badganga,
Tinau, etc have been assisting in the
increase of agricultural productions.
Butwal, Bhairahawa, Krishnanagar,
Tansen, Lamahi, Nepalgunj,
Kohalpur, Bijuwar, Rajapur, etc are
Lumbini, Rupandehi
the important trade centers located
in this province. Bageswari, Thakurdwara, Swargadwari, Bhairabsthan, Resunga, Ridi,
Lumbini, etc are also helping in the tourism development. Nepal Sanskrit University,
Lumbini Bauddha University have been established here to provide better opportunity to
young generations. Jhimruk hydroelectricity project also lies in this province.
Karnali Province
This province is located in the
mountain and hilly region of western
part of the country. It is extended
in 27,984 sq. km. i.e. 19.01% of
the total area of the country. Here,
the climate is dry and cold. Rivers Mt. Kanjirowa 6,883 m (22,582 ft)
like Tila, Bheri, Sani Bheri, Humla
Karnali, etc are supplying water for
irrigation and other purposes in this
province. Similarly, mountains like
Kanjirowa, Danphesail, etc and the
lakes like Rara, Phoksundo lie here.
It consists of a large forest area, wide
grasslands suitable for cattle rearing
and medicinal herbs.
Phoksundo Lake, Dolpa

K
Karnali Province
ce m
Pr arn
in hi
ov ali
in
ov hc
ce
du
Pr rpas
Su
Ga
n
Pro daki
vin
Lum ce
bini
Prov Bagm
ince
Prov ati
ince
Prov
Pro inc
vinc No. e
eN 1
We and Our Society

o. 2
Location of Karnali Province
Lalitpur
Khumbu Pashanglamu
37
People belonging to Thakuri, Chhetri,
Brahmin, Dalit caste and ethnic groups
live in this province. According to the
census of 2068 BS, its total population
is 1,570,418 . It is 5.92% of the total
population of the country. Kankre
Bihar, Shey-Gumba, Chandannath,
Deuti Bajai, etc are the important
religious sites located in this province.
Kankre Bihar, Surkhet
Various social problems and evils are
still in practice in this province. The Karnali Province
literacy rate is comparatively low. Area 19.01 % (27,984 sq. km.)
Different epidemics cause the death of Population 5.92 % (1,570,418 according to
census 2068 BS)
many people every year.
10 (Rukum West, Salyan, Dolpa,
Economic and Developmental No. of Districts Jumla, Mugu, Humla, Kalikot,
Jajarkot, Dailekh, Surkhet)
Activities 79 (Rural Municipalities: 54,
No. of Local
There is a great possibility of Levels Municipalities: 25, Sub- Metropolitan
Cities: 0 and Metropolitan City: 0)
hydroelectricity production. The wide
Headquarters Birendranagar
grasslands are suitable for cattle rearing
and production of medicinal herbs.
Collection of Yarsagumba and other
medicinal herbs, production of apple,
walnut, etc are the major occupation of
the people living in mountain region.
Animal husbandry is popular in the wide
grasslands. The dense forest supplies
the forest products. Despite difficult
topography some highways have
been constructed and some are under
Rara National Park
construction. Ratna highway, Karnali
highway, Chhinchu Jajarkot road, etc have made the great change in the transportation
sector in this province. Jumla, Salli Bazar, Dailekh, Chhinchu, Birendranagar, etc are the
major trade centers located here. There is a great possibility of tourism development as
well. Rara Lake, Phoksundo Lake, Shey-Phoksundo National Park, Rara National Park,
etc are the attractive tourist destinations.

Sudurpashchim Province
ce m
K
Pr arn
in hi
ov hc
ov ali
Pr rpas
in
ce
du
Su
Ga
n
Pro daki
vin
Lum ce
bini
Prov Bagm
ince
Prov ati
ince
Prov
Lalitpur Pro inc
vinc
eN No. e
o. 2 1
Location of Sudurpashchim Province

Khumbu Pashanglamu

Sudurpashchim Province
This province is located in the far
western part of the country. It covers
19, 539 sq. km. i.e. 13.27% of the
total area of the country. However, the
recently released map of Nepal has
covered Limpiyadhura and Lipulek
with an area of 460.28 sq. km.
Southern part of it is affected by the
hot wind called ‘Loo’ during summer.
There is enough rainfall during winter Mount Api 7,132 m (23,399 ft)
caused by the winter monsoon. Sub-
tropical evergreen forest in the south, Sudurpashchim Province
deciduous forest in the middle and Area 13.27 % (19,539 sq. km.)
alpine forest in the north are found 9.63 % (2,552,517 according to
Population
census 2068 BS)
here. This province consists of three 9 (Bajura, Bajhang, Doti, Achham,
geographical regions: mountain No. of Districts Darchula, Baitadi, Dadeldhura,
region, hilly region and Terai region. Kanchanpur, Kailali)
88 (Rural Municipalities: 54,
Api and Saipal are the popular No. of Local
Levels
mountains of this province. To the Cities: 1 and Metropolitan City: 0)
southern part of this province, there Headquarters Godawari
is plain and fertile land in the Terai

region and altitude goes on increasing
towards the north.
According to the census of 2068 BS,
a total of 2,552,517 population lives
here. It is 9.63% of the total population
of the country. People belong to
Brahmin, Thakuri, Chhetri, Tharu,
Dalit, etc caste and ethnic groups are
Gaura Parva
the main inhabitants of this province.
Badhimalika, Shaileshwari, Urgatara, etc are the important religious sites located here.
This province is rich in culture. Gaura Parva and Deuda dance are the typical culture
of this province and also popular throughout the country. Literacy is comparatively low

and many communities are trapped by some social problems and evil practices like
Haliya, Deuki, Chhaupadi, etc. Many efforts are being made from governmental and non-
governmental sectors in order to abolish such problems.
Economic and Developmental Activities
There is sufficient production of
food crops in this province. Paddy,
wheat, millet, barley, maize, oilseed,
etc are produced in large scale.
Tanakpur barrage and Pancheshwar
multipurpose project are the ongoing
projects; and West Seti, a project
of national pride is also going to be
implemented. Shuklaphanta and
Shuklaphanta National Park
Khaptad National Parks have added
the attraction for tourism development. Dadeldhura, Sanphebagar, Tikapur, Attariya,
Silgadhi, Dhangadhi, Bhimdutta Nagar, etc are the major trade centers located in this
province. Almost all the parts of Terai region is accessed by the road network. There
is easy access to India by road network. Agriculture, service, trade, tourism, etc are the
main economic activities of the people. Some people of this province go to India for
employment as well.
Activities
1. To which province does your village/town belong? What are the features of this
province? Search and present in the class.
2. Do a comparative study of the provinces of Nepal on the following topics and present
the findings in the class:
Geography, population, use of land, road network, hydroelectricity, industries
contributing in GDP, tourist destinations, availability of educational institutions,
condition of human health, etc.
3. Make a table and present the districts belonging to each of the provinces.

Exercise
1. How can the province having more agricultural land contribute for the development?
2. If a province has more land covered with snow, how can the province take advantage
from it?
3. What effects does a province have in the development if it doesn’t have enough area
for grazing or grassland?
4. Which province has less area of forest? What can be its alternative?
5. Mention any two physical features of the province where you reside.

1. Which province has less number of industries? Mention the prospect of development
in that province?
2. List the problems and challenges in the development of Karnali Province and suggest
the ways to solve them.
3. Compare the possibilities of development between Province No. 2 and
Sudurpashchim Province in four points.
4. Prepare an article on the topic “Population and geography can be boon for
development” covering the context of your province.
5. Give a brief introduction of land relief, climate and natural vegetation, life style and
economic condition of your province.
Community Work
Select a major development project of your province. What should be done so that most
of the people can be benefited from that project? Present your suggestions.

UNIT
DEVELOPMENT AND
2 INFRASTRUCTURES
OF DEVELOPMENT
Present the concept of sustainable development,

Describe the major ongoing projects in Nepal, participate and help in the
operation of the projects,
Mention the need and importance of skilled manpower and employment
opportunity as the infrastructures of development, and
Be familiar with contemporary development goals and draft development
proposal at local level.
Subject matters
Sustainable Development
Ongoing Development Projects in Nepal
Infrastructures of Development: Skilled Manpower and Employment
Opportunity
Contemporary Development Goals and Nepal
Formulation of Development Proposal at Local Level
Development and Infrastructures of Development 43

LESSON
1 Sustainable Development
Introduction
Sustainable development means the economic development conducted without depleting
natural resources. It has been defined in many ways, but the most frequently quoted
definition is taken from “Our Common Future”, a report of Brundtland Commission.
The United Nations organized an
international conference in Stockholm,
Sweden from June 5th to 16th, in 1972 AD.
It was the UN’s first major conference
on international environmental issues.
The conference was called “The First
United Nations Conference on the
Human Environment (UNCHE)”.
This conference was attended by world
leaders and top environmental scientists.
In 1975 AD, based on UNCHE outcome Gro Harlem Brundtland
and recommendations, United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), a new

international organization was established. UN General Assembly passed a resolution
in 1983 AD to establish the World Commission on Environment and Development
(WCED). Gro Harlem Brundtland, then the Prime Minister of Norway was appointed
as the Chairperson of this Commission in December 1983 AD. Thus, this commission
is commonly known as the Brundtland Commission. Its mandate was to formulate “A
global agenda for change”. It released a report called “Our Common Future”, also known
as the Brundtland Report, in October 1987 AD. This document defined “Sustainable
Development” as “Development that meets the needs of the present without compromising
the ability of future generations to meet their own needs”.
Sustainable Development for Nepal

According to “Sustainable Development Agenda for Nepal 2003”, Sustainable
Development for Nepal has been defined as “The over-arching goal of sustainable
development in Nepal is to expedite a process that reduces poverty, and provides to its
citizens and successive generation not just the basic means of livelihood, but also the
broadest of opportunities in the social, economic, political, cultural, and ecological aspects
of their lives”.

Thus, sustainable development refers to such a development that maintains balance
between environment and development, provides continuous benefits and cares about the
bearing capacity of the earth. Similarly, it is the long term development without degrading
environment.
Objectives of Sustainable Development
a. To help in poverty alleviation
b. To conserve the environment effectively
c. To use resources and means carefully
d. To maintain social justice in the sectors of disability, women, and physical impaired,
etc.
e. To attain the high, stable and sustainable economic growth, and
f. To gain human development and progress.
Features of Sustainable Development
a. It helps in the sustainable management of resources and means,
b. It helps to ensure a bright future for the future generation,
c. It focuses on the environment conservation,
d. It helps in the acquisition, mobilization and conservation of resources and means,
e. It pays attention in justifiable distribution of resources and means,
f. It checks the trend of excessive use of resources,
g. It helps to achieve higher and wider economic growth, and
h. It gives priority to the use and promotion of resource that can be recycled, reused and
renewed.
SERVATION
Dimensions of Sustainable Development CON
NATURAL
Sustainable development is a multi-dimensional
AP
All living things,

concept of development. It is concerned with
PR
resources and life

O PR
support systems
social, cultural, economic and human aspects of
DEMOCRACY
ECONOMIC
POLITICAL
IATE DEVELOPM
Politics
development. According to UNESCO, sustainable Policy SUSTAINABLE Jobs
Decision- DEVELOPMENT Income
development has four dimensions. They are: social making
dimension, economic dimension, natural dimension People living

and political dimension.
EN
together
T
Social dimension: It includes the preservation PE

TS
AC SOCIAL H
E, IG
EQU NR
and promotion of culture and its transfer to ALITY & HUMA
new generation.
Economic dimension: It includes high economic growth and its sustainability.
Natural dimension: It includes the conservation of nature for future.
Political dimension: It includes institutionalization of democracy and political
stability.
Activities
1. Make a report on the efforts made for the sustainable development in Nepal and
present in class.
2. Present a plan to run any one development work ongoing in your community
according to the concept of sustainable development.
3. There may be some ongoing projects in your community which lacks the concept
of sustainable development. Observe them and identify the areas that need to be
reformed.
Exercise
1. What is sustainable development?
2. What are the four dimensions of sustainable development according to UNESCO?
3. When and which commission brought the concept of sustainable development?

1. What are the things to be considered for the sustainable development?
2. “Poverty alleviation is necessary for sustainable development.” How? Clarify in four
points.
3. Mention the objectives of sustainable development in points.
4. What are the aspects to be considered while running the projects according to the
concept of sustainable development?
5. What should Nepal do for the sustainable development?
6. Prepare a dialogue on the topic “Need of Sustainable Development”.
7. What are the problems and challenges of implementation of sustainable development
in Nepal? Write points.
8. “Unmanaged development is destruction”. Discuss this statement in groups and
clarify it with example.
Community Work
Select a small development project running in your community. Prepare a draft of plan to
run that project according to the concept of sustainable development.
Name of the project:
Place:
Objective:
Status of public participation:
Estimated expenditure:
Duration of the project:
Number of beneficiaries:
Possible alternatives not to hamper the environment:
LESSON
Ongoing Development Projects
2 in Nepal
Introduction
A speedy, balanced and proportionate development can only be done by running well
managed development programs. Such development programs running with the use of
resources and means and aiming at achieving various goals within a certain period of time
are called development projects. The development projects can be big or small on the
basis of goal, investment, expected result and affected area. They can be run at national
or provincial or local level. The development projects running at national level require
more resources and means, and investment in comparison with the projects running at
provincial and local level. The bigger development projects are run at national level
since many people are benefited from them
and such projects present the identity of the
Wider
whole nation. economic
growth
With the objective of achieving the goals
of the periodical development projects, the
Government of Nepal has prioritized some Achievement Promotion
of MDGs of peace
important development projects as “Priority and order
Projects”or “projects of National Pride” and Projects of
National
began to make the distribution of resource
Priority/Pride
effective. There are 21 projects of National Production
Participation,
oriented
Pride till 2073 BS. In the fiscal year employment inclusion
opportunity and gender
2070/71, total number of projects running in equality
the country was 455 and amongst them 21 Construction
Environmental
(6.9%) projects were Projects of National sustainability
of physical
Pride. Number of such projects may be property
changed with the change in time and need of

the country.
Projects of National Pride of Nepal
S.N. Projects S.N. Projects
1. Sikta Irrigation Project 2. Babai Irrigation Project
Rani-Jamariya-Kularia Irrigation Bheri-Babai Diversion Multi-
3. 4.
Project Purpose Project
5. Budhigandaki Hydropower Project 6. Upper Tamakoshi Hydropower Project
7. West Seti Hydropower Project 8. Kathmandu-Terai Expressway
9. North-South Karnali Corridor 10. North-South Kaligandaki Corridor

11. North-South Koshi Corridor 12. Mid-Hills Pushpalal Highway
13. East-West Railway 14. Terai Hulaki Marg
Pashupati Area Development
15. 16. Lumbini Area Development Project
Project
Pokhara Regional International
17. Second International Airport, Bara 18.
Airport
Gautam Buddha Regional
19. 20. Melamchi Drinking Water Project
International Airport
21. President Chure-Terai Madhesh Conservation Area Program
Some Projects of National Pride

a. Pokhara Regional International Airport
From this project, it has
been expected that Pokhara
Airport will be upgraded as
Pokhara Regional International
Airport which will ultimately
contribute for sustainable
tourism development. It covers
an area of 3,600 ropanies. The
construction was formally started Pokhara Regional International Airport
at Chhinedanda, Pokhara by putting foundation stone on 1st Baishakh 2073 BS and now it
is under construction by Chinese Company. It has aimed at developing Pokhara as one of
the attractive tourist destinations of the world. The project will construct 2,500 m X 45 m
concrete runway, taxi parking, air traffic control tower, 50 m long air bridge, international
and domestic terminal buildings. After the completion of this project, large airplanes up to
200 seats can take off and land on Pokhara Airport.
b. Mid-Hills Pushpalal Highway
This project has aimed at connecting the mid-
hilly districts with road network which will
ultimately contribute in the development
of tourism, hydroelectricity, agriculture
and other sectors. It has been expected that
it will help in the balanced development
of economic, social, cultural, tourism and
educational sectors of the hilly region. After
Mid-Hills Pushpalal Highway
the completion of this project, a 1776 km
long highway will connect Chiyabhanjyang of Panchthar district to Jhulaghat of Baitadi
district. It is under construction with the investment of the Government of Nepal. From
this road network, about 7 million people of 23 districts and 215 villages will be benefitted.
According to the policy of managed urbanization, this road network has also integrated

the plan of developing 10 towns in different places. About 1517 km road is already in
operation and track opening process is going on in the remaining section.
c. President Chure-Terai Madhesh Conservation Area Program
This project has aimed at solving the problems
seen in Chure region. Its main objective
is to maintain balance in environment and
living standard of people by considering the
biodiversity, geographical, social and economic
aspects. It has covered 12.78% of the total area
of Nepal from Ilam in the east to Kanchanpur
in the west at an altitude of 200-2,100 m. It is
extended in 26 districts. An authorized body
“President Terai Madhesh Chure Conservation President Chure-Terai Madhesh Conservation
Development Committee” has been established Area Program
at center for this programme. This project runs
various activities like construction and management of permanent nursery, production of
saplings of varieties of plants, control fire in Chure, controlling encroachment of forest
and illegal hunting and exporting, run job oriented afforestation, etc.
d. Budhigandaki Hydropower Project
This is a project concerning with reservoir. It is located at the border of Gorkha and Dhading
district about 80 km west of Kathmandu. Its total estimated cost is Rs. 2,54,95,50,00,000.
This project will be operated, regulated and supervised completely by the Government
of Nepal. World Bank, International Financial Organization, Asian Development Bank,
etc will provide the economic resources. Budhi Gandaki Hydro Project Development
Committee is the proposer of this project. This project will be completed within 8 years
from the beginning of its construction. After the completion of this project, 1,200 megawatt
electricity will be produced and supplied to manage the energy crisis.
e. Upper Tamakoshi Hydropower Project
This 456 megawatt project is funded by Nepal
Electricity Authority, Nepal Telecom, Citizen
Investment Trust, Rastriya Bima Sansthan,
Employees Provident Fund, civil servants
and general public. As this project is entirely
financed by domestic funds, the electricity
produced by it will be comparatively cheaper.
The hydroelectricity will be generated from
River Tamakoshi at northern part of Dolakha
district. The organization named, “Upper Upper Tamakoshi Hydropower Project
Tamakoshi Hydroelectricity Limited” was
established in 2063 BS to run the project.

Activities
1. Collect the information about the following projects from various sources and
present in the class.
a. Bheri-Babai Diversion Multi-Purpose Project
b. Second International Airport, Bara
c. Terai Hulaki Marg
d. Pashupati Area Development Project
e. Melamchi Drinking Water Project
2. Collect the progress report of the projects running in the country with the help of
internet or news published in the newspaper. Then present in the class.
Exercise
1. What is a development project?
2. What do you understand by the “Projects of National Pride”?
3. What are the infrastructures of projects? Mention.
4. How many projects have been considered as the projects of national pride?
5. What should be done to complete ongoing projects of Nepal in pre-determined time
frame? Write your views in two points.

1. Clarify the importance and need of development project.
2. Why are the projects running in Nepal not completed within the specified period?
Mention the reasons and also list the measures of its solution.
3. What is your opinion about the domestic investment in the projects? Present your
logics.
4. What advantages can the Mid-Hills Pushpalal Highway provide? Write your logics.
5. If you were a member of National Planning Commission, what project would you run
in your province? Why?
6. Clarify the positive effects of a Project of National Pride that is in operation in your
province in four points.
Community Work
Select any one project which can be run in your community or school premises like
Sanitation Project, Waste Management Project, etc. Make a project on the basis of the
following points and implement:
a. Name of the project b. Objective of the project
c. Required materials for the project d. Date to begin and complete the project
e. Required manpower for the project f. Estimated cost for the project
g. Fund
LESSON Infrastructures of Development:
3 Skilled Human Resource and

Employment Opportunity
Introduction to Infrastructures of Development
The resources and means required for economic and social development of the nation
are known as infrastructures of development. The infrastructures of development like
education, health, skilled manpower, communication, electricity, transportation and
drinking water are vital for economic development and prosperity of the nation.
Means and Resources
A way or method or instrument, by which result is achieved, is called means. Similarly,
resources denote the natural, economic, political or human assets of a nation. For example:
minerals, labour, capital, manpower, etc. The resources are utilized with the help of means
to achieve result.
Types of Resources
There are two types of resources that are required for the development of the country. They
are natural and human resource.
a. Natural resource
The material or substance that is available in nature which can be used for economic gain
is called natural resource. Minerals, forests, rivers, mountains, hills, etc are the examples
of natural resource.
b. Human resource
The people who are expert in doing certain task efficiently and contribute to the
development of a country are called human resource. They are capable, experienced,
trained, efficient and fully skilled in the related field. They are also called skilled
manpower. Teachers, doctors, engineers, pilots, mechanics, etc are the examples of human
resources.
Both natural and human resources are equally important for development. The most
important resource for development is human resource because it can utilize the means
and resources using their creativity and potential for the development. The main reason for
the development in the developed countries is the availability of skilled human resources.
The developing and least developed countries, in spite of having enough natural means
and resources, are lagging behind in development due to lack of skilled human resource.
The development of human resources and means promotes physical development. The
pace of development becomes faster if more skilled human resource is produced in the
country.

Need of Human Resource
To utilize natural and human resource for the development
To form economic, social and political organizations
To speed up the development of the country
To formulate and implement the development plans, and
To develop new technology and idea.
Measures to Produce Skilled Human Resource
Practical and quality education should be provided to all.
Develop technical and vocational education system according to the need of the
country.
Training opportunities should be given to the people as per their interest.
Knowledge with developed information technology should be updated.
Study, observation, research, etc should be done.
Scientific education policy as per the demand of time should be formulated and
implemented.
Relationship between Skilled Human Resource and Employment Opportunity
A state of having paid work is called employment. Employment is important not
only for earning a living but also for social and economic development of the family,
community and entire country. An educated, skilled and dedicated individual can easily
get the opportunity of employment. People should be provided with education, skills and
opportunity of employment. Educational institutions and training institutions produce the
skilled manpower required in the country. In the same ratio, the employment opportunities
should also be created in the country. The manpower should be produced in such a way
that they can create job rather than search in the market. An entrepreneur, self-reliant, self-
respectful and skilled manpower can create job for oneself and others. The state has to create
employment opportunity or manage for self-employment in the country. Otherwise, the
manpower produced in the country has to wonder in foreign land in search of employment.
Thus, it is better to utilize the human resource in the country by creating an appropriate
environment. It helps in the alleviation of poverty and makes the development possible.
Various surveys of human development show that the absolute poverty rate is gradually
decreasing in Nepal as well. The following facts are the reasons for decreasing poverty in
Nepal:
Increasing remittance from foreign employment
Development in private sectors such as private schools, colleges, banks, etc which are
creating employment opportunities
Increasing literacy rate, production of skilled human resource, increasing trend of
self-employment
Decreasing dependency on agriculture, and
Increasing poverty eradication projects by various donor countries and agencies in
different parts of the country.

Activity
Study the following news and answer the following questions given below:
Mr. Chitra Bahadur BK enrolled in the training for making furniture. He, as a hard
working and keen to learn, was able to start his own business. Nowadays there are
crowds of people in his workshop who demand for furniture and other carpentry
products. His life has changed dramatically. Now he is earning about Rs. 30,000.00 per
month. Apart from being able to sustain his family’s life, he has achieved dignity and
respect in the community.
Ms. Kamana Katuwal heard from a relative about the free of cost training as ‘Barista’
(Coffee Maker). She joined the training program. After completing her training she
got the opportunity to work with the well-known coffee shop in Thamel. She could
gradually improve her skills and nowadays she loves interacting with the customers
and serving them different varieties of coffee. She is satisfied with her monthly income
of Rs. 26,500.00 which she gets for an eight-hour daily shift. The Barista training has
completely changed her life.
When Safina Khatun heard about the opportunity to be trained in Garment fabrication,
she applied and got accepted. After completing the training, a bag factory offered her
to work for them. Nowadays, she can earn Rs. 18,500.00-20,000.00 per month. Due to
her new skills, she has a much better income and has improved social prestige. Other
women even started to come to her home asking her to teach them how to sew.
Youths of Khotang wanted to begin new self-employment business. Nowadays, they

are taking trainings as per their interest. Focusing the need of the training, various
governmental and non-governmental agencies are running training programs for
photography, embroidery, mobile repairing, commercial farming, beauty parlour,
Bhujiya making, tailoring, etc. The youths have dreamed to be self-employed and be
example for others.
Questions:
a. Mention the sectors of self-employment mentioned in this news.
b. What are the positive changes brought in the society by the self-employment?
c. Write a letter to your brother who is about to go for foreign employment requesting
him to start self-employment in his own motherland.
d. Make a table and show the trainings mentioned in the above news and also name
the profession in which the people become skilled after completing that training.
e. In which sector do you want to be skilled? Why?

Exercise
1. What do you mean by resource and means?
2. What are the types of resources? Write with examples.
3. Define human resource.
4. What is remittance?
5. Skilled human resource is the foundation of prosperous Nepal. Why? Give a reason.

1. Highlight the importance of skilled human resources.
2. Why is skilled manpower considered an infrastructure of development? Give reasons.
3. What are the measures to produce skilled manpower in the country?
4. Clarify the relationship between skilled manpower and employment opportunity.
5. Write an essay on the topic “Interrelationship between natural resource and human
resource”.
6. Review of Fourteenth Plan (2072/73-2075/76) shows that the poverty of Nepal has
decreased to 18.7% from 21.6%. Why is poverty decreasing in Nepal? Give reasons.
7. “A skilled manpower can produce more manpower.” Justify this statement with
example.
8. Write a model of speech on a topic “Development of a country is not possible without
the production of skilled manpower”.
9. Which profession do you want to adopt in future? Why? Give reasons.
Community Work
Make a survey in your community about the profession followed by the people. Find their
occupation, contribution in the development, status of employment, etc and prepare a
report on the following pattern:
a. Title
b. Introduction of the study
c. Objectives of the study
d. Findings of the study
S. No. Types of profession Contribution in the development Status of employment
e. Conclusion
LESSON
Contemporary Development
4 Goals and Nepal
Introduction
Poverty is the
major obstacle for 1 2 3 4
development. Millions
of people in the world
Promote gender
are trapped in the Eradicate extreme
poverty and hunger
Achieve universal
primary education
equality and
empower women Reduce child mortality
prison of poverty.
With the objective of 5 6 7 8
reducing poverty, UN
General Assembly Combat HIV/Aids, Ensure environmental Develop a global
partnership for
Improve maternal malaria and other sustainability
set international health diseases development
development goals in
Millennium Development Goals (MDGs)
1990 AD. Similarly,
United Nations Millennium Summit held in 2000 AD issued a historical millennium
declaration. The declaration set 8 goals with measurable targets and clear deadlines for
improving the lives of world’s poorest people. To meet these goals and eradicate poverty,
the leaders of 189 countries signed on it and committed to help achieve the Millennium
Development Goals (MDGs) by 2015 AD. There are 8 goals with 21 targets and a series
of measurable health indicators and economic indicators for each target.
Nepal is one of 189 countries committed to the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs).
Nepal, despite suffering from a number of problems achieved significant progress on most
of MDG targets. Some targets have been met in advance and others have been met within
the 2015 deadline.
Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and Nepal’s Achievements

Millennium
Nepal’s Target by
Development Nepal’s Achievements Source
2015 AD
Goals (MDGs)
MDG - 1 Eradicate Reduce the population 23.8% NPC,
Extreme Poverty living under poverty line 2013 AD
and Hunger to 21%
MDG - 2 Achieve Provide primary Net enrollment rate in NPC,
Universal Primary education to all the primary level 96.2% and 2013 AD
Education children literacy 88.6% (15-24
age group)

MDG - 3 Promote Equality in children Enrollment ratio of Ministry of
Gender Equality for the enrollment in boys and girls in Education,
and Empower school/eliminate gender primary education 1.03 2015 AD/
Women disparity and females in non- CBS,
agricultural sector 44.8% 2011 AD
MDG - 4 Reduce Reduce Child Mortality 38 per thousand CBS,
Child Mortality 1 (under 5 years) 2014 AD
Rate by 3 (54 per
thousand)
MDG - 5 Improve Reduce Maternal 258 per 1,00,000 live WHO,
Maternal Health 1 birth 2014 AD
Mortality Rate by 4
(213 per 1,00,000 live
birth)
MDG - 6 Combat Control the spread of HIV prevalence among Concept
HIV/AIDS, disease, prevention and men and women aged note of 14th
Malaria and Other eradication 15-24 years 0.20% periodic
Diseases plan
MDG - 7 Ensure Forest cover area 40% Forest area 39.6% and Ministry
Environmental and availability of drinking water service of Forest,
Sustainability drinking water 73% 83.6% 2015 AD
MDG - 8 Global Develop global Total foreign aid Ministry
Partnership for partnership for mobilization 55.3% of Finance,
Development development 2015 AD
Sustainable Development Goals (2016-2030 AD)
1 2 3 4 5 6
NO NO GOOD QUALITY GENDER CLEAN WATER
POVERTY HUNGER HEALTH EDUCATION EQUALITY AND SANITATION
7 8 9 10 11 12
REDUCED SUSTAINABLE RESPONSIBLE
CLEAN GOOD JOBS AND INNOVATION AND
ECONOMIC INFRASTRUCTURE INEQUALITIES CITIES AND CONSUMPTION
ENERGY
GROWTH COMMUNITIES
13
PROTECT
THE PLANET 14 LIFE BELOW
WATER 15
LIFE ON
LAND 16 PEACE AND
JUSTICE 17
PARTNERSHIPS
FOR THE GOALS
THE GLOBAL GOALS

For Sustainable Development
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)

The sustainable development agenda was under global discussion for more than two
decades. Sustainable Development Goals were first formally discussed at the United
Nations Conference on Sustainable Development in Rio de Janeiro in June 2012 and in
the United Nations General Assembly in September 2014. Previous to the deadline of
Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) in 2015, the UN Open Working Group (OWG)
for Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) agreed a proposed set of 17 SDGs with 169
targets on a broad range of sustainable development issues for post-2015 till 2030.The
SDGs are to replace the MDGs once they expire. Although the goals and targets of the
SDGs were agreed in the UN General Assembly in September 2015, their indicators and
implementation strategy are yet to be worked out. 17 new Sustainable Development Goals
are also known as Global Goals.
Nepal has taken a long term vision to upgrade from a least developed to a developing
country by 2022 AD during this period. As these goals are comprehensive, ambitious and
challengeable, it requires huge amount of resources to achieve goals. By 2030, goals have
been set to establish Nepal as an inclusive, equitable, and prosperous with medium income
and welfare state.
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of Nepal

Sustainable Development Goals Major Targets
SDG 1 - End poverty in all its forms Reduce extreme poverty for everyone
everywhere. everywhere by 2030 AD (including measured
US$ 1.25 per day income).
SDG 2 - End hunger, achieve food End hunger by 2030 and ensure access to safe,
security and improve nutrition and nutritious and sufficient food all year round.
promote sustainable agriculture.
SDG 3 - Ensure healthy lives and Reduce, by 2030, the global maternal
promote well-being for all at all ages. mortality ratio to less than 70 per 100,000 live
births.
SDG 4 - Ensure inclusive and All girls and boys complete free, equitable
equitable quality education and quality primary and secondary education
and promote lifelong learning leading to relevant and effective learning
opportunities for all. outcomes.
SDG 5 - Achieve gender equality and End all forms of discrimination against all
empower all women and girls. women and girls everywhere. Ensure women’s
full and effective participation and equal
opportunities for leadership at all levels of
decision-making in political, economic and
public life.
SDG 6 - Ensure availability and Achieve universal and equitable access to safe
sustainable management of water and and affordable drinking water for all. Achieve
sanitation for all. access to adequate and equitable sanitation
and hygiene for all and end open defecation.

SDG 7 - Ensure access to affordable, Universal access to affordable, reliable and
reliable, sustainable and modern modern energy services.
energy for all.
SDG 8 - Promote sustained, inclusive Sustain and achieve per capita economic
and sustainable economic growth, growth with at least 7 percent GDP growth
full and productive employment and per annum. Eliminate the worst forms of child
decent work for all. labour.
SDG 9 - Build resilient infrastructure, Develop quality, reliable, sustainable and
promote inclusive and sustainable resilient infrastructure, including regional
industrialization and foster innovation. and trans-border infrastructure, to support
economic development and human well-being.
SDG 10 - Reduce inequality within Achieve and sustain income growth of the
and among countries. bottom 40 percent of the population at a rate
higher than the national average.
SDG 11 - Make cities and human Access for all to adequate, safe and affordable
settlements inclusive, safe, resilient housing and basic services, and upgrade
and sustainable. slums.
SDG 12 - Ensure sustainable Achieve, by 2030, the sustainable
consumption and production patterns. management and efficient use of natural
resources.
SDG 13 - Take urgent action to Strengthen resilience and adaptive capacity to
combat climate change and its climate-related hazards and natural disasters.
impacts.
SDG 14 - Conserve and sustainably Not relevant for Nepal.
use the oceans, seas and marine
resources for sustainable development.
SDG 15 - Protect, restore and Ensure, by 2020, the conservation, restoration
promote sustainable use of terrestrial and sustainable use of terrestrial and inland
ecosystems, sustainably manage freshwater ecosystems and their services,
forests, combat desertification, and in particular forests, wetlands, mountains
halt and reverse land degradation and and dry lands, in line with obligations under
halt biodiversity loss. international agreements.
SDG 16 - Promote peaceful and Significantly reduce all forms of violence and
inclusive societies for sustainable related death rates. Reduce corruption and
development, provide access to justice bribery in all their forms.
for all and build effective, accountable
and inclusive institutions.
SDG 17 - Strengthen the means of Strengthen the inland resource mobilization
implementation and revitalize the by the international support for improving
global partnership for sustainable the internal capability for collecting tax and
development. revenue in the developing countries.

Activities
1. Why do you think that the United Nations set the Millennium Development Goals
(MDGs) to be achieved by 2015 AD? Discuss in the class and present the conclusion
in points.
2. You may have set some goals in life. What are the goals set for coming 10 years?
Present the indicators of the plan and process of implementation in your class.
3. Search the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) from the internet or other source
and present in the class.
Exercise
1. What do you mean by Millennium Development Goals (MDGs)?
2. Present your opinion on the goals set in the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
2016 AD - 2030 AD.
3. How many goals are there in the SDGs?
4. Mention any two roles that should be played by the state to achieve the goal of
sustainable development.
5. Which goal, in your opinion, of Sustainable Development Goal is the most appropriate
in the context of Nepal? Clarify your opinion in a sentence.

1. Did Nepal achieve the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs)? Present your opinion.
2. Amongst the SDGs, which goal do you think is the most important? Why? Compare
with other goals and write.
3. What should Nepal do to achieve the set goals on time? Discuss.
4. What are the challenges to achieve the target of set goals for Nepal? Write in four
points.
Community Work
Meet any three intellectuals in your community and ask them the following questions.
Prepare a report including their answers and your conclusion as well.
a. What plans and programs are needed to be made and implemented to upgrade
Nepal from least developed country to developed country?
b. What should be the role of people for this?

LESSON
Formulation of Development
5 Proposal at Local Level
Introduction
Plan is necessary for every work in order to achieve targeted goals. Formulation of effective
plan is the first condition of development. It is the main guideline for development. Thus,
the formulation of plan is a very important skill. A draft of the whole program prepared
to achieve certain objective with the appropriate use of available resources within a fixed
period is called formulation of plan. It presents a clear vision like what to do, why to do,
where to do, when to do, how to do, etc. The formulation of plan is also called the prior
decision of development.
In the countries adopting federalism or principle of decentralization, local levels or
bodies are given autonomy to formulate and implement development plans. Authority
is delegated to these bodies to utilize the local resources and means, take decisions for
the development and operation of the development projects. Rural Municipalities and
Municipalities along with Sub-Metropolitan cities and Metropolitan cities are the local
levels of our country. Consumers’ committees are also formed involving the local people
as per the necessity. Such committees operate the development projects at local level.
Before the implementation of the project, concerned consumers’ committee prepares a
development proposal. Such development proposals have to be approved from local level
for the implementation.
Description of Local Levels Numbers
Metropolitan Cities 6
Sub-metropolitan Cities 11
Municipalities 276
Rural Municipalities 460
Total Local Levels 753
District Coordination Committee 77
Wards 6,743
Model of the formulation of development proposal at local level

1. Identification of the needs (School, bridge, road, forest conservation, etc.)
2. Selection of the option (On the basis of priority)
3. Preparation of proposal (A draft of proposal to be submitted to the Rural Municipality
or Municipality consisting of introduction, objective, affected area and number of
family, cost, donation of labour by the people, work place, starting date and duration,

means and resource, implementation, benefits after implementation, name list of
consumers’ committee, conclusion, etc of the development proposal.)
4. Estimation of sources for the investment (Fund to be collected from the consumers
and the estimated budget to be obtained from local level)
5. Agreement or contract (Agreement with condition including signature of local
consumers’ committee and the representative of the local level, and approval)
6. Implementation (Operation of the construction work)
7. Supervision and evaluation (Supervision of the work by the local stakeholders,
observation of progress, monitoring whether the condition is applied or not, evaluation
of the whole program, providing necessary advises, etc)
Implementation process of local planning

1. Establishment of relations (Informal
relations are established by group
interaction among the concerned
persons and stakeholders)
2. Study of Situation (Study of affected
area or family, the way of living in
affected area, management of natural
resources)
3. Prioritization of problems (Problems
are prioritized by considering the
appropriate cost, return, means and
resource, interest and will of stakeholders and measure to solve, etc)
4. Agreement and contract (Agreement and contracts are made mentioning the ownership
of community in planning, contribution, sharing, responsibility, work plan, etc)
5. Recording and presentation (Recording is made including the implementation process
of planning, estimation of achievement, development of monitoring mechanism, final
approval of the program, etc)
Steps for the implementation of planning

a. Civil assembly
b. Planning accumulation
c. Budget allocation
d. Recommendation for the approval from Rural Municipality or Municipality
e. Formation of consumers’ committee
f. Agreement for the implementation of the project
g. Financial management and record keeping after the completion of the planning, and
h. Distribution of work completion certificate and thanks giving.

Activities
1. Prepare a model of planning for the reconstruction of school building. Write a
detailed description for its implementation and put it on the notice board.
2. Present a role-play of Municipal Assembly in your class and form a consumers’
committee for the development work. Then, select a development project and
formulate a development proposal.
Exercise
1. What is meant by formulation of development proposal?
2. Why is the formulation of plan considered as very important skill?
3. Justify anyone benefit of development proposal formulation at local level.

1. Is development possible without formulating development planning? Conduct a
speech program on it.
2. Make separate lists of advantages of public participation and disadvantages of its
absence in the local development works.
3. Write in short about the local plan formulation process.
4. “Formulation of well and effective development proposal is half completion of the
project.” Present your logic in the support of this statement.
5. Why is the participation of people of affected area important in the formulation of
development planning at local level? Mention the reasons.
Community Work
Make a visit to a project running in your community. Study the proposal of the planning.
Evaluate whether the performance is as per the planning or not. Then prepare a news
report on it.

UNIT OUR SOCIAL
3 VALUES AND
NORMS
Identify our heritages and help in the protection and promotion,

Explain the importance of our folk and classical dances, songs, musical
instruments and art of acting, and help in their improvement,
Explain the importance of our national days and participate in such days,
Recognize and appreciate the contribution of the international personalities and
get inspiration from their good works,
Promote the feeling of universal brotherhood, and
Fulfill the responsibility towards the senior citizens.
Subject matters
Our National Heritages

Folk Songs of Nepal
Folk Musical Instruments of Nepal
Folk and Classical Dances of Nepal
Our National Days
International Personalities
Universal Brotherhood
Responsibility towards the Senior Citizens
Our Social Values and Norms 63

LESSON
1 Our National Heritages
Introduction
Important and valuable objects, places, arts, culture and natural environment that have
been passed on from the previous generation, are being maintained in the present and will
be presented to future generation are called heritages. These are our valuable assets. They
introduce our country among others. Our heritages are our identity and pride as well.
Classification of Our National Heritages

Our national heritages are classified into three categories: religious heritages, cultural
heritages and natural heritages.
Our National Heritages
Religious Heritages Cultural Heritages Natural Heritages
Religious Heritages: The religious places and the objects related with religious values and
norms are known as religious heritages. Temples, Mosque, Gumba, Church, Gurudwara,
Idols, etc are religious heritages.
Cultural Heritages: The heritages related to our culture, customs, practices, places,
objects, artistic expressions and values are known as cultural heritages. Cultural heritage
includes tangible and intangible heritages. Buildings, monuments, landscapes, books,
works of art, and artifacts are tangible heritages whereas folklore, traditions, language,
and knowledge are intangible heritages.
Natural Heritages: The elements related to biodiversity, geological structures and

formations that have artistic, historical, scientific or social significance or other special
value are known as natural heritages. For example: wildlife, forest, rivers, lakes, mountains,
hills, etc.

Importance of Our National Heritages
They give an identity to the country.
They are the valuable and outstanding religious, cultural or natural assets of the
country.
They help in the promotion of tourism industries as they are the major attractions for
the tourists.
They add glory of the country.
They are the sources for religious, cultural or natural study, research and observation.
Nepal is rich in cultural and natural heritages. Some of them have been listed in World
Heritage Sites by UNESCO. Any important site of natural heritage or cultural heritage can
be listed in World Heritage Sites by the World Heritage Committee of UNESCO. To be
included in the world heritage list, sites must be of outstanding universal value and meet
at least one out of ten selection criteria. Following are the national heritages of Nepal that
are listed in the world heritage sites:
a. Natural Heritages
M Sagarmatha National Park (listed in 1979 AD): criteria VII
M Chitwan National Park (listed in 1984 AD): criteria VII, IX and X
b. Cultural Heritages
M Lumbini, the Birthplace of Lord Buddha (listed in 1997 AD): criteria III and VI
M Kathmandu Valley (listed in 1979 AD): criteria III, IV and VI
Here, we will discuss about our national heritages listed in the world heritage sites.
1. Sagarmatha National Park: Sagarmatha National Park was established on 19th July,
1976 AD. It is located in Solukhumbu district. It was enlisted in the World Heritage
Sites in 1979 AD. Sagarmatha National Park covers 1,148 sq. km. area. Sagarmatha, the
highest peak of the world is located
here. Besides, Lhotse, Choyu,
Nuptse, Pumori, Amadablam, etc
are other major peaks located in this
National Park. The major vegetations
found in this park are Rhododendron
(Laliguras), Pine (Dhupi), bhojpatra,
etc. The birds and animals like wild
yak, musk deer, red panda, snow
leopard, himalayan black bear,
lophophorus (Danfe), etc are found Sagarmatha National Park
here.

2. Chitwan National Park: It is one of
the most important tourist destinations of
Nepal. It is located in Chitwan district,
about 120 km. south-west of Kathmandu.
It covers an area of 932 sq. km. It is
especially famous for one-horned rhino,
which is rarely found in the world.
Royal Bengal Tiger is another important
wildlife found in this national park.
Besides this, elephants, crocodiles,
Chitwan National Park
tigers, peacocks, etc are other important
wild lives and varieties of birds found here. It was enlisted in the World Heritage Sites in
1984 AD.
3. Lumbini, the Birthplace of the Lord

Buddha: Lumbini is a peerless landmark
of Buddhist world. It is the birthplace
of Gautam Buddha. It is known as
a pilgrimage of all the people of the
world who follow Buddhism. UNESCO
enlisted Lumbini as the World Heritage
Site in 1997 AD. The Ashoka Pillar
which was built by Emperor Ashoka in
249 BC is located here. There are also
Lumbini
the Puskarini Pond and Maya Devi
Temple. In 1970 AD, 13 nations including Nepal have formed the Lumbini Development
Committee and started the Lumbini Development Master Plan. Under this plan, various
countries of the world have constructed monasteries, stupas, etc in Lumbini. The countries
like China, Myanmar, Japan, Vietnam, South Korea, India, Thailand, France, Germany,
etc have constructed many monasteries and stupas here. Libraries, museums, research
centres, etc are also located here.
4. Kathmandu Valley: Kathmandu

valley was listed in the world heritage
sites in 1979 AD. It comprises seven
important monuments. A short
introduction of those monuments is
presented below:
a. Pashupati Area: It is a holy place of
the Hindus. The Pashupati area includes Kathmandu Valley

the temple of Pashupati, Deupatan, Jaya
Bageshori, Gaurighat, Kutumbahal, Gaushala,
Pingalasthan and Sleshmantak forest. There
are about 492 temples, chaityas, satals, etc.
Temples are constructed in various styles.
There are about one thousand Shivalingas in
the Pashupati area. The PADT (Pashupati Area
Development Trust) has been established to
preserve and promote this area. Pashupati Area
b. Hanumandhoka Durbar Square: It is

located in the heart of Kathmandu city. The
Malla kings ruled over Kathmandu from this
palace. After the conquest of the Kathmandu
valley, King Prithvi Narayan Shah started
to rule from here and it became the capital
of unified Nepal. It is said that Pratap
Malla erected the statue of Hanuman in this
palace and it was named Hanumandhoka.
Hanumandhoka Durbar Square
Besides Hanumandhoka, Basantapur palace,
Taleju temple, Musuem, House of Kumari,
Kasthamandap, a Kettledrum, etc are the
ancient heritages located here. The great
earthquake of 2072 caused damage in many
heritages of this area.
c. Bouddhanath Mahachaitya: Bouddhanath

Mahachaitya, the biggest stupa in Nepal, lies
about 7 km. east of the capital. It is one of the
oldest stupas in the country. It is believed that
this stupa was constructed in around 5th century. Bouddhanath Mahachaitya
It is very famous for religious and cultural
tourism. There are many other Buddhist
monasteries in this area.
d. Patan Durbar Square: It was the palace of

Malla kings during medieval Nepal. It is located
in Lalitpur district. Krishna temple with 21
golden pinnacles (Gajur) is the master piece of
Malla art and architecture. Besides this, there
are Bhimsen temple, Bishwanath temple, Jagat Patan Durbar Square

Narayan temple, statue of Yog Narendra Malla, Mahabauddha, Kumbheshor Mahadev,
temple of Rato Machhindranath, etc. The great earthquake of 2072 caused damage in
many heritages of this area.
e. Bhaktapur Durbar Square: It was

the palace of Malla kings. It is located in
Bhaktapur district. Famous heritages like
Pachapanna Jhyale Durbar, Nyathapole
temple, a statue of King Bhupatindra Malla,
museum, art gallery, golden gate, various
bells, Datatraya temples, etc are the mind
blowing artistic features found here.
f. Changunarayan Temple: It is the oldest Bhaktapur Durbar Square

temple in Kathmandu Valley. It is located
in Bhaktapur district. It was built during
the time of Lichchhavi King Mandev in 5th
century. The temple is built in Pagoda style.
There are several high-class models of stone
inscriptions, stones, wood and metallic arts.
It is one of the four Narayan believed to be
in Kathmandu valley.
g. Swayambhunath Stupa: The Stupa of

Swayambhunath, situated on the top of a hill
in Kathmandu, is one of the most popular
Changunarayan Temple
holy places and instantly recognizable
symbol of Nepal. This temple is regarded
as the symbol of religious tolerance as there
is the temple of Hindu goddess Saraswati.
There are other stupas and idols also.
Recently, the biggest statue of Buddha has
been constructed near Swayambhunath
Stupa.
Besides these, there are many heritages

deserving to be enlisted in the world
heritage sites. There should be interest and Swayambhunath Stupa
concern from all of us for the identification,
protection and promotion of such heritages. Following are the heritages deserving to
be enlisted in the world heritage sites: Muktinath, Lo Manthang of Mustang, Bardiya

National Park, Swargadwari of Pyuthan,
Gosainkunda of Rasuwa, Pathivara
Temple of Taplejung, Ramjanaki Temple
of Janakpur, Gorkha Palace, Bindyabasini
and Taal Barahi of Pokhara, Ramgram of
Nawalparasi, Tilaurakot of Kapilvastu,
Khokana village of Lalitpur, Bajrayogini
Temple and village of Sankhu, Medieval
settlement of Kirtipur, Nuwakot Palace,
Sinja Valley of Jumla, Bhurti Temple of
Dailekh, Resunga Area of Gulmi, Tansen, Gosainkunda, Rasuwa
Panauti, etc.
The national heritages of Nepal which
are enlisted in the World Heritage Sites
by UNESCO are not only the property of
Nepal; they are also the property of the
whole world. So, it is the duty of
government, local levels as well as common
citizen to preserve and promote them. But
the conditions of the World Heritages Sites
are declining day by day. Due to their bad
Bagh Bhairab Temple, Kirtipur
condition, UNESCO has warned to exclude
some heritages of Nepal from the list of World Heritage Sites. The following measures
should be taken to preserve them:
Effective strategies should be made and implemented to make the heritage sites
pollution free.
Old, damaged and destroyed heritages should be renovated, repaired and re-
constructed in their own original style.
Publicity of the heritage sites should be done through various means of mass
communication and government and private sectors should involve in the protection
and preservation of them.
The local people should be made aware about the importance of such heritages and
encouraged to protect and promote the heritages.
There should be strict security system in the heritages area so that the smuggling of
valuable items can be prevented.

Selection criteria (I-VI: for Cultural Criteria and VII-X: for Natural Criteria)
I. “represents a masterpiece of human creative genius and cultural significance”
II. “exhibits an important interchange of human values, over a span of time, or within a cultural area
of the world, on developments in architecture or technology, monumental arts, town-planning, or
landscape design”
III. “to bear a unique or at least exceptional testimony to a cultural tradition or to a civilization which
is living or which has disappeared”
IV. “is an outstanding example of a type of building, architectural, or technological ensemble or
landscape which illustrates a significant stage in human history”
V. “is an outstanding example of a traditional human settlement, land-use, or sea-use which is
representative of a culture, or human interaction with the environment especially when it has
become vulnerable under the impact of irreversible change”
VI. “is directly or tangibly associated with events or living traditions, with ideas, or with beliefs, with
artistic and literary works of outstanding universal significance”
VII. “contains superlative natural phenomena or areas of exceptional natural beauty and aesthetic
importance”
VIII. “is an outstanding example representing major stages of Earth’s history, including the record of
life, significant on-going geological processes in the development of landforms, or significant
geomorphic or physiographic features”
IX. “is an outstanding example representing significant on-going ecological and biological processes
in the evolution and development of terrestrial, fresh water, coastal and marine ecosystems, and
communities of plants and animals”
X. “contains the most important and significant natural habitats for in-situ conservation of biological
diversity, including those containing threatened species of outstanding universal value from the
point of view of science or conservation”
Nepalese heritages submitted on the Tentative List of World Heritage Sites

A Tentative List is an inventory of those properties which each State Party intends to consider for
nomination. Nominations for the World Heritage List are only accepted if the site was previously listed
on the tentative list.
1. The early medieval architectural complex of Panauti (1996)
2. Tilaurakot, the archaeological remains of ancient Shakya Kingdom (1996)
3. Cave architecture of Muktinath Valley of Mustang (1996)
4. The medieval palace complex of Gorkha (1996)
5. Ramagrama, the relic stupa of Lord Buddha (1996)
6. Khokana, the vernacular village and its mustard-oil seed industrial heritage (1996)
7. Medieval Earthern Walled City of Lo Manthang (2008)
8. Vajrayogini and early settlment of sankhu (2008)
9. Medieval Settlement of Kirtipur (2008)
10. Rishikesh Complex of Ruru Kshetra (2008)
11. Nuwakot Palace Complex (2008)
12. Ram Janaki Temple (2008)
13. The Medieval Town of Tansen (2008)
14. Sinja valley (2008)
15. Bhurti Temple Complex of Dailekh (2008)

Activities
1. Collect the pictures of the heritages of Nepal enlisted in the world heritage list.
Mention one importance of each and present in the class.
2. Collect the news articles published in any newspaper about the heritages of Nepal
enlisted in the world heritage list and put on the notice board of your school.
3. Discuss in groups and write the measures for the protection and promotion of the
heritages from their declining condition.
Exercise
1. What is heritage? What does it reflect?
2. Name the heritages of Nepal listed in the world heritage sites?
3. Why are different countries constructing Bihars in Lumbini Area? Present your logic
in a sentence.

1. Why are the heritages considered as the precious wealth of the nation? Write in four
points.
2. Make a list of the roles to be played by the students and community in the protection
of National heritages.
3. Mention the features of Bhaktapur Durbar Square.
4. Prepare an article on any heritage of Nepal enlisted in the world heritage list which
you have visited or heard or read.
5. Write a letter to the representative of UNESCO to enlist a heritage of your community
in the world heritage list and also mention the reason for it.
6. Write an e-mail to your foreign friend explaining him/her the main features of
heritage site that lies near to your village/town.
Community Work
Visit a place in your community where there is a cultural, religious or historical heritage
and prepare a report based on the following titles:
Name and place of the heritage
The objects located in the heritage area
Date of construction
Condition of heritage
Importance of heritage
Measures to preserve
LESSON
2 Folk Songs of Nepal
Introduction
A traditional song originated among the
people and has been passed down orally
from one to the next is called folk song.
Folk songs are sung in local tunes using
traditional musical instruments. They
are sung in different occasions, festivals,
ceremonies and other rituals.
Different communities have their own
folk songs. The folk songs may differ
according to race, religion, culture, and
place. So they also represent specific Singing Lok Dohori
region, occasion or community.
Related
Folk Songs Time of Singing Folk Songs
Community
Deusi song Tihar
Palam Limbu
Malashree song Dashain
Syabru Sherpa
Teej song Teej
Selo Tamang
Asare song During sowing paddy
Kaura Magar
Sakela Silee During Udhauli/Ubhauli
Karkha Gandharba
Folk Songs Related Regions

Hakpare song Eastern region of Nepal
Deuda song Sudurpashchim and Karnali Province of Nepal
Hori or Maithili song Terai region
Newari song Kathmandu Valley
Kaura song Middle hill of western Nepal
Nepal is a rich country in terms of cultural heritage. Varieties of folk songs sung in different
place and context have given the identity of Nepali culture among others. They have added
glory of the country. They depict the originality and distinctness of Nepali culture.
Nowadays folk songs are sung in a commercial way in the market and are gaining
popularity. Such songs are also sung as Dohori Geet. The following are some examples of
our folk songs:
a. Tamang Selo: This is a folk song sung by the Tamang people living in mid-hill region
of Nepal especially in different districts of Bagmati Province.
3f]sL{ :ofp/L Uofnd/L
u]ª\nf 6'j|mf ;fk|/L
u]ª\ 6'j|mftf :ofp/L ;] 9'Os] nfhL Rofuf]
b. Purbeli Folk Song: This song is sung in the eastern part of Nepal while working in the
farm, collecting firewood, fodder for cattle, etc.
lxdr'nLsf] lxpFsf] kfgL
uf]ugkftn] lkpFnf xh'/
olt /fd|f] 9Ns] hf]jg
ltdLnfO{ g} lbpFnf xh'/
c. Hori Song: This song is sung in Mithila region of eastern Terai. This song is based on
the character of Lord Ram and Sita. It is sung on the occasion of Holi.
ldlynfd] /fd v]nt xf]/L ldlynfd] .
lsgsf s] xfy sgs lkrsf/L
lsgsf s] xfy caL/ emf]/L
ldlynfd]==================
/fdhLs] xfy sgs lkrsf/L
;LofhLs] xfy caL/ emf]/L
ldlynfd
ldlynfd] /fd============
d. Teej Song: This song is popular all over the country. Teej song is sung by the Hindu
women on the festival of Teej.
tLhsf] a]nfdf ;a} hfG5g\ dfOt
cfÇgf] dfOtL d'Unfg kf/L 5}g ;fOt
of] /dfOnf] a]nfdf hfg k¥of] d]nfdf
d} 5f]/Lsf] cfF;' v:of] b}nf 7]nfdf
e. Deuda Song: This is a folk song sung in the
Sudurpashchim Province of Nepal on the occasion of
different festivals.
/fO{ em'df em'df Sof d:Sof ls 5g\ xf], /fO{ em'df
-rf}aGbL 9fsfsf] rf]nf], l56\sf] kml/ofsL_@
kftnL 3/ sxfF xf] tD/f] a}; el/ofsL
d t /fO{ em'df, em'df Sof d:Sof ls 5 xf], /fO{ em'df
f. Palam Song: This is a folk song sung by Limbu
community. It is one of the popular songs in hilly region of eastern Nepal.
l;ª3fcf] y'ª\j] sSdf kmfu
ldG5fª\u]g cfgL ofDdL ;fu
OS;fu]g vfDa]s cfwf]v]Nn
lySgfDbft ;f/s cfaf]v]Nn]
In addition to these, there are many more folk songs in Nepal. Jyaure songs, Thado Bhaka,
Balan song, Sorathi song, etc are some other examples. Generally folk songs are based
on sorrow, love, romantic moment, message, etc. The folk song reflects or represents the
culture of contemporary society. They originate according to the culture, lifestyle and
tradition of certain place.
Though the folk songs are very important national asset, they are not getting much priority.
Because of the influence of foreign culture, new generation is mostly attracted towards the
foreign songs. Common people are also not able to pay attention towards it due to their
busy lifestyle and availability of modern means of entertainment. It is the duty of everyone
to preserve and promote folk songs. We can preserve folk songs in the following ways:
M Encouraging different communities to preserve their folk songs
M Organizing folk song singing competitions in schools, colleges and local levels
M Formulating and implementing policy to preserve and promote folk songs
M Adding quality in folk songs’ lyrics, singing and tunes to match the contemporary
interest, and
M Making the provision of royalty and respect to creators.
Importance of Folk Songs
Folk songs are our identity and pride.
They are the ways of expressing love, romantic moment, message or sorrow.
They are the means of refreshment to kill leisure time, tension and tiredness.
They introduce our cultural diversity in the world community and help in the tourism
development.
They provide fields for the research and study.
They maintain social harmony as people together sing folk songs.
Jhalakman Gandarva: A famous folk singer of Nepal
Jhalakman Gandarva was a pioneer figure who developed the folk
songs in Nepal. He was born at Batalechaur, Pokhara on 12th Baisakh,
1992 BS. Durga Bahadur and Makaidali were his father and mother
respectively.
Jhalakman could not get any formal education. Since the age of nine
he started to play Sarangi and sing folk songs like his forefathers. He
started to collect the folk songs around the villages of Kaski district.
He also composed some songs by himself. He started to participate
in various music competitions. In 2022 BS he participated in various
music competitions where he sang a song “cfdfn] ;f]lWng\ lg v} 5f]/f
elGng\=======”. This song made Jhalakman much popular throughout
the country. Janakabi Dharmaraj Thapa encouraged him to make
the career in the field of music. Jhalakman joined Radio Nepal as
the musician in 2024 BS. He retired from his job in 2052 BS. He
recorded about 250 songs in Radio Nepal. His songs are melodious and heart touching. “cfdfn] ;f]lWng\
lg v} 5f]/f elGng\, cNnf/] gfgL, /fwf lkof/L, wfgsf] afnf”, etc are the most popular folk songs of Jhalakman.
Several awards were given to Jhalakman for his contribution in the field of folk songs such as Aadikabi
Bhanubhakta Smiriti Puraskar, Indrarajyalaxmi Pragya Puraskar, etc. He also received cash prizes
from Narayan Gopal Sangit Kosh, Mahaji Films, etc.

Activities
1. Collect the folk songs sung in your community in different times and occasions.
Which community, region or occasion do they represent? Find and present in the
class.
2. Select a folk song which you like the most and sing in the class.
Exercise
1. Define folk song.
2. What type of song is Tamang Selo?
3. Name any two folk songs and the community related to them.

1. Give a short introduction to Deuda song.
2. Write a paragraph of a folk song that you know and mention its short introduction.
3. Write a dialogue on the topic “Folk songs are our fundamental identity”.
4. “Folk songs represent the contemporary society.” Present your opinion in this regard
in four points.
5. Suggest any four effective ways to preserve and promote folk songs.
Community Work
There must be folk songs related to your community. Collect any one of them and explain
in terms of the following topic:
Title of the song
Occasion of singing
Theme of the song
Related caste or community

LESSON
Folk Musical Instruments
3 of Nepal
Introduction
A musical instrument that developed among the common people and usually does not
have a known inventor is called a folk musical instrument. It is played in folk music.
The music played during fairs, festivals, ceremony, Jatras, etc is known as folk music.
Folk music is associated with particular place, race, religion and culture, etc. Folk musical
instruments are played along with folk songs. Generally, folk musical instruments are
made using the locally available materials. Madal, Sarangi, Jhyali, Sankha, etc are some
examples of folk musical instruments of Nepal.
The folk music represents the culture of a certain place and race. Folk musical instruments
may differ according to the place or community. For example: Jhyali is a common musical
instrument of Newar community living in Kathmandu valley and other cities of Nepal.
Yalamber is a popular folk musical instrument of Kirants of eastern Nepal. Sarangi is a
typical musical instrument of Gandharba community. Similarly, Damphu is an important
folk musical instrument of Tamangs. Panchai Baja is played by the Damai community
during the wedding ceremony.
Along with folk songs, various musical instruments are also played in different festivals,
jatras and ceremonies in Nepal. A brief introduction of folk musical instruments played in
Nepal has been given below:
Madal: It is one of the most popular folk musical
instruments of the Nepalese community. It is believed
that it was first introduced by the Magar community.
Later on, it gained popularity throughout the country.
It is made with a hollow piece of a thick log and its
open sides are covered with leather and tightened Madal
with leather strings. It is carried around the waist and
played by both hands. The part, where Khari (a black paste) is put called Maidaan. A ring,
at the edge of both sides of Madal which is used to tighten the leather strings is called
Mathara. Similarly, the leather string, used for carrying Madal is called Juine. For making
a Madal, a log from Khamari tree is used.
Sarangi: Sarangi is a traditional folk musical
instrument played by the Gandharba community. It is
a popular string-instrument made of a piece of wood.
At the bottom of which, a hollow is made and four
pieces of strings are fastened tightly with four wooden
Sarangi

nails fixed on the top of it. It is played by rubbing on a group of strings especially left and
right repeatedly with a bow called Gaj. Gaj is a stick which is fastened with some thin
strings or hair of horse’s tail. Sarangi is made from the wood of Khirra tree and its hollow
part is covered with leather. Sarangi in Nepal has been used as an instrument used to
convey the message and news across the country. The people of the Gandarva community
play the Sarangi in various folk songs. It produces a melodious tune.
Flute (Bansuri/Murali): Flute is a musical instrument
played by blowing air through mouth. It is made by
making holes on a small piece of hollow bamboo pipe
(Murali Baans). It is popular throughout the country. Flute
Bansuri is played by blowing air through mouth but Murali is played by pressing with lips
and blowing air on it.
Panchai Baja: Panchai Baja is a set of five folk musical instruments. It is played on
the occasions like marriage ceremony, Bratabandha and other social, cultural and
religious programmes. Panchai Baja is traditional musical instrument prevailing in Damai
community. Nowadays, the people of other community also play it professionally. The set
consists of Narasingha, Jhyali, Sahanai, Nagara and Tyamko.
a. Jhyali/Jhyamta/Jhurma: It is made of bronze.
There are two plate-shaped instruments and they are
played by striking each other with both our hands.
b. Narasingha: It is made of
copper. It is long and curved Jhyali
like a half circle. It is played
by blowing air through its
mouth.
c. Sahanai: It is made of
brass. It is played by blowing
Narasingha
air with our mouth and
moving fingers on the holes Sahanai
made on it.
d. Nagara/Damaha: It is
made of copper or brass. It
looks like bowl and its open
part is covered with leather. It
Damaha
is played by hitting with stick
on one side.
e. Tyamko: It is like a Nagara/Damaha but small in
size. It is played by hitting with two sticks on one side.
Tyamko

Khainjadi: It is made of wood and covered with leather
in one side. It is held with one hand and played with other
hand when Roila, Balana, Kaura, etc songs are sung. It is
also played during Bhajan-kirtan by the Hindus. A piece
of wood from Daar tree and skin of golden monitor
lizard or barking deer are used to make a Khainjadi.
Pungi (Bin): It is made of the
harder cover of coconut by
attaching bamboo pieces on
it. This instrument is played
Pungi (Bin) to make snake dance in Terai Khainjadi
region. It is played like Murali by blowing air through
mouth and moving finger tips.
Tunga: This is a popular musical instrument used in the
Himalaya region. It is made from rhododendron wood
and has four wires like the Sarangi. Its hollow part is Tunga
covered with the skin of sheep.
Yalamber: It is made of bamboo (Bhaalubans) with
two wires of bamboo stick. It is used by the Kirant
community. It is named after the name of the first Kirati
King Yalamber.
Ekatare: It is a single string musical instrument used by
the sages and ascetics. It is made of wood, leather and
string.
Urni: It is made by using outer hard cover of coconut, skin
and a rod. It is popular mainly in the Dhimal community
of eastern Terai. It is played while worshiping the family Ekatare
god and while performing social and religious functions.
Dhol/Dholak: It is like a Madal and played in the same
manner. It is made of hollow cylindrical wood covered
with leather.
Dhyangro: It is used by a witch
doctor like Dhami-jhankri and
made of wood and leather. It is
played by hitting with a stick.
The Sherpa and the Tamang
community use it during their Dholak
Dhyangro
cultural rites.

Hudko: It is like a Damaru and used in the Karnali Province
and Sudurpashchim Province. It is mainly used in Khaptad
fair. The person who plays this instrument is called Hudke.
Binayo: It is popular among
the Kiranti people. It is made
by making a hole in a piece
of bamboo (Maalingo Baans)
and thread is connected to both
Hudko
ends. It is played by blowing air
Binayo through mouth and pressing by fingers.
Murchunga: It is made of iron and it produces the sound like
Binayo. It is also popular among the Kiranti people.
Damphu: This musical
instrument looks like Khainjadi
and used in the Tamang
community and made by
covering the wood with the
Murchunga leather. It is held by one hand
and played by other hand.
Masak: It looks like the Sarangi and is used in Bajhang
district of Sudurpashchim Province of Nepal.
Dafali: It is used in the western Damphu
Terai of Nepal. It is circular
wooden frame with one side covered with leather. The wood
from jack tree is used for it.
Phasmuk: It is used in the Limbu community and made of
three pieces of bamboo.
Dafali Dangmen: Dangmen is a musical instrument prevailing in the

Sherpa community. It is made of wood and eight wires.
Kakuwayan: It looks like a Bansuri and played in the
same manner. It is mainly prevailing in the Newari Jyapu
community. It is made up of a piece of bamboo.
Kakuwayan
Aarbajo: It is a traditional musical instrument of
the Gandharba community. There is a human image at the top of this instrument
which is respected as the first Guru. It is also considered the first and religious
musical instrument. Aarbajo is considered as male and Sarangee is considered as female
musical instrument.

Pung: It is made of the horn of an ox or buffalo. It
is played by blowing air through mouth. It is popular
among the Rai community.
Dakkrai: This is used in Mithila area and is made of
wood joining six wires.
Irlung Pipari: It is used in the Kusunda community Pung
and played by blowing air.
Shringinad: It is made up of the horn of Krishnasar (black antelope) and used by sages
while going for Pheri at night during the months of Kartik or Mangsir.
Kahal Baja: This musical instrument is made of a copper sheet and is about one meter
long. It is played by blowing air into it with mouth. It is played in the Gorakhkali temple
of Gorkha and Bhairabi temple of Nuwakot.
Sankha: It is made up of large shell of the conch
found in the sea and ocean. It is played by blowing
air through mouth. It is played during Puja and other
religious ceremonies of the Hindus. It is also blown
when dead body is taken to the Ghat for cremation.
Naumati Baja: Naumati Baja specifically contains
nine instruments: those that comprise the Panchai
Baja with an added Damaha and Sahanai, as well as Sankha
two Narsingha, or Karnal. In general, the term Panchai
Baja is often used for both the five-instrument group
and the larger Naumati Baja.
Our folk musical instruments are being displaced by
the imported musical instruments in urban areas and
are slowly being displaced in rural areas too. They
are our typical musical instruments. They are our
identity and add to the glory of the nation. It is our
duty to preserve such folk musical instruments. In
Naumati Baja
order to preserve our folk musical instruments, the
following measures may be useful:
M Publicity of our folk musical instruments
M Organizing folk musical competitions time to time
M Giving priority for the manufacturing of such musical instruments
M Making the provision of incentives to those who know about it and are preserving it
M Including it in curriculum and teaching in schools and colleges practically, and
M Using in modern music and encouraging different communities to preserve their
tradition.

Activities
1. Make a list of folk musical instruments played in your community. Find when and
which communities play such instruments. Then, present in the class.
2. Make a table as given below and present the folk musical instruments mentioned in
the lesson.
Played by Played by Played by Played by blowing Played by Covered by Covered by
touching on rubbing on blowing and but without striking or leather and leather but not
strings strings by bow moving fingers moving fingers hitting having Khari having Khari
3. Draw or collect the picture of Panchai Baja and paste on a chart paper with their
name. Present that chart paper in the class.
Exercise
1. What do you mean by folk musical instruments? Give short introduction with example.
2. In which community Damphu is played?
3. What kind of musical instrument is Aarbajo?
4. In which region is Dakkari folk musical instrument widely practised?
5. Name any two folk musical instruments played by blowing air and moving fingers.

1. Write a short introduction of the Madal.
2. Draw a folk musical instrument of your choice and write its short introduction.
3. Panchai Baja was limited only in rural areas before but it is gaining popularity even in
urban areas at the present days. What is your opinion on it? Write in four points.
4. Prepare an editorial on the topic “Our folk musical instruments are our identity”.
5. Some of our folk musical instruments are on the verge of extinction. What should be
done to preserve them? Present your idea in four points.
6. Suppose, there are two programs running at the same time: one with modern pop
songs and drum set and other with folk songs and folk musical instruments. In this
situation, which program do you wish to attend? And why?
Community Work
Prepare a questionnaire to ask to the persons in your community who know how to
use folk musical instrument. Ask about the present condition on the use of folk musical
instruments and efforts for their preservation. Include their answer and your experience.
Then, prepare a report.
LESSON
Folk and Classical Dances
4 of Nepal
Introduction
Nepal is a multi-ethnic, multi-lingual and multi-cultural country. So, various types of
classical and folk dances are practised in Nepal.
Folk Dance: A traditional dance of a particular group of people or place is called folk
dance. Folk dance is performed on folk music. The costume for folk dance is related to a
particular community. It belongs to particular community, place or caste. Maruni dance,
Jhyaure dance, etc are the examples of folk dance.
Classical Dance: The dance describing the character of the Gods, Goddesses and religious
scriptures is called classical dance. The main spirit of the classical music is expressed by
the dancer by moving the different parts of the body. It has been practised since ancient
time. Classical dance is performed on classical music. It may not be based on any particular
caste. It needs special costume according to the nature and requirement of dance. Charya
dance, Panchabuddha dance, etc are the examples of classical dance.
Relationship among Folk Songs, Folk Musical Instruments and Folk Dances
Folk songs, folk musical instruments and folk dances are related to each other. They are
the component of folk culture. They are complementary to each other. Folk song is sung
in folk music and folk music is the base for folk dance. The folk musical instruments are
used to produce folk music and add the flavour in folk song and provide the base for the
folk dance. Similarly, folk dances express the meaning and spirit of folk songs and are
performed according to the timing of folk music. Folk dances become more effective with
the beat of the folk music and expressions and emotions shown in the folk songs. The folk
dances make the folk songs and folk music lively. The whole performance of an artist is
depended on these three components and hence we can say they are supplementary to each
other.
Some Folk and Classical Dances of Nepal
Dhan Naach: This folk dance is practised among the
Limbu community. The youths of the Limbu community
perform this dance during any Mela-parba. The song sung
in this dance is called Palam.
Chandi Naach: The Rai community performs this dance

playing Dhola-Jhyamta and singing Chandi song during
the festival of Udhyauli and Ubhauli. Dhan Naach

Ghatu Naach: It is practised among the Gurung, Magar
and Dura community. It is based on the story of the King
Parashuram and Queen Yammawati. The girls, whose
menstrual cycle has not started yet, perform this dance.
Chaulo Naach: This dance is performed in the hilly area
of Sudurpashchim Province of Nepal. It is performed in
occasions organized in the month of Kartik. It is also
called Chalo dance. Ghatu Naach
Kaura Naach: This dance is performed along with Kaura
song and is in practice among the Magar community in
most parts of Gandaki Province and Lumbini Province.
Madikhole Naach: It is
practised in the Lumbini
Province and Karnali
Kaura Naach Province of Nepal.
Mundhum Naach: Mundhum is the holy book of
Kirants and the dance based on Mundhum is called
Mundhum dance. It is practised in the hill regions of
eastern Nepal. Fedaangwa performs this dance along Mundhum Naach
with chanting Mundhum.
Deuda Naach: This dance is practised in the Karnali
Province and Sudurpashchim Province and the dance is
performed in circular group holding each other’s hand.
Hopcha: It is the folk dance of the Athpahariya Rai
community of Dhankuta.
Charya Nritya: This dance is practised in the Newar Deuda Naach
community by impersonating the Gods and Goddesses.
Charitra Nritya: This dance is performed by
impersonating the people of ancient stories, and it is
practised in the Terai region.
Hanuman Nritya: It is
practised in Baglung,
Syangja, etc. People
disguise themselves as
Hanuman and dance.
Pancha Buddha Nritya:
It is the traditional dance
Pancha Buddha Nritya Charya Nritya
based on Buddhism.
Bhairav Nritya: This dance is practised throughout the country. People perform this
dance wearing the clothes and masks of Bhairav.
Sorathi Nritya: It is the traditional dance of the Gurung community.
Maruni Naach: This dance is performed by the men wearing the dress of women. It is
practised in the middle hilly region of Nepal by the Magar community. This dance is
organized almost throughout the year.
Kartik Naach: This dance was initiated by Siddhi
Narsingh Malla. It is demonstrated in the month of
Kartik. So, it is called Kartik Naach.
Tarware Naach: It is the traditional folk dance of the
Gandharba community.
Khyali Naach: This dance is performed on the basis
of Khyali song. It is also called Pangdure dance.
Kartik Naach
Singaru Nritya: It is practised in the Lumbini and
Karnali Province.
Rudrayani Naach: This dance is practiced in
Khokana of Lalitpur district on the occasion of
Rudrayani Puja.
Salahes Naach: This dance belongs to Dusaadh and
Musahar community living in the eastern Terai of
Nepal. They perform this dance during the puja of
Salahes, their favoured deity. Rudrayani Naach
Jhijiya Nritya: This is a prevailing dance in Maithili community living in east and middle
Terai region. In this dance, women carry an earthen pot on their head and dance in group.
The pot which they carry on their head contains holes on it and fire inside it.
Saraya Naach: This dance is mainly performed in Gulmi, Syangja, Baglung, Palpa,
Arghakhanchi, etc on the occasion of Dashain. It is danced in group in the temples holding
Khunda, Khukuri, sword or stick.
Sakhiya Nritya: This is a traditional dance practiced
in the Terai region of Nepal by the Tharu community
during Maghi Parva.
Balan Nritya: This dance is related to the character
of Lord Krishna, Lord Ram, etc. It is performed
in various occasions and festivals describing the
religious fable with gesture.
Sakhiya Nritya

Jharra Naach: It is danced striking the small
bamboo sticks with each other and on its rhythm.
Pulukisi Naach: This dance is prevalent in Jyapu

community of Newar. It is performed during
Indrajatra in Kilagal, Kathmandu. This is the
symbolic dance of white elephant.
Pulukisi Naach
Jat Jatin Dance: This dance is organized in

the Mithila region from Shrawan purnima to
Bhadra purnima. It is based on folklore of
love between the hero Jat and heroine Jatin in
which the moment of happiness and sorrow
is expressed by the dancers. It is performed
to please the deity Indra when there is not
Jat Jatin Dance enough rain.
Importance of Folk and Classical Dance

It reflects our glorious culture and tradition.
It helps in preserving and promoting the typical culture of the country.
It helps in the tourism development as a source of entertainment.
It helps in the socialization and development of social harmony.
It develops art and skill in individuals.
Nepal is rich in folk and classical dance. But many such dances are on the verge of
extinction. It is essential to preserve them on time. The following measures should be
taken to preserve them:
M New generations should be encouraged to participate in classical and folk dances
which are being extinct. For this, new generations should be sensitized about the
importance of such dances.
M Classical and folk dances should be included in the curriculum of schools and colleges
and taught practically.
M Regular competition of classical and folk dances should be conducted throughout the
country.
M Electronic media like television, radio, FM, etc should give preference to such dances.
M A visual documentary on ‘Folk Dances of Nepal’ should be made for their publicity.

Activities
1. Organize a folk dance competition in the school. Form an evaluation committee and
award the winners.
2. Identify the folk dance and classical dance among the dances given in the lesson.
3. What roles should be played by the students, local communities and concerned
central authority to preserve and promote our folk dance and classical dance to
prevent them from extinction? Discuss with friends and write in points.
Exercise
1. Define folk dance.
2. To which community does Dhan Naach belong?
3. Mention one characteristic of Charitra Nritya.
4. In which region Singaru Nritya is practiced?
5. What kind of dance is Kartik Naach? Who introduced this Naach?
6. In which race is Dhan Naach practised?
7. What type of dance is Pancha Buddha dance?
8. Write a role to be played by the provincial executive to preserve folk dance.

1. “Folk songs, folk musical instruments and folk dances are complementary to each
other.” Justify this statement with examples.
2. Write the importance of folk and classical dance.
3. Show the differences between folk dance and classical dance in a table.
4. Suggest any four effective ways to preserve and promote our folk and classical dances.
5. What role have you played to preserve local musical instruments and folk dance in
your area? Write down.
6. Which dance is popular in your community? Give a short introduction of it.
Community Work
Collect information about the condition of dances practiced in your community. Prepare
a report including the name of the dance, context, time, occasion, community, caste, etc.

LESSON
5 Our National Days
Introduction
National days are the special days which are observed nationwide. These days are related
with various important events such as great revolution, achievements, or they are dedicated
to some special persons. Nepal has gone through several important changes and events
in history. So, in order to remember such important events, the Government of Nepal
has decided to observe several days as national days. The national days are our national
occasions and they should be observed not only for the sake of observation but according
to the main spirit of the day.
Some National Days of Nepal
Martyrs’ Day: One who sacrificed own life
in various movements launched to establish
democracy and civic rights is called a
martyr. Every year we observe Martyr’s Day
on 16th of Magh by offering garlands and
flowers, organizing rally, speech program,
blood donation, etc. From 10th of Magh to
16th of Magh, these seven days are observed
as Martyr’s week in memory of four
martyrs Shukra Raj Shastri, Dharma Bhakta
Mathema, Ganga Lal Shrestha and Dashrath
Chand and others who sacrificed their life to
end the autocratic Rana regime and establish
democracy in Nepal. To commemorate the contribution of those martyrs, statues of four
martyrs have been kept at Sahid Gate near Tundikhel, Kathmandu and in Sahid Park of
Hetauda.
Political leaders, Ministers, government officers and common people go to Sahid Gate and
offer garland and flowers to the statue of martyrs to pay respect to them on this day. People
also go to Sahid Smarak at Lainchaur to pay homage to the martyrs. Similarly to pay
homage, people go to the Pachali, Teku where Shukra Raj Shastri was hanged, to Shiphal
where Dharma Bhakta was executed and to Shobha Bhagvati where Dashrath Chand and
Ganga Lal were shot dead. People also remember and pay tribute to those who sacrificed
their life during the People’s Movement of 2046 and 2062/63 BS.

If we respect the family of martyrs, get inspiration from martyrs and fulfil the dream of
martyrs, it will be the real respect to the martyrs.
Children’s Day: We observe 29th of Bhadra

as Children’s Day. The UN General Assembly
adopted the Convention on Child Rights on
20th November, 1989 AD and Nepal ratified
it on 14th September, 1990 AD (29th Bhadra,
2047 BS). So to commemorate the day, we
observe 29th Bhadra as the Children’s Day.
Various programmes relating to children are
conducted on this day. Children’s rally, speech
program, sports program and other programs to
create awareness about child right are conducted throughout the country on this day.
Constitution Day: The Constitution of Nepal was promulgated and implemented on 3rd
Asoj, 2072 BS. So, this day is observed as the Constitution Day.
Democracy Day: The Rana regime ended and democracy was introduced on 7th Falgun,
2007 BS. To remember that day, every year on 7th of Falgun, we observe the Democracy Day.
On this day, programmes like rallies, speech, knowledgeable competitions, afforestation,
sanitation, blood donation, distribution of
various items to the needy, etc are done.
Education Day: Every year on World Literacy

Day we observe Education Day in Nepal. It
falls on 8th September. Those who have given
great contribution in the field of education
are awarded with various prizes on this day.
Similarly, medals are awarded by the head of
the state to those who have completed Ph.D.,
topped in Masters, Bachelor and other levels.
8th
On this day, various programmes are organized
by Ministry of Education, different universities
and educational institutions.
MARCH
International Women’s Day: We observe
International Women’s Day on 8th March every
INTERNATIONAL
year. The women civil servants are given
holiday in government offices on this day.
WOMEN’S DAY
Various programmes are organized to aware the people about the woman’s education,
their rights and equal opportunity to them. Since the United Nations General Assembly
invited member states to proclaim 8th March as the UN Day for women’s rights and world
peace, International Women’s Day was first observed on 8th March as a popular event after
1977 AD.
International Labour Day: Every year,

May 1st is observed as the International
Labour Day. It is also called Mai Diwas.
Nepal has started to observe this day as
a National Day after the establishment
of Loktantra in 2063 BS. It is a public
holiday and on this day, various
programs are organized for the welfare
and prosperity of labourers.
Republic Day: 15th Jestha is observed

as Republic Day in our country. The first
meeting of Constituent Assembly had
declared Nepal as a republican state by
ending monarchy on 15th Jestha, 2065 BS.
Celebrating National Day is an important

event because it makes the common
people familiar about the various
important events of history and different achievements made by the country. As we have
general practice of giving holiday on the occasion of National Days, a large number of
illiterate people do not know the importance of such days. It is better to organize various
programmes throughout the country in both government and private sectors. People should
be made aware about the day. For this, media like radio, television, newspapers, etc can
play an important role. These means of communication should highlight the celebration of
National Days by publishing and highlighting the news about the days. March, procession,
seminar, etc should be organized throughout the country. Government, non-government
organizations, school, college, etc should conduct the programmes related to National
Days instead of giving holiday.

Activities
1. Collect some news articles published about our national days and display them on
the bulletin board of the class.
2. Make a table and show the national days observed in Nepal.
3. What programs are organized in your school on the occasion of national days? Collect
the description with the help of your class teacher or head master. Then, present the
description in the class.
Exercise
1. What does a National Day mean?
2. When do we observe Republic Day and why?
3. Who are martyrs?
4. Why is 8th March observed every year as International Women’s Day?

1. Write the importance of democracy day.
2. “National days reflect national unity.” Prepare a news report justifying the statement.
3. If you are going to present your opinion on child right, what logics would you present?
Write in four points.
4. National days should not be limited only in the capital city. They should be observed
effectively and according to the spirit of the day. What can be done for this? Mention
your ideas in four points.
5. Prepare four slogans appropriate for four different national days.
6. If you are going to participate in an oratory program on the topic “Every labourer
has to get appropriate wage for work”. What opinion would you present? Prepare a
model of your presentation.
Community Work
Prepare a dialogue based on the national day that you have attended.

LESSON
6 International Personalities
Great personalities whose contribution is invaluable to mankind in the world

are known as international personalities. Their works and experiences are the
inspiration and encouragement for other people. There are many such international
personalities. Some of them have contributed in the technical field, some in the field
of development and some have helped to make the life of common people easier,
convenient and comfortable by uplifting their life standard. A short introduction to some
of the international personalities has been presented below:
a. Kailash Satyarthi
Early life
Kailash Satyarthi was born on 11th January, 1954 AD
in the Vidisha district of central Indian state Madhya
Pradesh. His original name is Kailash Sharma.
He attended Government Boys Higher Secondary
School in town and completed his degree in electrical
engineering at Samrat Ashok Technological Institute,
Vidisha and a post-graduate degree in high-voltage
engineering. Then he joined a college in Bhopal as a
lecturer for a few years.
Name Kailash Satyarthi
Works On 11th January, 1954 AD in Vidisha,
Born
M In 1980 AD, he gave up his Madhya Pradesh, India
career as an engineer and became Nationality Indian
secretary general for the Bonded Electrical engineering from Samrat Ashok
Education Technological Institute, Vidisha
Labour Liberation Front. He
Activism for children’s rights and children’s
also founded Bachpan Bachao Known for education
Andolan (Save the Childhood The Aachener International Peace Prize,
Movement) in the same year. Germany (1994)
Through this movement, he led Robert F. Kennedy Human Rights Award
the rescue of over 83,000 child (1995)
Awards Alfonso Comin International Award (2008)
slaves of 144 countries and
Medal of the Italian Senate (2007)
developed a successful model for Defenders of Democracy Award (2009)
their education and rehabilitation. Nobel Peace Prize (2014)
Harvard Humanitarian Award (2015)
M Due to his work and initiation
against child labour, ILO Convention 182 directed the governments of the world to
end the child labour.

M He has also been involved with the Global March against Child Labour and its
international advocacy body, the International Center on Child Labour and
Education (ICCLE), which are worldwide coalitions of NGOs, teachers and trade
unionists.
M He has also served as the President of the Global Campaign for Education from its
inception in 1999 to 2011, having been one of its four founders alongside Action Aid,
Oxfam and Education International.
M In addition, he established Good Weave International as the first voluntary labeling,
monitoring and certification system of rugs manufactured without the use of child-
labour in South Asia. This organization operated a campaign in Europe and the United
States in the late 1980s and early 1990s with the intent of raising consumer awareness
of the issues relating to the accountability of global corporations with regard to
socially responsible consumerism and trade.
M Satyarthi has highlighted child labour as human rights issue as well as a welfare
matter and charitable cause. He has argued that it perpetuates poverty, unemployment,
illiteracy, population growth, and other social problems.
M He has also had a role in linking the movement against child labour with efforts for
achieving “Education for All”. He has been a member of a UNESCO body established
to examine this and has been on the board of the Fast Track Initiative (now known as
the Global Partnership for Education).
M Satyarthi serves on the board and committee of several international organizations
including the Center for Victims of Torture (USA), the International Labour Rights
Fund (USA), and the International Cocoa Foundation.
M He has helped enactment and adoption of national and international legislations,
treaties and conventions as well as the constitutional amendment on child labour and
education.
Satyarthi, along with Pakistani child activist Malala Yousafzai, was awarded the Nobel
Peace Prize in 2014 “for their struggle against the suppression of children and young
people and for the right of all children to education”. He lives in New Delhi, India.
b. Dr. Martin Luther King

Early life
Martin Luther King, Jr. was born in Atlanta, Georgia,
USA on 15th January, 1929 AD. His legal name
at birth was Michael King. He went to Booker
T. Washington High School. He got his college
education at Morehouse College at the young age
of fifteen. After getting his degree in sociology
from Morehouse, Martin got a theology degree from
Crozer Seminary and then got his Ph.D. in Theology
from Boston University. He was both Name Martin Luther King
a Baptist minister and civil-rights On 15th January, 1929 AD in Atlanta,
Born
activist. He is widely considered the Georgia, US.
most influential leader of the American Nationality American
civil rights movements. Education Ph.D. in Theology from Boston University
Known for Civil Rights Movement, Peace Movement
Works Nobel Peace Prize (1964), Presidential
Medal of Freedom (1977, posthumous),
M He fought to overturn segregation Awards Congressional Gold Medal (2004,
laws and eliminate social and posthumous)
economic differences between On 4th April, 1968 AD, at the age of 39
blacks and whites from his early Death years.
age.
M He became the main leader in the Civil Rights Movement to end racial segregation
and discrimination in America during the 1950s and 1960s and a leading spokesperson
for nonviolent methods of achieving social change.
M In December 1955, he led a 382-day boycott of Montgomery’s segregated public
bus system. Negroes were relegated to the back of the bus and had to give up
their seats if a white person wanted them. Since many blacks lived in poverty or
near-poverty, few could afford automobiles, and public buses were essential to them
for traveling to and from work and elsewhere.
M In 1957 he was elected president of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, an
organization formed to provide new leadership for the growing civil rights movement.
The ideals for this organization he took from Christianity, its operational techniques
from Gandhi.
M In April 1963, he led a campaign against racial segregation and economic injustice in
Birmingham, Alabama.
M During the rally in the nation’s capital on August 28th, 1963, Dr. King delivered his
most famous speech, known as the “I Have a Dream” speech.
M As the Vietnam War escalated, King spoke out against America’s involvement in the
conflict. His anti-war position was an outcome of his belief in nonviolence, but to
those who opposed King it intensified their belief he was pro-communist and anti-
American.
M Through his activism, he played a key role in ending the legal segregation of African-
American citizens in the South and other areas of the nation, as well as the creation of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and the Voting Rights Act of 1965.
M When he declared the poor and labourers have the ethical right to get food, health,
clothing, shelter, etc not only the government but also rich blacks and Klux Klan (a
white supremacist organization) became angry. They were the supporter of Dictator
Hitler.
M After returning from the protest of sanitation workers, he was standing on the second-
floor balcony of the Lorraine Motel in Memphis, Tennessee. A racist assassinated him
on 4th April, 1968 AD by a single rifle shot. In America, it is believed that the dream
of Martin Luther King has not died even after his martyrdom.
Activities
1. Collect the information about the contribution made by any other international
personalities. Present your work in the class.
2. Read the following short biography of Mahatma Gandhi and find similarities between
Martin Luther King and Mahatma Gandhi.
Mahatma Gandhi
The full name of Mahatma Gandhi was Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. He was born on 2nd October, 1869 AD in a town
called Porbandar, Gujrat, India. He studied law and advocated for the civil rights of Indians both at home under British
rule and in South Africa. He was the architect of India’s freedom and one of the greatest men of this century. Mahatma
Gandhi’s life was dedicated to the ideals of truth, non-violence and love.
He went to England to become a lawyer. When he obtained the degree of Law, he started practicing law in South
Africa. He stayed in South Africa for nearly 21 years to fight against racial discrimination against Indian settlers.
He came back to India in 1915 and built an ashram on the banks of the Sabaramati River near Ahmadabad. It was called
‘Satyagraha Ashram’. He fought peacefully for many causes and succeeded in persuading the government to abolish
many abuses against labourers in Bihar, the Kaira peasants in Gujarat, etc.
Gandhi became a leader of India’s independence movement, organizing boycotts against British institutions in peaceful
forms of civil disobedience. He was assassinated on 30th June, 1948 by Nathuram Godse, an extremist.
Exercise
1. Who are known as international personality?
2. What is Dr. Martin Luther King known for?
3. What is Kailash Satyarthi known for?
1. “Though Kailash Satyarthi is an Indian, his contribution is for the entire world”. Justify
this statement.
2. What sort of changes may occur in our society if ‘save the childhood’ like movement
led by Kailas Satyarthi is conducted in our country? Write in four points.
3. Read the given short biography about Malala Yousafzai who was jointly awarded the
Nobel Peace Prize with Kailash Satyarthi and mention how she could become the
Nobel Peace Prize winner at a very young age.
Malala Yousafzai was born on July 12th, 1997, in Mingora, Pakistan. As a child, she became an advocate
for girls’ education, which resulted in the Taliban issuing a death threat against her. On October 9th, 2012,
a gunman shot Malala when she was traveling home from school. She survived, and continued to speak
out on the importance of education. She was nominated for a Nobel Peace Prize in 2013. In 2014, she was
nominated again and won, becoming the youngest person to receive the Nobel Peace Prize.
4. What lesson did you get from the biography of Martin Luther King? Write.
5. What is the contribution of Kailash Satyarthi to the world?
6. How should we respect the international personalities? Write in four points.
Project Work
Search about the Nobel Peace Prize winner international personalities you like and
prepare a short description.
LESSON
7 Universal Brotherhood
Introduction
Brotherhood is a feeling and treating one another like brothers. This is a feeling of
fellowship and sympathy for other people. Similarly, universal brotherhood is a concept to
think the whole world as our own family.
According to the concept of universal brotherhood, the world is a common shelter for all,
it is our common home, we are the residents of the earth wherever we live and the world
is a family. If a member gives trouble in the family then all the family members have
to suffer from that. Similarly, if someone damages one part of the world, it affects the
whole world. Intolerance based on racial discrimination, narrow-minded nationalism, etc
weakens the feeling of universal brotherhood.
Human being as a conscious and social creature should not disturb the life system of other
creatures. We should not forget the existence of other while fulfilling our wants and wishes.
Our Vedic tradition also says “Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam” which means all the people
living on the earth are our brothers and sisters. So, all of us should live together with good
relation and share happiness and sorrow. All the religions teach to respect the peace. The
main objective of education is also the same. Non Aligned Movement-NAM has also made
the universal brotherhood as its directive principle. The formation of international and

regional organizations like UNO, SAARC, ASEAN, EU, and Commonwealth Countries is
also for the promotion of universal brotherhood. Thus, we should all believe in sovereign
universal family. Universal brotherhood is vital to maintain peace in the world.
The importance of universal brotherhood is increasing day by day because of the following
reasons:
M People do not want to be limited within a place. In the name of employment, tourism,
trade, mutual assistance and migration, people move from one place to another.
M People of many countries are also living in the same city.
M Nowadays, one can go from one part of the world to other part easily and within short
time.
M The religious orthodoxy is also gradually decreasing.
M Unity, empathy and cooperation are also increasing among the people.
M People join and enjoy in the cultural and social programs of other community also.
Importance of universal brotherhood

Unity and peace can be maintained only by the feeling of universal brotherhood.
The main motto of universal brotherhood is to respect all the religions, castes, regions
and beliefs.
Universal brotherhood frees the world from wars and hatred.
It increases cooperation and empathy that can make human life joyful.
Measures to maintain brotherhood

We should treat others like friends, brothers, sisters or relatives.
Everyone should rise above the boundary of caste, religion, language and the nation.
Initiation of dialogue, acceptance of diversity, awareness of spirituality and purity of
character can make the whole world as a family and maintain universal brotherhood.
Love, cooperation and goodwill between the individuals and countries help in the
growth of universal brotherhood.
Everyone should have empathy and cooperation to get rid from fear, poverty, pain and
epidemic diseases. It develops the universal brotherhood.
Everyone should leave egoism and work for the prosperity and happy life of mankind.

Activities
1. Write a letter to your friend living abroad mentioning the importance of universal
brotherhood.
2. Prepare some slogans reflecting universal brotherhood. Example: ‘Vasudhaiva
Kutumbakam’, ‘all the people living in the earth are one’, etc.
Exercise
1. What is universal brotherhood?
2. Prepare a slogan showing the importance of brotherhood.
3. What does “Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam” mean?
4. How does universal brotherhood play a significant role to set up peace in the world?
Express in a sentence.

1. What should we do to maintain universal brotherhood? Write any four ways.
2. Why is the importance of universal brotherhood increasing day by day?
3. “Universal brotherhood is important to maintain peace in the world.” Justify this
statement.
4. Complete the following table:
Advantage of universal brotherhood Disadvantage of enmity
Community Work
Meet some senior personalities in your community and find how the people of other
places or countries are treated in your community. Then prepare a report and present in
the class.

LESSON
Responsibility towards
8 the Senior Citizens
Introduction
Elderly or aged person, especially
one above 60 or 65 years of age
is known as a senior citizen.
According to the Senior Citizens
Act 2063, “Senior Citizen means a
citizen of Nepal having completed
the age of Sixty years”.
Senior citizens are the wealth of
social and cultural knowledge,
value, belief and tradition. They
are the founder of our society.
Senior Citizens
They have already experienced
lots of ups and downs in life. They have got unlimited experience and knowledge. We have
to utilize the knowledge and experience of senior citizens. Some of the senior citizens are
still contributing to the family, society and the nation as per their experience and ability.
It is the duty of state to take care of the senior citizens. It comes under the social and moral
responsibility of the state. Society also has to provide services to the senior citizens with
respect and sympathy. A network of social organizations to provide services to senior
citizens is working in Nepal. These organizations can help in the sector of the interest of
senior citizens but most of them are limited only in the urban areas. There is more need of
such organizations in the rural areas. The state has to manage them on the basis of priority.
The senior citizens lose energy, feel laziness, pay less interest in personal hygiene, have
the habit of expressing dissatisfaction, etc. So, some people ignore senior citizens. In
some families, the senior citizens are being neglected by the family members too due to
the influence of foreign lifestyle, busy schedule, financial shortage, wish to have nuclear
family, ancestral distance, etc. As a result, some of the senior citizens are also deprived of
getting the services and facilities provided by the state.
Constitutional and legal provision for the rights and benefits of senior
citizens
‘Rights of Senior Citizens’ under the fundamental rights of the Constitution of Nepal,
Senior Citizens Act-2063 and Senior Citizens Rules-2065 have made some provisions for
the right and benefits of the senior citizens.

‘Rights of Senior Citizens’ a fundamental right
M The senior citizens shall have the right to special protection and social security
from the State.
Respect to senior citizens

M It shall be the duty of all to respect senior citizens.
Maintenance and care of senior citizen

M It shall be the duty of each family member to maintain and care for the senior
citizen according to the economic status and prestige of the member.
M Except the senior citizen has lived separately or wishes to live separately taking
his or her partition share, the family member of his or her choice shall keep with
him or her and maintain the senior citizen.
M No one shall detach the senior citizen from the family or compel the senior citizen
to get detached from the family in against of his or her will.
M If the economic condition of the senior citizen or the family member maintaining
the senior citizen is weak, other family member shall make provision of
maintenance and care of the senior citizen in spite of the fact that such member has
not kept such senior citizen with him or her.
M Any family member, relative or heir who uses or deals with (consumes) the
movable or immovable property of the senior citizen shall keep with him or her
and maintain and care such senior citizen.
Allowance or facility to Senior Citizens

M The Government of Nepal
may categorize senior
citizens, helpless senior
citizens, and incompetent
senior citizens on the
prescribed grounds and
provide allowance or
facility as prescribed.
It is the duty of everyone to
provide help, facility and service
to the senior citizens in religious
Senior Citizens Receiving Allowance
or public places, health service,
public function, public vehicle, etc. If the commitment made by the state is fulfilled, the
senior citizens won’t have to suffer.

Efforts made by state for the benefits of senior citizens
Pensions to government employees
Provision of free health treatment and discount in health service
50% discount in the fare rate
Reservation of at least 2 seats in the public vehicles, and
Senior citizen allowance under the social security.
Activities
1. What supports are being made to the senior citizens of your family or community by
the children, youths and society? Ask and show in a table.
2. What institutions have been established in the country for taking care of senior
citizens and preserving and protecting of the benefits of senior citizens? Discuss.
Exercise
1. Who are senior citizens?
2. How do you respect your grandparents? Write two ways.

1. “Senior citizens are the wealth of knowledge and experience.” Justify this statement.
2. What privileges and facilities have been made for the senior citizens in our country?
3. What provisions have been made by the government in the constitution and laws for
the rights and benefits of senior citizens?
4. How should we honour and assist the senior citizens by the state and family members
in this modern situation? Mention your constructive suggestions in four points.
5. We have been hearing and reading the incidents that senior citizen are being neglected
by the family members. What may be the reasons behind it? Write the measures for
its solutions as well.
Community Work
Meet some senior citizens in your community and listen to their contributions and
experiences. Note down their contributions and experiences you like and present in the
class.
UNIT SOCIAL
4 PROBLEMS AND
SOLUTIONS
Identify the traditions, customs and usages prevailing as social problems and
evils in the society and get involved in the reforms,
Explain the roles played by national and international organizations in solving
the social problems and evils, and
Solve the problems by applying critical thinking ability.
Subject matters
Human Trafficking: A Social Problem

Domestic Violence and Untouchability
Some Bad Customs
Roles Played by the International Organizations
Identification of Social Problems and Problem Solving Skills
Social Problems and Solutions 101

LESSON
Human Trafficking:
1 A Social Problem
Introduction
We live in the society in an organized way. Various activities are performed in the society
on the basis of established norms, values, traditions, beliefs and modernization. In course
of development, the society faces many hindrances and difficulties like superstition,
malpractices, etc. Such hindrances and difficulties are called social problems. Due to
suffering from social problems, some people involve in some anti-social activities as well.
The anti-social activities are called social evils. Social problems and evils cause negative
impact not only on the society but also on whole human civilization and act as obstacle in
development. The social problems differ according to the time and place.
Dowry
Women Violence Ghumto
Child Marriage Chhaupadi
Conservative Tradition Deuki
Social
Superstition Jhuma
Problems
Racial Discrimination Human Trafficking
Corruption Untouchability
Child Labour Bullying
Gender
Discrimination
Human Trafficking
Human trafficking is the trade of humans, most commonly for the purpose of sexual
slavery, forced labour, or commercial sexual exploitation for the trafficker or others. It is a
serious crime and a grave violation of human rights. Every year, thousands of men, women
and children fall into the hands of traffickers, in their own countries and abroad. Almost
every country in the world is affected by trafficking, whether as a country of origin, transit
or destination for victims.
According to Human Trafficking and Transportation (Control) Act-2064, the acts
considered as human trafficking, punishment to the offender and compensation to the
victim are as given in the table below:

Acts considered as Human
Punishment to the offender Compensation
Trafficking
To sell or purchase a 20 years imprisonment and a fine of Rs. Compensation
person for any purpose, 2,00,000 for selling or buying a human being, to the victim
To use someone into 10 to 15 years imprisonment and a fine shall not be
prostitution, with or of Rs. 50,000 to 1,00,000 for forcing into less than half
without any benefit, prostitution, with or without financial benefit, of the fine
levied as
To extract human 10 years imprisonment and a fine of Rs.
punishment to
organ except otherwise 2,00,000 to 5,00,000 for extracting human
the offender
determined by law, organ except otherwise determined by law,
To go for in 1 to 3 months imprisonment and a fine of
prostitution. Rs. 2,000 to 5,000 for a person engaged in
prostitution.
The traffickers use various means for human trafficking such as threat or use of force,
coercion, abduction, fraud, deception, abuse of power or vulnerability, or giving payments
or benefits. Innocent, poor, women, children, illiterate, living in rural areas, suffering
from domestic and social violence, etc become the victim of human trafficking. They are
trafficked for the purpose of forced labour, child labour, adoption or sexual and labour
exploitation. In the past, only women used to be sold for sexual and labour exploitation
but the children are also being trafficked nowadays. Women and children are being used as
domestic workers with low wage, workers in circus, sexual activities and for begging jobs.
Among various forms of human trafficking, some of them are discussed below:
a. Girl Trafficking
Girl trafficking is literally defined as the buying and
selling of young girls for sex and labour exploitation.
The smugglers allure innocent girls in different
ways such as providing a good job, delicious food,
nice clothes, traveling to beautiful cities or sending
them for foreign employment, etc. Because of lack of
awareness, being parentless, suffering from domestic
violence and extreme poverty, the girls and women
are easily trapped in trafficking. In the past, girl
trafficking was limited only to India but it has extended its network even to gulf countries,
Korea, China and South-East Asian countries. Similarly, women are being sold by the
brokers in Africa, Europe and America in the name of foreign employment.
Various government and non-government organizations are fighting against this evil
practice in our country. Due to the active efforts of Maiti Nepal, Didi Bahini, Shakti
Samuha, Nepal Police, Ministry of Women Children and Social Welfare, National Women
Commission, and intelligence agencies, the rate of girl trafficking to India has reduced
but the trafficking to the third countries in the name of foreign employment has increased.
Girl trafficking is not only an illegal act but a vile crime. So, it must be controlled. Girl
trafficking can be controlled by the following ways:

M Girls and women should be conscious to be safe from it.
M Parents/guardians should take care of their daughters.
M Security body should be alert.
M Offenders should be given very strict punishment.
M Community, government and non-government organization should work jointly
against it with good coordination and cooperation.
M Access to education and public awareness should be increased.
b. Child Trafficking
Buying and selling of children for different purposes is called child trafficking. It is
done with or without consent of family. Due to poverty, family tension, carelessness of
guardians, etc the children are distracted and lost especially from Terai region and urban
areas. When, the children fall into the trap of smugglers, they are taken far away from their
family and sold. Then, they are made to work in risky jobs, home, circus and in any other
disgusting work. The smugglers also use them for extracting organs and begging jobs. This
is a criminal act. It should be controlled. It can be controlled by the following measures:
M Community, guardian, family members and children themselves should be alert.
M Access to education and awareness should be increased.
M There should be regular surveillance in hotels and industries.
M Government and non-government organizations should work actively against it.
M The suffering children should be rescued and rehabilitated.
c. Human Organ Trafficking
This is the trade of human organs for the purpose of
transplantation. Nowadays, several parts of human dfgj / dfgjsf] cd"No c+u
body can be transplanted if they do not work or a]Rg] / a]rfpg] dxfck/fwL x'g\,
are damaged. In such case, the family members or ltgnfO{ ;fdflhs jlxisf/ u/f}F .
other persons are made donor and their organs are
transplanted in the patient’s body. If there is no family member or they are not ready to
give their organs, such organs are bought from others. This kind of work is done through
brokers. About 42% of the total transplanted human organs are trafficked illegally.
Due to the modern living style and environmental pollution, the problem of kidney failure
is rapidly increasing all over the world. There is a global need or demand for healthy body
parts for transplantation. Organs which are commonly traded are liver, lung, cornea and
kidney. The human organ traffickers easily trap the poor and illiterate people. It is our duty
to protect the people suffering from this problem and reduce the trade of human organs.
The human organ trafficking can be controlled by the following measures:
M Increasing health consciousness,
M Making poverty alleviation program effective,
M Being aware of the bad intention of extracting organ in the name of treatment,
M Appointing or arranging a care taker for patient, and
M Watching over those who are the victims and those who are the culprits.
Activities
1. There may be a social problem in your society. What problem is that? What effects
are created by that? Discuss with your guardians and find conclusion. Then, present
in the class.
2. “Problem makes a man matured.” Do you agree with this statement? What lessons
can be learnt from such persons? Discuss.
3. Nowadays, human traffickers are active in human transportation for human organ
trafficking. Are they active in your area too? Make a field visit and prepare a report.
4. Visit security body located nearby and discuss the legal provisions made to control
human trafficking. Prepare a report on it and present in the class.
Exercise
1. What do you understand by social problem?
2. Why human trafficking is considered as a social problem?
3. Why is human organ trafficking increasing nowadays?
4. What legal provision has been made for the compensation to the victim of the human
trafficking?
5. Mention any two organizations working to solve the problem of girl trafficking.
6. Prepare a slogan to create awareness against human trafficking.
7. Mention a role that should be played by the local government to control human
trafficking.

1. “Human trafficking is a serious social problem.” Explain.
2. Why is human trafficking increasing in our society? Analyze.
3. What are the causes of girl trafficking? Mention.
4. How can human organ trafficking be controlled? Write the measures in points.
5. Nepali society faces human trafficking in various forms and for various purposes.
What are the effects of human trafficking?
6. Mention the legal provision for punishing the offender of human trafficking and
transportation.
7. What role can the students play to end human organ trafficking?
8. How do you convince a person who is about to sell his kidney due to poverty? Write
in four points.
Community Work
Meet a senior citizen of your community and discuss about the social problems of the
past and present. Find the difference between them in term of trend, type and reasons
of their difference.
LESSON
Domestic Violence and
2 Untouchability
Introduction
It is said that change is the law of nature. The world is changing. The present society is
also leading towards modernity from traditionalism. However, some traditional views and
practices are still prevalent in our society. Such traditional views and practices adversely
affect the individual, family, society and the nation. In order to build an ideal society,
it is necessary to bring reforms in such thought and practices. There are lots of such
narrow-mindedness, evil practices and traditional beliefs in our society such as bullying,
discrimination, domestic violence, untouchability, etc. Some
of such thoughts and practices are discussed below:
a. Domestic Violence
Violent behaviour like battering, mistreatment, threatening,
coercion, etc to the family members within the home is known
as domestic violence. The purpose of domestic violence is
to establish and exert power and control over other. Men
most often use it against their spouses. This kind of violence
is common not only in rural areas but also in urban areas.
Domestic violence starts from issues like character, manner
of speaking, respect, rights, approach, etc. Common causes
of domestic violence are dowry, illiteracy, poverty, addiction,
illegal relationship, lending and borrowing of property, etc.
Effects of Domestic Violence “Domestic Violence” means any form of physical, mental, sexual
and economic harm perpetrated by person to a person with whom
M The sufferer may suffer from he/she has a family relationship and this word also includes any
depression, fear, tension and acts of reprimand or emotional harm.
distraction. Domestic Violence (Crime and Punishment) Act, 2066 (2009)
M It causes family misunderstanding and breakup in relationship.
M The sufferer may involve in drug abuse and commit suicide also.
M It decreases the excitement, eagerness and enthusiasm in the victim.
M It creates social clash and cause loss of prestige, respect and value in the society.
M It promotes divorce due to hatred relationship.
M It creates negative impacts on senior citizens and children in the family.
Measures to Control Domestic Violence
M Be civilized and remain in discipline,
M Behave equally,

M Establish equal ownership on property,
M In case of violence, inform the police or concerned authority,
M Increase public awareness against it,
M Maintain unity against domestic violence,
M Respect the opinion of every member in the family, and
M Work as per the group decision.
b. Untouchability
It is a practice in which people are
discriminated on the basis of their caste,
religion, occupation, region, sex, physical
system or physical disability and kept at a
distance as untouchable. In this practice,
the people in the society are divided into
two groups as touchable and untouchable.
Untouchables are not allowed to touch
the touchables, enter into the home
of touchable, use public property, etc.
It is considered that the touch of the
untouchable makes the things or touchable impure.
Untouchabilty is still widespread in the rural areas of Nepal. 5'jf5'tsf] cGTo u/f}F,
In some of the places, Dalits are prohibited from entering into dfgjtfsf] /Iff u/f}F .
the temple, using public water taps, etc. There is a tradition of
sprinkling holy water on a person touched by untouchable for purification. Such practices
are completely based on traditional beliefs and also the challenging social problems. So,
by spreading education and awareness, it should be uprooted from the society.
Effects of Untouchability Any act of untouchability and discrimination
shall be punishable by law as a severe social
M It increases social conflict. offence, and the victim of such act shall
M It causes social discrimination and division. have the right to obtain compensation in
M It lessens the social goodwill and cooperation. accordance with law.
M It causes loss of social value and prestige. Constitution of Nepal
M It causes discrimination in opportunity and facility.

M The sufferer may feel self-humiliation and inferior.
Measures to Solve Untouchability
M Spread education and awareness,
M Formulate and implement effective laws against it,
M Make provision of positive discrimination,
M Run the programs to increase collaboration, cooperation and goodwill, and
M Maintain social inclusion.

Activities
1. There may be some incidents of domestic violence taking place in your area. What
can be the measures to solve such problems? Discuss in the class.
2. Even in this 21st century, untouchability has not been removed from Nepali society.
How can we remove it? Write your suggestions in points.
3. Present your views on the following statement:
æ5'jf5't tyf e]befj ;DaGwL s;"/ u/]df # dlxgfb]lv # jif{;Dd s}b / krf; xhf/b]lv b'O{
nfv ;Dd hl/jfgf x'G5 .Æ
Exercise
1. What do you mean by domestic violence?
2. What is your opinion regarding untouchability? Write in a sentence.
3. Prepare a slogan to create awareness against gender violence.

1. Write any four causes of domestic violence.
2. Mention the effects of domestic violence and measures to control it.
3. Prepare a dialogue based on the statement “Untouchability is a fault of the society”.
4. Despite the provision of strict laws,
untouchability is still existing in Nepal. What
should be done to abolish it from the society?
Present your views.
5. What does the given picture indicate?
Mention the effects caused by such activities
in society.
Community Work
Meet some senior personalities and ask how the social problems like domestic violence
and untouchability can be solved. Discuss in groups and present the conclusion in the
class.

LESSON
3
Introduction
Some Bad Customs
Custom is a traditional and widely accepted way of behaving or doing something. It is

specific to a particular society, place, or time. There are many customs prevailing in our
Nepalese society. Perhaps, they were considered appropriate when originated in the society
but they are not relevant at present. Instead, such customs are causing various problems
in the development. Daijo Pratha, Chhaupadi Pratha, Deuki Pratha, Jhuma Pratha,
Ghumto Pratha, etc are the common customs in Nepalese society. Let’s study about some
bad customs of our society.
a. Ghumto Pratha
Ghumto Pratha is a custom of covering the face by the
married women with a Ghumto (commonly shawl or Saree)
when they are in front of men or any respectable persons.
The face of a married woman is covered so that men cannot
see her face. In this situation, the married woman is not
allowed to defecate in bright till she bears the first baby. This
custom prevails in eastern and middle Terai region of Nepal.
Such superstitious traditional customs are obstructing in the
development of women’s personality. Because of this Ghumto
Pratha, almost all the women are deprived of moving ahead,
getting education and opportunity. This kind of customs can
be reformed through education, social awareness, social and political pressure, etc.
b. Deuki Pratha
Deuki Pratha is a custom practiced in the hilly area of far
western Nepal in which a young girl is offered to the local
Hindu temple. The parents offer their own daughter to the
temple to gain religious merit. It is generally practiced if
someone is suffering from dreadful disease or do not have
a son or to fulfill the wishes. Rich people buy girls from
poor parents and offer them in the temple. The girl offered
to the temple is called Deuki. The Deuki is considered unfit
for marriage. She has to depend on worshipers’ offerings to
the temple. On one hand, a Deuki has to suffer from various
problems like lack of education, no skill and insufficient income and on the other hand,
there is a traditional belief that sex with a Deuki can cleanse sins and bring good luck. So,
many Deukies are driven to survival sex in which sex is traded for fulfilling basic needs.
This system is slowly decreasing nowadays.
c. Jhuma Pratha
There is a tradition of offering the second daughter
to the monastery (Gumba) practiced in the Sherpa
community living in mountain region of Nepal.
This custom is called Jhuma Pratha. The girl
offered in such manner is called Jhuma. Jhuma
has to spend her whole life taking care of Gumba.
She cannot marry and enjoy her rights as others.
So this custom is against human rights. As such
customs are the fault of the society they should
be discouraged through increase in education and
awareness, provision of strict law and increase in opportunity.
d. Chhaupadi Pratha
This is a custom prevailing in the rural areas of
Karnali and Sudurpashchim Provinces of Nepal
in which women have to live in a Chhau Goth
(hut) located apart from their home during their
menstrual period. It is very difficult to live in
Chhau Goth. It is not safe also. Menstruation, a
natural process is misinterpreted as untouchable
condition and women are compelled to live in an
unsecured hut and in risky condition. This is completely superstitious practice. Due to
this custom, many women are suffering from physical pain, snake bite, attack of wild
animals and ill-treatment of criminals. This custom should be discouraged by increasing
awareness, maintaining gender equality and women empowerment.
e. Daijo Pratha (Dowry Custom)
The property given to bridegroom or his family
from the bride’s family in the marriage ceremony is
called Dowry. This tradition is in practice from the
past. Nowadays, it is taken as an issue of prestige
and competition. The bridegroom’s side bargains
that they would not accept the bride in marriage
if they do not get enough dowries. It is mostly
prevalent in the Terai and urban areas. The poor
family that cannot afford dowry is insulted. Even
after marriage, groom’s side keep on torturing daughter-in-laws. So, it is a serious social
problem. It has disturbed the social balance and goodwill. As a result of dowry custom,
women violence, family breakup, suicide and feticide of female embryo are increasing in
the society. It has created conflict in the family. Thus, every conscious citizen should go
against it. The campaign against dowry custom can be made possible through education,
awareness, legal provision and massive programs.

Activities
1. Make a list of the bad customs prevalent in your society. Among them, which one is
affecting the society most? What can be the solution to that problem? Discuss with
friends to find out solutions and present in the class.
2. Sometimes, the incidents of men violence are also heard. Why do such incidents
happen? How can these kinds of problems be solved? Discuss in class and present in
the class.
Exercise
1. Give any four examples of bad customs of Nepal.
2. What is Ghumto Pratha?
3. Who is Deuki?
4. What is Chhaupadi Pratha? Where does it prevail?
5. Write your view on Jhuma Pratha.

1. How would you react while it is discussed regarding taking and giving dowry in your
family member's marriage in future? Write in four points.
2. “Chhaupadi is the result of superstition.” Clarify this statement with example.
3. Write an essay on “Ghumto Pratha hampers the development of women’s
personality”.
4. Chhaupadi custom has affected not only the illiterate but also literate and skillful
women in Karnali and Sudurpashchim Province of Nepal. Why is it prevalent even in
this 21st century? How can it be solved? Prepare a dialogue between two friends on
it.
5. The social problems prevalent in Nepalese society mostly affect the women than
men. Why? Suggest the measures to solve such problems.
6. Dowry custom is a serious social problem. What would be your role to solve this
problem? Write in four points.
7. As a responsible student, how can you help to minimise the bad customs? Write in
four points.
Community Work
Consult some men and women of your community who are between 16 to 45 years of
age about the prevailing customs based on superstition. Prepare a report including their
opinions.
LESSON
Roles Played by the International
4 Organizations
Various international organizations have been providing help to Nepal in solving social
problems prevalent in Nepalese society. The help of these organizations is very important
in solving the problems like poverty, illiteracy, evil practices and superstition. Some of
such organizations and their help are presented below:
1. Red Cross
It is an international humanitarian organization founded in
initiation of Swiss citizen Jean Henry Dunant in 1863 AD. This
organization is active all over the world. Its flag has a red cross on
white background. The flag is made in honor of Switzerland. The
Swiss flag has a white cross on red background. It is known all
over the world as Red Cross while it is known as Red Crescent in
Islamic countries and as Red Crystal in Israel. The headquarters of Jean Henry Dunant
Red Cross is in Geneva.
Nepal Red Cross Society was established in 2020 BS Principles of Red Cross
• Humanity
(1963 AD). Since then, it is active in providing services • Impartiality
to the needy people. • Neutrality
• Independence
Activities of Red Cross • Voluntary Service
• Unity
M Provide food, clothes, pure drinking water, basic • Universality
health service, blood transfusion service, utensils,
emergency shelter, etc during the time of natural disaster or calamity,
M Rescue the war victims, provide treatment, mediate between the parties having war
and monitor the ceasefire during the time of war,
M Provide training on First-Aid and educate people in accident prevention, and
M Arrange for ambulance service in all emergencies, etc.
2. Scout
Scout is an international volunteer organization. It was founded
by British citizen Baden Powell in 1907 AD. Baden Powell was
a British Army Officer. When he saw British children being
jobless, he wanted to establish this organization to prevent them
from involving in bad activities and make them involve in creative
activities. He wanted to involve them in social service. Baden
Powell organized a camp in London for 20 boys and founded the
scout. The scouts promise to abide by the scout law and serve their
Robert Baden Powell
duty towards the nation and god. The scouts learn various skills.
They play games, explore new places, perform critical tasks and
involve in community service. The motto of Scout is “Be Prepared”.
Nepal Scout was established in 2009 BS (1953 AD). Its headquarters
is in Lainchaur, Kathmandu. Nepal scout provides young people
with opportunities to participate in programs, events, activities and
projects that contribute to their growth as active citizens. Through
these initiatives, young people become agents of positive change.
Emblem of Nepal Scout
Activities of Scout
M Rescue people during the time of natural disaster or calamity,
M Get involved actively in controlling crowd,
M Develop art, skill, ability and discipline among the youths, and
M Participate in various community works like planting trees, drinking water supply,
health and education service, etc.
3. SOS (Save Our Soul)

It is an international social organization. It was established
by Dr. Hermann Gmeiner, a professor of Austria in 1949 AD
to look after the children who became orphans in Europe
after World War II. SOS provides support and protection
to those who have lost their parents and are helpless. This
organization has been providing homely environment to
them. It has established Children Villages in more than 133
countries in the world. In Nepal, it has established Children Dr. Hermann Gmeiner
Villages in Sanothimi Bhaktapur, Itahari, Chitwan, Pokhara, Banepa, Nepalgunj, Surkhet,
etc with standard facilities. There are schools for the children.
Activities of SOS
M Provide support and protection to orphans and helpless
children,
M Provide them homely environment with a common mother,
M Provide education and help them to have bright future, and
M Provide all types of facilities so that they never feel that they
Logo of SOS
are orphans.
Some Other International Organizations and Their Contributions

International
Contributions
Organizations
International Nepal It rehabilitates the drug addicts.
Fellowship It runs the various awareness programs.
It has established hospitals in Pokhara and Surkhet for
curative health service.

Plan Nepal It is active in Nepal with the objective to help poor
children in order to make their life bright.
It has been helping Nepal to construct school buildings,
distribute books and educational materials, and promote
health and talent.
It helps in promoting education, awareness and rights of
children.
It is active to develop access to opportunity by
developing contact and collaboration among children.
International Labour It is actively involved in abolishing all kinds of child
Organization labour in Nepal.
It has been assisting Nepal in the formulation and
implementation of labour law and labour policy.
Rotary International It is involved in providing services to poor and disabled.
It collaborates with different sectors and organizations
for social development.
It runs the programs like health camps, pure drinking
water and construction of school building, establishment
and operation of library, training for skill and leadership
development.
Norwegian Agency This organization has been working in Nepal since 2028
for International BS to provide free legal service to Nepalese women.
Development
NORAD
DIREKTORATET FOR
UT VIKLINGSSAMARBEID
NORWEGIAN AGENCY FOR
DEVELOPMENT COOPERATION
International Union for It has been helping financially and technically in the
Conservation of Nature protection and promotion of biodiversity in Nepal.
It is active in controlling the illegal activities and
pressure created on environment due to poverty and
illiteracy.
Danish International This organization has been providing financial and
Development technical help as well as training programs for the
Agency physically disabled.
Besides the above mentioned organizations, there are many other international
organizations active in Nepal for the physical, economic, educational and social
development and environment conservation. Asian Development Bank, World Bank,
European Union, World Food Program, United Nations Development Program, Finnish
International Development Agency, Jaycees, Leo and Lions Club, etc are helping in
various ways for the development of Nepal.
Activities
1. There may be some international organizations working in your community in order
to solve social problems. Find their objectives and works. Then, present in the class.
2. Make five sentences about Scout using the words: peace, universality, pleasant,
cooperation, 4 to 25 years, promise, critical task, high level, people and the country.
3. Prepare a list of the supports acquired by Nepal from the activities of SOS and present
on a chart.
4. What social problems are prevalent in your community? What activities are being
run by the members of your community? Write a paragraph on it.
5. Prepare a description about one of the international organizations helping Nepal in
order to eliminate social problems.
Exercise
1. Why was the Red Cross established?
2. Write the full form of SOS.
3. Mention any two works of International Nepal Fellowship carrying out in Nepal.
4. What sorts of activities would you involve, if you could undertake the leadership of
Red Cross Society ? State any two activities.

1. “Scout is a group of noble youths.” Justify it with logics.
2. Mention the contribution of SOS.
3. Write your opinion about the help provided for children of Nepal by Plan Nepal.
4. What helps are being provided by Norwegian Agency for International Development
to Nepal? Write.
5. Make a list of the contributions provided by International Labour Organization in
Nepal.
6. For what environmental problems, it is better to take help from IUCN. Give suggestions.
7. Mention your opinion about the contribution made by Plan Nepal to promote the
rights of the children in Nepal.
Community Work
1. Meet some people working in Red Cross or Scout and ask about the activities of their
organization, challenges faced by them, their source of inspiration, etc. Prepare an
editorial on your finding.
2. Prepare a description on the contributions of any four international organizations in
Nepal to solve social problems under the following titles:
Name of the organization and date of establishment:
Country in which it was established:
Aim and objectives of the organization:
Action area of the organization:
Major activities of the organization:
LESSON
Identification of Social Problems
5 and Problem Solving Skills
It is necessary to identify the problem before we start its remedy. If an appropriate
technique is applied, it will be easier to solve the problem. Let’s study an example of the
technique to identify the social problems and skills required to solve the problem.
Problem
Hari and Bhakta are close friends. Hari has a habit of drinking alcohol and he forces
Bhakta to do the same but Bhakta does not like it.
a. What is the problem in the above mentioned incident?
b. Prepare possible alternative solutions to the problems presented in the above incident.
c. Make a list of the advantage and disadvantage of each alternative.
d. Which alternative do you think is most appropriate and why?
e. How should the appropriate alternative be implemented?
Conclusion
a. The problem related to the incident is ‘Alcoholism’.
b. The possible alternative solutions to the above problem are Reject, Accept, and Delay.
c. Advantage and disadvantage of the alternatives
Alternatives Advantage Disadvantage
Reject Being safe from bad habit Friend may be angry
No need to get insulted in school The relationship may breakup
Having good relationship in family
Saving time and health
Accept Friend may be happy Loss of money and health
The relationship may be stronger Having bad company
May get insulted in school if
anybody sees or knows about it
May be hated in family
Delay Appropriate at that time Friend may force again
Time and money saving Friend may be aggressive
No need to get insulted anywhere
No risk of bad company
Will get time to search for other
alternatives
d. The most appropriate alternative is delay because it has more advantages and less
disadvantages. In this alternative solution, Bhakta may be happy.
e. For the implementation of appropriate alternative, tell about the negative impact
of alcoholism; suggest for never taking it. It can be the best implementation of the
solution.
Activities
1. Collect some pictures reflecting the condition of children in your community and
display them at a public place for public awareness.
2. Organize a talk program on the topic “Identification of social problem and problem
solving skill”.
3. Identify the problem from the following incident and suggest the solutions it.
Soniya is just 14 years old. Her family members are now discussing about her marriage
but she disagrees and prefers to continue her study. Now, she is worried that her
marriage may destroy her dream to be a capable citizen and serve the nation.
Exercise
1. Why is the child labour still prevalent in our country? Write one reason.
2. Going abroad is considered as the matter of pleasure and opportunity by the present
generation. What is your view on it?
3. Your society may have some social problems like child marriage, child labour, etc.
Identify one better solution to each of the problems.

1. What are the negative effects of child marriage? Write.
2. What should be done to make people understand what is good and what is bad?
Suggest any four ways.
3. Suppose your intimate friend asks frequently to taste drugs. What would you do and
why?
4. How do you solve those social problems if you are given the responsibility which you
have identified during your study period ? Mention any four problems and ways to
solve of them.
5. Prepare a news article about the efforts made at local level to solve social problems.
Community Work
Make a small survey in your community and identify the social problem prevalent there.
Consult with the senior people and find the solution to the identified social problem.

UNIT
CIVIC
5 AWARENESS
Introduce the three major organs of the state, identify the concept of power
balance, and give brief introduction of the constitutional bodies,
Explain the role and responsibility of political parties in the governance system of
Nepal,
Mention the election process and roles to be played by the citizens in election,
Be familiar with the human rights and act accordingly and mention the roles of
national and international agencies in the protection and promotion of human
rights, and
Follow the process of acquiring citizenship certificate.
Subject matters
Legislature
Executive
Judiciary
Constitutional Bodies
Other Constitutional Commissions
Political Parties
Election Process
Role of Citizens in the Election
Human Rights and National and International Agencies
Rights of Women and Indigenous Nationalities
Citizen Identity and Citizenship

LESSON
1 Legislature
Background
State is an organized political community. The form of the state depends on the political
ideology that it undertakes. According to the constitution of Nepal, “Nepal is an
independent, indivisible, sovereign, secular, inclusive, democratic, socialism-oriented,
federal democratic republican state”. It requires various organs to exercise authority over
a particular territory. Legislature, executive and judiciary are the major organs of the state.
The constitution makes an allocation of legislative, executive and judicial powers among
these organs of the state in accordance with the political principle of separation of power.
The three major organs of the state possess powers that control each other so that no organ
can become too powerful. It is called check and balance system.
Introduction
Legislature is an organ of the state. It makes the laws required in the state. The state
performs its activities on the basis of these laws. The constitution of Nepal has made the
provision of a bicameral federal legislature consisting of two houses to be known as the
House of Representatives and the National Assembly under the Federal Parliament and
a unicameral legislature in a province under the Provincial Assembly.
Federal Legislature
a. Composition of House of Representatives
The House of Representatives
consists of a total of 275 members.
Among them, 165 members are
elected through the first past the
post electoral system with one
being elected from each election
constituency of 165 election
constituencies and 110 members are
elected through the proportional
electoral system in which voters vote
Federal Legislature
for political parties with the whole
country being considered as a single election constituency. Unless dissolved earlier, the
term of the House of Representatives is 5 years.
b. Composition of National Assembly
The National Assembly is a permanent House. It consists of 59 members. Among them,
56 members are elected from seven provinces, 8 being elected from each province and 3
Civic Awareness 119
members including one woman nominated by the President on the recommendation of the
Government of Nepal. The constitution has made the provision of women participation in
more than one-third seats. The term of office of the members of the National Assembly is
6 years. The term of office of one-third of the members expires in every 2 years.
Qualification for members of Federal Parliament
A person who has the following qualification is qualified to become a member of the
Federal Parliament:
a. Being a citizen of Nepal
b. Having completed the age of 25 years for the House of Representatives, and the age
of 35 years for the National Assembly
c. Not having been convicted of a criminal offense involving moral turpitude
d. Not being disqualified by any Federal law, and
e. Not holding any office of profit.
Speaker and Deputy Speaker of House of Representatives and
Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson of National Assembly
The members of the House of Representatives elect a Speaker and Deputy Speaker amongst
themselves and the members of the National Assembly elect a Chairperson and Vice-
Chairperson amongst themselves to chair the meeting. According to the constitutional
provision, there should be representation of different sex and political party in both posts
of both houses.
Federal Legislative Procedures
There is certain procedure of introduction, passage and assent the bill in the Federal
Parliament.
a. Procedures for introduction of Bills
A draft of a proposed law presented to parliament for discussion is called a bill. A bill
may be introduced in any House of the Federal Parliament but a money bill is introduced
only in the House of Representatives. A Money Bill and a bill concerning a security body
including the Nepal Army, Nepal Police and Armed Police Force, Nepal are introduced
only as Government Bills.
b. Procedures for passage of Bills
A bill passed by one House of the Federal Parliament is transmitted to the other House
as soon as possible and such bill, if passed by the receiving House is presented to the
President for assent.
c. Assent on Bills
The bill which is presented to the President for assent should be certified by the head of the
House where it originated. A bill submitted to the President for his or her assent should be
assented within 15 days and both Houses should be informed thereof as soon as possible.
A Bill becomes an Act after the President gives assent to it.

Provincial Legislature
Composition of Provincial Assembly
There are seven provinces in
Nepal. In each province, there is
a unicameral legislature which is
called the Provincial Assembly. Its
sixty percent members are elected
from FPTP electoral system and
forty percent from proportional
electoral system. Unless dissolved
earlier, the term of the Provincial
Assembly is five years. The
Provincial Assembly elects a
Speaker and Deputy Speaker
among its members. While electing Provincial Legislature
Speaker and Deputy Speaker,
either the Speaker or Deputy Speaker should be women and both should belong to different
parties. The first Provincial Assembly Election was held on two phases i.e. on 10th and 21st
Mangsir, 2074 BS. The total number of members from all Provincial Assemblies is 550,
where 330 members are elected from FTPT electoral system and 220 from proportional
electoral system. The following table shows the number of districts, constituencies and
total number of members in different provinces:
Total No. of House of Provincial Assembly Provincial Assembly Members
Total
Provinces No. of Representatives Members from FTPT from Proportional electoral
members
Districts Constituencies electoral system system
1 14 28 56 37 93
2 8 32 64 43 107
Bagmati 13 33 66 44 110
Gandaki 11 18 36 24 60
Lumbini 12 26 52 35 87
Karnali 10 12 24 16 40
Sudurpashchim 9 16 32 21 53
Total 77 165 330 (60%) 220 (40%) 550
Local Legislature
The legislative powers of the Local Level is vested in the Rural Municipal Assembly
and Municipal Assembly. There are 460 Rural Municipal Assemblies and 293 Municipal
Assemblies in Nepal.
Civic Awareness 121

Ward Chairpersons Four women members Two members elected
elected from each elected by the Rural by Rural Municipal
ward Municipal Assembly Assembly from the Dalit
members from amongst or minority communities
themselves
Composition of Rural Municipal Assembly and Municipal Assembly
RuralMunicipal
Rural Municipal Assembly
Assembly
Composition
Chairperson of Rural Municipal Executive
Municipal Executive
Mayor
Vice-chairperson of Rural Municipal Executive
Deputy Mayor
Ward Four members Two members of the Rural

Chairpersons
Ward Chairpersons elected from Municipal
Five women members Executive electedelected
Three members by
elected
electedfrom
from each each ward by the Municipal
elected Rural Municipal Assembly
by Municipal from
Assembly
(Open: 2, Woman: 1
each ward
ward Dalit
Assembly members from or minority communities
from the Dalit or
and Dalit Woman: 1)
amongst themselves minority communities
Judicial Committee
Municipal Assembly
Municipal AssemblyCoordinator: Vice-Chairperson of
Rural Municipal Executive
Mayor of Municipal Executive
Deputy Mayor
Two members: of Municipal
Elected Executive
by the members of Rural
Municipal Assembly from amongst themselves

Ward Four members Three members of the Municipal
Chairpersons elected from Executive elected by Municipal
elected from each ward Assembly from Dalit or minority
(Open: 2, Woman: 1
each ward communities
and Dalit Woman: 1)
Functions ofCommittee
Judicial Legislature
1. Law formulation functionCoordinator: Deputy Mayor of
Municipal Executive
The major function of the legislature is to formulate new laws or amend prevailing
laws according to the need of the country. The legislature, which is composed by the
representatives elected
Two by the people,
members: formulates
Elected the laws
by the members according to the will of the
of Municipal
people. A bill is introduced,Assembly from
discussed andamongst
pleadedthemselves
in the legislature and after necessary
amendment assented by the President. After the assent of the President, it becomes
We and Our Society 19 a law.
2. Administrative function
The Prime Minister is appointed from the members of House of Representatives and
Council of Ministers is formed under his/her chairmanship. The Council of Ministers can
exist until it gets support of the majority members of the House of Representatives. The

members of legislature control over
the Council of Ministers by asking
questions, forwarding the proposal
to draw the attention and criticizing
it. One-fourth of the total number of
the then members of the House of
Representatives may table a motion
of no-confidence in writing that the
House has no confidence in the Prime
Session in the Federal Parliament
Minister. If a motion of no confidence
tabled is passed by a majority of the total number of the then members of the House of
Representatives, the Prime Minister shall be relieved of his or her office.
3. Financial controlling function

The legislature has a special role to pass the annual budget of the country. No tax can be
imposed to the people and no money can be spent from the national treasury without
the permission of legislature. The main reason of giving more power to the legislature in
financial matters is to establish the right of the people in revenue of the country. In this
way, legislature as the representative maintains the financial control. Therefore, legislature
is called the guardian of the national treasury.
4. Constitution amending function

In most of the countries, the provision of amendment of the constitution is made in the
constitution itself. According to Article 274 of the Constitution of Nepal, a bill is introduced
in either house of the federal legislature. If the bill is passed by at least two-thirds majority
of the total number of the then members of both Houses of the Federal Parliament and
assented by the President, the constitution gets amended from the date of assent. However,
no amendment can be made against the sovereignty, territorial integrity, independence of
Nepal and sovereignty vested in the people.
Civic Awareness 123

Activities
1. Find the procedures to conduct the House of Representatives and stage an act
impersonating the Speaker and Members.
2. Comment on the provision of women participation in the National Assembly.
3. Legislature is called the parliament in many countries including Nepal. Search in the
internet and find what it is called in other countries.
4. Discuss in the class about ‘Bill’, ‘First-Past-The-Post (FPTP) electoral system’,
‘Proportional electoral system’ and ‘Motion of no confidence’.
5. Tricameralism is the practice of having three legislative or parliamentary chambers.
It has been adopted in South Africa. What do you know about the unicameralism and
bicameralism? Discuss in the class and find where they are in practice.
Exercise
1. Why the legislature is called law-making organ of the state? How does it make law?
2. Create a dialogue mentioning the process of law formation from a bill.
3. What does Federal Parliament mean in our country? Examine the qualification for the
member of Federal Parliament.
4. Make a list of the functions of legislature.
5. Write the name of present Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House of Representatives.
How are they elected? Also write their roles in the House of Representatives.
Long answer questions:

1. What is legislature? Mention the composition process of Federal Parliament in our
country.
2. Write any four functions of the legislature and explain any three of them.
Project Work
A charge of misconduct made against the holder of a public office is known as
impeachment. Read the following text related to the provision of impeachment written
in Article 101 of the Constitution of Nepal and highlight the necessity of such provision in
the constitution. Present your work in the class.
Impeachment
1. One fourth of the total number of the then members of the House of Representatives may move a motion of impeachment
against the President or Vice-President on the ground of serious violation of this Constitution and the Federal law. If the
motion is passed by at least two thirds majority of the total number of the then members of both Houses of the Federal
Parliament, he or she shall relieve of his or her office.
2. One fourth of the total number of the then members of the House of Representatives may move a motion of impeachment
against the Chief Justice of Nepal or a Judge of the Supreme Court, member of the Judicial Council, chief or official of
Constitutional bodies on the ground of his or her failure to fulfill his or her duties of office because of serious violation of this
Constitution and law, incompetence or misconduct or failure to discharge the duties of office honestly or serious violation of
the code of conduct. If the motion is passed by at least two thirds majority of the total number of the then members of the
House of Representatives, the concerned person shall relieve of his or her office.

LESSON
2 Executive
Introduction
Executive is the law implementing
body of the state. It is also known
as the government or the Council of
Ministers. It makes programs, policies
and implements the laws formulated by
the legislature. There are three levels of
executives in Nepal Federal Executive
at center, Provincial Executive at
province and Local Executive at local
level. Singha Durbar: Office of the Prime Minister and
Council of Ministers
Federal Executive
Form of government
The form of government of Nepal is multi-party, competitive, federal, democratic,
republican, parliamentary form of government based on pluralism.
Executive power
The executive power of Nepal is vested in the Council of Ministers. The responsibility for
issuing general directives, controlling and regulating the governance of Nepal lies with the
Council of Ministers.
Constitution of Council of Ministers
1. The President shall appoint the
leader of a parliamentary party
that commands majority in the
House of Representatives as the
Prime Minister, and the Council
of Ministers shall be constituted
under his or her chairpersonship.
2. In cases where no party has a
clear majority in the House of
Representatives under clause (1), K. P. Sharma Oli, the Prime Minister of Nepal taking
oath from the President
the President shall appoint as
Civic Awareness 125

the Prime Minister a member of the House of Representatives who can command
majority with the support of two or more parties representing to the House of
Representatives.
3. In cases where Prime Minister cannot be appointed under clause (2) no later than
thirty days after the date of declaration of the final results of election to the House of
Representatives or the Prime Minister so appointed fails to secure a vote of confidence
under clause (4), the President shall appoint as the Prime Minister the parliamentary
party leader of the party which has the highest number of members in the House of
Representatives.
4. The Prime Minister appointed under clause (2) or (3) shall obtain a vote of confidence
from the House of Representatives no later than thirty days after the date of such
appointment.
5. In cases where the Prime Minister appointed under clause (3) fails to obtain a vote of
confidence under clause (4) and any member under clause (2) presents a ground on
which he or she can obtain a vote of confidence in the House of Representatives, the
President shall appoint such member as the Prime Minister.
6. The Prime Minister appointed under clause (5) must obtain a vote of confidence under
clause (4).
7. In cases where the Prime Minister appointed under clause (5) fails to obtain a vote
of confidence or the Prime Minister cannot be appointed, the President shall, on
recommendation of the Prime Minister, dissolve the House of Representatives and
appoint a date of election so that the election to another House of Representatives is
completed within six months.
8. Procedures on the appointment of the Prime Minister under this Article must be
completed no later than thirty five days after the date of declaration of the final results
of election to the House of Representatives held under this Constitution or the date on
which the office of the Prime Minister has fallen vacant.
9. The President shall, on recommendation of the Prime Minister, constitute the Council
of Ministers comprising a maximum of twenty five Ministers including the Prime
Minister, in accordance with the inclusive principle, from amongst the members of
the Federal Parliament.
Explanation: For the purposes of this Article, “Minister” means a Deputy Prime
Minister, Minister, Minister of State and Assistant Minister.
10. The Prime Minister and Ministers shall be collectively responsible to the Federal
Parliament, and the Ministers shall be individually responsible for the work of their
respective Ministries to the Prime Minister and the Federal Parliament.

President Bidya Devi Bhandari administering the oath to newly appointed ministers
in the presence of the Prime Minister K.P. Sharma Oli
Functions of Executive
1. Administrative function
This is the function of the executive related to the administration. The main function of
executive is to implement the laws formulated by the legislature. It maintains the stability,
peace and order in the country. Besides these, it prepares the policies and programs of the
state, runs the administration and controls and directs it, maintains the good governance
in the country, and brings the activities of the government to the lower level. These are the
administrative functions of the executive.
2. Diplomatic function
This is the function of the executive concerned with diplomatic relation and cooperation.
Under the diplomatic functions, the executive determines the foreign policy, extends
the relation with other countries and makes treaties and agreements. It also appoints the
ambassadors to foreign countries and makes the appointment in the diplomatic posts.
3. Financial function
The financial mobilization and management of the country is carried out by the executive.
Every year, the Finance Minister introduces the annual budget in the federal parliament.
The executive may impose tax and collect it, mobilize the revenue and take the loan,
etc. With the mobilization of finance, the other activities can be run. Thus, financial
mobilization and management is an important function of the executive.
4. Military function
The constitution of Nepal has made a provision of National Security Council under the
chairpersonship of the Prime Minister for making recommendation to the Government of
Nepal, Council of Ministers for the formulation of a policy on overall national interest,
security and defense of Nepal, and for mobilization and control of the Nepal Army. The
executive has to save the country from foreign attacks. It also executes the functions of
declaring war and proposing peace. The Government of Nepal may also mobilize the
Civic Awareness 127
Nepal Army in other works including development, construction and disaster management
works. Similarly, the President can appoint and remove the Chief of the Army from the
office on the recommendation of the Council of Minister. The President is the supreme
commander-in-chief of the Nepal Army and can declare the mobilization of the Nepal
Army on the recommendation of the National Security Council and the decision of the
government of Nepal, Council of Ministers.
The President may, on recommendation of the Council of Ministers, promulgate an
Ordinance at any time when both Houses of the Federal Parliament are not in session.
An Ordinance has the same force and effect as an Act. The President may summon and
propogue the sessions of both or either of the Houses of the Federal Parliament. The
President may also grant pardons, suspend, commute or remit any sentence passed by any
Court, judicial or quasi-judicial body or administrative authority or body.
Provincial Executive
Executive power of Province
The executive power of a province is vested in the Provincial Council of Ministers. The
responsibility for issuing general directives, controlling and regulating the governance of
the province lies in the Provincial Council of Ministers. A Chief Minister is appointed in
each province as the head of the provincial executive.
Composition of Provincial Council of Ministers

The Chief of province appoints the leader of the parliamentary party commanding
a majority in the Provincial Assembly as the Chief Minister, and the State Council of
Ministers is constituted under his or her chairpersonship. The Chief of province, on
recommendation of the Chief Minister, constitutes the Provincial Council of Ministers
consisting of a maximum of twenty percent of the total number of members of the Provincial
Assembly, including the Chief Minister, in accordance with the inclusive principle, from
amongst the members of the Provincial Assembly.
Local Executive
Executive power of Local Level
The executive power of the Local Level is vested in the Rural Municipal Executive or the
Municipal Executive. The responsibility for issuing general directives, controlling and
regulating the governance of the Rural Municipality and the Municipality lies with the Rural
Municipal Executive and the Municipal Executive. There is a chairperson in each Rural
Municipality and the Rural Municipal Executive is formed under her/his chairpersonship.
Similarly, there is a Mayor in each Municipality and the Municipal Executive is formed
under his/her chairpersonship.

Composition of Rural Municipal Executive and Municipal Executive
Composition
Rural MunicipalExecutive
Rural Municipal Executive
Chairperson
Vice-chairperson
Ward Chairpersons Four women members Two members elected

elected from each elected by the Rural by Rural Municipal
ward Municipal Assembly Assembly from the Dalit
members from amongst or minority communities
Composition themselves
Municipal Executive
Municipal Executive
Rural Municipal Assembly Mayor

Deputy Mayor
Vice-chairperson of Rural Municipal Executive
Ward Chairpersons Five women members Three members elected

elected from each elected by the Municipal by Municipal Assembly
Ward
ward FourAssembly
members members from
Two membersfromofthe
theDalit
Ruralor
Chairpersons elected from themselves
amongst Municipal Executive elected by
minority communities
elected from each ward Rural Municipal Assembly from
(Open: 2, Woman: 1
President of Nepal
each
Municipalward
Assembly and Dalit Woman: 1)
Dalit or minority communities
There shall be a President of Nepal. The President shall be Voting weight of a member
the head of state
Judicial Mayor
of Nepal. The
Committee of Municipal
President shall Executive
promote the of Provincial Assembly
national unity of Nepal. TheCoordinator:
main duty ofVice-Chairperson
the President shall
of 26,494,504
= 550 ´ 1,000
be to abide by and protect Deputy
the Constitution.
Mayor
Rural of Municipal
Municipal Executive
Executive
= 48
Election of the President Voting weight of a member
The President shall be elected by an electoral college composed of Federal Parliament
Two members: Elected by the members of Rural 26,494,504
of the members of the Federal
Ward Parliament
Four members and of theThree
Provincial
members of= the Municipal
Municipal Assembly from amongst themselves 334´1,000
Assemblies. Each member of Federal
Chairpersons Parliament has
elected from a voting
Executive elected
= by
79Municipal
weightWeofelected
79 Our
and whereas
Societyeach member
from of ProvincialAssembly
each ward Assembly 15
from Dalit or minority
(Open: 2, Woman: 1
has a voting weight of 48. and Dalit Woman: 1)
each ward communities
A person who secures a majority of the then existing total votes of the Electoral College
shall beJudicial
electedCommittee
as the President. If none of the candidates secures a majority, there shall
be voting between the two candidates who have secured the highest number of votes, and
Coordinator: Deputy Mayor of
a candidate who secures more than fifty percent of the total votes in such a voting shall be
Municipal Executive
elected as the President. If none of the candidates secures more than fifty percent of the
Civic Awareness Two members: Elected by the members of Municipal 129

Assembly from amongst themselves
19
total votes even in the voting, re-voting shall be held. A candidate who secures a majority
of the total valid votes cast in such voting shall be elected as the President.
The term of office of the President shall
be five years from the date on which he
or she is so elected.
A person who has the following
qualification shall be qualified to
become the President:
• being qualified to become a member
of the Federal Parliament
• having completed the age of at least
forty five years, and President Bidhya Devi Bhandari taking oath from
• not being disqualified by any law. then Chief Justice
A person who has already been elected twice as the President shall not become a candidate
in the election to the President.
The functions to be performed by the President shall be performed by the Vice-president
during the absence of the President.
The President shall take an oath of office and secrecy before the Chief Justice, and the
Vice-President, before the President.
Activities
1. Demonstrate the meeting of the Council of Ministers in the class. Present the role
of Education Minister, Women and Children Minister and Home Minister in that
meeting.
2. Study the constitution of Nepal to get more knowledge about the provincial executive
and local executive. Present the findings in the class.

Exercise
1. Write the differences between the federal executive and provincial executive in four
points.
2. Mention the functions of executive in points.
3. How can you help the government personally? Write in points.
4. If you became the minister of the government of Nepal, how would you maintain
your responsibility?

1. Define the executive. Explain any three functions of the executive.
2. How is the Council of Ministers constituted in Nepal? And also mention its importance.
3. “The role of executive is increasing day by day in the present time.” Justify this
statement in the context of Nepal.
Project Work
1. Collect the name and responsibility of the members of the Council of Ministers and
form of the present government, then present in the class.
2. Following personalities are the Prime Ministers of Nepal after restoration of
democracy in 2046 BS. Identify and write their name.
Civic Awareness 131

LESSON
3 Judiciary
Introduction
Judiciary is an organ of the state that is concerned with providing justice to the innocent
and punishment to the criminals. Power relating to justice is exercised by courts and other
judicial bodies. All should abide by the orders or verdicts made in the course of trial of
lawsuits by the courts.
Importance of Judiciary
In order to maintain rule of law in the country,
the judiciary interprets the laws made by the
legislature and implemented by the executive. It
performs works like judicial review, giving legal
punishment to the guilty party and protecting
human rights. It safeguards the fundamental rights
of the people. Thus it is also called ‘The Guardian
of Law’. Judiciary is the highly respected organ of the state. It maintains the respect of
the laws in the country. An independent, impartial and competent judiciary is the base
for democracy. The concept of democratic state with rule of law cannot be materialized
without independent judicial system. Judiciary is the protector of people’s life, freedom
and security. An independent judiciary ascertains the justice and it is the touchstone of the
civilization. For this, judiciary must be independent, impartial and competent.
Tiers of Courts in Nepal

There are three tiers of courts in Nepal according to the Part 11 of the Constitution of
Nepal. They are:
a. Supreme Court
b. High Court
c. District Court
In addition to these courts, other judicial bodies
may be formed at the Local level to try cases under
law or other bodies as required may be formed to
carry out alternative dispute settlement methods.
a. Supreme Court
The Supreme Court is the highest court in the
judicial system of Nepal. It is a court of record Supreme Court

in the sense that its decisions are recorded for long-lasting memory and evidence. All
courts and judicial bodies, except as otherwise provided in this Constitution are under the
Supreme Court. The Supreme Court has the final authority to interpret the Constitution
and laws.
The Supreme Court consists of a maximum of twenty Judges, in addition to the Chief
Justice of Nepal. The President appoints the Chief Justice, on the recommendation of the
Constitutional Council, and other Judges of the Supreme Court, on the recommendation
of the Judicial Council.
Any person who has served as a Judge of the Supreme Court for at least three years is
qualified for the appointment as the Chief Justice. The term of office of the Chief Justice
is six years and retire at the age of 65 years.
b. High Court
There is a High Court in each province. Each
High Court consists of such number of Judges,
in addition to the Chief Judge, as provided for in
the Federal law.
The Chief Justice, on the recommendation of the
Judicial Council, appoints the Chief Judge and
Judges of the High Court.
Any citizen of Nepal who has obtained a
High Court
bachelor’s degree in law and served as a Judge
of a District Court for at least five years or who has obtained a bachelor’s degree in law
and constantly practiced law as a senior advocate or advocate for at least ten years or who
has constantly been engaged in the teaching or research of law or in any other field related
to law or justice for at least ten years or who has served in the post of at least Gazetted
first class of the Judicial Service for at least five years is considered to be qualified for
appointment as the Chief Judge or a Judge of the High Court.
c. District Court
There is a District Court in each District. The
Local level judicial bodies established in
accordance with the State law are subordinate
to the District Court. The District Court may
inspect as well as supervise and give necessary
direction to its subordinate judicial bodies.
The Chief Justice, on the recommendation of the
Judicial Council, appoints Judges of the District
Courts. District Court
Civic Awareness 133

Specialized courts
Other specialized courts, judicial bodies or tribunals may be formed to try and settle
specific types and nature of cases other than those mentioned above. No criminal offence
involving imprisonment for a term of more than one year falls under the jurisdiction of a
body other than a court, specialized court, military court or judicial body.
Judicial Committee
There is a three-member judicial committee to be coordinated by its Vice-Chairperson in
the case of a Rural Municipality and by its Deputy Mayor in the case of a Municipality, in
order to settle disputes under their respective jurisdictions. The judicial committee shall
consist of two members elected by the members of the Rural Municipal Assembly or the
Municipal Assembly from amongst themselves.
Coordinator: Deputy Mayor of Municipal Executive/ Vice-

Two members: Elected by the members of Municipal Assembly/ Rural

Municipal Assembly from amongst themselves
Functions of Judiciary
a. Judicial function
The main function of the judiciary is to provide equal justice to the citizens using the
prevailing laws of the country. It saves the innocent and punishes the offender. It gives
verdicts on both civil and criminal cases.
b. Interpretation of law
Judiciary interprets the laws practiced in the country. When the court gives decision on
any case, it explains the meaning or spirit of law. Such explanation can be used as the
precedent if similar type of case is filed in the court. So, the precedent works as a law.
c. Protection of people’s rights and freedom

The Constitution provides various rights to the citizens. If the rights of people are
violated then the court restores their rights. Judiciary is the only organ to protect people’s
fundamental rights and freedom.
d. Advisory function
It provides suggestions and advises in critical legal matters. Generally, head of the state
and head of the government takes advice from the judiciary regarding constitutional and
legal problems.

Difference between Civil case and Criminal case
Civil case Criminal case
It deals with disputes or quarrels or It deals with a criminal act or offence.
disagreements between two parties.
A person is not imprisoned or executed. There is a possibility that someone found
The losing defendant has to compensate the guilty is either imprisoned or executed or
plaintiff for the losses he/she had caused.asked to pay fines according to the depth
of the case.
The burden of proof lies on the plaintiff. The burden of proof always lies with the
State. The State has to prove the defendant
is guilty.
Both the parties concerned may appeal to a Only the defendant can appeal to a higher
higher court. court.
Constitutional Council Judicial Council
There is a Constitutional Council for making There is a Judicial Council to make recommendation or
recommendations for appointment of the give advice on the appointment of, transfer of, disciplinary
Chief Justice and Chiefs and officials of the action against, and dismissal of, Judges, and other matters
Constitutional Bodies. It consists of the following relating to the administration of justice. It consists of the
as the Chairperson and members: following as its chairperson and members:
a) The Prime Minister Chairperson a) The Chief Justice Chairperson

b) The Chief Justice Member b) The Federal Minister for Law and Justice Member
c) The Speaker of the House of Member c) The senior-most Judge of the Supreme Member
Representatives Court
d) The Chairperson of the Member d) One jurist nominated by the President on Member
National Assembly recommendation of the Prime Minister
e) Leader of Opposition Party in Member e) A senior advocate or advocate who Member
the House of Representatives has gained at least twenty years of
experience, to be appointed by the
f) Deputy Speaker of the House Member
President on recommendation of the
of Representatives
Nepal Bar Association
While making a recommendation for appointment
to the office of the Chief Justice, the Constitutional
Council includes the Minister for Law and Justice
of the Government of Nepal, as its member.
Functions of Supreme Court

a. To declare that law to be void if it appears to be inconsistent with the constitution,
b. To issue necessary and appropriate orders and provide appropriate remedies for the
enforcement of fundamental rights,
c. To issue appropriate orders and writs including the writs of habeas corpus
-aGbL k|ToIfLs/0f_, mandamus -k/dfb]z_, certiorari -pTk|]if0f_, prohibition -k|ltif]w_ and
quo qarranto -clwsf/k[R5f_, and
d. To hear original cases, to hear appeals, to examine decision referred for confirmation,
review cases, hear petitions or review its judgments.
Civic Awareness 135

Activities
1. Who is the present Chief Justice of Nepal? Discuss the role of Chief Justice for the
fast delivery of judicial service.
2. Discuss in the class about the criminal case and civil case.
Exercise
1. What is judiciary? Why is it called a judicial organ of the state?
2. Mention the functions of Supreme Court.
3. How can the judiciary be kept independent and impartial? Present any four
suggestions.
4. What are the qualifications required for the Chief Judge and Judges of High Court?
Discuss.
5. Clarify the fact that judiciary should be free and fair with a dialogue between two
friends.
6. What should the judiciary do to win the trust of common people in Nepal? Write in
four points.

1. Explain the functions of judiciary.
2. It is said that independent and impartial judiciary is the base for the democracy.
Prepare an editorial focusing on the importance of judiciary to prevent impunity and
providing justice to victims.
3. Prepare a model of an article to be published in a daily newspaper under the title,
“Contribution of Supreme Court: Protection of Fundamental Rights and Constitution”.
Community Work
Meet somebody in your community who has got justice by the decision of court and ask
how he/she got justice. Then create a monologue including his/her feelings.

LESSON
4 Constitutional Bodies
Office of the President
Introduction
The state requires a number of authorities to run various state affairs. So, the state makes
provision of some important authorities in the constitution along with their formation,
functions, duties and power, and required qualification of the chiefs and officials. They are
called constitutional bodies.
According to the definition and interpretation of the Constitution of Nepal, “Constitutional
Bodies” means the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority, Auditor
General, Public Service Commission, Election Commission, National Human Rights
Commission, National Natural Resources and Fiscal Commission, National Women
Commission, National Dalit Commission, National Inclusion Commission, Indigenous
Nationalities Commission, Madhesi Commission, Tharu Commission and Muslim
Commission,
Monitoring of Functioning of Constitutional Bodies
They must be accountable and responsible to the Federal Parliament. The committees of
the House of Representatives may monitor and evaluate the functioning, including reports
of the Constitutional Bodies, other than the National Human Rights Commission, and give
necessary direction or advice.
Civic Awareness 137

Annual Reports of Constitutional Bodies
Every Constitutional Body should submit an annual report of its functioning to the President,
and the President shall present it through the Prime Minister before the Federal Parliament.
A Constitutional Body may prepare a separate report in relation to the functioning of each
State and submit it to the Chief of State.
The Constitution of Nepal has provisioned constitutional bodies from part 21 to 26.
a. Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority
In part 21 of the Constitution
of Nepal, there is a provision
of Commission for the
Investigation of Abuse of
Authority of Nepal, consisting
of the Chief Commissioner and
four other Commissioners. The
Chief Commissioner acts as the
Chairperson of the Commission
for the Investigation of Abuse
of Authority. The President, Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (CIAA)
on recommendation of the
Constitutional Council, appoints the Chief Commissioner and Commissioners. The term
of office of the Chief Commissioner and Commissioners is six years from the date of
appointment.
Qualification: A person shall be eligible to be appointed as the Chief Commissioner or a
Commissioner of the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority in case he
or she possesses the following qualifications:-
a. One who has acquired a bachelor’s degree from a recognized university;
b. One who is not a member of any political party at the time of appointment;
c. One who has gained at least twenty years of experiences in the field of either accounting,
revenue, engineering, law, development or research and being a distinguished person;
d. One who has attained the age of forty-five years; and
e. One who bears high moral character.
Functions, duties and powers of the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of
Authority
It may conduct or initiate a conduct, investigations of any abuse of authority committed
through corruption by any person holding public office.
If it finds on investigation conducted that a person holding public office has
committed an act which is defined by law as corruption, it may file, or initiate a case
against that person and other person involved in that offense in the competent court
in accordance with law.

If on investigation conducted, any act or action done or taken by a person holding
public office appears to be of such nature as to be falling under the jurisdiction of
another official or body, the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority
may write to the concerned official or body for necessary action.
b. Auditor General
In part 22 of the Constitution of Nepal, there
is a provision of an Auditor General of Nepal.
The President, on the recommendation of the
Constitutional Council, appoints the Auditor
General. The term of office of the Auditor General
shall be six years from the date of appointment.
Qualification: A person shall be eligible to be
appointed as the Auditor General in case he or she
possesses the following qualifications:-
a. One who has served in the Special Class of Office of the Auditor General
the Government of Nepal or having at least
twenty years of experiences in audit related work, after having obtained a bachelor’s
degree in management, commerce or accounting from a recognized university or
having passed a chartered accountancy examination;
c. One who has attained the age of forty-five years; and
d. One who bears high moral character.
Functions, duties and powers of Auditor-General
The accounts for all Federal and State Government Offices including the Office of
the President, Office of the Vice-President, Supreme Court, Federal Parliament, State
Assembly, State Government, Local level, Constitutional Bodies and Offices thereof,
Courts, Office of the Attorney General, Nepal Army, Nepal Police and Armed Police
Force, Nepal are audited by the Auditor-General in accordance with law, with due
consideration given to the regularity, economy, efficiency, effectiveness and the
propriety thereof.
The Auditor General is consulted in the matter of appointment of an auditor to carry
out the audit of a corporate body of which the Government of Nepal or Provincial
Government owns more than fifty percent of the shares or assets.
The Auditor General may also issue necessary directives setting forth the principles
for carrying out the audit of such corporate body.
c. Public Service Commission
In part 23 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is a provision of a Public Service Commission
of Nepal, consisting of the Chairperson and four other Members. The President, on the
recommendation of the Constitutional Council, appoints the Chairperson and Members.
Civic Awareness 139

At least fifty percent of the total number of Members
of the Public Service Commission are appointed
amongst the persons who have worked for twenty
or more in any government service, and the rest of
the Members are appointed amongst the persons
who hold reputation after having done research,
investigation, teaching or any other significant work
in the field of science, technology, art, literature, law,
public administration, sociology or other sphere of
national life. The term of office of the Chairperson
and Members of the Public Service Commission is Public Service Commission
six years from the date of appointment.
Qualification: A person shall be eligible to be appointed as the Chairperson or a member
of the Public Service Commission in case he or she possesses the following qualifications:-
a. One who has acquired a Master’s degree from a recognized university;
Functions, duties and powers of the Public Service Commission
It is the duty of the Public Service Commission to conduct examinations for the
selection of suitable candidates to be appointed to the positions in the Civil Service
and recommend the selected candidates for appointment to the Government of Nepal.
It conducts written examinations to be given for appointment to the offices of the
Nepal Army, Nepal Police, Armed Police Force, Nepal, other Federal governmental
services and of bodies corporate, other than the positions in the Civil Service.
It gives the consultation on the general principles to be followed in the course of
making appointment and promotion to any position of the Nepal army, Nepal Police,
Armed Police Force, Nepal and other Federal government services.
It gives the consultation on the laws relating to the conditions of service of the
employees in the service of a body corporate and on the general principles to be
followed in the course of making promotion to any position of such service and taking
departmental action against any such employee.
No permanent appointment to any pensionable position chargeable on the Government of
Nepal is made except in consultation with the Public Service Commission.
d. Election Commission
In part 24 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is a provision of an Election Commission
of Nepal, consisting of a Chief Commissioner and four other Commissioners. The Chief
Commissioner shall act as the chairperson of the Election Commission. The President,
on the recommendation of the Constitutional Council, appoints the Chief Election
Commissioner and Commissioners. The term of office of the Chief Election Commissioner

and Commissioners of the Election Commission
shall be six years from the date of appointment.
Qualification: A person shall be eligible to be
appointed as the Chief Election Commissioner
or an Election Commissioner in case he or she
possesses the following qualifications:-
a. One who has attained a bachelor’s degree
from a recognized university; Election Commission
Functions, duties and powers of the Election Commission
The Election Commission conducts, supervises, directs and controls the election to
the President, Vice-President, members of the Federal Parliament, members of State
Assemblies and members of Local level. For these purposes, the Election Commission
prepares electoral rolls.
The Election Commission holds a referendum on a matter of national importance
pursuant to this Constitution and the Federal law.
e. National Human Rights Commission
In part 25 of the Constitution of Nepal, there
is a provision of a National Human Rights
Commission of Nepal, consisting of a Chairperson
and four other members. The President, on the
recommendation of the Constitutional Council,
appoints the Chairperson and members. The term
of office of the Chairperson and members of the
National Human Rights Commission is six years
from the date of appointment. National Human Rights Commission

of the National Human Rights Commission in case he or she possesses the following
qualifications:-
a. In the case of the Chairperson, one who is a retired Chief Justice or a retired Justice
of Supreme Court and has rendered outstanding contribution to the protection and
promotion of human rights or being a renowned person having been active for at least
twenty years in and rendered outstanding contribution to the protection and promotion
of human rights or to various fields of national life;
b. In the case of a Member, one who is involved in the field of the protection and
promotion of human rights or rights and interests of the child or being a renowned
person having been active for at least twenty years in and rendered outstanding
contribution to various fields of national life;
Civic Awareness 141
c. One who has acquired a Bachelor's degree from a recognized university;
d. One who has attained the age of forty-five years;
e. One who is not a member of any political party at the time of appointment; and
f. One who bears high moral character.
Functions, duties and powers of National Human Rights Commission
It is the duty of the National Human Rights Commission to respect, protect and
promote human rights and ensure effective enforcement thereof.
It inquires, and investigates complaints of violations of human rights and makes
recommendation to take departmental action and to file a case in the court in
accordance with law.
It coordinates and collaborates with the civil society in order to enhance awareness on
human rights.
f. National Natural Resources and Fiscal Commission
In part 26 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is a provision of a National Natural Resources
and Fiscal Commission of Nepal, consisting of a maximum of five members including a
Chairperson. The President, on the recommendation of the Constitutional Council, appoints
the Chairperson and members of the National Natural Resources and Fiscal Commission.
The term of office of the Chairperson and members of the National Natural Resources and
Fiscal Commission shall be six years from the date of appointment.
of the National Natural Resources and Fiscal Commission in case he or she possesses the
following qualifications:-
a. One who has expertise upon being active for at least twenty years in the field of
natural resources or fiscal management, economics, law, management, after holding a
bachelor’s degree in the relevant subject from a recognized university;
Functions, duties and powers of National Natural Resources and Fiscal Commission
It determines the basis and modality for the distribution of revenues between the
Federal, Provincial and Local Governments.
It recommends scientific distribution of the grants to the Province and Local
Governments.
It conducts research work and prepares parameters for the grants to be provided to the
Province and Local Governments.
It does research work on possible disputes that may arise between the Federation,
Provinces and Local levels, and makes suggestions to act in a coordinated manner for
the prevention of such disputes.

Dismissal from the post
Any person appointed in the post as the Chief or Official in the Constitutional Bodies is
dismissed from the post in the following circumstances:
a. If he or she tenders resignation in writing to the President
b. If he or she attains the age of sixty-five years (except the chief and officials of NHRC)
c. If a motion of impeachment is passed against him or her
d. If he or she is removed from office by the President on recommendation of the
Constitutional Council on grounds of his or her inability to hold office and discharge
the functions due to physical or mental illness, and
e. If he or she passes away.
Activities
1. Make a chart of the Constitutional Bodies mentioned in the Constitution of Nepal
2. Compare between the Constitutional Bodies provisioned in the Constitution of Nepal
and Interim Constitution of Nepal, 2063.
Exercise
1. What are the Constitutional Bodies? Write the provision of monitoring their functions
and annual report submission.
2. What are the qualifications for the Chiefs and Officials of Constitutional Bodies?
3. Discuss the major functions of Public Service Commission.
4. Mention the formation process of the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of
Authority and also mention its functions.
5. Prepare a model of letter including the functions of National Human Rights
Commission.
6. Discuss about the dismissal of the Chief or Officials of Constitutional Bodies from
their post.
1. Why are the Constitutional Bodies necessary? Describe the roles of any three
Constitutional Bodies to run the state affairs.
2. “National Natural Resource and Finance Commission is the distinct organ among all
constitutional organs in context of present Nepal.” Justify it in seven points.
3. Explain the composition, functions, duties and powers of the Election Commission.
Project Work
Make a table and present the process of appointment, formation, qualification, tenure
and the present chiefs of the constitutional bodies mentioned in the lesson.
Civic Awareness 143
LESSON
Other Constitutional
5 Commissions
Introduction
The Constitution of Nepal has made the provision of seven commissions in part 27 from
article 252 to 264. They are National Women Commission, National Dalit Commission,
National Inclusion Commission, Indigenous Nationalities Commission, Madhesi
Commission, Tharu Commission and Muslim Commission.
1. National Women Commission
In article 252 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is a provision of National Women
Commission of Nepal, consisting of a Chairperson and four other members. The President,
on the recommendation of the Constitutional Council, appoints the Chairperson and
members of the National Women Commission. The term of office of the Chairperson and
members of the National Women Commission is six years from the date of appointment.
Functions, duties and powers of National Women Commission
a. To formulate policies and programs concerning the rights and interests of the women
b. To monitor as to whether laws concerning the rights and interests of the women
and obligations under the international treaties have been implemented, and make
suggestions for implementation to the Government of Nepal
c. To include the women in the mainstream of national development and ensure
proportional participation in all organs of the State
d. To carry out research work on the legal provisions relating to gender equality,
empowerment of women, and make recommendations to the concerned bodies
e. To make suggestions to the Government about the preparation of reports to be
submitted by Nepal according to the provisions contained in the international treaties
or agreements, and
f. To file the cases against any violence against women or being subjected to social ill-
practices or infringement of or deprivation of enjoyment of women’s rights.
2. National Dalit Commission

In article 255 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is a provision for National Dalit
Commission of Nepal, consisting of a Chairperson and four other members. The President,
on the recommendation of the Constitutional Council, appoints the Chairperson and
members of the National Dalit Commission. The term of office of the Chairperson and
members of the National Dalit Commission is six years from the date of appointment.

Functions, duties and powers of National Dalit Commission
a. To conduct study and exploration to the overall situation of the Dalit community, to
prepare necessary policy, legal and institutional reforms in that field
b. To formulate national policies and programs to promote the Dalit’s status by ending
caste-based discrimination, oppression and discrimination
c. To monitor whether laws concerning the interests of the Dalit, for the upliftment of
their status have been effectively implemented
d. To make suggestions to the Government for the preparation of reports according to
the international treaties or agreements concerning the rights of the Dalit community
e. To include the Dalit community in the mainstream of national development and
ensure proportional participation in all organs of the State, and
f. To file the cases against any matters of being victims of caste-based discrimination
and untouchability.
3. National Inclusion Commission

In article 258 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is a National Inclusion Commission
of Nepal, consisting of a Chairperson and four other members. The President, on the
recommendation of the Constitutional Council, appoints the Chairperson and members of
the National Inclusion Commission. The term of office of the Chairperson and members of
the National Inclusion Commission is six years from the date of appointment.
Functions, duties and powers of National Inclusion Commission
a. To conduct research works for the protection of the rights and interests of Khas Arya,
Pichhada class, persons with disabilities, senior citizens, labours, peasants, minorities
and marginalized community, backward class, people of Karnali and the indigent
class
b. To study the status of implementation of the policies and laws adopted by the
Government for the inclusion of the community, class and region
c. To study whether there has been appropriate representation of the community, class
and region mentioned above
d. To study whether there is protection, empowerment and development of the
community, class and region mentioned above
e. To make suggestions to the Government about policies and programs to be implemented
for the development and prosperity of the Karnali and backward regions
f. To make recommendations for timely revisions of laws concerning minority and
marginalized communities, and
Civic Awareness 145

g. To monitor the status of implementation of rights and interests guaranteed for
minority and marginalized communities.
4. Indigenous Nationalities Commission

In article 261 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is an Indigenous Nationalities
Commission of Nepal, consisting of a Chairperson and a maximum of four other members.
The President shall, on the recommendation of the Constitutional Council, appoint the
Chairperson and members of the Indigenous Nationalities Commission. The term of office
of the Chairperson and members of the Indigenous Nationalities Commission is six years
from the date of appointment.
5. Madhesi Commission
In article 262 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is a Madhesi Commission of Nepal,
consisting of a Chairperson and a maximum of four other members. The President shall, on
the recommendation of the Constitutional Council, appoint the Chairperson and members
of the Madhesi Commission. The term of office of the Chairperson and members of the
Madhesi Commission is six years from the date of appointment.
6. Tharu Commission
In article 263 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is a Tharu Commission of Nepal,
of the Tharu Commission. The term of office of the Chairperson and members of the
Tharu Commission is six years from the date of appointment.
7. Muslim Commission
In article 264 of the Constitution of Nepal, there is a Muslim Commission of Nepal,
of the Muslim Commission. The term of office of the Chairperson and members of the
Muslim Commission is six years from the date of appointment.
Indigenous Nationalities Commission, Madhesi Commission, Tharu Commission and
Muslim Commission can study and research the policy and programs for the rights, interest
and empowerment of concerned community and give the suggestion to the government.
Other functions, duties and powers shall be as specified in the Federal law.

Activities
1. The Constitution of Nepal has added more Constitutional Bodies. Discuss in the class
about its necessity.
2. What is the provision in the constitution to prevent the Chiefs and Officials of
Constitutional Bodies from going against their responsibilities? Discuss in the class.
Exercise
1. Discuss the unavoidability of National Women Commission in the context of Nepal.
2. How can the National Dalit Commission establish the issues of Dalits? Discuss.
3. Identify the necessity of constitutional commissions in democratic nations like Nepal.
Write in four points.
4. Mention the importance of National Inclusion Commission in the context of Nepal.

1. How can the Indigenous Nationalities, Madhesi, Tharu and Muslim Commissions
function keeping in mind the rights and interest of these communities? Mention.
2. Prepare an editorial highlighting the other commissions included in the Constitution
of Nepal and their necessities.
Project Work
Make a table and present the other commissions included in the Constitution of Nepal,
process of formation, qualification required for the Chiefs and Officials and tenure.
Civic Awareness 147

LESSON
6 Political Parties
Introduction
A political party is a group of people organized to acquire and exercise political power.
There is a great role of political parties in democratic system. The political parties are
based on various political ideology, philosophy and programs.
Nepal is a country with competitive multiparty system. Making any law or decision to
allow for participation or involvement of only a single political party is not allowed here.
In competitive multiparty system, there can be various political parties and they compete
with each other through election by their philosophies, objectives and activities. The
political party having the majority seats in the legislature forms the government and rest
of the parties remain as the opposition parties and work as watch dog.
Some political parties of Nepal

Nepal Communist Party
Nepali Congress
Rastriya Janata Party Nepal
Samajbadi Party, Nepal
Rastriya Janamorcha
Rastriya Prajatantra Party
Constitutional provisions relating to political parties

The Constitution of Nepal has made the provisions relating to political parties in part 29.
Here, the provisions related to Formation, registration and operation of political parties,
prohibition on imposition of restrictions on political parties, registration required for
securing recognition for the purpose of contesting elections as political party and other
provisions relating to political parties have been mentioned.
Formation and operation of political party
According to this constitutional provision, persons who are committed to common
political ideology, philosophy and program may form and operate political parties, and
generate, or initiate publicity in order to secure support and cooperation from the general
public for their ideology, philosophy and program or carry out other necessary activity for
this purpose.
Registration of political party

A political party must be registered in the Election Commission, and for the purpose of
registration the political party should include its constitution and manifesto along with
application. While applying for the registration of the party, the political party must fulfill
the following conditions:
a. Its constitution and rules must be democratic,
b. Its constitution must provide for election of each of the office bearers of the party at
the Federal and State levels at least once in every five years, and
c. There must be a provision of such inclusive representation in its executive committees
at various levels to reflect the diversity of Nepal.
If the name, objective, insignia or flag of a political party is of such a nature as to jeopardize
the religious and communal unity of the country or to fragment the country, that party is
not allowed to be registered.
Registration for securing recognition for the purpose of contesting elections as a

political party
Any political party wishing to secure recognition from the Election Commission for
the purpose of election should register its name with the Election Commission. While
applying for registration, a political party must submit its constitution, manifesto, annual
audit report and fulfill the procedures determined by the Election Commission. It must
mention the following descriptions in the application:
a. Name of the political party and address of its head office,
b. Name of the members of the executive committee of the political party or the name
and address of same level committee and other members, and
c. The description of income source or the source to collect the fund for the party.
Prohibition on imposition of restrictions on political parties

The Constitution of Nepal has prohibited on imposition of restrictions on political
parties. It has also prohibited making any law or decision to allow for participation or
involvement of only a single political party.
Role of political parties in democracy

The political parties play an important role in the following matters:
Protection and promotion of national integrity and sovereignty through public support,
Performing as a bridge between the government and people,
Establishment and strengthening of democracy,
Protection and promotion of human rights and social justice,
Involvement in the works for public welfare,
Creation of public awareness against social problems and evils,
Facilitation in the development and construction, and
Maintaining good governance.
Civic Awareness 149

Role of political parties in the establishment of democracy in Nepal
The political parties have played an active role to establish democracy in Nepal. Struggling
with various difficult obstacles and circumstances and winning the heart of people, the
political parties have established the democracy, a peoples’ rule. The roles played by
the political parties in various times and their leadership are appreciable. Some of the
significant roles of political parties played in the establishment of democracy in Nepal are
as follows:
a. Introduction of democracy
The political parties like the Praja Parishad, Nepali Congress and Nepal Communist Party
played important role to end autocratic Rana regime and introduce democracy after the
revolution of 2007 BS.
b. Participation in the general elections

With the aim to institutionalize the democracy in the country, the political parties
participated in the general elections held in 2015 BS, 2048 BS, 2051 BS, 2056 BS and
2074 BS. This helped to strengthen the democracy.
c. Struggle against Panchayat system

After the ban on political parties on 1st Poush 2017 BS, political parties kept on fighting in
a secret way for decades against the undemocratic step of then King, party-less Panchayat
system and for the achievement of people’s freedom and democracy.
d. Restoration of multiparty democracy

As a result of united movement launched by Nepali Congress, United Left Front and
United Peoples’ Movement Coordination Committee, multiparty democracy was restored
in 2046 BS.
e. Success in Peoples’ Movement II

Peoples’ Movement II succeeded with the joint effort of Seven Party Alliance and CPN
(Maoist) in 2062/63 BS which restored peoples’ rights and provided the opportunity to
people to be the master of sovereignty and power of the state.
f. Maintenance of peace
Establishment of peace in the country became possible by the consensus between political
parties involved in the movement and then rebellion party CPN (Maoist).
g. Promulgation of the Constitution of Nepal

Political parties participated in the election of Constituent Assembly on 28th Chaitra,
2064 BS and 4th Mangsir, 2070 BS and became successful to promulgate the Constitution
of Nepal on 3rd Aswin, 2072 BS.

h. Establishment of republic system
The role played by the political parties in the establishment of republic system in the
country is admirable. The first meeting of Constituent Assembly declared Nepal as a
Federal Democratic Republican State on 15th Jestha, 2065 BS.
i. Implementation of Federalism
The political parties participated in the elections of Federal, Provincial and Local Levels
held in 2074 BS and helped to implement Federalism in the country.
Activities
1. There may be some politicians in your community. Meet some of them from different
political parties and ask about the good works done by their political parties in the
community, then make a list of such good works.
2. Collect the manifesto of different political parties and discuss in the class on the
major aspects mentioned there. Then draw your conclusion.
Exercise
1. What is a political party? Make a list of any six political parties of Nepal.
2. The role of political parties was important in the restoration of multiparty democracy
in 2046 BS. Why?
3. “The historical Peoples’ Movement of 2062/63 became successful only by the unified
effort of the political parties.” Justify this statement.
4. What is multiparty governance system? Why is it important?
5. What are the bases to open a political party? Present the bases.
6. What provision has been made by the Election Commission relating to the registration
of political party? Write in points.
7. Mention the roles of political parties in democracy.

1. Prepare an article on the topic “Political parties are the pillars of democracy” giving
the example of role of political parties in the establishment of democracy in Nepal.
2. Why is the political party that jeopardizes the religious and communal unity and
fragments the country not allowed to be registered? Mention the reasons.
Community Work
What activities have been done by the political parties in order to spread awareness in
your community? Discuss with the local political leader or head cadre and note down the
description.
Civic Awareness 151
LESSON
7 Election Process
Election Commission
Introduction
Election is a legitimate process in which the voters choose their representative or
participate in the decision making process using their voting rights. It is done for electing
the representatives in federal, provincial and local level for making decisions about future
plan, policy and programs. Similarly, people can also vote for the decision of any national
issue. This is called referendum. Periodic election is the backbone of democracy. A fair,
independent, and impartial election can help in the resolution of national problems.
Importance of Election
It makes the government responsible towards the people through the means of election,
It strengthens and develops the democracy through periodic election,
It resolves the conflict and gives away the power in peaceful manner through independent
and impartial election,
It ensures the presence of voters in political decision, and
It maintains the legitimacy of government in national and international level through
the election.

Election Process
A set of activities which needs to be performed in order to complete an election is known
as election process. The election process includes several activities to be performed in pre-
election phase, during election phase and post election phase. Determination of electoral
system, formation of election law and directions, determination of election constituency,
formation of election calendar, collection and update of electoral roll, interaction with
stakeholders, determination of polling center, mobilization of manpower, election
training, voters education program, establishment of election offices, management of
security, operation of election, implementation of election code of conduct, supervision
and regulation of election, voting, counting of votes and declaration of result, reports and
feedback, etc are the activities to be performed in the election process.
Bodies to conduct election

a. Election Commission
The Constitution of Nepal has made a provision of Election Commission in part 24.
There is a Chief Election Commissioner and four other Commissioners in the Election
Commission. It conducts, supervises, directs and controls the election of the President,
the Vice-President, Federal Parliament, Provincial Assemblies and local levels. It also
prepares the voters’ list for the purpose of election.
b. Election Officer
When the date of election is announced, the Election Commission appoints the Election
Officers. The Election Officers conduct the election in different election constituencies.
c. Polling Officer
Polling Officers are appointed to conduct the election in different polling centers. They
have to make necessary arrangement of booth, security management, begin and complete
the election in scheduled time and with legal process. They have to stop or postpone the
election if needed and make a decision on any filed cases and other problems. They also
hold the responsibility to submit the ballot box to concerned authority and if needed count
the votes in the local election.
Electoral Roll
Electoral roll is an official list of the names and address of the people in a specific area
who are entitled to vote in an election. The Election Commission updates the electoral roll
every year and includes the names of people who attain 18 years of age to ascertain the
voting right of people as Nepalese citizens. It provides certain time to include the name
in the electoral roll if somebody is missed. While updating the electoral roll, the name
of those who died, out-migrated or got married and left the place are removed from the
electoral roll and those one who attained 18 years, in-migrated and got married and came
Civic Awareness 153

in are included in the electoral roll. Those one whose name is not included in the electoral
roll is neither allowed to vote nor to give candidacy in the election.
Voter Identity Card

Voter Identity Card is needed for
casting vote in the election. It includes
E
the name, address, identity card
number and photograph of voter. It is
P L
SAM
called biometric voter identity card.
This card is useful to identify the
real voter to electronic system using
biological characteristics such as
fingerprints or iris patterns and prevent
the proxy votes. Biometrics Voter Identity Card
Polling Station
It is an officially chosen place
for casting votes during an
election. It is also called voting
booth. Polling stations are
set up in several places in an
election constituency. The area
is chosen as per the convenience
of people. Generally, public
places such as school, play
ground, etc are chosen as the
polling station.
Ballot
The total number of votes that
have been cast in an election is
called ballot.
Ballot Paper
It is a paper containing the
election symbols or names of
candidates or political parties.
The voters put stamp on it, fold
it and drop into the ballot box.
Sample of Ballot Paper

Ballot Box
It is a box in which voters drop their ballots after marking them.
Candidate
Somebody who is seeking to be elected in the election is called candidate.
Election Code of Conduct

It is a set of rules or guidelines issued by the Election Commission during the election.
It should be abided by candidates, political parties, government, public institutions,
employees, mass media, INGOs, observers, etc.
Qualification of the Candidate for the Member of Federal Parliament

A person who has the following qualification is qualified to become a member of the
Federal Parliament:
a. Being a citizen of Nepal,
b. Having completed the age of twenty five years, for the House of Representatives, and
the age of thirty five years, for the National Assembly,
c. Not having been convicted of a criminal offense involving moral turpitude,
d. Not being disqualified by any Federal law, and
e. Not holding any office of profit.
For the member of Provincial Assembly, one should be a voter of the concerned Province
in addition to the above qualification.
Age Bar
Age bar for the candidate is fixed by the constitution. According to which, the candidates
should have attained the following age bars:
President/Vice-President: 45 years
Member of House of Representatives: 25 years
Member of National Assembly: 35 years
Member of Provincial Assembly: 25 years
Chairperson/Vice-Chairperson/Member of Rural Municipality and Mayor/Deputy
Mayor/Member of Municipality: 21 years
Electoral Systems
Electoral system is a method of election which has its own rule of casting votes, counting
the votes and giving final result. Various electoral systems are used in different countries.
There are three electoral systems in practice at present in Nepal. They are First-Past-
The-Post Electoral System, Proportional Electoral System and Single Transferable Vote
Electoral System.
Civic Awareness 155

a. First-Past-The-Post Electoral System
It is an electoral system in which, the one who obtains more votes than any other candidate
gets elected. This system is used to elect a single candidate from an election constituency
in which the voters cast their votes directly to their preferred candidate.
b. Proportional Electoral System

It is an electoral system in which the whole country is considered a single constituency.
The voters cast their votes to their preferred political party and the percentage of the
popular vote won by the party is converted into seats. For example: if 40% of the voters
support a particular political party, then roughly 40% of seats will be won by that party.
c. Single Transferable Vote Electoral System

It is an electoral system in which surplus votes of candidates with higher priority shift to
candidates with lesser priority in the same order the electorates marked their preferences.
Election Commission first determines how many votes a candidate needs to win the
election and if the candidate gets more than the required number of votes, then the surplus
votes shift to candidates in top to down priority.
Application of Electoral Systems in various elections in Nepal

Election Electoral System
Election of the President and Vice-President (Majority) Two Round Electoral System
Election of House of Representatives First-Past-The-Post (FPTP) and
Proportional Electoral System
Election of National Assembly First-Past-The-Post (FPTP) and Single
Transferable Vote Electoral System
Election of Provincial Assembly First-Past-The-Post (FPTP) and
Proportional Electoral System
Election of Local Level First-Past-The-Post (FPTP) and Plurality
Electoral System
Manifesto
Manifesto is a public declaration of policy and aims, especially one issued before an
election by a political party or candidate.
Election Constituency
Election Constituency is a territorial subdivision for electing members to a legislative
body. In the general election of 2048, 2051 and 2056 BS, the country was divided into
205 election constituencies whereas in the election of constitution assembly of 2064 and
2070 BS there were 240 election constituencies in Nepal. For the historical election of
federal parliament and provincial assembly 2074, a total of 165 constituencies for the

election of House of Representatives and 330 constituencies for the election of provincial
assembly were maintained.
Periodic Election
It is an election to be held at regular interval. In the context of Nepal, periodic election is
held in 5 years interval. General election is an example of periodic election. The elections
held in 2015 BS, 2048 BS, 2056 BS and 2074 BS were the general elections. If the election
is held before its fixed interval of 5 years, it is called Mid-term election. Mid-term election
was held in 2051 BS. Periodic elections are concentrated on the development agendas and
related with the formation of government.
Referendum
It is an election to be held for national issue. In the referendum, a matter of national
importance is decided by the vote of whole population. It is occasionally held. It was once
held in the political history of Nepal on 20th Baishakh, 2037 BS on the issue of ‘Reformed
Panchayat System’ or ‘Multiparty Democracy’.
Election of Constituent Assembly

It is an election to be held for electing the representatives for Constituent Assembly. It
is occasionally held, generally after the change in political system. Its main issue is the
formulation of Constitution. Election of Constituent Assembly was held on 28th Chaitra,
2064 BS and 4th Mangsir, 2070 BS for drafting new constitution.
Election Threshold
Election threshold is the minimum share of vote that a political party requires to obtain in
the general election for the representation in the parliament. Nepal has also provisioned
a threshold of 3% votes under the election of proportional electoral system and at least 1
seat under the election of FPTP electoral system to secure the status of a national political
party.
Civic Awareness 157

Activities
1. Study the qualifications mentioned below which is required to be the member of
Provincial Assembly and Rural Municipal/Municipal Assembly? Discuss in the class.
A person who has the following qualification is qualified to become a member of the Provincial Assembly:
a. Being a citizen of Nepal, b. Being a voter of the concerned province,
c. Having completed the age of 25 years,
d. Not having been convicted of a criminal offense involving moral turpitude,
e. Not being disqualified by any law, and f. Not holding any office of profit.
A person who has the following qualification is qualified to become a candidate for the office of the Member
of the Rural Municipal/Municipal Assembly:
a. Being a citizen of Nepal, b. Having completed the age of 21 years,
c. Being his or her name included in the electoral rolls of the Rural Municipality/Municipality, and
d. Not being disqualified by any law.
2. Collect the sample ballot papers and prepare its model. Prepare a stamp and practice
to stamp on the model ballot paper.
Exercise
1. What is an election? Why is it important?
2. What is meant by electoral system? Give short introduction of the electoral systems
being practiced in Nepal at present.
3. Write short introduction to the following:
a. Electoral roll b. Election code of conduct
c. Polling station d. Voter identity card
4. What are the qualifications required to be the member of Federal Parliament?
5. Mention the functions of Polling Officer.
6. Read the given news published in a daily newspaper and answer the question below:
28th Mangsir, 7.37% votes have become invalid in the election of House of Representatives and Province Assembly.
Likewise 11,333 votes have become invalid in both FPTP and Proportional electoral system in another district.
Write clearly any two causes why votes in most election of Nepal become invalid and
also mention any two measures to solve this problem.
1. What are the bodies to conduct election in Nepal? Write short description of each.
2. The use of Electronic Voting Machines instead of stamping on ballot paper has been
started in Nepal as well. What easyness and difficulty may it bring? Write.
3. Some of the countries in the world have made the provision of rejection of vote in
these days. It is also known as “None of the above-(NOTA)”. Is it appropriate in our
context? Why? Prepare an article including the positive and negative aspects of this
system.
Community Work
Visit the office of Rural Municipality/Municipality and collect the information regarding
the update of electoral roll, then prepare a report on the basis of your findings.
LESSON
8 Role of Citizens in the Election
Introduction
A periodical election provides an opportunity to people for electing representatives as per
their choice in different times. People can choose their preferred candidate or party in the
election to form their government. A fair, independent and impartial election can help in
the resolution of national problems. The citizens have to play important role to make the
election successful, respectable and disciplined. They should play various roles before,
during and after the election. The role of citizens in the election is presented as follows:
Role of citizens
Before Election
Verify the electoral roll and make sure that the name of family members who have
attained 18 years of age is included in the electoral roll,
Help the Election Commission to update and revise the electoral roll if found any
error in personal details,
Encourage and help the neighbors and relatives to verify and update the electoral roll,
Civic Awareness 159

Encourage the voters in the family and neighborhood to participate in the election for
casting their votes,
Study the manifesto of different political parties and discuss with the voters to elect
the best candidate,
Learn and teach other people about the technique of casting vote so that it would not
be invalid, and
Counsel the voters that they should not fall in greed and threat.
During Election
Carry the voter identity card and remind others to do so,
Stand in queue to cast the vote in disciplined manner,
Cast the vote regardless of nepotism and favoritism,
Help the aged, differently able and needy ones to cast the vote,
Raise the voice if there is any irregularity or violation of election code of conduct, and
Support the electoral officials to conduct election in peaceful environment.
After Election
Wait for the result patiently,
Congratulate and suggest the winner candidate to carry out the works in favor of
people and the country, and
Carry out the cleanup campaign in and around the polling station, or booths.
Role of students in the election

Provide correct information and help the election commission to update the electoral
roll,
Encourage people to cast vote for electing the best candidate or party,
Teach people about proper stamping on ballot paper,
Help to maintain peaceful environment in the polling station, and
Support aged and physically challenged people to cast their votes in the polling
station.

Activities
1. Conduct an election of a monitor in your class as per the election process you learned
in the lesson.
2. Discuss about the criteria required for the voters in the election.
3. What is a proxy vote? What should be done to check the proxy vote? Discuss in the
class.
4. Present a street drama acting the role of citizens to be played in the election.
Exercise
1. Prepare a dialogue between two friends on the role of a responsible citizen in the
election.
2. “A good citizen must participate in an election.” Prepare a speech on it.
3. What suggestions would you give to your guardians and neighbours to cast their
vote?
4. How do you convince your family members who don’t wish to vote in the election?
Long answer question:

What roles would you play as a conscious citizen to complete an election in fair and
fearless environment? Mention your roles to be played before, during and after election.
Community Work
Meet your seniors who have participated in the election activities during the local election
in or around your community and ask what activities they carried out in that election.
Note down their response and present in the class.
Civic Awareness 161

LESSON
Human Rights and National and
9 International Agencies
Introduction to Rights
Everyone needs an appropriate condition in life for the development of personality. Such
appropriate conditions which the people claim and every civilized society recognizes as
essential claims are called rights. Only when the people get and enjoy rights, they can
develop their personalities and contribute their best services to the society. The rights are
enforced and protected by the laws of the state. It is the duty of a state to protect the rights
of people.
Introduction to Human Rights

Human rights are rights inherent to all human beings.
We all are equally entitled to our human rights without
discrimination. Universal human rights are often expressed
and guaranteed by law. According to the international
human rights law, it is the responsibility of the government
to promote and protect human rights and fundamental
freedoms of people. UNHRC
After the end of World War II, the international community Logo of United Nations Human
Rights Council (UNHRC)
promised never to allow violent incidents again. World
leaders decided to guarantee the rights of
every individual everywhere. Thus the UN
General Assembly adopted The Universal
Declaration of Human Rights on 10th
December, 1948 AD. Eleanor Roosevelt,
the wife of then US President Franklin D.
Roosevelt was the first person to initiate
the concept of human rights. She was the
Chairperson of the Universal Declaration of
Human Rights drafting Committee as well.
So she is recognized as the driving force President Franklin D. Roosevelt & Eleanor Roosevelt
for the approval and issue of first Universal Declaration of Human Rights from the UN
General Assembly. There are 30 articles in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

An outline of the 30 articles of Universal Declaration of Human Rights
1. Right to Equality: Everyone is free and we should all be treated in the same way.
2. Freedom from Discrimination: Everyone is equal despite differences in skin
colour, sex, disability, religion, language for example.
3. Right to Life, Liberty, And Personal Security: Everyone has the right to life and to
live in freedom and safety.
4. Freedom from Slavery: No one has the right to treat you as a slave nor you should
make anyone your slave.
5. Freedom from Torture and Degrading Treatment: No one has the right to hurt you
or to torture you.
6. Right to Recognition as a Person before the Law: Everyone has the right to be
treated equally by the law.
7. Right to Equality before the Law: The law is the same for everyone, it should be
applied in the same way to all.
8. Right to Remedy by Competent Tribunal: Everyone has the right to ask for legal
help when their rights are not respected.
9. Freedom from Arbitrary Arrest and Exile: No one has the right to imprison you
unjustly or expel you from your own country.
10. Right to Fair Public Hearing: Everyone has the right to a fair and public trial.
11. Right to be Considered Innocent until Proven Guilty: Everyone should be
considered innocent until guilt is proved.
12. Freedom from Interference with Privacy, Family, Home and Correspondence:
Everyone has the right to ask for help if someone tries to harm you, but no one can
enter your home, open your letters or bother you or your family without a good reason.
13. Right to Free Movement in and out of the Country: Everyone has the right to
travel as they wish.
14. Right to Asylum in other Countries from Persecution: Everyone has the right to go
to another country and ask for protection if they are being persecuted or are in danger
of being persecuted.
15. Right to Nationality and the Freedom to Change It: Everyone has the right to
belong to a country. No one has the right to prevent you from belonging to another
country if you wish to.
16. Right to Marriage and Family: Everyone has the right to marry and have a family.
17. Right to Own Property: Everyone has the right to own property and possessions.
18. Freedom of Belief and Religion: Everyone has the right to practice and observe all
aspects of their own religion and change their religion if they want.
Civic Awareness 163
19. Freedom of Opinion and Information: Everyone has the right to say what they
think and to give and receive information.
20. Right of Peaceful Assembly and Association: Everyone has the right to take part in
meetings and to join associations in a peaceful way.
21. Right to Participate in Government and in Free Elections: Everyone has the right
to help, choose and take part in the government of their country.
22. Right to Social Security: Everyone has the right to social security and opportunities
to develop their skills.
23. Right to Desirable Work and to Join Trade Unions: Everyone has the right to work
for a fair wage in a safe environment and to join a trade union.
24. Right to Rest and Leisure: Everyone has the right to rest and leisure.
25. Right to Adequate Living Standard: Everyone has the right to an adequate standard
of living and medical help if they are ill.
26. Right to Education: Everyone has the right to go to school.
27. Right to Participate in the Cultural Life of Community: Everyone has the right to
share in their community’s cultural life.
28. Right to a Social Order that Articulates this Document: Everyone must respect the
‘social order’ that is necessary for all these rights to be available.
29. Community Duties Essential to Free and Full Development: Everyone must
respect the rights of others, the community and public property.
30. Freedom from State or Personal Interference in the above Rights: No one has the
right to take away any of the rights in this declaration.
Introduction to Fundamental Rights

Fundamental rights are the basic rights to be acquired by an individual to live with dignity,
respect and as a citizen of the country. As the fundamental rights are guaranteed by the
constitution, they are effective only within the country. It is also called civic rights, basic
rights or constitutional rights.
Difference between Human Rights and Fundamental Rights

Human Rights Fundamental Rights
Human right is a widespread expression. Fundamental right is limited expression.
It comes under the international law. It comes under the national law.
It is similar in all the countries. It can differ from country to country.
International laws make the human rights Constitution of the country makes the
monitoring mechanism. provision of protection and promotion of
fundamental rights.

Role of National and International Agencies for the Protection and
Promotion of Human Rights
Various national and international agencies concerned with human rights are working
effectively in Nepal. These authorities are working in the fields like warning against the
violation of human rights, publicity of the values and norm of human rights, and growth of
public awareness regarding human rights, etc. Role of national and international agencies
in protection of human rights are presented below:
1. National Human Rights Commission
It is a constitutional organ of Nepal. It was
established in 2057 BS. It is constituted with a
Chairperson and four other members appointed
by the President on the recommendation of
Constitutional Council for a term of six years. It
has been working for the protection and promotion
of human rights in the country. “Dignity, Equality
and Justice for all” is the main motto of this agency.
2. Informal Sector Service Center (INSEC)

It has been working in the sector of human Logo of National Human Rights Commission
rights and fundamental rights since 1988 AD. It
was started with the objective of protecting the
rights of people engaged in informal sectors. It
has significantly contributed in protecting and
promoting the fundamental rights of people in
almost all sectors. It has been publishing the
Human Rights Year Book every year.
3. Amnesty International
It is an international agency involved in the sector Logo of INSEC
of human rights. It was established in 1961 AD
in London with the objectives to conduct research
and generate action to prevent and end grave
abuses of human rights, and to demand justice for
those whose rights have been violated. It works
to mobilize public opinion to put pressure on
governments that allows abuse during their tenure.
This organization was awarded with Nobel Peace
Logo of Amnesty International
Prize in 1977 AD and the United Nations Prize in
the Field of Human Rights in 1978 AD for its “campaign against torture”.
Civic Awareness 165

Activities
1. Prepare a biography of Eleanor Roosevelt collecting the information from different
sources.
2. What is mentioned in the article 1 of Universal Declaration of Human Rights?
3. Make a list of the outline of human rights and present in the class.
4. Collect the news articles and editorials published in the newspapers regarding the
protection of human rights and paste on the bulletin board.
5. Draw a logo of Amnesty International and clarify its inherent meaning.
6. Prepare a list of the organizations working in the field of human rights in your
community and note down their best works. Present your work in the class.
Exercise
1. Give a short introduction to the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
2. Differentiate between human rights and fundamental rights in four points.
3. Prepare a model of speech on “Right to personal freedom and self defence to every
one is the foundation of human rights”.
4. How is National Human Rights Commission constituted? What is its role in the
protection of human rights?
5. “Fundamental rights are the human rights guaranteed by the state to its citizens.”
Present your logics on it.
6. Mention the contribution of Eleanor Roosevelt in the declaration of human rights.
7. How do you honour the individual or authority working to protect and promote the
human rights?
8. How does the freedom to assemble peacefully guarantee the acquisition of human
rights? Introduce your logics.

Various national and international authorities concerned with human rights are working
in Nepal for the protection of human rights. Give short introduction and role of the
following agencies in the protection of human rights:
a. National Human Rights Commission
b. Informal Sector Service Center (INSEC)
c. Amnesty International
Community Work
Collect the activities performed by different clubs for the promotion of human rights in
your community and prepare a report. Then present it in the class.
LESSON
Rights of Women and Indigenous
10 Nationalities
Introduction
All the people are equal in democratic system. Every citizen has the right to participate
in the governing system. State has to bring every community, sex, caste, religion and
class into the mainstream of development without any discrimination on the basis of the
principle of inclusion. The Constitution of Nepal and other prevailing laws have established
rights to the people of every sector and class. Here, we will discuss about the rights of
women and indigenous nationalities.
Rights of Women
Women are not less capable than men. Their contribution in the development cannot
be underestimated. They have been playing significant roles in development since
the very beginning. For further betterment, women empowerment is a must. Women
empowerment is possible only if their rights are ensured. Women have occupied more
than half population of the country. The presence and participation of women in the
development may double the pace of development.
Provisions made in the constitution, laws and policy making level to
establish the rights of women:
a. Provision of acquiring citizenship certificate in the name of mother,
b. End of gender discrimination,
c. Equal parental rights to women without gender discrimination,
d. Equal rights of couple in the affairs of property and family,
e. Formation of equitable society on the basis of proportional, inclusive and participatory
principle,
f. Formation of National Women Commission,
g. Guarantee of social justice so that socially backward women also can participate in all
state structures and bodies on the basis of inclusive principle,
h. No physical, mental, sexual or psychological violence against women, or any kind
of oppression based on religious, social and cultural tradition and other practices and
such an act is punishable and the victim has the right to compensation,
i. No discrimination in the use of law on any ground of origin, religion, color, caste, sex,
disability or any other,
j. Participation of women in all state structures and bodies on the basis of proportional
inclusive principle,
k. Political objective of the state to assure the fundamental rights, gender equality and
values, norms of human rights,
l. Provision of rights to women for safe motherhood and reproductive health,
Civic Awareness 167

m. Provision of special opportunity for women in education, health, employment and
social security on the basis of positive discrimination,
n. Right to social security for economically weak, disabled, helpless and single women
as well, and
o. Special provision as provided by the law for the protection, empowerment and
development of socially or culturally backward women and disable citizens.
Rights of Indigenous Nationalities
Nepal is a multiethnic and
multilingual country. There are 125
castes of people living in the country.
According to ‘National Foundation
for Development of Indigenous
Nationalities Act, 2058 (2002 AD)’,
‘Indigenous Nationalities’ means a
tribe or community having its own
mother tongue and traditional rites
and customs, distinct cultural identity, distinct social structure and written or unwritten
history. This act has listed 59 castes of people as indigenous nationalities in its schedule.
It is for social, economic and cultural development and upliftment of various indigenous
nationalities of Nepal and for their equal participation in the mainstream of national
development. As they are behind in the development and human development, it has been
aimed to establish access to education, communication, health and resource for them. The
main issue concerned to indigenous nationalities is right to get basic education in their
own mother tongue.
Rights to be acquired by the Indigenous Nationalities
a. Right to free and compulsory basic education,
b. Right to education in child friendly environment in school,
c. Right to preserve and promote their language, script and civilization,
d. Right to easy access to natural resources and means of their location,
e. Right to basic education in their own mother tongue,
f. Right to special privilege for higher studies,
g. Right to special facility for housing, employment and service and facilities to be
provided by the state, and
h. Right to respectful presence in the various state bodies and inclusive representation.
Efforts made by the state to establish the rights of Indigenous Nationalities
a. Establishment of Indigenous Nationalities Commission,
b. Provision of getting basic education in mother tongue,
c. Provision of scholarship,
d. Management of curriculum, text books, teaching and learning materials and teachers
to provide education in mother tongue, and
e. The state has taken the principle of participation for equal access and opportunity in
various state bodies.
Activities
1. Inquire whether the indigenous nationalities living in your community are enjoying
the rights mentioned in the lesson or not and present the findings in the class.
2. Make a list of the indigenous nationalities living in your community and find whether
they are using their mother tongue or not. Then present the finding in the class.
Exercise
1. Discuss about the measures for women empowerment.
2. “Rights of women cannot be established without promoting the social status of
women.” Present your logic on this statement.
3. What is meant by the rights of indigenous nationalities? Mention rights to be
acquired by the indigenous nationalities.
4. “It is the right of indigenous nationalities to get basic education in mother tongue.”
Present your opinion to support this statement.

1. What is meant by the rights of women? Mention the provisions made in the
constitution, laws and policy making level to establish the rights of women.
2. Who are Indigenous Nationalities? Mention the efforts made by the state to establish
the rights of indigenous nationalities.
3. Constitution of Nepal has guaranteed Fundamental Rights and other constitutional
provisions to empower or develop women. How far have those Rights and
constitutional provisions implemented effectively? Present yours evaluation in
points.
Community Work
Collect the information about the indigenous nationalities living in your community.
Prepare a report including their language, culture and rites. Then present in the class.
Civic Awareness 169

LESSON
11 Citizen Identity and Citizenship
Introduction to Citizen, Citizenship and Nationality

Somebody, who is a legal resident of state, is called a citizen. A citizen can enjoy the rights
granted by the state and fulfill the duty towards the state as well. The legal status of being
a citizen of a country is called citizenship. The citizenship is the evidence of identity of a
citizen given by the state. This is the lawful base of identity. Citizenship can be acquired
by two bases: on the basis of descent or blood relation and on the basis of birth or land.
Citizenship is different than nationality. The status of belonging to a particular nation by
origin, birth, or naturalization is called nationality. The relationship with citizenship can
be broken but the relationship with nationality cannot be broken.
Difference between Nationality and Citizenship
Nationality Citizenship
It is emotional relationship with the state. It is legal relationship with the state.
It is permanent in nature and cannot be quitted. It is temporary in nature and can be quitted.
It adopts the collective concept. It adopts the individual concept.
It remains even residing in foreign country. It can be acquired by residing in the state.
It is a widespread concept. It is a limited concept.
Concept of Citizenship
There are various concepts regarding the citizenship. It depends on the policy determined
by the state. Citizenship by birth denotes the acquisition of citizenship based on the
geography where one has been born. Similarly, the citizenship by descent denotes the
acquisition of citizenship based on the ancestral background. Some countries make the
provision even of dual citizenship and some countries grant honorary citizenship to the
renowned citizen of other country. The state of being without citizenship is also another
concept regarding the citizenship. In some places, the identity is also given as second class
citizen. In such condition, an individual may be deprived from the rights, services and
facilities provided by the state.
Constitutional provisions regarding Citizenship
The Constitution of Nepal has made the provision of single federal citizenship with
provincial identity. No citizen of Nepal may be deprived of the right to obtain citizenship.
The persons who have obtained the citizenship of Nepal at the time of commencement of
this Constitution and who are qualified to obtain citizenship shall be the citizens of Nepal.
Whenever any territory is acquired by way of merger into Nepal, a person having his/her
domicile in such territory shall become a citizen of Nepal.
A person who obtains the citizenship of Nepal by descent may obtain a certificate of
citizenship of Nepal with gender identity by the name of his/her mother or father.
According to the Constitution of Nepal, citizenship can be obtained on the following bases:

1. Citizenship by Descent
E
The following person who has his/her permanent
domicile in Nepal at the time of commencement of this
constitution shall be the citizen of Nepal by descent:
P L
M
a. A person whose father or mother was a citizen of
A
Nepal at his/her birth,
b. A child of a citizen having obtained the citizenship
of Nepal by birth prior to the commencement of this
constitution shall, upon attaining majority, acquire
S
the citizenship of Nepal by descent if the child’s Front side of Citizenship Certificate
father and mother both are citizens of Nepal.
E
c. Every minor who is found within Nepal and the
L
whereabouts of whose father and mother are not
P
known shall, until the father or the mother of the
child is traced, be a citizen of Nepal by descent.
d. A person who is born in Nepal from a woman who
A M
S
is a citizen of Nepal and has resided in Nepal and
whose father is not traced shall be provided with
the citizenship of Nepal by descent.
2. Naturalized Citizenship Back side of Citizenship Certificate
According to the Constitution of Nepal, the following are the bases to acquire the
Naturalized Citizenship of Nepal:
a. A person who is born in Nepal from a woman who is a citizen of Nepal and has
resided in Nepal and whose father is not traced shall be provided with the citizenship
of Nepal by descent. Provided that in case his or her father is found to be a foreign
citizen, the citizenship of such person shall be converted into naturalized citizenship.
b. A foreign woman who has a matrimonial relationship with a citizen of Nepal, if she
so wishes, acquire the naturalized citizenship of Nepal.
c. In the case of a person born from a woman who is a citizen of Nepal and married to a
foreign citizen, the person may acquire the naturalized citizenship of Nepal if he/she
has permanently resided in Nepal and has not acquired the citizenship of a foreign
country.
3. Honorary Citizenship
According to the Constitution of Nepal, the Government of Nepal may grant the honorary
citizenship of Nepal to any foreigner who has contributed to enhance the benefit, pride
and prestige of Nepal. The honorary citizenship has been granted to Dr. Toni Hagen of
Switzerland, Sir Edmund Hillary of New Zealand, Collin Philip Smith (Putali Baj) of
United Kingdom, etc.
4. Non-Resident Nepalese Citizenship
The non-residential citizenship of Nepal may be granted to a person who has acquired
the citizenship of a foreign country, has resided in a country other than a member state
of the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation, and who or whose father or
mother, grandfather or grandmother was previously a citizen of Nepal by decent or birth
but subsequently acquired the citizenship of the foreign country. Such person may enjoy
economic, social and cultural rights.
Civic Awareness 171
Activity
A citizen of Nepal, who has completed the age of 16 years and intends to obtain the
certificate of citizenship of Nepal by descent, has to make an application and accompanied
by the following documents, to the concerned Chief District Officer:
www.lawcommission.gov.np
a. The certificate of citizenship of Nepal of his/her father or mother or relative within
three generations of his/her lineage,
b. A recommendation made by the ■■■concerned Local Body setting out his/her birth

 

place and relationship or a certificate of birth registration.
Suppose you are going to
 obtain the■certificate


  of
  citizenship of Nepal,

  fill the required
information in the following formats of application

 
 and  certificate of citizenship of Nepal,
  
  

then present in the class.  
 
  



 

 


 


  
  


    






 
 
 

    

 




  
 
   

 

   

 
   

 


   
  
  

  
FullName
Name (inblock):.................................
block):................................. 
Full 
  (in   






 
 

 
 

 Sex:................
Sex:................
  
  
 


Full 
Name

(in block):.................................  


Placeof
Place ofBirth
Birth(in
 
(inblock)..........................
block).......................... 

 
  


 
  
Sex:................ 
 
 
   
  

Permanent
PermanentAddress: Address:District.......................
District....................... 
Place of Birth (in block).......................... 

 



VDC/Municipality/Sub/Metropolis............. 
VDC/Municipality/Sub/Metropolis.............
  
WardNo..............
Ward No.............. 
 


 
 
Permanent Address:
District.......................
 
 

  
VDC/Municipality/Sub/Metropolis.............
Dateof
Date ofBirth
Birth(AD):.............year...............
(AD):.............year............... 
Ward Month........................Day
No..............
Month........................Day
  










  



 
  

   

Date of Birth (AD):.............year...............

Month........................Day
 
 
 


 
    
 
 

  
  

   
172   
■■
■ 







 
 
 
www.lawcommission.gov.np  
 
 
■  

 
 

 Government of Nepal has issued the Citizenship Certificate with following details:


 Citizenship Certificate No.

 Full Name (in block): Sex:
 Date of Birth (AD): Year Month Day
  Place of Birth (in block):
   Permanent Address (in block): District
 VDC/Municipality/Sub/Metropolis: Ward No:
   

×
  
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
      
      
      
  

Government of Nepal has issued the Citizenship Certificate with following details:
■
Citizenship Certificate No.  
Full Name (in block): Sex:
Exercise
Date of Birth (AD): Year Month Day
www.lawcommission.gov.np 
Place of Birth (in block):
Permanent Address (in block): District
VDC/Municipality/Sub/Metropolis: Ward No:
Short

answer questions:

1. Prepare
      a speech for an oratory program
 on the topic “Citizenship is the basis to give
an identity to the citizen”.
 
 
  
  
2. Differentiate between
 Nationality and Citizenship.
    
   
    
3.
  What is the  difference  between the Citizenship by Descent and Naturalized
Citizenship?


■ 4. Who
  are
 granted
 an
  Honorary Citizenship? Write the provisions with examples.
5. The person who 

acquires the Non-Resident Nepalese Citizenship cannot enjoy all the
rights. Should they be limited within the rights given to them? Present your logic.

What is Citizenship? Explain the various bases to obtain citizenship certificate according
to the Constitution of Nepal.
Community Work
Collect the news published in newspaper regarding the Citizen and Citizenship. Also
collect the opinion of the people living in your community on this matter and prepare a
report including your conclusion. Present your work in the class.
Civic Awareness 173

UNIT
6 OUR EARTH
Discuss the factors affecting climate of the world, types of climate, vegetation and
animals in the world, and the effects of climate and topographic diversity on lifestyle,
Explain the geographical and natural environment and economic activities and
social life of North America, South America and Africa Continent and compare
with Nepal,
Give introduction of Earthquake and Tsunami, their causes, effects and adopt
safety measures,
Use maps and be familiar with its modern and practical technology, and
Draw map of Nepal and insert the major facts in the map of Nepal and the world.
Subject matters
Climates of the World

Tropical Zone
Temperate Zone
Frigid Zone
Alpine Climate or High Mountainous Climate
Climate, Vegetation and Animals in the World
Effects of Climate and Topographic Diversity on Lifestyle
North America: Geographical and Natural Environment
North America: Economic Activities and Social Life
South America: Geographical and Natural Environment
South America: Economic Activities and Social Life
Africa: Geographical and Natural Environment
Africa: Economic Activities and Social Life
North America, South America, Africa and Nepal
Natural Disasters: Earthquake and Tsunami
Globe, Map and Map Technology

LESSON
1 Climates of the World
Weather and Climate

The state of atmosphere at a given place and time with regard to temperature, cloudiness,
rainfall, wind and other meteorological conditions is called weather. Cloudy, rainy,
windy, sunny, etc are the examples of weather condition. Climate is the average weather
conditions prevailing in an area in general or over a long period. From the climate, we can
know the condition of the temperature, rainfall, wind and pressure of a particular place
in various seasons. Weather describes the short-term state of the atmosphere whereas the
climate describes the average pattern of weather for a particular region.
Factors Affecting Climate

Climate is not same all over the world. We experience different climates like hot, warm,
humid, dry, etc in different places or regions. There are some factors affecting climate
that cause the difference in climate. A short description of the factors has been presented
below:
Ocean
current
Soil Altitude
Latitude Distance
Factors from sea
affecting the
climate
Presence of Nature of
Mountain wind
Natural Slope of
Vegetation land
Our Earth 175

1. Latitude d Oblique at 66 1 2o N
Due to the latitudinal extension or NP
c
1 2o
distance from the equator, the climate 66
N
b SUN’S RAYS
differs in different places. The places 1 2

o
a Perpendicular at 2312o S
nearer to the equator or with lower 23

N
o
latitude experiences hot climate whereas 0
1 2o
the places farther from the equator or with 23 S
SP
higher latitude experiences cold climate. ATMOSPHERE
It is because the sun rays fall straight to

the equatorial region but slanting towards Perpendicular
the polar region. The straight sun rays Rays
cause more heat than slanting sun rays
because the straight sun rays concentrate
A
1 Sq. m.
at a place but the slanting rays scatter in
a large area and have to travel through Ob
the thick atmosphere. Thus, it is hot in liq
ue
equatorial region and cold in polar region.
For example: it is hotter in Sri Lanka than 1 Sq. m.
B Rays
Nepal because Sri Lanka lies closer to
equator than Nepal.
2. Altitude
C
A B
It is hot at lower altitude and cold at
higher altitude. At lower altitude, density
of atmosphere is thicker as it contains Meters 0
C
more amounts of dust particles and 8250 -290
water vapour but at higher altitude, it is 6600 -190
thinner and it contains fewer amounts 4950 -90

of dust particles and water vapour. 3300 10
The thicker atmosphere absorbs more 1650 110

heat than thinner atmosphere. In each 0 Sea Level
210
165 m altitude, temperature reduces by
1° Celsius. Because of this reason, it is
Effect of Altitude on Temperature
hotter in Nepalgunj than Jumla.
3. Distance from the sea Air cools Air cools
The nature of land and sea is just Rising warm air Rising warm air
opposite. The land heats and cools Descending

cool air
Descending
cool air
High
down faster than sea, and sea takes Pressure Low
Cool Pressure Cool sea-breeze
more time to heat and cool down than land-breeze
Low High
land. During summer, it is hot on land Pressure Pressure
but the sea is still cold. Similarly,

during winter, it is cold on land but
Land Breeze Sea Breeze

the sea is still hot. Due to such phenomenon, places nearer to sea experience mild climate,
means neither too hot nor too cold but places farther from the sea experience extreme
climate, means hot in summer and cold in winter. For example: Mumbai experiences mild
climate because there is influence of sea but Banaras experiences extreme climate because
there is no influence of sea.
4. Slope of land
Windward is the place facing
wind and leeward is the place Leeward side
away from wind. Windward of mountain Wind
direction
slope receives more rainfall than
leeward slope. Likewise, if the Mountain
slope is towards the equator, range
Ocean
it is warmer but if the slope is
towards the poles it is cooler.
The climate of windward slope Effect of Slope
is humid whereas the climate of leeward slope is dry. Nepal’s climate is humid as it lies
on windward slope of the Himalayas but climate of Tibet is dry as it lies on leeward slope
of the Himalayas. Being situated on leeward slope, Manang and Mustang remain dry and
cold throughout the year. Rain-bearing cloud enters Nepal through South-East direction
which is obstructed by the Himalayas resulting relatively less rainfall in the Northern
slope of Himalayas. So, it is also known as rain-shadow area.
5. Presence of mountain
It also affects the climate very much. The mountain blocks the wind and causes difference
in climate from one side to another. If the mountain blocks the rain bearing wind, the
other side of the mountain remains dry. It is because of the presence of Himalayas, the air
containing water vapour coming from Bay of Bengal cannot reach to Tibet. So, Tibetan
region is dry. Northern part of Himalayas of Nepal also remains dry.
6. Nature of wind
The wind blowing from the sea CHINA CHINA
contains water vapour. It causes
INDIA INDIA
enough rainfall and makes the
climate mild. But the wind
blowing from land is dry. It
causes less rainfall and makes INDIAN OCEAN INDIAN OCEAN
the climate extreme. Likewise,
the wind blowing from tropical Summer Winter
zone increases hotness and Summer monsoon and Winter monsoon
Our Earth 177

blowing from polar zone increases coldness. Summer monsoon blowing from sea to land
causes enough rainfall in Nepal during summer but the winter monsoon blowing from land
is dry and causes dryness in Nepal during winter.
7. Ocean current
Ocean current affects the climate of the coastal region. If Warm Ocean current passes
through it, it makes the climate warm and if Cold Ocean current passes through it, it causes
cold climate in coastal region. Warm Ocean current leads to rainfall as it contains water
vapour but Cold Ocean current leads dryness in coastal region. There is warm and wet
climate in the eastern coastal region of the US because the Warm Ocean current passes
through it. Likewise, the western coastal region of the US experiences dry and cold climate
because the Cold Ocean current passes through it.
d
lan ian
en
Gre weg
N
E. r
60° No
Oyashio
Alaska Labrador
N. Pacific N. Atlantic
Drift N. Pacific
Gulf Stream
30° Canary
California Kuroshio
N. Equatorial
Equatorial N. Equatorial
North Equatorial N. Equatorial
Counter
0° Equatorial S. Equatorial Equatorial Counter
s
lha
Counter
Agu
South Equatorial South

Equatorial
Brazil W. Australia
Peru E. Australia
30° Benguela
Mozambique
n
tic India
South Pacific South Atlan South
Antarctic Circumpolar Antarctic Circumpolar
60° bpolar polare
Warm Current Antarctic
Su Antarctic Sub
Cold Current
Ocean current
8. Vegetation
Though the vegetation is the product of the climate, later on it affects the local climate.
The places with vegetation and forest are relatively wet and cold but the places with no
vegetation have dry climate.
9. Soil
The quality of soil also affects the climate. There is dry and extreme climate in area of
rock and sand. The areas with alluvial soil are not that much dry and extreme. On the other
hand, the area with black soil is warm and with white soil is cold.
Climatic Zones
A large region having almost similar type of climatic condition, natural vegetation and
human activities is known as climatic zone. On the basis of latitudinal extension, heat

obtained from the sun and air pressure,
the surface of the earth is divided
into three climatic zones on the both
hemispheres of the earth.
Types of Climate
Various types of climates are found in
the different parts of the world. There
are altogether 13 types of climates found
in the world. Twelve of them are based
on the latitudinal extension and one is Heat Zones of the World
based on altitude. They are as presented
below:
90° N
In Tropical Zone Tundra or Polar
1. Equatorial Climate Climate
one
Frigid Z
70° N
2. Tropical Grassland Climate or Sudan Cold Temperate Climate
Climate or Coniferous Climate
3. Tropical Desert Climate Cool St.
60° N
4. Tropical Monsoon Climate

ne
Temperate Temperate Lawrence or

Manchurian
rate Zo
Oceanic Grassland
Climate Climate
In Temperate Zone 45° N
Tempe
China
5. Mediterranean Climate Mediterranean
Climate Temperate Type of
Desert Climate Climate
6. Temperate Desert Climate 30° N
7. China Type of Climate Tropical Desert Climate
Tropical
8. Cool Temperate Oceanic Climate Monsoon 20° N
Climate
Zone
9. Temperate Grassland Climate Tropical Grassland Climate

10. St. Lawrence or Manchurian Climate
l
Tropica
5° N
Equatorial Climate
In Frigid Zone 0° N
11. Cold Temperate Climate or Coniferous Chart showing climates

Climate
12. Tundra Climate or Polar Climate
In High Mountain
13. Alpine Climate or High Mountainous Climate
The above chart clarifies the direction, area and extension of the climates in northern
hemisphere of the earth.
Climatic Region
A region which has roughly the same climate throughout the year is called climatic region.
For example; the region where equatorial climate is found is called equatorial climatic
region.
Our Earth 179

Activities
1. Prepare a chart showing the latitudinal extension of climate on the earth surface and
paste on the wall of your class.
2. Note down the characteristics of the climate found in your area.
3. Climatic zones are determined on the basis of latitudinal extension. Draw a figure
and show the climatic zones of the earth.
Exercise
1. How does distance from sea affect on climate of Nepal? Write with examples.
2. “There is wet climate on the windward slope.” Justify the statement with example.
3. Do you agree that the soil affects the climate? Present your logics.
4. Give geographical reasons for the following statements:
a. It is hotter in Sri Lanka than Nepal.
b. It is colder in Jumla than Nepalgunj.
c. Mumbai experiences mild climate while Banaras experiences extreme climate.
d. Manang and Mustang remain dry and cold throughout the year.
5. Define the following terms:
a. Climate
b. Climatic region
c. Climatic zones
d. Rain-shadow area
6. Explain any four factors affecting the climate.
Community Work
Discuss with the people who have experienced the climate of the bottom and top of the
mountain. Find the difference between the climate found at the bottom and top of the
mountain.

LESSON
2 Tropical Zone
Tropical zone lies between 0° to 30° latitudes in both hemisphere of the earth. As this zone
receives direct sun rays, it has hot climate. Amount of rainfall differs according to the
place and time. On the basis of temperature, air pressure and amount of rainfall, there are
four climates in this climatic zone. They are:
1. Equatorial Climate
2. Tropical Grassland Climate or Sudan type of Climate
3. Tropical Desert Climate
1. Equatorial Climate
a. Climatic Region: It extends from N
0° to 5° latitudes in both hemispheres. Tropic of Cancer
It is found in Amazon basin, Congo Equator

basin and South East Asian Islands.
As Amazon basin is the main region Tropic of Capricorn
of this climate, it is also called Equatorial Climatic Region

Amazon Type of Climate.
b. Climatic Characteristics: It is hot throughout the year as the sun rays fall straight here.
Convectional rainfall with thunder and lightning takes place every day. There is no change
in season. The time of day and night is equal. There is hot, wet and humid climate all over
the year.
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals:
This region is appropriate for crops and
forests because of enough rainfall and wet
climate. Dense evergreen forest is found
here in which various types of large and
tall trees and creepers are found in huge
amount. The dense evergreen forest in
Amazon basin is called Selvas. The trees
are tall, broad-leaved and evergreen.
About 90% of the animal species found
in the world is found in the equatorial
Rain Forest
forests. Many reptiles and amphibians
and animals like snakes, lizards, different kind of frogs, chimpanzee, leopard, gorilla,
crocodiles and hippopotamus are found here.
Our Earth 181
d. Economic Activities: The major occupation of the people in this region is agriculture.
Major agricultural productions are paddy, coconut, sugarcane, maize, coffee, tea, spices,
cocoa, banana, tobacco, etc. The inhabitants of forest live on hunting wild animals,
collecting wild fruits and edible roots and medicinal herbs, fishing, cutting trees, etc.
Wood, medicinal herbs, bones and skins of animals are the major forest products.
e. Effect on lifestyle: The lifestyle of the
people in equatorial climatic region is
primitive and very difficult due to the hot and
wet climate. Red Indians of Amazon basin
and Pygmies of Congo (Zaire) basin are the
indigenous nomadic tribes of this climatic
region. As industry and commerce are not
well developed here, the people earn their
living from hunting and gathering, animal
husbandry and temporary farming. Though
the climate is suitable for agriculture, it is Pygmies Hut
not appropriate for human settlement. But
in the South East Asia, people have made
advancement due to influence of European
contact and civilization. Indonesia, Malaysia
and Singapore are its examples. The
population density is also high there. The
people are involved in trade, industries,
tourism, etc.
2. Tropical Grassland Climate Pygmies

a. Climatic Region: Tropical
grassland climate is found
between 5° to 20° latitudes in
N
the inner part of the continents.
Sudan, South African plateau, Tropic of Cancer
Brazilian plateau, Orinoco basin, Equator

inner part of northern Australia,
Deccan and Shan plateau are the Tropic of Capricorn
main regions of this climate. As Tropical Grassland Climatic Region
the main region of this climate is
Sudan of Africa, it is also called
Sudan type of Climate and Savanna Grassland.
b. Climatic Characteristics: Summer is very hot and winter is warm and often dry in this
region. Trade wind causes rainfall during summer ranging 50 to 150 cm. As this climatic
region is between the equatorial region and tropical desert region, the rainfall is more
towards the equatorial region and less towards the tropical desert region.

c. Natural Vegetation and Animals: Rainfall
is not enough to grow a dense forest. So, only
the long grasses are found here. The tropical
grassland is called Llanos in Orinoco basin,
Campos in Brazilian plateau, and Savanna
in central African region. Savanna grassland
is also called “Zoo of the World” because
varieties of animals and birds are found in
this region. This region is the home of many Savanna Grassland
herbivorous and carnivorous animals like deer,
gazelle, antelope, zebra, giraffe, elephants,
lion, tiger, leopard, jaguar, hippopotamus and
rhinoceros. Some of the common birds found
in this region are Ostrich, Emus, Cassowary,
Rhea, etc. These birds are mostly flightless and
live in the region where there are few trees.
d. Economic Activities: Agriculture is the
main occupation of people living in the areas
where enough water and irrigation facility is
available. Oilseed, cotton, tobacco, sugarcane,
maize, wheat, etc are the major agricultural
productions of this region. The indigenous Emu
tribes live their life by hunting wild animals. So
this region is also called “Land of Big Games”.
Cattles rearing is another occupation of people.
Wool, leather, dairy product, etc are the animal
production of this region.
e. Effect on lifestyle: As this region experiences
hot and dry climate, it is not appropriate for the
human settlement. Most of the population is
still living in primitive way. Some indigenous
tribes of Central African region like Masai and
Masai
Hausa are living their nomadic life. The level of
economic development is not uniform all over
this region. There are some pastoral groups who
depend on animal husbandry and subsistence
agriculture. The population density is very low.
However, there is higher possibility of tourism
development. Most parts of tropical grassland
have been converted into National Parks and
Wild Life Reserves. Nowadays, thousands of
tourists visit there every year for entertainment House of Masais
Our Earth 183

and study. Animal films are made in this region. Modern farming and agriculture is rapidly
developing in this region. Commercial crops like cotton in Sudan, coffee and tea in Kenya,
tobacco in Zimbabwe are grown in large scale. Because of this, the Savanna region has
great scope for development.
3. Tropical Desert Climate Arctic Circle

desert climate is found roughly Tropic of Cancer N
between 20° to 30° latitudes in
the western part of the continent. Equator
It is the route of dry trade wind.

Tropic of Capricorn
It is also known as “Hot Desert”.
This type of climate is found in Tropical Desert Climatic Region
Sahara and Kalahari Desert in

Africa, Iranian and Thar Desert in Asia, Atacama Desert of South America, Arizona and
Mexican Desert in North America, the Great Australian Desert in Australia. As this type
of climate is mainly found in Sahara region of Northern Africa, it is also called “Sahara
type of Climate”.
b. Climatic Characteristics: This climate
is very dry and hot. Due to the quick heating
and cooling nature of sand, there is higher
gap between the maximum and minimum
temperature. The temperature at day rises up to
49°C and at night it falls down to 10°C. There is
very less rainfall because there is no influence
of rain bearing wind blowing from sea.
Desert Vegetation
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals: Trees
cannot grow there due to the lack of rainfall.
Dry and hot climate supports only thorny plants
like cactus to grow in this region. Such plants
have very long roots to reach the underground
water. The plants like cactus have tiny, waxy
and leathery leaves to prevent the loss of
moisture. Some animals such as camel can
live without or with very little water for a long
time. They store fat in their humps which can
Desert Hyenas
be broken down to provide water and energy.
Camel furs can trap a layer of air which acts as insulator and help keep their body cool
during day and warm during night. They have very tough lips and tongue which enables
them to nibble (chew) thorny desert vegetations. They have thick eyebrows to protect
them from sand storm and broad feet to enable them to walk easily on the sand. The desert
fox, snakes, lizards, gazelle, hyenas, donkeys and horses are also found in the desert.

d. Economic Activities: The main occupation
of the people in tropical desert is agriculture
and cattle rearing. It can only be done in the
Oasis where water is available and land is
fertile. Wheat, barley, cotton, tobacco, maize,
oilseed, sugarcane, etc are the agricultural
production of this region.
e. Effect on lifestyle: As the tropical desert
climate is hot and dry, it is not appropriate
for human activities. So life in the desert is Bushman of Kalahari Desert
extremely difficult. Agriculture, industry
and commerce are not well developed here.
Nomadic tribes live in small numbers by
hunting and food gathering. In oasis, people
have permanent settlements. They live in
houses with thick mud walls and flat roofs.
The Bushmen of Kalahari Desert, Aborigines
of Australian desert and Bedouins of Arabian
Desert are the native tribes of hot deserts.
A few of the desert areas are attracting
immigrants due to rich mineral deposits like
petrol and gold. Nowadays development Bedouins of Arabian Desert
activities are increasing. Construction of infrastructure and businesses are growing
rapidly. The people have now started commercial agriculture and animal husbandry by
using modern technology.
Camel is the most dependable means of transportation in desert area. Therefore, it is also
known as the ‘Ship of the Desert’. It can easily walk on sand and live without drinking
water for many days. People rear camel for carrying load and for milk and meat.

monsoon climate is mainly found
N
between 5° to 30° latitudes in the
Southern and South-Eastern part of Tropic of Cancer
the Asia. This climate is also found

Equator
in Northern Australia, South-East
Africa, South-West Africa, South- Tropic of Capricorn
East Brazil, Caribbean region and
Eastern islands. Tropical Monsoon Climatic Region
b. Climatic Characteristics: Here summer is hot and wet and winter is cold and dry.
During summer, there is low air pressure over the land and high air pressure over the sea.
Our Earth 185

So summer monsoon blows from sea to land and causes enough rainfall in this region.
The annual rainfall ranges from 50 cm to 200 cm depending on the place. As the winter
monsoon blows from land to sea, it does not cause rain. Thus, this climate is also known
as “Summer Rain Climate”. There are three seasons: summer, rainy and winter. Rainfall
is unreliable and the amount fluctuates greatly from year to year.
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals:
Deciduous forest is the main natural
vegetation of this region. Sal, bamboo,
Sisau, etc are the major species of trees.
Besides this, evergreen forest, tall grasses,
thorny bushes and scrubs are also found in
various parts depending on the amount of
rainfall and altitude. This Region is known
for its wide varieties of Animals. The
climatic condition and natural vegetation
of this region favors the existence of
Orangutan
different species of birds, animals and
insects. Many wild animals like leopard, tigers, wild buffaloes, wild yaks, Asian elephant,
Indian and Javan rhinoceros, elephant, lions, monkeys, langurs, orangutan, gibbons, etc
live in this climatic region.
d. Economic Activities: Tropical monsoon
climate is appropriate for agriculture,
industry and trade. The major occupation
of the people in this region is agriculture.
The high air pressure, enough rainfall,
fertile soil, plain land, facility of irrigation,
cheap labor cost, etc are supporting for the
enough agricultural production. Beans,
maize, barley, wheat, paddy, etc are the
major agricultural products of this region.
Agriculture in Monsoon Region
Cash crops like tobacco, tea, coffee,
sugarcane, cotton, jute, etc are also produced. Forest product and animal product are also
produced sufficiently here. Paddy is the main crop. There are many mineral industries as
well.
e. Effect on lifestyle: This climate is most appropriate among the climates found in
tropical zone. It is suitable for agriculture, industry, trade and human health. It is rich in
human civilization and culture. The population density is high. About one-third population
of the world lives in this region. This is the common habitation of the people representing
different culture and civilization. The regions where human civilization originated and
developed on the valley of Rivers Indus, Brahmaputra, Ganges and Irrawaddy also lie in
this climatic region.

Activities
1. Identify the tropical zone on the natural map of the world.
2. Inquire about the camel with those who have returned from gulf countries.
3. Discuss with your friends and teacher about the reasons why the birds found in
Savanna grassland are flightless.
4. Only the thorny plants with coarse leaves are found in tropical deserts. Why? What
are their characteristics? Compare them with those available in your locality.
5. Complete the following table with one characteristic each of the climates of tropical
zone.
S. No. Name of Climate Characteristics
1.
2.
3.
4.
Exercise
1. Make a diagram showing the latitudinal extension of the tropical zone and the
climates found in this climatic zone.
2. Differentiate between the equatorial and tropical desert climate in four points.
3. In which climatic region does Nepal lie? Mention the characteristics of this climatic
region.
4. Even though, the lifestyle of people living in equatorial climatic region is primitive,
the people living in eastern islands are well developed due to the European contact
and influence. During colonial period, the Europeans had colonized Africa and South
America also. However, the lifestyle of African and South American people in these
climatic regions is not well developed. Why? Discuss and write.
5. Who are Masai and Hausa? How do they earn their living?
6. Present two features each of climate and vegetation found in the equatorial region.
7. What are the tropical grasslands called in Brazilian plateau, Orinoco basin, Central
African region and South African plateau? Write their economic importance.
8. Show the following hot deserts on the outline map of the world:
Sahara (North Africa), Kalahari (South Africa), Thar (India) and Western Australia
(Australia)
Our Earth 187

9. Give appropriate reasons for the following statements:
a. The camel is called “Ship of the Desert”.
b. Tropical grassland is called “Zoo of the World”.
c. Tourism business is flourishing in tropical grassland.
d. The equatorial climate is hot and wet throughout the year.
10. Give short introduction of Selvas and Oasis. And also mention their economic
importance.
11. “Tropical monsoon climate is appropriate for the agriculture and human health.”
Justify the statement with example.
12. Mention the relationship between the climate and natural vegetation of tropical
monsoon region. Though Nepal lies in tropical monsoon, why is there a great
difference in the vegetation found in mountain, hill and Terai? Mention.
13. Write the name of civilizations originated and developed in tropical monsoon climatic
region.
14. Compare the lifestyle of the people living in different climates of tropical zone in the
following table.
S. No. Climate Native tribe Lifestyle
1.
2.
3.
4.
15. Describe the equatorial climate based on climatic region, climatic characteristic,
natural vegetation and animals, and its effect on lifestyle.
16. Tropical desert climatic region is not fertile. However, commercial farming has been
started by using modern technology there, where water is available. Write a letter to
the local farmers’ group suggesting to go ahead utilizing the available environment
and modern technology for the development of agricultural sector.
17. Tropical grassland has a great possibility of tourism development. However, most
of the people enjoy their traditional way of living. Find the reasons. What programs
should be launched to uplift their lifestyle? Write.
18. Tropical monsoon climatic region is densely populated. This is rich in culture and
human civilization as well. How and why? Write the reasons.

LESSON
3 Temperate Zone
The temperate zone extends roughly between 30° to 60° latitudes in North and South of
the equator. This region is neither too hot nor too cold. Sufficient amount of rainfall and
moderate temperature favours agriculture, animal rearing and human settlement. This has
resulted in dense population in this region. Most of the population of the world live in this
climatic region. In comparison to tropical and frigid zone, temperate zone is much more
developed. Most of world’s big cities and developed towns are located in this zone. This
is the region of diversity in terms of climate, natural vegetation, culture and human race.
On the basis of temperature and rainfall, there are six climates in the temperate zone. They
are:
1. Mediterranean Climate
2. Temperate Desert Climate
3. Temperate Monsoon Climate (China Type of Climate)
4. Cool Temperate Oceanic Climate (British Type of Climate)
5. Temperate Grassland Climate
1. Mediterranean Climate
a. Climatic Region: This type
of climate is mostly found
in the regions around the N
Mediterranean Sea. So it is Tropic of Cancer
called Mediterranean climate. Its
latitudinal extension is 30° to 45° Equator
in northern hemisphere and 30°

Tropic of Capricorn
to 40° in southern hemisphere.
The European countries located Mediterranean Climatic Region
around the Mediterranean Sea

like Spain, Italy, and France, California of North America, Middle part of Chile of South
America, Southern Africa, Perth and Melbourne region of Australia and Northern island
of New Zealand are the major regions of this climate.
b. Climatic Characteristics: Its major characteristic is hot and dry summer and cold and
wet winter. Rainfall takes place during winter due to the influence of western wind blowing
from the sea by carrying rain-bearing cloud. But during the summer, there blows dry trade
Our Earth 189
wind and that does not cause any rain. There are
two seasons; summer and winter. Mediterranean
climatic region is also called “Winter Rain
Climate” because most of the rainfall takes place
in winter.
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals: Though
there is not enough rainfall, semi-evergreen forest
and shrubs are found here. The plants can survive
even in dry summer because the plants use their
long roots to get water from underground, thick Mediterranean Vegetation
and hard wood to save water, thorny parts to get

protection from animals and small, smooth and
furry leaves to reduce evaporation. Oak, maple,
olive, etc are the major species of trees. Since
most of the vegetations have been removed
to make land available for agriculture and
settlement, wild life is very less or limited in this
region. Native animals include deer, rabbits and
numerous rodents.
d. Economic Activities: The major occupation Mediterranean Rodent
of the people living here is agriculture. Fruits,
tobacco, oilseed, beans, maize, barley, wheat, etc
are the major agricultural products. Juicy fruits
like grape, lemon, orange, etc are the popular fruit
productions. Because of the good production of
flowers and fruits, Mediterranean climatic region
is also called “Garden of the World”. It produces
70% of the world’s export of citrus fruit, such as,
orange, lemon, lime and grapefruit. Mediterranean Fruits
e. Effect on lifestyle: This climate is appropriate for human settlement. Agriculture,

industry and commerce are well developed. The countries of this climatic region are
popular in ancient civilization and culture. It is thickly populated region. Wine industry is
the speciality of this region because the climate is suitable for growing grapes. This region
produces over 65% of the world’s total output of wine. The life style of people is well
advanced.
2. Temperate Desert Climate

a. Climatic Region: It is found between 30° to 40° latitudes in the inner part of the
continent. Southern Argentina, Plateau in Rocky Mountain, Mangolia, Tibet, and Eastern
part of Caspian Sea in Turkmenistan, etc are the major regions of this climate. These
regions mainly lie in rain shadow area.
b. Climatic Characteristic:
Summer is hot and winter is very N
cold. There is a big gap between Tropic of Cancer
summer and winter temperature.

Thus, there is extreme climate. Equator
Very less amount of rainfall

Tropic of Capricorn
takes place in summer and
Temperate Desert Climatic Region
winter remains dry.
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals: Because

of the less rainfall, the land is covered with dry
sand. Only coarse grasses and thorny bushes are
found somewhere as natural vegetation. Some
desert rats and foxes are found there.
d. Economic Activities: The major occupation of

people living in this region is cattle grazing. They
rear sheep, goats, etc. Agriculture is possible only
Shearing wool from sheep
there where water is available. Cotton, barley,
wheat, etc are the agricultural products. Similarly, wool and leather are the main animal
products.
e. Effect on lifestyle: It is not appropriate for human settlement. Trade and commerce is
not well developed. Most of the people are nomads. They move with their cattle wherever
they find grasses. Population density is very low. Due to the inappropriate climate, there is
less possibility of economic development.
3. Temperate Monsoon Climate (China Type of Climate)

a. Climatic Region: Temperate monsoon climate is found between 30° to 45° in northern
hemisphere and 30° to 40° in southern hemisphere in the eastern part of the continent.
North and Central China,
Southern Japan and Korea,
N
South-east USA, South Brazil
and North Argentina in South Tropic of Cancer
America, South-east coastal

Equator
region of Africa and New South
Wales and South Queensland of Tropic of Capricorn
Australia are the main regions Temperate Monsoon Climatic Region

of this climate. As this type of
Our Earth 191
climate is mostly found in China, it is named as
China type of climate.
b. Climatic Characteristic: It is almost similar

with tropical monsoon climate. In this region,
summer is hot and winter is cold. Rainfall takes
place in summer due to the influence of monsoon
that carries water vapour from sea, and winter
remains dry. Annual rainfall ranges from 50cm to
150cm. Temperature differs from place to place. China Type Vegetation
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals: The natural

vegetation depends on the amount of rainfall like
in tropical monsoon region. Deciduous forest is
found in the areas where more rainfall takes place
and grasses and bushes are found in the areas
where there is less rainfall. Oak, pines, beech,
magnolias, camphor, etc are the major trees.
Mulberry trees are found in huge amount which
is appropriate for silk farming (sericulture).
Mulberry Tree
Common animals found here include squirrels,
bear, beavers, foxes, deers, rats, snakes and
wolves.
d. Economic Activities: The major occupation

of the people is agriculture. Beans, tea, oilseed,
barley, tobacco, cotton, sugarcane, maize, wheat,
paddy, etc are the main agricultural products. Silk
Beaver
is produced in huge amount.
e. Effect on lifestyle: It has positive effect on lifestyle. Agriculture, trade and industries
are well developed. This region is densely populated. The living standard of people is high.
4. Cool Temperate Oceanic Climate (British Type of Climate)

a. Climatic Region: It is found in the western part of the continent between 45° to 60°
in the northern hemisphere and 40° to 50° in the southern hemisphere. Western Europe,
western Canada, southern Chile, Tasmania Island and southern New Zealand are the main
regions of this climate. As this type of climate is mostly found in Western Europe, it is also
called “West European Climate” or “British type of Climate”.
b. Climatic Characteristic: It is neither hot in summer nor cold in winter. It is equable

climate. These regions are influenced by the seas, summer is cool and winter is moderate.

The vaporous westerly wind
causes rainfall throughout the
Arctic Circle
year. The amount of rainfall
goes on decreasing from west to N
Tropic of Cancer
east.
Equator
c. Natural Vegetation and
Animals: Mixed type of forest Tropic of Capricorn
is found here. Coniferous forest
Cool Temperate Oceanic Climatic Region
is found in the hilly areas and
deciduous forest is found in the
plain areas. Birch, maple, etc are the main
species of trees. Plenty of nutritious grasses
grow in the places having heavy rainfall. Some
herbivorous animals are found here.
d. Economic Activities: Most of the people

are involved in industry and trade. Very
few people are engaged in agriculture. The
agriculture is highly developed. Fruits, potato,
barley, wheat, etc are the major agricultural
Maple Leaf
production of this region. Sheep rearing in
highlands and fishing in coastal region are
practiced.
e. Effect on lifestyle: This climate is very

appropriate for human health. People are very
active and energetic. Because of this reason
agriculture, industry, technology, trade, etc
are well developed. Population density is
also high. Tourism business has developed
the economic activities. The living standard
of people is highly advanced in this climatic Lumbering
region.
5. Temperate Grassland Climate

a. Climatic Region: It is found between 45° to 60° latitudes in the northern hemisphere
and 30° to 40° latitudes in the southern hemisphere in the interior part of the continents.
Southern part of Russia, eastern part of Europe, plateau of South Africa, southern part of
Australia, central part of North America and South-East of South America are the main
regions of this climate.
Our Earth 193

b. Climatic Characteristic:
It lies in the inner part of the
continent. There is no influence N
of sea. So the climate is extreme Tropic of Cancer
i.e. very hot in summer and very

cold in winter. Rainfall is very
Equator
less and convectional rainfall Tropic of Capricorn
takes place during summer.

Temperate Grassland Climatic Region
There is snowfall in winter.
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals: As it has

scanty rainfall, these regions have different
types of grasses. It is completely treeless but
few trees can be seen only on the banks of
rivers. The grasses grow in spring, dry out
in summer and covered by snow in autumn.
Temperate grasslands are known by different
names in different regions. It is called Steppes
in Eurasia, Pampas in Argentina, Prairies
in North America, Veld in South Africa and Antelope
Downs in Australia. Herbivorous animals like
antelopes, horses, rabbits, marsupials, etc are
found here.
d. Economic Activities: Agriculture is done

only in the areas where there is irrigation
facility. Most of the people are involved in
cattle rearing and dairy production. Cotton,
tobacco, oilseed, maize, barley, wheat, etc
are the major agricultural crops. ‘Prairies’ of
Wheat Harvesting
North America is called “The Granary of the
World” because highest amount of wheat in the world is grown here. The rainfall takes
place during wheat growing season and the climate is most suitable for wheat cultivation.
e. Effect on lifestyle: Due to the extreme climate and scanty rainfall, it is not well
developed. Economic sectors like agriculture, industry and trade are not that much
developed. Population density is low and some people are still nomadic. The USA and
Canada have given priority to commercial wheat farming. They are the largest producer
and exporter of wheat products in the world. They apply modern tools and technologies in
farming. Pampas and Downs are utilized for cattle rearing whereas Prairies and Steppes
are utilized for wheat production. Because of the presence of temperate grassland in the

country, Argentine people have taken occupations like cattle rearing and beef exporting
whereas Australian people rear sheep and export wool.

a. Climatic Region: It is found
between 45° to 60° latitudes in Arctic Circle
St. Lawrence of North America

N
and Manchurian region of Tropic of Cancer
China. It is not found in southern

hemisphere. Equator
b. Climatic Characteristic: As Tropic of Capricorn

this region lies in eastern side of St. Lawrence Climatic Region
the continent, summer is warm
and winter is very cold. The
influence of sea is very less but this region is influenced by cold ocean current. There is
rainfall throughout the year. Snowfall takes place in winter.
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals: Mixed
type of forest is found in this climatic region.
Coniferous forest is found in the highlands and
deciduous forest is found in the plain areas.
Main species of trees are maples, oak, birch,
etc. Grass also grows well in this climate.
Animals like bear, squirrels, foxes, etc are
found here.
d. Economic Activities: Very few people are
Coniferous forest
involved in agriculture. Trade and industry
are the main economic activities of people.
Wheat, barley, potato, fruits, etc are the major
agricultural productions. Lumbering, fishery
and animal rearing are other occupations of
people.
e. Effect on lifestyle: This climate is
appropriate for human health. Due to this
reason, the people are also laborious and
progressive. Population density is moderate.
Fishery
St. Lawrence region is more developed than
Manchurian region.
Our Earth 195

Activities
1. Prepare a short description on the characteristics of Temperate Zone.
2. Make a list of the Temperate Grasslands found in different regions and insert them in
a map of the world
3. Show the Temperate Zone on a map of the world.
4. Why does the Temperate Desert region have low population density, difficult lifestyle
and backwardness in development? Discuss in the class and write.
Exercise
1. Give geographical reasons for the following statements:
a. Temperate Monsoon region is suitable for silk farming.
b. There is rainfall throughout the year in Cool Temperate Oceanic Climatic region.
c. There is winter rainfall in the Mediterranean region.
d. Wine industries are established in the Mediterranean region in large scale.
2. Complete the following table:
Temperate Grasslands Economic importance
Veld
Pampas
Steppes
Downs
3. How is Mediterranean Climate different from Temperate Grassland Climate? Write in
four points.
4. Write any four characteristics of Temperate Monsoon Climatic region.
5. Why is Prairies called “Granary of the World”? Discuss and write the reasons.
6. Why Mediterranean Climatic region is called the “Garden of the World”? The countries
located in this region earn more economic benefit from the wine industries. How
and why it became possible? Present your logics.
7. “There is huge production of wheat and development of animal husbandry in Prairies
of North America and Steppes of Eurasia.” Write the reasons in points.
Community Work
Inquire the seniors of your community about the similarities and dissimilarities between
the economic activities performed 15 years back and now. Present the conclusion in the
class.
LESSON
4 Frigid Zone
N N
 
Antarctica Arctic
The Frigid Zone extends roughly between 60° to 90° latitudes. It is the coldest place on
the Earth and has extreme weather condition. There are mainly two climates in the Frigid
Zone. They are:
1. Cold Temperate Climate or Coniferous Climate (Siberian Climate)
2. Polar Climate (Tundra Climate in the North and Antarctic Climate in the South)
1. Cold Temperate Climate or Coniferous Climate (Siberian Climate)

a. Climatic Region: It is found
within the latitude of 60° to 70° Arctic Circle
in the northern hemisphere.

Northern part of North America,
N
Europe and Asia are the major Tropic of Cancer
region of this climate. As this

type of climate is mostly found
Equator
in the Siberian region of Asia, Tropic of Capricorn

it is also called “Siberian
Climate”. It is not found in the Cold Temperate Climatic Region
southern hemisphere because

there isn’t any continent extended within these latitudes.
b. Climatic Characteristic: In these climatic regions, summers are short and slightly
warm and winters are long and extremely cold. It receives slanting rays from the sun
and remains cold all over the year. The polar wind makes this region colder. Snowfall
Our Earth 197
takes place in winter and remains on the land for
months. Most of the lakes and sea of this region
stay frozen almost throughout the year.
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals: Evergreen
trees like pine, spruce and firs are common.
Trees found in this region are cone shaped with
short branches and needle like leaves to enable
the snow to slip down easily. Coniferous forests
yield softwood which is used in the manufacture
Taiga Forest
of paper, match sticks, furniture, doors, windows,
plywood, sports goods and toys. The Siberian
Climatic belt has vast evergreen coniferous
forest which is called Taiga in Eurasia. It is very
important from economic point of view. The taiga
is used for making pulp, a semi-liquid material
required in order to make paper. Thick fur bearing
animals like bear, squirrel, lynx, etc are found
here.
d. Economic Activities: The main occupation
of the people is Lumbering. It is not suitable for
Lynx
human settlement. In some part agriculture is
also done. Potato, barley, cauliflower, etc are major agricultural products. Cutting trees,
collecting medicinal herbs and supplying furry skins of animals are other economic
activities.
e. Effect on life: This climate is adverse for human life. People have to work very hard to
earn their living as it is extremely cold there. Most of the people live inside the wooden
house. Population is also sparse. Soil is also not suitable for growing crops. People are
engaged in cutting trees, collecting medicinal herbs, and trapping and hunting animals for
their furry skins.
2. Polar Climate (Tundra Climate in the North and Antarctic Climate in

the South) Arctic Circle
a. Climatic Region: This climate
is found in the north of Arctic N
Circle and south of Antarctic
Tropic of Cancer
Circle. Polar climate is called
Tundra Climate in the northern Equator
hemisphere and Antartic Climate
in the southern hemisphere.
Tropic of Capricorn
Tundra Climate is found between
70°N to 90°N latitudes whereas Polar Climatic Region
Antartic Climate is found between

66°S to 90°S latitudes. Antarctica, Greenland, Iceland, northern islands of Asia, Europe
and North America are the major regions of this type of climate.
b. Climatic Characteristic: It receives slanting
rays of the sun as this region lies farthest from
the equator. So there is extreme cold throughout
the year. The average temperature is below
freezing point. This region remains frozen
for about 10 months. Summer temperature
of Tundra region ranges from -2°C to -5°C
and in winter it ranges from -35°C to -45°C.
Tundra Landscape
Similarly, Antarctic Climate is found only in
the Antarctica Continent. Here, the temperature goes down even to -45°C. It is not suitable
for human settlement. Only the explorers and researchers visit it temporarily. Very less
rainfall takes place in the polar climatic region. The summer season is cold and short. It
lasts for about 2 to 3 months. There is almost 24 hours of sunlight during summer. Winter
is long and severely cold. It lasts for 9 to 10 months. There is hours long darkness during
the winter season.
c. Natural Vegetation and Animals: Being
extreme cold, this climate does not support
the growth of forest. It is like Cold Desert of
ice. However, some mosses and lichens are
found somewhere. Some flowery plants grow
in the summer. Polar bear, arctic fox, etc are
the common animals found in Tundra region
whereas penguin is found in the Antarctic
region which survives there by eating fish.
Their thick fur helps them survive even in Polar Bear
severe cold.
d. Economic Activities: The land is completely
covered with snow. Agriculture is not possible
there. Hunting in the coniferous forest located
towards the lower part, fishing and catching
seals, etc are the main occupations of the
indigenous tribes of Tundra region. They use
traditional weapons like knives, arrows, ropes,
etc for the purpose of hunting and gathering
activities. There is no any agricultural activity Seal
in the Antarctic region.
e. Effect on lifestyle: The climate is not appropriate for human life. Only some native tribes
live in this climatic region. Eskimos are the native tribe of Greenland. Similarly, Lapps are
the native tribe of Scandinavia and Inuit is the native tribe of Northern Canada. They live
Our Earth 199
on hunting, fishing and trapping seal and other
fur bearing animals. They hunt the animals for
food, clothing and making shelter from their
bones and skins. The population density is very
low. The indigenous tribes of this climate live
in a house made up of ice blocks called Igloo
during winter and in a tent made up of animal’s
skin called Tupik in summer. They are living a
nomadic life and are economically backward.
They use reindeers and polar dogs as means of Polar dogs
transportation.
Igloo Tupik Ice Fishing
Life of people living in this region has changed very much in the recent years. They live
in wooden houses and are employed in mining and lumbering. They use modern weapons
to hunt the animals and travel on snow automobiles. Canada, Russia and other European
countries are trying to modernize the areas located in this climatic region. Many countries
have established scientific research centres in Antarctica also.
Activities
1. Find the countries located in the Frigid Zone in the natural map of the world and
write their name.
2. Analyze the reason behind the long gap between the lengths of day and night in
polar region.
3. The daily activities and lifestyle of Inuit people living in northern polar region is
gradually changing. Analyze its reasons.
4. Discuss with friends and teacher in the class about the species of plants found in
Taiga forest.
5. Penguin is found only in Antarctica. Discuss with friends and subject teacher and find
the reason.
Exercise
1. Frigid Zone remains extreme cold throughout the year. Why?
2. Compare Tundra region with Antarctica region.
3. Who are Inuit? Where and how do they live?
4. What is Taiga? Write its economic importance.
5. The people living in northern polar region are the citizens of developed and economically
rich countries. However, they are living a primitive life. Present your logic.
6. Compare between the people living in northern polar region and people of your
locality from backward community. List the similarities and differences between
them.
7. There is a long gap between the lengths of day and night in Frigid Zone. Why?
8. Why has Antarctica region become a center of attraction for the scientists and
explorers? Present your logics.
9. What are the economic activities of the people Siberian climate? Mention.
10. What is Igloo? Who uses it?
11. Give short introduction to the following:
a. Tupik b. Lumbering
c. Eskimos d. Lapps
12. Look at the following pictures and state the reasons why they can survive even in
severe cold climate.
13. Discuss the polar climate in terms of its location, climate, vegetation and lifestyle.
14. Make a table and show the similarities and differences between the snowcapped
region of Nepal and Frigid Zone.
15. What types of vegetation would you observe if you got opportunity to travel from
equatorial region to polar region? Write the name of vegetations with reasons in
four points.
16. Mention any four characteristics of Tundra climate.
Project Work
Discuss with your friends and list the similarities and differences between:
1. The summer climate and winter climate
2. Taiga forest and the forest found in the higher hilly region of Nepal, and
3. Environment of mountain region of Nepal and polar region of the earth.
Our Earth 201
LESSON
Alpine Climate or High
5 Mountainous Climate
The climate found in high mountains is called Alpine Climate or High Mountainous
Climate. Different types of climate are found in different altitudes because 1°C temperature
differs in each 165 m height. Climate and natural vegetations are different in different
altitudes. Almost similar type of climate is experienced from the bottom to the top of the
hill as we experience from equator to the polar region. There is difference in the economic
activities, physical figure, cultural activities, costume, etc of people in different altitudes.
We can take an example of the high Himalayan region of Nepal. Here, we can see different
types of climate, natural vegetation, socio-economic activities of people, etc in different
altitudes.
Climatic Region: This climate Very cold Snowline
is found in high mountains all
over the world above the tree Cold
line. The climate above this line Cool
is unfavourable for trees to grow.
The Himalayas, the Tibetan Warm
Plateau, the Rocky Mountains,
the Appalachian Mountains, the Hot
Atlas Mountains, the Andes,
etc are the regions of Alpine
climate. Alpine Climate
Climatic Characteristic: The climate is cold and dry throughout the year.
Natural Vegetation and
Animals: It is not possible
to grow trees in this climate
because of severe cold and
scanty rainfall. Most of the
lands are covered by snow.
Some natural vegetation like
wild potato, Bristle Cone,
Moss Campion, etc are found.
Similarly, animals like mountain
goat, snow leopard, Yak, etc are
Yak Carrying Load in Alpine Climatic Region
found in this climate.
Economic Activities: This climate is not appropriate for the production of crops.
Buckwheat, millet, potato, barley, etc are some crops grown in few areas. Cattle rearing,
collection of medicinal herbs, tourism, etc are the major occupation of people.
Effect on Lifestyle: There is very
less density of population. The
lifestyle in this climatic region is very
difficult due to fewer infrastructures
of development and cultivable land.
People make thatched houses using
wood to live in it. They wear thick
furry clothes to protect their body from
extreme cold.
Human Settlement in Alpine Climatic Region
Activities
1. Write the name of climates which you like and dislike. Mention the reasons why you
like and dislike it.
2. Where is Alpine climate found? What are its climatic characteristics? Discuss.
Exercise
1. Mention the regions of Alpine climate?
2. Explain the economic activities and lifestyle of people in Alpine climate.
3. What is meant by alpine climate? Describe it in terms of climatic region, climatic
characteristic, natural vegetation and animals, and lifestyle of people.
Project Work
Show the climatic region of alpine climate or high mountainous climate in an outline map
of the world.
Our Earth 203

LESSON
Climate, Vegetation and Animals
6 in the World
We have already studied about

the different types of climates
found in the world. The climate N
directly affects the natural
vegetation. Natural vegetations North
Europe
Asia
differ according to difference in America
climate. The natural vegetations
South
are the product of climate. For America
Africa
example tropical evergreen forest Legend
tundra, ice
Oceania
is found in the hot and wet region coniferous forest

broadleaf forest
Mediterranean scrub
and coniferous forest is found grassland
savana
Antarctica
in the cool climate. Likewise, semidesert
desert
dry tropical scrub
deciduous forest is found in the subtropical forest
monsoon forest
tropical rain forest
regions where summer is hot and
winter is cool. Mainly there are Natural Vegetation
three types of forests: evergreen,
deciduous and coniferous forest. The species, types, numbers and status of animals are
also determined by the climate. The following table shows the interrelationship among
climate, natural vegetation and animals:
Forest Climate Vegetation Animals

Evergreen Forest It is hot and wet Vegetations are Large animals like
throughout the year. evergreen, umbrella elephant, tiger,
Rainfall takes place shaped, big and with rhinoceros, bear,
more than 200cm less branches and python, crocodile,
annually. hard wood. Tuber, peacock, crane and
Sal, Rosewood, different types of
Teak, Mahogany, and snakes are found.
Ebony are the major
vegetations.
Deciduous Forest Summer is hot-wet The vegetations bear Animals like
and winter is cold- leaves in summer monkey, jackal,
dry in this region. and shed leaves in leopard and birds
Annual rainfall is winter. Oak, Maple, like sparrow,
about 100cm. Birch, etc are the crane, crow,
major vegetations. starlings are found.

Coniferous Forest The climate is cold Evergreen and cone Animals like
and annual average shaped vegetations snow leopard,
rainfall is 50 cm. are found. Taiga Himalayan bear
forest is an example and different types
of this type of of birds are found.
vegetation. Here,
pine, fir and spruce
are major vegetations
found here.
Activities
1. The natural vegetation found in your locality indicates that the nature of climate
affects the vegetation. In this context, discuss in the class how the climate has
affected the vegetation in your community. Present the conclusion.
2. Write the name of any ten vegetations found in your locality and identify their
characteristics with the help of seniors.
Exercise
1. Write the differences between evergreen forest and deciduous forest.
2. “Coniferous forest has a great economic importance.” How? Explain with examples.
3. “All the three types of forest are found in Nepal.” Justify the statement with the
name of the vegetations found there.
4. Complete the following table.
Types of forest Climate Vegetation Animals found there
Evergreen forest
Deciduous forest
Coniferous forest
Community Work
There may be some programs or groups related to forest in your community. Inquire
about their objectives, aims and programs and present the acquired information in the
class.
Our Earth 205
LESSON
Effects of Climate and
7 Topographic Diversity on Lifestyle
Human life is greatly affected by the climate and topographical diversity. Climate and
topographical diversity cause difference in people’s economic activities, development
works, culture, religion, occupation, civilization, fooding, clothing, etc.
The following examples justify that the climate and topographical diversity affect the
lifestyle of people:
The people who live in cold climate and hilly area are comparatively energetic,
hardworking, courageous and daring than the people living in hot and plain region.
This is why Europeans are energetic.
The people living in the mountain region of Nepal are compelled to be courageous
and hardworking due to the natural challenges. Thus, they are famous all over the
world for adventurous works.
The people living in the polar region and equatorial region are backward in every
aspect of life due to the inappropriate climate and topography.
Red Indians of Amazon basin and Pygmies of coastal region of Guinea are still living
a primitive life. They are completely far from modern development. They are nomads
and live on hunting and gathering.
The people living in temperate zone in North America, Europe and Asia are
comparatively educated, civilized and progressive than the people of other region.
Majority of the scientists and explorers are from this region. It has big and famous
cities of the world. There are more economic activities and physical activities in this
region.
Inuit people living in Northern Russia and Canada are very behind in development.
They hunt animals with traditional domestic weapons, make clothes and tents from
seal’s skin, and collect the edible roots as means of living.
The people of Islam community wear loose and light clothes to save body from
extreme hot sun rays. As Islam religion was originated in hot desert in Saudi Arabia,
sand is mandatory in the construction of mosque. They are positive towards moon
more than sun because the heat from the sun irritates them but the moon provides
them coolness.

Activities
1. Why is the climate different from place to place? Discuss in the class.
2. The lifestyle of people living in polar region is different than others due to the effect
of climate. Present your logics.
Exercise
1. How are Red Indians and Pygmies different from Inuit? Show the differences on the
basis of their lifestyle and place of residence.
2. Why is the lifestyle of mountain, hilly and Terai region different from each other?
Clarify.
3. “The countries located in cold and temperate climate are advanced in term of
development.” Why and how?
4. You would have definitely made a visit to any one geographical place in Nepal.
Prepare a report on the basis of following points.
• Objective
• Major activities
• Findings
5. “Religion and culture are also affected by the climate and topographic diversity.”
Justify this statement by giving the examples of religion and culture practised in your
locality.
6. What sorts of climate, natural vegetation and lifestyle did your experience while you
were in a tour from Terai to mountain region of Nepal ? Show in a table with reasons.
Community Work
Meet some senior members of different religions and ask the following questions in order
to acquire knowledge about those religions. Then, compare the religious features on the
basis of their answers.
1. Where was the religion originated?
2. Name its founder and his/her birthpalce.
3. What are the things that should be done and should not be done?
4. Mention the religious festivals and time of their celebration.
Our Earth 207

LESSON
North America: Geographical and
8 Natural Environment
Introduction
North America is the third largest continent in the
world and has an area of about 24 million sq. km. It
was originally inhabited by the Native Americans
and Inuit who migrated from Central Europe
N
via the Bering Strait. Though the continent was
discovered by Christopher Columbus in 1492 AD,
it was named much later after the Italian explorer
Amerigo Vespucci who explored North and South
America between 1497 and 1502 AD.
After the discovery of America, the Europeans
started to migrate and settled down in the east coast
of the continent and gradually migrated westward.
Later, people from Africa came and settled down.
Thus, North America is a diversified continent
with people of various races, colours and cultures.
Location
North America is located in the western hemisphere. It is separated from Europe by Atlantic
Ocean. The vast Pacific Ocean lies between Asia and North America. The continent lies
entirely north of the equator. It extends from 7°N to 84°N latitudes. The tropic of Cancer
crosses the continent in the south. The Arctic Circle crosses the continent in the north.
Most parts of the continent lie in the North Temperate Zone. The continent is separated
from Asia by the narrow Bering Strait in the north-west and is linked with South America
by the narrow Isthmus of Panama.
North America has three large countries Canada, the USA and Mexico.
Physical Features
North America is characterized by clear and well-defined divisions into three physiographic
regions. Each region is marked by a certain degree of uniformity in relief, climate,
vegetation, soils and other environmental conditions. They are:
a. The Western Mountain System
b. The Central Lowlands
c. The Eastern Highlands

a. The Western Mountain System
The Western Mountain System or the
Western Cordilleras are young fold
mountains like the Himalayas in our
country. These ranges extend from
Alaska in the north to the Panama
in the south, a distance of about 6,500
km. The width of the mountain region is a
maximum of 1,500 km in the middle and Rocky Mountain
decreases towards the north and the south.
The western mountain system consists
of several mountain ranges running from
north to south. The Rocky Mountain Range
lies in the eastern margin, the Alaska Range
in the north, the Cascade Range in the
middle and the Coastal Range in the south.
In between the mountain ranges there are
plateaus, deep valleys and river basins.
Grand Canyon (1,829 m deep), the deepest
Grand Canyon
gorge made by the river Colorado lies here.
Similarly, extremely hot and dry valley,
the Death Valley lies to the east of Sierra
Nevada range in California.
The Western Mountain System has many
peaks exceeding 4,000 meters above sea
level. The highest peak Mt. McKinley
(6,190 m) is in Alaska. This region is
prone to earthquake and volcanoes. There Death Valley
are many active volcanoes in Mexico and
Alaska.
b. The Central Lowland

The Central Plain, also known as the Great
Plains, extends from Hudson Bay in the
north to the Gulf of Mexico in the south
east. This is undulating lowland formed by
denudation of land by glaciers and rivers.
The northern part around the Hudson Bay
is known as the Canadian Shield, which Mississippi River
covers a great part of Canada.
Our Earth 209

The Central Plain is drained by river Mississippi and its tributaries. It is the most fertile
plain in the world. The extensive temperate grassland known as the Prairies lies in the
central plain of North America.
The Eastern Highlands are old fold
mountains which have been denuded
over millions of years. The ranges do
not exceed 2,100 m in altitude. The
eastern highlands are lower than the
western mountains. It is formed by
three important highlands, the Plateau
of Greenland, the Canadian Shield
covering a great part of Canada to the
north of the St. Lawrence River and the Rocky Mountain
Appalachian highland.
The Appalachian highland lies to the
south of the St. Lawrence River in the
south east of the continent. To the east
of the highland lies the Atlantic coastal
plain.
Rivers and Lakes
The Mississippi is the most important
river of North America. The Missouri
River and Arkansas River are its
tributaries which join River Mississippi
and drains into the Gulf of Mexico. St. Lawrence River
Rivers like the Nelson, the Mackenzie
drain into the Arctic Ocean, the Yukon,
the Fraser, the Columbia and the
Colorado drain into the Pacific Ocean,
while, the river St. Lawrence drains
into the Atlantic Ocean. St. Lawrence
is the busiest river in terms of trade
and business. Most of the rivers drain
towards the east of the continents. They
have created extremely fertile plains.
There are five important lakes in North
Great Lakes
America. They are Lake Superior,
Huron, Erie, Ontario, and Michigan known as the Great Lake lying at the border of Canada
and the USA. The famous Niagara Falls is located between Lake Erie and Ontario.

Climate
The continent of North America
N
experiences a variety of climate due to
its vast latitudinal extent, varied relief
features, impact of ocean currents and
prevailing winds. North America lies in
a wide belt of temperate region. It also
includes the Tropical and Tundra climate
in the south and north respectively.
The northernmost part of the continent
is extremely cold throughout the
year. Western coast of Canada and
north western part of the USA has a
mild climate. The central part of the
Climate Map of North America
continent has an extreme climate. It is
very hot in summer and very cold in winter. The eastern part of Canada and the areas
around St. Lawrence River receives rainfall throughout the year. California and Florida
receive rainfall only in winter. The south east part of the USA is under the influence of
cyclones and receives rainfall in summer. The southernmost part of the continent is hot
and wet throughout the year. South-west part of the USA has the desert climate.
Natural Vegetation
The natural vegetation largely depends
on climate, soil and relief features. Due
to great diversity in climate and relief,
North America has a wide variety of
vegetation. These vegetation belts
broadly follow the climatic zones.
It has tundra type of vegetation and
coniferous forests in the northernmost
part of Canada. This region is severely
cold with short summers and that is why
some quick flowering plants, bushes
Coniferous Forest, Canada
and coniferous trees are found here. The
central part of the country has extensive temperate grassland called Prairies. This region
receives low amount of rainfall and thus there is no thick growth of vegetation. Tall trees
are absent and only grass grow here, which is the main vegetation. The areas around the
St. Lawrence River and south east of the USA have mixed temperate forest comprising of
coniferous and deciduous trees. Some important trees of these forests are oak, beech and
maple.
Our Earth 211
Activities
1. Identify the physical features of North America.
2. Present the features of climate, vegetation and geographical diversity of North
America.
3. Look at the atlas and identify the regions of North America which are often affected
by cyclone and storm.
Exercise
1. What is Prairies? What are its economic advantages?
2. Why is the forest extended in the northern region of North America considered as an
important natural resource? Give reasons.
3. Rocky mountain range is advanced in tourism. Mention four reasons.
4. Write short note on the topic “Climate of North America”.
5. What are the three physical regions of North America? Explain each of them in brief.

Draw outline maps of North America and insert the following items using appropriate
symbols.
• Mt. McKinley, Grand Canyon, Great Lake, River Mississippi
• Prairies, Mt. Appalachian, Areas having rainfall only in winter, Hudson Bay
• Washington, Los Angeles, Montreal, New York
• Rocky Mountain Range, Death valley, Panama Canal, Taiga forest area
• Gulf of Mexico, Cuba, Newfoundland Island, Ottawa
• Niagara Falls, Florida, Washington DC, Mexico City
• Miami, Lake Superior, Salt lake city, Labrador sea
Community Work
With the help of atlas, perform the following activities:
Prepare a description including the famous places and geographical facts like
mountains, rivers, plains, lakes and plateau of North America.
Mention the main areas of settlement and industrial areas on the bases of their
popularity.
Find the facts about the distribution of natural resources like forest, minerals and
others.
LESSON
North America: Economic
9 Activities and Social Life
Introduction
North America has now become the dreamland of majority of the people in the world.
One of the main reasons for this is North America’s economic condition. The economic
condition of North America is strong because of the availability of skilled manpower and
maximum utilization of resources. Canada and USA occupy most of the lands in North
America. The study of economic activities and social life of Canada and USA represent
the economic activities and social life of whole North America.
Canada
Canada is the second largest country N
in the world. It occupies most of the
northern portion of North America (41%
of the continent). Before European
contact, Canada was inhabited by the
native people called Inuit, who lived
in the northern parts of Canada. Most
scholars believe that Inuits migrated
via the Bering Strait to North America.
They lead a nomadic life far away
from the cities and thus most people
have retained their traditional ways.
However, later people from France and
Britain started migrating to Canada. Political map of Canada
They brought along with them the
modern ways of life which has influenced the life of the native people. Besides people
from Britain and France, many people from Asia too have migrated and settled down in
Canada. At present, people from all over the world can be found there. Canada is very rich
in natural resources. Its per capita income was $46,213 in 2019 AD.
Forest is one of the most important resources of Canada. About 49% of the total land area
of Canada is covered with the coniferous forest. The timber is used in the manufacture
of pulp and paper. Lumbering has been Canada’s chief industry from the earliest days.
Logs are floated down the rivers to the saw mills. The forest resource has been of great
economic advantage to Canada.
Canada is rich in minerals and power. There are many mineral based industries. The
important minerals are iron ore, copper, nickel, lead, zinc, gold, silver platinum, and
asbestos. It has large deposits of coal, petrol and natural gas as well. Hydro power station
Our Earth 213
at Niagara Falls in Canada and US generates huge amount of power for industries in both
the countries. The abundance of power and mineral resources has provided the basis for
industrial development of Canada.
The prairies of Canada have become a good ground for animal husbandry and agriculture.
Cattle and pigs are reared for meat and milk. Some parts of prairies of Canada have now
been replaced by wheat cultivation. It is the second largest exporter of wheat in the world
next to the USA. Eastern and western parts of Canada are favourable for growing potatoes
and fruits such as apples. The rivers of Canada are very suitable for producing hydro-
electricity and for fishing industry.
and
dL
oun
wF
. A
Ne
U.S.
Yukon
territory
N.W. Territory
M M
British Alberta M Quebec
M
Columbia
n
New
wa
ba
Ontario ick
Brunsw
che
ito
C M
an
kat
M
Sas
M Nova
M Scotin
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
Natural resources of Canada
49% of the total land is covered with forests. Large pulp industries are run from
raw materials available from the soft coniferous woods. Logs are floated down
the rivers to saw mills. Canada has been benefited from the forest to a great extent.
M Minerals in large scale are found here. Large scale industries based on minerals
run here. Copper, Nickel, Zinc, Iron, Asbestos and Silver are mainly found here.
C
Abundant coal, petrol and gas are available.
Large amount of wheat is grown in prairies. Canada is the second largest exporter
of wheat.
Potatoes are widely grown in the east and fruits are grown in the west. Especially
apple is grown here.
Gold, Platinum are found here
Water is useful for hydroelectricity and fishing. Fishing business is well established
here.
Pigs and cattle are kept for milk and meat here.
Industries are well developed here.

The USA
The United States of America is
known as the “melting pot” of
cultures. People from all over the
world have come and settled here.
This trend of migration started
200 to 300 years ago after the
Europeans discovered America.
Even today, the process of
migration to the USA is continued.
About 12% of the total population
is African American. Their
ancestors were either brought or
Political map of the USA
came from Africa. Most of the
people of the USA have come from Europe. Many Asians have also permanently settled in
the USA.
The USA is endowed with both natural and human resources. The northern part of the
country has a large area covered with coniferous forests. Forest based industries that
produce wood pulp. Paper and newsprint are well developed here. Lumbering also
provides employment to a large number of people. The United States is a major producer
of petroleum and coal. The Gulf coast is the main producing area of petroleum. Copper
mines are located in Rocky Mountains.
The Central Lowlands of USA is very rich in agricultural productions. The prairie
grasslands in USA have been converted into wheat lands. Maize, also known as corn, is
grown over large areas in the USA. Cash crops such as cotton is grown in south eastern
USA, tobacco is grown in southern USA, sugarcane grows well in the Gulf coast region
of USA, California grows fruits like grapes, oranges, limes, etc. California grows the best
grapes in the world and produces 90% of the wine in North America. Thus, California is
also called the wine country.
Due to suitable land and large land holdings per person, farming practice in USA is
mechanized. As a matter of fact, its production is more than its consumption. Therefore, its
surplus agricultural productions are exported. Almost all the parts of the USA are suitable
for agriculture, cattle rearing and minerals.
Animal rearing, especially cattle rearing has been developed on a commercial scale in the
USA. Cattles are reared for beef and for dairy. Cattle and pigs are reared in the temperate
grasslands in the interior and western USA. The USA is the largest producer of beef in the
world.
North east coastal areas and gulf region have been developed as important fishing centres.
Western part of the USA with mountain ranges is rich in natural beauty. It is famous for
tourism. Besides industries, trade, business are equally advanced and developed along
with advancement of science and technology. The per capita income of the USA was
$65,111.6 in 2019 AD.
Our Earth 215

Important Areas Crops/Fruits
Near Gulf of Mexico in the South East Cotton, Sugarcane, Paddy
Coastal areas in the east Peanuts, Tobacco, Sugar beet
Central USA Wheat, Maize, Soyabean
South-East and South-West USA Oranges and Grapes
Economic activities of USA and Canada

USA Canada
Agriculture 1.41% Agriculture 1.49%
%
19.18 9.39%
Indu
stry stry 1
Indu
Service 79.41% Service 79.12%
People involved in various jobs People involved in various jobs
Activities
1. Discuss about the economic activities of North America.
2. Why do most of the people of the world want to migrate to the USA and Canada?
Discuss and write the reasons.
3. Write about the social life of North America.
4. With the help of Atlas, find the big and dense settlements of North America and
write their names.
Exercise
1. Write a short note on the topic “Social life of North America”.
2. Make a list of the economic activities of North America.
3. Why is the Per Capita Income of USA and Canada high? Write your logics.
4. Why is the economic status of North America improved? Write the reasons.
5. Why are the eastern parts of Canada and the USA more developed than the western
parts?
6. The agriculture is commercial in the USA and Canada. What should we learn from
them to make our agriculture commercialized? Write in points.
Project Work
Make a political and a physical map of North America and paste on the wall of your
classroom.
NORTH AMERICA: Physical Map
180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20
80
80
Nord 0
East Greenland Sea Jan Mayen
160 Cherskiy (NORWAY)
N
Siberian
ircle
Sea
ic C
RUSSIA
Arctic Ocean
Arct
Pevek Ittoqqortoormiit
Alert (Scoresbysund)
ICELAND
Anadyr'
Ellesmere
Greenland Reykjavík
(DENMARK) 20
Chukchi Island Qaanaaq
Sea (Thule)
180
Provideniya
Barrow QUEEN ELIZABETH Denmark
60
Bering Tasiilaq
Strait
Strait ISLANDS Ilulissat
Nome Prudhoe Baffin Bay (Jakobshavn)
BR
O Bay Beaufort Resolute

O
Bering KS Pond
Sea
RA
NG
Sea Banks Inlet Sisimiut
E Island (Holsteinsborg)
UNITED STATES Nuuk
Bethel Mt. McKinley
(highest point in Victoria Baffin (Godthåb)
Fairbanks Island
North America, 6194 m)
KA
Inuvik Island Davis Qaqortoq
AS
Yuk
AL Cambridge Bay Gjoa Strait (Julianehåb) 40

on
Haven
RA
Anchorage Dawson
NG
E
Iqaluit
M
Valdez Arctic
ack
A LE Circle
Riv
enz
160 U T IA Gulf of
er
N T RE Great Bear
ie River
NC H Alaska Lake Labrador Sea

Whitehorse
Great Slave Rankin
Lake Inlet
Juneau Fort
Nelson
C A N A D A Arviat
Kuujjuaq
Island of
Slav er
Riv
Hudson Bay Happy Valley- Newfoundland

e
River Goose Bay

R
Lake Churchill St. John's

Peace
Athabasca
O
r
Prince Fort Rive Gulf of
Chisasibi St. Pierre
George McMurray
lson
and Miquelon
C
St. Lawrence
Ne
(FRANCE)
Sask
atc Sydney
K
he
w Riv
er Chicoutimi
Edmonton Lake (Saguenay) Moncton Charlottetown
Moosonee
an
Y
Saskatoon Winnipeg Fredericton

North Vancouver Calgary Québec Halifax
River
Victoria St. John

Regina Thunder
40
Seattle Winnipeg Bay Montréal
Sudbury Ottawa
bia
m 60
Colu
S
Lake Superior
DE
Pacific Fargo
Lake Lake
Huron Ontario Boston
O
Portland
A
Miss
Toronto Providence
SC
Lake Hamilton Buffalo Hartford

ouri
U N
A
Minneapolis Michigan Lake Erie

S
Boise London New York

C
IN
Milwaukee Detroit
Ocean Philadelphia
A
Sna
ke
U N I T E D
T
Cleveland
UN
140 River Baltimore

S I ER
Chicago Pittsburgh
M O
T A
Great Salt
M i ss i ss i p p
Omaha Columbus Washington, D.C.

RA
Lake
Rive
Sacramento Salt Lake City Cincinnati Virginia Beach

Indianapolis
IA N
er
N EV
San Francisco Bermuda

Riv
Death Valley i Saint Ohio Louisville

C H
Denver (U.K.)
A DA
San Jose
I N
(lowest point in Kansas City Louis

r
Arkan
ve
LA
sas
Ri
North America, -86 m) River Charlotte

Fresno
Ri
Nashville
North
ve
do
A
S T A T E S
a
r
Color
P
P
Las
A
S
Vegas Memphis
Atlanta
Los Angeles
San Diego
Albuquerque Oklahoma
City Birmingham
Atlantic
Phoenix
Tijuana
Mexicali Tucson
El Paso
Dallas Jacksonville
Ocean
New Orlando
Orleans
Ri
Ciudad
o
Juárez Austin Tampa

Houston
THE BAHAMAS
Gra
nd
Hermosillo e Miami
San Antonio
Chihuahua Nassau
Gu
Guadeloupe
lf o
Trop
f Ca
ic
Gulf of Mexico
lifo
SI E
of Monterrey Havana
rnia
Torreón
RR
20 Cance Matamoros
r CUBA
A
Culiacán HAITI
MA
La Paz
MEXICO
DR
E
San Luis
OC
Cancun Kingston
Potosí Tampico
CI
DE
Aguascalientes Mérida
NT
Léon JAMAICA
AL
Querétaro Bahía de
Scale: 1:36,000,000 Guadalajara Mexico Campeche
Morelia City Veracruz
SI E
Lambert Conformal Conic Projection, ISLAS I RR Toluca Puebla BELIZE
M
A
standard parallels 25°N and 77°N REVILLAGIGEDO
D
D
LE
MA
DR
E D
Belmopan Caribbean
(MEXICO) AM L SU E Oaxaca HONDURAS
ER
R
I C AAcapulco Guatemala Sea
0 300 600 Kilometers
T R E City Tegucigalpa
NC H
0 300 600 Miles GUATEMALA NICARAGUA
San Salvador Managua
120 100 EL SALVADOR 80
Our Earth 217

NORTH AMERICA: Political Map
180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20
80
80
Nord 0
East Greenland Sea Jan Mayen
160 Cherskiy (NORWAY)
Siberian
le
Sea
Circ
RUSSIA
ic
Pevek
Arctic Ocean
Arct
Ittoqqortoormiit
Alert (Scoresbysund)
ICELAND
Anadyr'
Ellesmere
Greenland Reykjavík
(DENMARK) 20
Chukchi Island Qaanaaq
Sea (Thule)
180
Provideniya
Barrow QUEEN ELIZABETH Denmark
60
Bering Tasiilaq
Strait
Strait ISLANDS Ilulissat
Nome Prudhoe Baffin Bay (Jakobshavn)
Bering
Bay Beaufort Resolute Pond
Sea Sea Banks Inlet Sisimiut
Island (Holsteinsborg)
UNITED STATES Nuuk
Bethel Victoria Baffin (Godthåb)
Fairbanks Island
Inuvik Island Davis Qaqortoq
Gjoa Strait
Yuk
Cambridge Bay (Julianehåb) 40

Anchorage Haven
on
Dawson
Valdez M
Arctic Iqaluit
ack
Circle
Riv
enz
160 Gulf of Great Bear

er
Labrador Sea
ie River
Alaska Lake
Whitehorse
Great Slave Rankin
Lake Inlet
Juneau C A N A D A Arviat
Kuujjuaq
Island of
Sla er
Riv
Fort Hudson Bay Happy Valley- Newfoundland

ve
Nelson River Goose Bay

Lake
e
Churchill St. John's

Peac
Athabasca
r
Prince Fort Rive Gulf of
McMurray Chisasibi St. Pierre
George
lson
St. Lawrence and Miquelon

Ne
(FRANCE)
Sask
Edmonton atc Sydney
hew er Chicoutimi
Riv
Lake Moosonee (Saguenay) Moncton Charlottetown
an
Saskatoon Winnipeg Fredericton

Calgary
North Vancouver Québec Halifax
River
Victoria St. John

Regina Thunder
40
Seattle Winnipeg Bay Montréal
Sudbury Ottawa
bia
m 60
Colu
Pacific Portland Fargo
Lake Superior Lake Lake
Huron Ontario Boston
Providence
Miss
Toronto
Lake Hamilton Buffalo Hartford
ouri
Minneapolis Michigan London Lake Erie New York

Boise
Ocean Milwaukee Detroit Philadelphia
Sna
ke
140
Great Salt
River
U N I T E D Chicago Cleveland
Columbus
Pittsburgh
Baltimore
Washington, D.C.
Mi ssi ssi pp
Lake Salt Lake City Omaha Indianapolis

Rive
Sacramento Cincinnati Virginia Beach

er
San Francisco Saint Bermuda

r
Riv
i Louis Ohio Louisville

San Jose Denver Kansas City
(U.K.)
er
Arkan
Riv
Fresno sas River Charlotte

North
Ri
ado Nashville
ve
Las Vegas Color

S T A T E S
r
Los Angeles Memphis

Atlanta
San Diego Albuquerque
Oklahoma
City Birmingham
Atlantic
Phoenix
Tijuana
Mexicali Tucson
El Paso
Dallas Jacksonville
Ocean
New Orlando
Ciudad Orleans
Ri
Austin
o
Juárez Houston Tampa

THE BAHAMAS
Gra
nd
Hermosillo e Miami
San Antonio
Chihuahua Nassau
Gu
Guadeloupe
lf o
Trop
fC
ic
Gulf of Mexico
alif
of Monterrey Havana
Torreón
orn
20 Cance Matamoros
r Culiacán CUBA
ia
La Paz HAITI
MEXICO
San Luis Cancun
Potosí Tampico Kingston
Aguascalientes
Léon Mérida
Guadalajara Querétaro JAMAICA
Bahía de
Scale: 1:36,000,000 Morelia Mexico Campeche
City Veracruz
Lambert Conformal Conic Projection, Toluca Puebla BELIZE
ISLAS
standard parallels 25°N and 77°N REVILLAGIGEDO Belmopan Caribbean
Oaxaca HONDURAS
(MEXICO)
Acapulco Guatemala Sea
0 300 600 kilometers
City Tegucigalpa
0 300 600 miles GUATEMALA NICARAGUA
San Salvador Managua
120 100 EL SALVADOR 80

NORTH AMERICA
N

Our Earth 219

LESSON
South America: Geographical and
Introduction
South America is the fourth largest continent in the
world. The continent occupies 12% of the world’s land N
area and has 6% of world’s population. The continent lies
in the western hemisphere. South America is known for
having the extremes of natural features and phenomena.
For instance, it has the wettest region like the equatorial
region, the driest deserts like the Atacama, the highest
water fall known as Angel’s fall, the densest forest like
the tropical rainforest, etc. For this reason, South America
is often referred to as the “land of extremes”.
Location
South America lies between 12°N to 55°S latitudes. The
Equator passes through the northern part of the continent.
The tropic of Capricorn passes a little south of the middle
of South America.
It is bounded by the Caribbean Sea in the northwest and north, the Atlantic Ocean in
the northeast, east and southeast, and the Pacific Ocean in the west. It is joined to North
America by the Isthmus of Panama in the northwest.
Physical Features
There are three main geographical division of South America on the basis of physical
features:
a. The Andes
a. The Andes
The Andes Mountains are the
second highest fold mountains, after
Himalayas and were formed 10 to
15 million years ago. The Andes
constitutes the western mountains
of South America. The Andes is the
longest chain of unbroken mountains The Andes

in the world and forms a continuous chain
from Venezuela in the north to Tierra del
Fuego in the south. It stretches for about
7,000 kilometres running almost parallel
to the west coast. It is higher in the north
than in the south and slopes gently towards
the west. On the western side of the
Central Andes mountain range, there lies
the driest place in the world, the Atacama
Aconcagua 6,959 m (22,831.36 ft)
Desert. Many mountain peaks lying in this
mountain range are 6,000 m above the sea level. Mount Aconcagua (6,959 m), the highest
mountain peak of South America lies in Argentina.
In between the mountain ranges lie several plateaus. Lake Titicaca, the largest and the
world’s highest fresh water navigable lake lies here. There are many volcanoes in this
mountain range with occasional earthquakes.
The Central Lowlands extend from the
Andes in the west to the Eastern Highlands
in the east. This area is drained mostly by
three large rivers-the Orinoco, the Amazon
and the La Plata river system comprising
of Paraguay-Parana, and Uruguay Rivers.
The Orinoco river basin in the north
between the Guiana Highlands and
Amazon basin is a fertile land with the
alluvial soil brought down by the rivers
flowing from the Andes. This region is
Amazon Basin
covered by tropical grassland called the
Llanos.
The Amazon and its source in the Andes
which is located in the rainy equatorial
region is the largest river in the world.
The Amazon basin is also the largest river
basin in the world. This basin is covered
with rich evergreen equatorial forests,
also called the Selvas. These forests are of
great economic value.
South of the Parana River lies the vast
Guiana Highlands
temperate grassland called the Pampas.
This region is well known for agriculture and animal rearing. To the south of Pampas lies
the desert of Patagonia.
Our Earth 221
Located in the eastern part of the continent,
the eastern highlands consists of two
highlands, namely, the Guiana Highland
in the north and Brazilian highland in the
north-east.
The Guiana Highlands are situated north of
the Amazon basin, and are lower than the
Brazilian Highlands. These regions receive
Angel Falls
lot of rainfall and are heavily forested.
The Brazilian Highlands extend from the Amazon region to south-eastern Brazil. Mt. Pico
da Bandeira (2,890 m) is the highest peak of this region.
These highlands are older than the Andes, and composed of ancient rocks, which have
been worn down due to prolonged erosion. The highest waterfall in the world, Angel Falls
(979 m) lies in Guiana highland in Venezuela.
Rivers
The three major rivers of South America
are:
1. The Orinoco River: It lies in the north
between the Andes and the Guiana
highlands.
2. The Amazon River (6,437 km): It is
the largest river in the world in terms
of volume of water. The wide mouth
Amazon River
of the Amazon provides an excellent
waterway from the ocean to the interior of the continent.
3. The La Plata River System: It is formed by three important rivers, namely, Paraguay,
Parana and Uruguay Rivers. The Paraguay River crosses the Bolivian hills and merges
into Parana River which together empties into the La Plata. The Uruguay flows east of
Parana and joins the La Plata River System.
Climate
South America extends over a wide range of latitudes and therefore exhibits a wide range
of climates. Apart from the wide latitudinal extent, South America is narrow in the south,
whereas, wider in the north, above the equator. Therefore, most parts of South America lie
in the tropical zone.
It has a wide variety of climates. The areas around Amazon basin have hot and wet climate
throughout the year. The coastal area has a mild climate due to the influence of sea, ocean
currents and wind directions. However, most part of the continent has a warm climate
throughout the year. The higher altitude of Andes Mountain is cold all the year around.

Natural Vegetation
Due to the varied climate experienced by
different parts of South America, natural
vegetation is also diverse. The Amazon
Basin area of Bolivia, Brazil and Peru
experiencing hot, wet equatorial climate has
thick equatorial rainforest. The vegetation
comprises of evergreen hardwood trees and
thick undergrowth.
The Orinoco basin in the north and the
Llanos
Brazilian plateau in the south have a
similar kind of climate. This is also called
tropical wet, dry or Savanna type. This area
is characterized by the tropical grassland
called Llanos in Orinoco basin in Colombia
and Venezuela and Campos in Brazil.
The north eastern parts of Argentina and
Uruguay experience temperate climate.
The vegetation in this region comprises of
temperate grassland called Pampas. The
grasslands are used for growing wheat and Cattle Rearing in Pampas
rearing cattle.
Activities
1. Show the physical features of South America in the map of South N
America given alongside. 
2. With the help of atlas, note down the name and height of any
ten of the mountain peaks located in Andes Mountain.
3. Look at the physical map of South America and write the name
of any six rivers.
Our Earth 223

Exercise
1. Give short introduction of the three physical regions of South America.
2. Why South America is called “The Land of Extreme”?
3. Give reasons:
a. The Amazon valley is very hot and wet throughout the year.
b. Amazon River basin has dense forest.
c. Southern part of Chile has cool and pleasant climate.
d. The Pampas of Argentina is more favourable than Campos for cattle rearing and
wheat farming.
4. Which is the longest mountain range in the world? How long is it? Which one is the
highest peak in the mountain range? Also mention its hight.
5. What types of climates are found in South America? Explain.
6. The Amazon basin is covered with rich evergreen equatorial forest called the Selvas.
It has a great economic importance. Write a letter to your friend living in Brazil
explaining how Brazil should take advantage of it.
7. What sorts of geographical structure and climate would you experience while you
have been to Caribbean sea, northern part of South America to Capehorn, the
southern part of it ? Write in four points of your findings.
8. ‘The mountains and deserts of South America are the means of development rather
than barrier.’ Justify your answer with geographical reasons.

Draw outline maps of South America and insert the following facts:
• Andes mountain range, Mt. Aconcagua, Lake Titicaca, River Amazon
• Angel Falls, Atacama desert, Llanos, Peru
• Campos, Pampas, Guiana highland, Chile
• Rio-de Janeiro, Amazon basin, Brazilian highland, Selvas region
• Buenos Aires, Lima, Bogota, Maracaibo Lake
• Patagonia desert, Orinoco River, Cotopaxi, Cape Horn
• Galapagos Island, Quito, Venezuela, Bolivia
• Georgetown, Gulf of San Jorge, River Parana, Campos
Project Work
Draw a physical and political map of South America to paste on the wall of your
classroom.

LESSON
South America: Economic
11 Activities and Social Life
Introduction
Before the invasion by the Europeans, South America was flourishing with organised Inca
civilization from 1400 to 1500 AD. Later in the 15th century, the Spanish and Portuguese
colonization led to the end of this civilization. South America became the colony of
Spanish and Portuguese. Many Spanish and Portuguese started to migrate to South
America. Natural resources and valuables things were exploited and taken back to their
countries. Again during the Trans-Atlantic slave trade, South America (especially Brazil)
became the home of millions of people brought from Africa.
The different countries of the continent are inhabited by the descendent of Spanish,
Portuguese and African people. At present, people from Italy, Germany, Japan, India,
China, etc are also found living in different parts of this continent.
South America is rich in its economic resources but they are not fully utilized. This is
mainly due to the lack of technical knowledge in people.
The major resources and economic activities of South
America are:
1. Forest: The Selvas of the Amazon region is among the
densest and largest rain forests of the world. It is rich in
large varieties of plant and animal life. Commercially, this
forest provides several varieties of hardwood and other
trees. Vanilla and rubber trees are found here. Mahogany,
ebony, etc. are hardwood for furniture which is also found
here. Wax used in furniture, shoe polish and candles Cinchona
are obtained from the Carnauba palm trees grown here.
Quinine is extracted from cinchona tree found here.
2. Minerals: Oil and natural gas are found in Venezuela,
Ecuador, Columbia, Argentina and Brazil. Brazil also
leads in the production of iron, bauxite and tin. Chile is
the largest producer of copper and nitrates. Silver, copper,
lead and zinc are mined in Peru. The slopes of Andes
Mountains have rich reserves of gold and copper. There
is an extensive gold mine in Atacama Desert. Brazil is
also known for its water resource and hence, produces the
largest amount of hydroelectricity in South America. Rubber Latex
Our Earth 225

3. Agriculture: About one-eighth of South America’s
land is used for agriculture or grazing. Agriculture is
chiefly done in the pampas in Argentina and Uruguay,
parts of Brazilian Highlands, Chile and east coast. South
America has some of the largest farms in the world.
Argentina is one of the largest producers of wheat in
the world. Wheat is grown in the pampas region. Corn
(maize) is a native of tropical America and is mostly
grown crop throughout the continent. Cocoa and
sugarcane are grown abundantly in Brazil. Brazil is also Plucking Coffee
the largest producer of coffee.
4. Animal Rearing: South America has extensive
grasslands, and hence, animal rearing is an important
activity. Cattles are reared for beef, which is exported.
Sheep are reared for wool and meat. The indigenous
tribes living in Andes Mountains region rear sheep of
Llama species. Llamas are reared for carrying loads,
meat and wool.
5. Industries: Industries are found in small scale in South Llamas
America. Brazil is the industrial giant of this continent,
followed by Argentina, Venezuela and Chile.
6. Fishing: South American rivers, especially the
Amazon, have abundant fish. Fishing, therefore, is
an important industry. Chile has developed a large
commercial marine fishing industry. Ecuador is the
leader in shrimp exports. Argentina also has some good
fishing grounds. Wheat Farming
7. Trade: The chief exports of South America includes raw materials such as cocoa,
banana, meat, sugar, wheat, timber, copper, wood, gold, bauxite, petroleum, etc. The chief
imports include medicine, machinery, chemicals, textiles, etc. South American countries
have mostly concentrated their trade with European countries.
There are many countries in South America but the most Gold and Silver
Aluminium
Manganese
important are Brazil and Argentina. The distribution
of population is quite uneven in Brazil. The causes of HEP
(Potentrd)
uneven distribution of population are as follows: Gold

Lead Oil
1. Amazon basin: Amazon basin is very hot and humid. Iron

Manganese
Gold
Floods occur occasionally. The dense tropical rainforest Diamonds
is not easy to clear. Even if the forests are cleared, the Forest
Fertile Soil
Copper
decrease in soil fertility due to the heavy convectional

Coal
Minerals
Energy
rainfalls affects the population distribution. That is why

government has not invested much in the development of this region. However Trans
Amazon highway is under construction in Brazil. The process of cutting down the trees
and mining is going on a very fast rate which may affect the environment and lifestyle of
the people who live in Amazon basin.
2. Central Brazil: Central Brazil is an extensive plateau area and has uncertain rainfall
which leads to severe droughts. Hence, it has less density of population. Some minerals
are available. There is no good transportation facility.
3. Coastal Region of South Brazil: The southern coastal regions are narrow and lie in
the temperate zone. It is greatly influenced by the sea and wind direction. It gets rainfall
throughout the year. The coastal plains are favourable and fertile for cultivation. There
are many ports and harbours to promote trade and business. Tourism industry is well
developed. Government has made a lot of investment for the development of this region.
This has led to high density of population in this region.
4. South East Brazil: South East Brazil is also under the influence of the sea. Higher plain
areas have the most pleasant climate. Rainfall is regular and is most favourable for coffee
production. Minerals are also available. There is a good facility of transportation. This is
the most developed region.
5. North East Brazil: North-East Brazil is very hot throughout the year with uncertain
rainfall. Sometimes this area is affected by terrible storms. There is scarcity of food and
has a high birth rate.
Agriculture, animal rearing, industry and fishing are the important economic activities
of South America depending upon the natural resources available. Agriculture in South
America is well developed in Brazilian highland, central Chile and northern part of
Argentina. Brazil is the leading producer of coffee in the world. Brazil’s cotton is famous
all over the world and is exported to countries of Asia. Argentina exports large quantities
of wheat and wheat flour.
Animal rearing is important in the tropical and temperate grasslands of South America.
Argentina is one of the largest producer and exporter of meat and beef in the world. Here,
the cattles are looked after by a group of cowboys called Gauchos. South America does
not have much developed and large scale industries. Brazil is the leading industrial country
where industries are run on foreign investment. Most of the industries are agro-based and
mineral based. Next to Brazil is Argentina. It has industries based on meat packing, flour
milling, leather tanning and food processing. There are some oil refineries in Venezuela
and Peru. Chile and Peru are famous for fishing industries. Peru alone is one of the most
important fishing nations in the world.
Petroleum is one of the most important minerals found in South America. Venezuela is
the main producer of petroleum. Gold is mined in Guiana highland and plateau of Brazil.
Chile is the leading producer of copper while Peru is the third largest producer of silver.
Brazil has large deposits of iron ore and copper. Brazil and Argentina are famous countries
for football.
Our Earth 227

Activities
1. “Spanish and Portuguese defeated South American indigenous tribes and destroyed
Inca civilization, and established their civilization.” Discuss in the class and clarify this
fact with examples.
2. Why do the people living in the areas of Andes Mountains use Llamas? Discuss and
Exercise
1. About 75% of the total population of Brazil lives in the city areas. Write a paragraph
comparing this fact with Nepal’s context.
2. “The economic activities of South American countries and Nepal are almost similar.”
Present examples related to this fact.
3. Write similarities and differences between Yaks found in the mountain region of
Nepal and Llamas found in the Andes Mountain range of South America.
4. The people living in the central parts of South American countries are migrating to
the coastal areas and big cities. This trend has led high population density in the
coastal region and lack of manpower in the central region. What impacts may it
cause in the future? Prepare a list.
5. Describe the major economic activities of South America.
6. Give reasons:
a. Argentina exports meat and wheat.
b. Brazil is famous for coffee production.

Draw a map of South America and insert the following facts there.
• Equator, Amazon River, Pampas, and Patagonia desert
Project Work
Prepare a table showing the similarities and differences found between Andes Mountain
range and Himalayan Mountain range. Present your work in the class.

SOUTH AMERICA: Physical Map
Our Earth 229

SOUTH AMERICA: Political Map
80 Martinique (FRANCE)
60 40
HONDURAS Isla de
Caribbean Sea Curacao
ST. LUCIA
Tegucigalpa Providencia (NETH.) ST. VINCENT AND BARBADOS
Aruba
(COLOMBIA) (NETH.) THE GRENADINES
N
NICARAGUA GRENADA
North
Managua Isla de Port of Spain
San Andrés Barranquilla Maracaibo Caracas TRINIDAD AND
(COLOMBIA) Cartagena Valencia
Panama Barquisimeto Barcelona TOBAGO
San José
Atlantic
City
co
San Orino
COSTA RICA Cúcuta Cristóbal R'io Ciudad
PANAMA
VENEZUELA Guayana Georgetown
Bucaramanga
Ocean
a
Paramaribo
len
Medellín
GUYANA
Magda
Cayenne
Pereira Bogotá
Isla de Malpelo Ibagué SURINAME French
Guiana
'
COLOMBIA
Rio
(COLOMBIA)
(FRANCE)
Cali Boa
Vista
Macapá
Rio
Equator N
Quito azon
0 Am 0
egr
ECUADOR azon Belém
Am
o
Guayaquil Manaus Santarém São Luis
Cuenca Iquitos
gu
Fortaleza
ira
Xin
de Teresina
Ma
o
Piura Ri Natal
R'i
tins
o
Rio
João
Ma
ia
Chiclayo
ocan
gua
Pucallpa Pessoa
ran
Trujillo Rio Pôrto
Ara
Rio T
ón
Branco Velho Recife

Huánuco
Rio
PERU BRAZIL Maceió
Huancayo
Beni
Aracajú
Uc
R'io
R'ioayal
South Lima
cisco
Cusco
i
Ica
Fran
Lago
R'io
Mamo
Trinidad Salvador
ai
Titicaca
gu
Pacific La Paz Cuiabá Brasília

Sã
o
Rio Para
re
Arequipa
BOLIVIA Goiânia
Ocean Cochabamba
Rio
Santa Contagem
Arica Sucre Cruz
Potosí Belo
Uberlândia
Horizonte
Iquique Campo
Grande Vitória
ná
ra
20 Pa 20
PARAGUAY Londrina Campinas
Rio
Antofagasta Asunción São Paulo Rio de Janeiro

Ca pricorn Salta Santos
Tropic of
Ciudad Curitiba
San Miguel
de Tucumán del Este Joinvile
Isla San Félix
(CHILE) Isla San Ambrosio Resistencia
(CHILE) Florianópolis
ná
Porto
Para
CHILE Santa
Alegre
Córdoba '
Rio
Fe
Salto
Mendoza Rosario
Valparaíso URUGUAY
ARCHIPIÉLAGO
JUAN FERNÁNDEZ Santiago Buenos Aires
South
(CHILE)
La Plata Montevideo
Concepción ARGENTINA
Atlantic
Temuco
Bahía Blanca Mar del Plata Ocean
Puerto Montt San Carlos de
Bariloche
40 40
Comodoro
Rivadavia
Scale 1:35,000,000
Azimuthal Equal-Area Projection Río Stanley
Gallegos
Falkland Islands
0 500 Kilometers Strait of (Islas Malvinas) South Georgia and
Punta Arenas Magellan (administered by U.K.,
0 500 Miles claimed by ARGENTINA) South Sandwich Islands
Ushuaia (administered by U.K.,
claimed by ARGENTINA)
Boundary representation is Cape
not necessarily authoritative. Horn
100 80 60 40 20

SOUTH AMERICA
N

Our Earth 231

LESSON
Africa: Geographical and
Introduction
Africa is the second largest continent in size, next to Asia and
occupies more than one-fifth of the Earth’s total area. In the past,
Africa was called the “Dark Continent” because this continent
was unexplored and unknown till the 19th century. Explorers faced
many difficulties while exploring Africa. The impenetrable Sahara
desert in the north, undulating plateaus and fast flowing rivers
with waterfall made it difficult for explorers to discover Africa. N
It is also called the “Hottest Continent” because the equator passes almost through the
middle of the continent that makes most parts in this region experience a hot, wet and
humid climate.
Location
Africa is the only continent which is almost divided into two equal parts by the equator. It
extends from 37°N to 35°S latitudes. Three of the major lines of the Earth: Equator (0°),
Tropic of Cancer (23.5°N) and Tropic of Capricorn (23.5°S) lie in Africa continent. It is
bounded by the Indian Ocean in the east and Atlantic Ocean in the west. The Mediterranean
Sea in the north and the Strait of Gibraltar in the north-west separate Africa from Europe.
The Isthmus of Suez connects Africa with Asia in the north-east. Now the man made canal,
the Suez Canal separates the two continents Asia and Africa. The southernmost tip of
Africa is called the Cape of Good Hope.
Physical Features
The major part of Africa is a plateau composed of ancient rocks. An area of high ground
with fairly level surface is called plateau. Towards the narrow coasts, the plateau descends
in the form of steps. In general, the plateau of Africa is lower in the north and higher in
the south. The Africa continent is called a “Plateau Continent” because much of the land
is raised well above sea level, dropping off sharply near the coastline. There are many
plateaus in Africa continent. Thus, it is also called “Plateau of plateaus”.
Africa can be divided into the following physical divisions:
1. The Atlas Mountain: The Atlas Mountain
lies in North-Western Africa. There are
young fold mountains. It comprises of three
parallel ranges. The highest peak in the Atlas
Mountains is Mt. Toubkal, which remains
snow covered most of the year. Atlas Mountain Range

2. The Central Plateau: The Central Plateau extends
from the Atlantic Coast in the west to the Nile Valley
in the east. The Sahara Desert forms a part of this
plateau. The Tibesti Mountain and the Tassili Plateau
are located in this region.
3. The High Plateau: The High Plateau of the south
is divided into the Ethiopian Plateau, the Central Lake
Drakensberg Mountains
Plateau and the South African Plateau. This plateau
of the south ends with the Drakensberg Mountains
which form the high eastern edge of the plateau. The
Namib and Kalahari Deserts are part of this plateau.
Mt. Kilimanjaro (5,895 m), a snow-capped mountain
near the equator, lies in this place.
4. The Great Rift Valley: The Great Rift Valley of
Africa is a special feature of the southern plateau.
Mt. Kilimanjaro 5,885 m (19,308 ft)
It is a long narrow valley formed as a result of
vertical cracks developed because of the movement
within the earth. It extends for a distance of about
5,000 km. Many freshwater lakes like Malawi, Rudolf
and Tanganyika are found here.
5. The Nile and Zaire Basins: The Nile and Zaire
Basins have been built by these two big rivers of Africa.
The Nile Basin is a flat dry region that borders the
River Nile
River Nile and its tributaries in north-eastern Africa.
It is a very fertile land. The Zaire Basin (Congo) in the
west-central Africa includes most of the land drained
by the River Zaire (Congo) and its tributaries. Tropical
rainforests cover much of the river basin.
Rivers and Lakes
The River Nile is the world’s longest river (6,670 km.)
that flows northwards from east-central Africa to the Lake Victoria
Mediterranean Sea. Though it flows through a desert
for a greater part of its length, it has water throughout the year because its source is Lake
Victoria in the rainy equatorial region.
Most of Africa’s other major rivers including the Congo (Zaire) and Niger enters into the
Atlantic Ocean. The rivers Limpopo and Zambezi flow into the Indian Ocean. The Chari
flows into Lake Chad, forming an inland drainage area. The river Okavango flows through
the Namib Desert. It is fed by rains in the mountains of Angola. Orange and Senegal are
also important rivers in Africa.
Most of Africa’s large lakes lie in the east in the rift valley. Lake Victoria is the largest
lake in Africa. It is the world’s second-largest freshwater lake covering an area of
Our Earth 233
69,490 sq. km. Lake Tanganyika is another important lake, which is also one of the
longest freshwater lakes in the world. Other large lakes occupying the Great Rift are
Nyasa, Albert and Turkana.
Climate
a. Equatorial Climate: The continent of Africa experiences several types of climates.
The Zaire Basin, the coastal region of Gulf of Guinea and coastal region of Kenya has
Equatorial type of climate. It is characterised by a high temperature throughout the year
and heavy rainfall annually. Convectional rainfall occurs daily and mostly in the afternoon.
This type of rainfall is the result of intense heating of land surface. During the day, there
is lot of evaporation. By afternoon, when it starts cooling, the vapour condenses and falls
as rain.
b. Savanna Climate: This type of climate is found on either side of the equator. It is also
called the Sudan type as it is mostly experienced in Sudan. Summers are hot and rainfall
occurs mainly in hot season. Winters are short and dry.
c. Tropical Desert Climate: The Sahara Desert in the north and the Kalahari Desert in
south-central Africa experience the Hot Desert type of climate. Summers are hot and
winters are cool. There is hardly any rainfall. The days are hot and nights are cold.
d. Mediterranean Climate: The coastal areas of north-west Africa and a small area in the
south-west of South Africa experiences Mediterranean type of climate. Summers are hot
with plenty of sunshine but no rainfall. Winters are mild and wet. Westerly brings rainfall
to these regions in winter season.
e. Temperate Grassland: The high plateau of South Africa has Temperate Grassland
type of climate. Summers are hot with rainfall and winters are cold with little or no
rainfall. Due to the distance from the sea, there is great variation between summer and
winter temperature.
Natural Vegetation and Wildlife
The natural vegetation and wildlife of Africa is highly influenced by climate. The large
continent which extends in both side of the equator has several climatic regions. Each
climatic region has its own special kinds of vegetation and animal life.
a. Tropical Rainforest and Wildlife: The Equatorial climatic region of Gulf of Guinea and
Congo Basin has vegetation consisting mainly of hardwood, broad-leaved and evergreen
trees. Since this forest is a result of abundant rainfall
and sunshine, it is also called Tropical Rainforest.
Mahogany, ebony, rubber, coconut, palm and cocoa are
some important trees found here. There is absence of
large animals like elephants and wild cats as the jungle is
very dense and it restricts their free movement. However
this region abounds in animals such as chimpanzees,
gorillas, monkeys, crocodiles, alligators, snakes and
brightly coloured birds like parakeets and insects. Cocoa Pods

b. Savanna Grassland and Wildlife: The Tropical
Grassland region of Sudan has a vast plain area with
tall coarse grasses also known as Savanna. Many
different types of grass grow here with scattered
trees, such as, acacia and baobab. The presence of
abundant grass attracts herbivorous animals such as
deer, giraffe, elephant and zebra which in turn attracts
carnivorous such as lion, leopard and cheetah. Thus,
this region supports a variety of animals and this Alligators
region is often referred to as the “Zoo of the World”.
c. Desert Vegetations and Wildlife: The Hot Deserts
of Sahara and Kalahari have high temperature but no
rainfall. So, it has very nominal vegetation. In fact,
most of the trees and plants that grow in this region
are highly modified to survive in the harsh desert
climate. Some of the vegetations found in this region
are cactus, rough grasses, thorny bushes and scrubs.
Date palms are found only near oasis. The most
important and largest animal of this region is camel.
Camels are used in the desert for milk, food and
transportation. It is also called as the “Ship of the
Desert”. Other animal found in the desert includes
desert foxes, rats, scorpions, snakes and insects.
d. Mediterranean Vegetation and Wildlife: The
Parakeet
Mediterranean region is characterized by hot, dry
summers and mild, wet winters. So, this region
support trees and plants that can withstand long
summer droughts such as cork, olive, fig, etc. Citrus
fruits such as oranges, lemons, grapes, etc also grow
well here. As forests are not extensive and most of
the natural vegetation has been cut down, not much
wildlife is found in the Mediterranean region.
Camels
e. Temperate Grassland Vegetation and Wildlife:
The natural vegetation of the Temperate Grassland
of the plateau of South Africa comprises mostly of
short and coarse grasses called Veld. The little rain
that falls mostly in summer cannot support tall trees.
However, the hill slopes which receive slightly more
rainfall than the interior have trees such as poplar,
willow, etc. Antelope and donkeys are the common
animals found in these grasslands. Savanna Grassland
Our Earth 235

Activities
1. Explain the physical features of Africa continent.
2. Which is the highest peak of Africa continent? Where is it located? Discuss.
Exercise
1. Mention the major climates found in Africa continent.
2. Why Savanna is called “Zoo of the World”? Write the reasons.
3. Why Africa is called the plateau of plateaus?
4. “As a result of the geographical structure and location, Africa continent experiences
extreme climate in most of its parts.” Justify this statement with reasons.
5. The extensive grassland in the Savanna region is an important natural resource of
Africa Continent. What advantages can Africa continent take from this? Make a list.

Draw outline maps of Africa and insert the following facts:
• Mt. Kilimanjaro, Atlas Mountain Range, Drakensburg Mountain, Lake Victoria
• River Zambezi, River Congo (Zaire), River Senegal, River Orange
• Equator, Tropic of Cancer, Tropic of Capricorn, Area of Equatorial Rainforest
• Suez Canal, Strait of Gibraltar, Zanzibar Island, Canary Islands
• Veld, East London, Cairo, Lake Chad
• River Nile, River Niger, Sahara Desert, Kalahari Desert
• Namib Desert, Great Rift Valley, Red Sea, Mediterranean Sea
Project Work
With the help of atlas, find the important physical features of Africa continent such as
mountain ranges, highest peak, deserts, lakes, rivers, climatic regions, etc and insert
them in the map of Africa.

LESSON
Africa: Economic Activities and
13 Social Life
Introduction
Africa continent is the home to many different ethnic and racial groups, with wide-ranging
characteritics. It is estimated that more than 800 African races exist in this large continent.
They established their kingdoms some 500 years ago. Many of these populations have
diverse origins with different cultural, linguistic and social traits.
The vast continent with varying climates has shaped the diverse lifestyle among its various
populations. The Pygmies of hot, wet equatorial Congo are short statured native people
who live a nomadic life. They are hunters and food gatherers. The Bushman of Kalahari
Desert, unlike other natives of Africa, lives in small groups, moving from place to place
in search of food. The Masai tribe of Savanna of Kenya and Tanzania has tall and sturdy
people with dark complexion. They lead a much more settled life domesticating and rearing
animals. The continent’s native inhabitants still live amidst desert and jungles while the
immigrants from Europe, Asia and other parts of the world live in modern cities across the
continent.
The Arabs arrived from Asia in the 7th century,
introduced the Arabic language and Muslim religion
to North Africa and invaded many territories in the
continent. Later, in 1650 AD, the Europeans came
as traders in Africa and slowly became the owners
of the land. They ruled for about 80 years during
which, most of the resources, both natural and
human, were exploited and taken away. Then after
much struggle and conflicts, the countries of Africa
became independent. Though it is the second largest
continent, it is not very developed compared to its Coffee Plant
size.
Poverty, illiteracy, disease, famine, civil war, etc are
the characteristics of this continent. The most critical
problem faced by Africa at present is the epidemics
of Ebola and AIDS. Thousands of young men and
women are dying annually of this deadly disease
leaving countless children orphans and to be cared
and brought up by their family members. This is
creating a scarcity of human resource to develop the
continent. Animals in Savanna Region
Our Earth 237

The vast land of Africa is rich in natural resources. Africa claims a huge potential of
hydropower from its rivers like Zaire (Congo), Niger, Zambezi, etc. Nigeria is known for
its larger reserves of mineral oil. Zaire is known for its huge reserves of cobalt, industrial
diamonds, uranium, copper, tin, zinc, gold and manganese. But all these reserves have not
been utilized fully and properly due to colonial exploitation, lack of skilled manpower,
political unrest, etc. However, people are engaged in animal rearing, industry and tourism.
Racial diversity, cultural differences and varieties of geographical structures are the
important aspects of Africa. Pyramid of Egypt, Civilization of Nile River, National Parks
of Savanna region and cultural and racial diversity are the attraction for the studies.
Agriculture
Despite the harsh climate and lack of proper
irrigation and land, agriculture is the main
occupation of the people in Africa. They practise
subsistence farming, a type of farming in
which people grow just enough crops for their
household. Such type of farming does not produce
any surplus for export. The main crops grown
here are maize, paddy, wheat, millet, cotton, tea,
coffee and cocoa. Maize is widely cultivated in
the Savanna while the wheat, paddy and cotton
are cultivated in the Nile Valley in Egypt.
Animal Husbandry
The climate and vegetation of most parts of
Africa favours animal husbandry. Animal rearing
has been practised in Africa for centuries. Even
at present, almost all the countries of Africa
practise animal rearing. Cattle and sheep are
reared in large scale at the tropical and temperate
grasslands.
Commercial Farming
Commercial Agriculture refers to a process of
large-scale production of crops for sale. Farming
is done in large and extensive farmlands. Such
farms are called Estates. Commercial farming
in Africa is done in the places having reliable
rainfall, raw material and labour like Kenya,
Tanzania, Botswana and South Africa. They
Sugarcane Farming
are run by the rich people, government or
multinational companies. Banana, coffee, cocoa, and cysul (like jute) are cultivated in the
Estates. They are largely exported to earn maximum foreign currency. Such estates have
good provision of food, water and shelter for their workers.

Tourism
Africa, the second largest continent, with its
diverse geography has a very good prospect for
tourism. It is very rich in natural beauty and
wildlife. The Savanna grassland of Africa is
known as the “Zoo of the World” for its large
varieties of wildlife. Many national parks have
been established in Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda.
Kenya alone has 40 national parks. These national
parks attract millions of tourists every year. Thus, tourism is one of the important means of
earning foreign currency for a continent like Africa.
But there are some problems related to tourism in Africa. Vast areas in Africa have
been converted to wildlife reserves, national parks and sanctuaries. In such places free
movement and entry of people is restricted. Due to this, a large group of local people who
depends on animal rearing and agriculture have lost their grazing and agricultural lands.
Poaching of wild animals for its tusks, horns and skin has become a very serious problem
in Africa. Many animals have become extinct or are on the verge of becoming extinct due
to such illegal activities. Unorganised wildlife safaris are creating noise and air pollution
in most of the reserves and parks. This is resulting in the extinction and displacement of
many wildlife and birds from their natural habitat. Lack of proper and organised facilities
for tourists such as animal viewing sites, food, water, transport and communication is also
another major problem related to tourism in Africa.
Some solutions of these problems are:
The governments should maintain a balance while allotting land for wildlife reserves/
parks and to the local people for their livelihood. Such a balance will assure harmony
between the local people and wildlife existence.
Public should be aware of the adverse impact of poaching on tourism. The government
should deploy skilled and trained people to control and stop such illegal activities.
The public should also help the government by reporting any such illegal activities.
Peaceful and natural environment should be provided to the wild animals and birds.
Safaris should be properly organized so as not to pollute and disturb their natural
habitat.
There should be easy access to tourist needs and proper rules and regulations to
maintain cleanliness and overcrowding in the park and reserve areas.
Other Economic Activities

Handicraft is an important industry of Africa. The hard wood of the equatorial forest is
very good for handicraft products. Most of small industries are based on agriculture. Africa
is rich in minerals like gold, diamond, copper, and iron ore. There are some mineral based
industries like iron and steel, copper, aluminium, and oil refineries. Gold is mined in South
Africa. Africa is the largest producer of gold in the world.
Our Earth 239

Activities
1. “Racial, cultural and geographical diversities are the main aspects to observe and
understand Africa continent.” Justify this statement with examples.
2. Look at the picture of Cairo, capital city of Egypt.
It is one of the most developed cities of Africa in
spite of receiving very little rainfall. What are its
causes? Give reasons.
3. Write the name of any ten big African cities and
the countries where they are located.
Exercise
1. Write the social and economic activities of Africa Continent in four points.
2. “There is a great possibility of tourism development in Africa.” Clarify the statement
with examples.
3. In the past, Africa continent was called “Dark Continent”. Why was it called so? Write
the reasons.
4. Africa continent is suffering from various problems like starvation, conflict, drought,
war, diseases, illiteracy and poverty. In this context, suggest any four important
activities to be carried out in order to make Africa a developed, peaceful, beautiful
and capable continent.
Project Work
Look at the given map of Africa with natural resources.
Make a table and show the countries producing diamond,
petroleum, gold and copper. N
Gas & Oil
Diamond C
Gold
M Manganese
C Copper
U Uranium
M
I Iron

AF RICA: Physical Map
40 20 0 20 Minsk 40 60
IRE. U.K.
London
Amsterdam Berlin Warsaw BELARUS RUSSIA
NETH. KAZAKHSTAN
GERMANY POLAND Kyiv
Brussels
Nor t h BEL. LUX. Prague Aral
N
CZ. REP. UKRAINE Volg Sea
a
Paris SLOV.
Atlantic Vienna
AUS. Budapest MOL.
SWITZ. Sea of Tashkent
Ocean FRANCE SLO.
HUNG. ROM. Azov
CRO. Belgrade Bucharest UZBEKISTAN
40 BOS.& Danube
ITALY HER. SER. Black Sea Caspian
Sofia GEO. Sea
AND. Corsica KOS. BULG. TURKMENISTAN
PORTUGAL MONT. AZER.
AZORES Madrid Rome MACE. ARM. Ashgabat
(PORTUGAL)
ALB. Ankara
Lisbon SPAIN Sardinia GREECE TURKEY
Algiers Sicily Athens
Tehran
AFG.
Tigri
Strait of Gibraltar Oran
MADEIRA ISLANDS Constantine Tunis MALTA
s
Rabat LEB. SYRIA Eu IRAQ
(PORTUGAL)
Fès CYPRUS
Casablanca TUNISIA Mediterranean Sea Beirut Damascus phrates IRAN
MOROCCO Baghdad
Jerusalem
CANARY ISLANDS Marrakech Tripoli Alexandria ISRAEL Amman
Benghazi
(SPAIN) Cairo JORDAN KUWAIT
-
Al Jizah Persian
Laayoune
ALGERIA Gulf
BAHR. Abu
Western LIBYA EGYPT Riyadh QATAR Dhabi
Muscat
Sahara U.A.E
-
Aswan
Tropic of Cancer
Admin. SAUDI OMAN
Nouadhibou boundary
ARABIA
20
S A H A R A Port Red
20
MAURITANIA Sudan Sea

CAPE VERDE
e
Nouakchott
Nil
Timbuktu
NIGER
Praia ERITREA YEMEN
Agadez Omdurman
Dakar
MALI Sanaa Arabian
SENEGAL CHAD Khartoum Asmara
Banjul Niger BURKINA Niamey Lac'Assal
Sea
THE GAMBIA Bamako FASO
Zinder
SUDAN (lowest point in Gulf of
Socotra
Blu
Bissau N'Djamena Africa, -155 m) Djibouti Aden
Kano (YEMEN)
e
GUINEA-BISSAU GUINEA Ouagadougou DJIBOUTI
BENIN EY
Nil
Conakry NIGERIA L
il e
e
Addis Hargeysa
eN
Freetown Nig
GHANA Abuja
L
er
Moundou
hit
CÔTE Ababa
A
W
Vo TOGO
SIERRA LEONE ue
V
D'IVOIRE lt Ogbomoso Prov.
Monrovia
a
Ibadan
Ben
CENTRAL AFRICAN
SOUTH ETHIOPIA admin.
Lomé
Yamoussoukro Accra Lagos SUDAN line SOMALIA
FT
Porto- REPUBLIC
LIBERIA CAMEROON Juba
Abidjan Novo Bangui
RI
Douala
Malabo
EQUATORIAL GUINEA Yaoundé CONGO
T
Congo UGANDA
Gulf of Guinea Mogadishu
EA
Equator SAO TOME REP. OF Kisangani Kampala KENYA 0

0 Libreville
GR
AND PRINCIPE THE

São Tomé GABON
CONGO BASIN Nairobi
Annobón
(EQUA. GUI.) DEM. REP. RWANDA
Bukavu
Kigali
Lake
Kilimanjaro
(highest point in
Indian
Victoria Africa, 5895 m)
Brazzaville OF THE CONGO Bujumbura Ocean Victoria
Pointe-Noire BURUNDI Mombasa
Kinshasa Lake Dodoma
ANGOLA Tanganyika Zanzibar
(Cabinda) Mbuji-Mayi
AMIRA
Ascension TANZANIA Dar es SEYCHELLES
M I D
Luanda Salaam NT TR
E EN
CH
Lake
Nyasa COMOROS Glorioso Islands
Lubumbashi
- AT
Moroni (FRANCE)
MALAWI
ANGOLA Kitwe Lilongwe Cidade Mayotte
de Nacala (admin. by France,
L A N
Namibe Lubango ZAMBIA claimed by Comoros)

Blantyre Juan de Nova Tromelin Island
Lusaka Island Mahajanga
(FRANCE)
Saint Helena (FRANCE)
Zambe
zi
T I C
Toamasina
Harare MOZAMBIQUE
South
N
Port
A
ZIMBABWE Mozambique Antananarivo Louis

M
20 Beira 20
IB
BOTSWANA Channel St. Denis

Atlantic Windhoek Bassas
E
MAURITIUS
KALAHARI da India
MADAGASCAR
G
Walvis Bay (FRANCE) Europa Reunion

DESERT
ID
Tropic of Capricorn Island (FRANCE)

NAMIBIA Gaborone (FRANCE)
Ocean Pretoria
R
DES
R I D
Maputo
Johannesburg
IS
ERT
Saint Helena, Ascension, Mbabane

SOUTH
LV
SWAZILAND
and Tristan da Cunha
G E
Or Maseru
A
(U.K.) a
W
e
ng
Durban
AFRICA LESOTHO
Cape Town
Indian Ocean
Port Elizabeth
Scale 1:51,400,000
Azimuthal Equal-Area Projection
TRISTAN
DA CUNHA 0 800 Kilometers
SE
Gough Island RI 0 800 Miles
40 PE Boundary representation is 40
CA not necessarily authoritative.
20 0 20 40 60
Our Earth 241

AF RICA: Political Map
40 20 0 20 Minsk 40 60
IRE. U.K.
London
Amsterdam Berlin Warsaw BELARUS RUSSIA
NETH. KAZAKHSTAN
GERMANY POLAND Kyiv
Brussels
North BEL. LUX. Prague Aral
N
CZ. REP. UKRAINE Volg Sea
a
Paris SLOV.
Atlantic Vienna MOL.
SWITZ. AUS. Budapest Sea of Tashkent
FRANCE HUNG. ROM. Azov
40
Ocean SLO.
CRO. Belgrade Bucharest UZBEKISTAN
BOS.& Danube
ITALY HER. SER. Black Sea Caspian
AND. Sofia GEO. Sea
Corsica
KOS. BULG. TURKMENISTAN
PORTUGAL MONT. AZER.
AZORES Madrid Rome MACE. ARM. Ashgabat
(PORTUGAL)
ALB. Ankara
Lisbon SPAIN Sardinia GREECE TURKEY
Algiers Tunis Sicily Athens
Tehran
AFG.
Tig
Strait of Gibraltar Oran
MADEIRA ISLANDS Constantine
ris
Rabat EuIRAQ
(PORTUGAL)
Fès MALTA LEB. SYRIA
CYPRUS
Casablanca TUNISIA Mediterranean Sea Beirut Damascus phrates IRAN
MOROCCO Baghdad
Jerusalem
CANARY ISLANDS Marrakech Tripoli Alexandria ISRAEL Amman
Benghazi
(SPAIN) Cairo JORDAN
-
Al Jizah KUWAIT Persian
Laayoune
ALGERIA Gulf
Abu
BAHR.
Western LIBYA EGYPT Riyadh QATAR
Dhabi
Muscat
Sahara U.A.E
-
Aswan
Al Jawf
Tropic of Cancer SAUDI OMAN
Admin.
Nouadhibou boundary
20 ARABIA 20
Port Red
MAURITANIA Sudan Sea
CAPE VERDE
e
Nouakchott
Nil
Timbuktu
NIGER
Praia ERITREA YEMEN
Agadez Omdurman
Dakar
MALI Sanaa
Arabian
SENEGAL
r CHAD Khartoum Asmara
Sea
Banjul Nige BURKINA Niamey
THE GAMBIA Bamako FASO
Zinder
SUDAN Gulf of
Socotra
Bissau Djibouti Aden
Blu
Kano N'Djamena (YEMEN)
e
GUINEA-BISSAU GUINEA Ouagadougou DJIBOUTI
Conakry BENIN e Addis
Nil
NIGERIA
e Nil
e
Freetown Nig Ababa Hargeysa
hit
CÔTE GHANA er Abuja Moundou

W
SIERRA LEONE TOGO nu

e
SOUTH
D'IVOIRE Ogbomoso Prov.
Monrovia Ibadan
Be
CENTRAL AFRICAN
ETHIOPIA admin.
Yamoussoukro Lomé
Lagos
SUDAN line SOMALIA
Accra REPUBLIC
LIBERIA Porto- CAMEROON Juba
Abidjan Novo
Douala Bangui
Malabo
EQUATORIAL GUINEA Yaoundé
Congo UGANDA
Gulf of Guinea Mogadishu
SAO TOME REP. OF Kisangani Kampala KENYA 0
0 Equator Libreville
AND PRINCIPE THE
São Tomé GABON
CONGO Nairobi
Annobón
(EQUA. GUI.) DEM. REP. RWANDA
Bukavu
Kigali
Lake
Indian
Victoria
OF THE CONGO
Brazzaville
Pointe-Noire
Bujumbura
BURUNDI Mombasa O c e a n Victoria
Kinshasa Lake Dodoma
ANGOLA Tanganyika Zanzibar
(Cabinda) Mbuji-Mayi
Ascension TANZANIA Dar es SEYCHELLES
Luanda Salaam
Lake
South Lubumbashi
Nyasa COMOROS
Moroni
Glorioso Islands
(FRANCE)
MALAWI
Atlantic ANGOLA Kitwe Lilongwe Cidade
Mayotte
(admin. by France,
de Nacala claimed by Comoros)
Namibe Lubango ZAMBIA
Blantyre Tromelin Island
Ocean St. Helena Juan de Nova
Lusaka Island Mahajanga
(FRANCE)
(FRANCE)
Zambe
zi
Toamasina
Harare MOZAMBIQUE Port
ZIMBABWE Mozambique Antananarivo Louis
20 Beira 20
Channel St. Denis
Windhoek Bassas
MAURITIUS
Walvis Bay BOTSWANA da India
(FRANCE) Europa MADAGASCAR Reunion
Tropic of Capricorn Island (FRANCE)
NAMIBIA Gaborone (FRANCE)
Pretoria
Maputo
Saint Helena, Ascension, Johannesburg
Mbabane
and Tristan da Cunha
(U.K.)
SOUTH SWAZILAND
Or Maseru
a
e
Indian Ocean
ng
Durban
AFRICA LESOTHO
Cape Town
Port Elizabeth
Scale 1:51,400,000
TRISTAN
DA CUNHA Azimuthal Equal-Area Projection
0 800 Kilometers
Gough Island 0 800 Miles

40 Boundary representation is 40
not necessarily authoritative.
20 0 20 40 60

AF RICA
N

Our Earth 243

LESSON
North America, South America,
14 Africa and Nepal
N N
N
Nepal
North America South America Africa
North America and Nepal

North America is a continent located in the western hemisphere while Nepal is a small
Asian country entirely in the eastern hemisphere. Due to great longitudinal difference, the
day and night in these two places is exactly opposite i.e. when it is day in North America,
it is night in Nepal. Besides the longitudinal difference, culture, tradition, religion and the
condition of development are also very different. However, in terms of physical features,
North America is similar to Nepal. Rocky Mountains of North America and Himalayas of
Nepal are young fold mountains and originated at the same time.
North America, especially the USA and Canada, has a very good diplomatic relationship
with Nepal. Nepal has established diplomatic relations with the USA and Canada in
1948 AD and 1965 AD respectively. Besides, the USA and Canada are countries with
immense opportunities. A large numbers of Nepali youths go there for better education or
for further studies. Some of the students are also granted scholarships in their universities.
Nepal can benefit a lot by availing good opportunities to the highly qualified Nepali
manpower in the country. Nepal can also benefit economically and technically for its
development with the help in the form of grants and aids provided by these countries.
South America and Nepal
South America is a continent and Nepal is a country. South America is in western
hemisphere while Nepal is located in eastern hemisphere. Same as North America, the
time of day and night in South America and Nepal is exactly opposite. Andes Mountain in
South America and Himalayas of Nepal both are young fold mountains and originated at
the same time.
The culture, tradition and religion are different. The state of development between these
two places is not much different. The relationship of Nepal with South American countries
is also increasing nowadays. Most of the countries of South America are less developed
like Nepal. During the Falkland War between Britain and Argentina, the name of Nepal
was much in highlight because the British Gorkha soldiers were deployed in the war. The
British Gorkha soldiers earned name and fame for their bravery in the war. Nepal has
established its embassy in Brazil. Many people from Nepal visit South America annually
for trade and travel.
Africa and Nepal
The continent of Africa is very close to Asia in comparison to North and South America.
But despite its closeness to Asia, Africa is different from Nepal in many respects. Nepal is
not so familiar with the continent of Africa. But, it has good relationship with Egypt, one
of the most developed countries of Africa. At present, some people from Nepal have also
settled down in Africa doing trade and business. Like Africa, Nepal too is rich in natural
beauty. Nepal can learn a lot from the national parks established in Kenya and Tanzania
regarding the management of national parks and development of tourism. Nepali peace
keeping force has been deployed to many countries of Africa to settle down their internal
conflicts and maintain peace in the continent.
Geographical similarities among Nepal, North America, South America and Africa
North South
Facts Nepal Africa Features
America America
Himalayan Rocky Andes Drakensberg Young fold
Mountain
mountain mountain mountain and Atlas mountains
ranges
range range range mountain ranges
Mt. Everest Mt. Mt. Mt. Kilimanjaro Highest
(8,848 m), McKinley Aconcagua (5,895 m),
highest in the (6,194 m), (6,960 m), highest in
Mountain
world highest highest Africa and
Peaks
in North in South highest volcanic
America America mountain peak
in the world
Himalayan Prairies Campos and Veld and Used for
Grasslands Kharkas Llanos Savanna cattle
rearing
Koshi, St. Lawrence, Amazon, Nile, Congo, Permanent
Gandaki and Mississippi, Parana, Zambezi and and with
Rivers
Karnali Missouri and Paraguay and Niger high volume
Colorado Orinoco of water
Climatic Climatic Climatic Climatic Climatic
diversity due diversity due diversity due diversity due diversity
Climate
to altitudinal to latitudinal to latitudinal to latitudinal
variation extension extension extension
In term of social and economic activities, North America is ahead of all while Africa
is very behind in development. The economic and social condition of Nepal and South
American countries is almost similar. They are developing gradually.
Our Earth 245

Activities
1. Observe the geographical structures of North America, South America and Africa
in atlas. Compare the mountain ranges and big cities located there and located in
Nepal.
2. When did Nepal establish diplomatic relations with the USA and Canada? Find and
write.
3. Make a table and show the highest peaks of North America, South America, Africa
and Nepal.
Exercise
1. About 75% of the total population of Africa and 3% of Canada are engaged in
agriculture. Nepal is also an agricultural country. Compare Nepal with these countries
and prepare a note giving reasons for it.
2. Name the animals used as means of transportation in Andes region (S. America), the
deserts (Africa) and mountain region of Nepal.
3. What should Nepal learn from the South American, North American and African
countries to promote tourism and agriculture?
4. Prairies of North America, Campos and Llanos of South America, Veld and Savanna of
Africa and Himalayan Kharka are appropriate for cattle rearing. Make a list showing
the geographical characteristic of each of them.
5. Make a table and show the geographical similarities among Nepal, North America,
South America and Africa.
Project Work
Draw the outline maps of North America, South America and Africa. Then mark the main
cities in the map.

LESSON
Natural Disasters:
15 Earthquake and Tsunami
Introduction
A sudden and terrible event resulting from natural
processes of the earth is called natural disaster.
Natural disasters cause serious loss, destruction,
hardship, unhappiness, or death. Avalanche,
earthquake, flood, landslide, drought, explosion,
cyclone, hailstone, forest fire, hurricane, lightning,
tornado, tsunami, volcanic eruption, etc are the (hypocentre)
major natural disasters in which a huge amount of
lives and properties is lost every year in the world.
In this lesson, a short description about Earthquake
and Tsunami has been presented below:
Earthquake
Any sudden movement of earth’s crust due to a natural cause which produces a shaking
or trembling is known as earthquake. During the time of earthquake, if the earth’s crust
shakes vertically, it is called Vertical Quake and if it shakes horizontally, it is called
Horizontal Quake.
The powerful vibrations, tremors or shock waves produced by an earthquake are known
as seismic or earthquake waves. The waves travel outward in all direction like ripples in
water. The place below the earth’s surface where an earthquake originates is known as
focus or hypocentre. Most earthquakes have their focus at depths of less than 60 km. The
point on the earth’s surface directly above the focus is known as the epicentre. The impact
of the earthquake is felt most at the epicentre.
Measuring earthquakes Support Support

Rotationg drum
The intensity of an earthquake is Pen
Spring
Heavy
Heavy
measured on the Richter scale, so named weight
weight
Rotationg
after the American seismologist Charles Pen drum
F. Richter in 1935 AD. Richter scale

ranges from 0 to 9. However, the world’s
largest earthquake with an instrumentally Vertical Earth motion
Horizontal Earth motion
documented magnitude occurred on May

Seismograph
22nd, 1960 in southern Chile. It was
assigned a magnitude of 9.5 by the United States Geological Survey. Earthquakes of 7 and
above intensity on Richter scale are highly destructive. A highly sensitive instrument used
Our Earth 247

for measuring the intensity of an earthquake is called the seismograph. A seismograph can
measure both the vertical and horizontal movements and vibrations.
Causes of earthquakes
The solid crust of the earth is divided into several plates known as Continental Plates.
These plates are floating on molten mass called the mantle. Some of these plates have
large oceans and continents on them. Sometimes these huge plates move towards each
other and sometime away from each other due to tectonic force developed deep inside
the surface of the earth. Such movement causes the plates to bend, fracture and overlap
resulting in earthquake. Earthquakes also occur as a result of volcanic eruption.
Distribution of earthquakes Continental Rigid
Earthquakes are common along fault lines and plate tectonic
plate
plate boundaries which are the weaker zones of
the earth’s surface. Earthquakes and volcanoes Oceanic
occur in the same region. The earthquake zones plate
of the world are the region surrounding Pacific

Ocean also known as “Pacific Ring of Fire”, Shield area
Plate boundary:
the Rocky Mountain Range, the Andes Mountain most tectonic activity
in middle of
plate: little tectonic
Range, South East Asia, Hindu Kush and takes place here activity occurs here
Suleiman Ranges, Himalayan range of Asia, Iran, Continental Plates
Iraq, Turkey and the Alps of Europe.
Earthquakes occurred in Nepal
Nepal was hit by the earthquakes on 2nd Magh 1990 BS, on 5th Bhadra 2045 BS and on
12th and 29th Baishakh, 2072 BS severely. They all caused huge loss of life and property.
The massive earthquake
occurred on 12 Baishakh
th
2072 BS was very devastating.

The epicenter of this earthquake
was in Barpak village of
Gorkha. It was measured 7.8
Richter scale in magnitude.
This was a highly destructive
earthquake which Nepal faced
within about 80 years period.
It caused unprecedented loss
of life and property. It mainly
affected the Western and
Dharahara: Destroyed by Earthquake and Newly Constructed
Central region of Nepal. The
houses, cultural, religious and historical monuments of these regions were completely
destroyed. Thousands of people became homeless and were compelled to spend the
days and nights under open sky. Immediately after the earthquake, our neighbouring
countries provided rescue and relief operation in affected areas like Kathmandu Valley,

Gorkha, Sindhupalchowk, Dolkha, Rasuwa, Kavre, Nuwakot and other districts. Different
donor countries and agencies helped financially and technically for the reconstruction
of destroyed settlement areas, monuments and heritages. The Government of Nepal also
formed National Reconstruction Authority to accelerate the reconstruction of the destroyed
villages and heritages of Nepal. The government also decided to provide financial support
to the people for reconstruction of the destroyed structures.
Tsunami
A large destructive wave caused by an underwater
earthquake or another movement of the Earth’s
surface is known as tsunami. In Japanese
language, tsunami means “harbour wave”. When
a severe earthquake takes place below the ocean
bed, its tremors give rise to a huge wall like sea
waves rushing to the coastal low lying areas. They
cause destruction of human lives and property in a
very large scale. The waves caused by submarine
Destruction by Tsunami
earthquake are called “tsunamis”. These sea
waves are often as high as 27 meters and as long as 160 km travelling at a jet speed of
800 km per hour. The tsunami occurred on the coastal area of Sumatra Island of Indonesia
had affected whole Indian Ocean. It had caused the huge loss of property and death of
about 40 million people. Similarly, the earthquake and tsunami occurred on 11th March,
2011 AD in the coastal region of Japan caused the death of 15,894 people. During that
disaster, 6,152 people were injured and 2,562 were lost.
Effects of Earthquake and Tsunami
Causes loss of lives and properties,
Damages the physical structures,
Spreads the epidemics leading further problems,
Causes the creation of faults on the Earth’s crust through which eruption may occur,
The sources of water may appear or disappear.
Awareness and safety measures
Natural disasters are inevitable. It is always advisable to be aware of its causes and
consequences. Therefore the government as well and the people living in the earthquake
and tsunami prone areas should adopt a high level of alertness and appropriate safety
measures. The educational institutes should conduct exercises on how to take safety
measures on a regular basis. The following awareness and safety measures should be
adopted to minimize the loss in the disastrous time.
Physical structures should be constructed with disaster resistant technology.
In order to minimize the effects from the disaster pre-cautions and preparations should
be adopted before the occurrence of disasters.
There should be easy access of information to be safe from possible disaster.
Essential material should be kept in ready position for the disastrous time.
Our Earth 249

Activities
1. Earthquakes cannot be predicted before its occurrence. It is a dreadful natural
disaster. It may cause huge loss of lives and properties. We have not been able to
protect ourselves from such disasters. Consult with the seniors in your society about
their experiences about the earthquake and present it in the class.
2. Write two paragraphs about the massive earthquake occurred in 2072 BS.
Exercise
1. What is an earthquake? Can it be prevented? Explain.
2. Differentiate between Epicentre and Hypocentre.
3. How does Seismograph measure the magnitude of earthquake? Clarify it with
figures.
4. Write the differences between earthquake and tsunami.
5. Though the earthquake cannot be prevented, its loss can be minimized. How?
6. Give an introduction of tsunami and mention any three safety measures to be
secured from tsunami.
7. What should be done before, during and after the earthquake for safety and
alertness? Discuss and write two measures for each.
8. Write a paragraph about the massive earthquake of 2072 BS.
9. Note the role of state regarding natural disaster reduction, precaution and awareness
in four points.
10. Fill the following table with causes and effects of earthquake and tsunami.
Causes of Effects of
Causes of Tsunami Effects of Tsunami
Earthquake Earthquake
Community Work
When and how did you feel the earthquake for the first time? When and how did the
senior member of your family feel it? Discuss with him/her and write the experiences on
a chart paper and present in front of your friends.
LESSON
16 Globe, Map and Map Technology
Globe
Globe is a representation or model of the Earth’s surface in the form of a hollow ball. It
is kept on a frame of iron or wood by leaning at an angle of 66.5°. Its upper side is north,
down side is south, right side is east and left side is west direction. Globes are of two types:
physical and political. Latitudes, longitudes, continents, islands, oceans, seas, mountains,
etc are shown on the globe like in a map. As it is spherical, whole parts of the earth can be
observed properly.
Map
A map is a representation of the earth surface, as a whole or part of it on a plain surface.
Various facts are shown in a map by indicating with legend, colour and shading. Map is
the main base required in the geography. It is important and useful in many sectors like
education, administration, planning, industry, agriculture, trade, transportation, travelling,
warfare, etc. A book containing maps and vital statistics relating to geographical regions
is called Atlas. The science, skill or art of making maps is called cartography. A person
engaged in cartography, or the production of maps is called cartographer.
Types of Map
There are several types of maps. Each shows different information. Most maps include a
compass rose, which indicates which way is north, south, east and west. They also include
a scale so we can estimate distances. Some of the types of maps are:
M Climate map: It gives general
information about the climate and
precipitation (rain and snow) of a N
region. Cartographers use colours to
show different climate or precipitation
zones.
M Economic or resource map: It shows the
natural resources or economic activity
that dominates an area. Cartographers
use symbols to show the locations of
natural resources or economic activities.
M Physical map: It illustrates the
physical features of an area, such as the
Climate Map
mountains, rivers and lakes.
Our Earth 251

N N
 
Physical Map Political Map
M Political map: It indicates state and national boundaries and capital and major cities.
A capital city is usually marked with a star within a circle.
M Road map: It shows highways, roads, airports, railway tracks, cities and other points
of interest in an area. People use road maps to plan trips and for driving directions.
M Topographic map: It includes contour lines to show the shape and elevation of an
area. Lines that are close together indicate steep terrain, and lines that are far apart
indicate flat terrain.
Elements of Map
A good map contains essential features which are known as elements of map. Scale,
legend, title, north direction, etc are the major elements of map. These elements help to
understand the information.
Scale: Scale is the ratio of distance on map to the actual distance on the ground. For
example: if an actual distance of 5 km is represented on the map by a distance of 1 cm, the
scale is 1 cm = 5 km. There are three ways in which scales are depicted on the map. They
are: Verbal scale, Graphical scale and Representative fraction.
Legend: A map legend is a table or chart included on a map to indicate the meaning of
the map’s varied symbols. It is also called the key of map. Each symbol, shading or colour
gives a definite meaning on the map. For example: a small triangular shape for a mountain
peak, a small black circle for a city.
Colour: Blue colour is used to show water bodies. Green is typically used at lower
elevations, and orange or brown colour indicates higher elevation and white colour
indicates the snow-covered area.
Map Making Methods
There are many ways of making maps. The traditional ways of making maps have been
changed due to the advancement of communication technology. Some of the commonly
used ways of making maps are presented below:
a. Freehand Method: In this method, a map is observed thoroughly and copied on
another sheet.
b. Carbon Method: A carbon paper is used to make another copy of a map.
c. Tracing Method: A map can be made using glass table. For this, the original map is
stuck on the inner surface and a blank sheet is kept on the outer surface of the glass
table. When, enough light is passed from the bottom of the table with the help of tube
light, the image of the original map is clearly seen and new map can be made on that
blank sheet.
Copy of map can also be prepared by putting tracing paper over the original map and
drawing the map gently with pencil on tracing paper.
d. Photocopy: A map is photocopied in order to produce more similar maps.
e. Square Method: Several vertical and horizontal lines are drawn to make squares on
the original map. Similar lines of the same measurements are also drawn on another
blank sheet of paper and a map is drawn on it focusing on each square.
f. GIS Method: This is a method of making map from computer with the help of special
software. Most of the maps are produced and processed from this method in the world.
g. Template: In this method, a map is cut out and converted into a frame. The frame is
put over the blank sheet and marked slightly with a pencil around the frame. In this
way, a map can be made.
When an outline map is made, various facts should be inserted using appropriate symbols
at right place. As the map is universal language, it should be made using symbols which
are in international practice that all can identify and hence understand the facts.
Modern Practical Map Technologies
The advancement in science and technology has
brought changes in map making methods too. Various
modern practical technologies for map making are in
use at present. Such technologies have been helping
to produce clean and clear maps in easier way. Some
of modern practical technologies are: GIS and GPS.
a. Global Positioning System (GPS): It is a
system that is used to identify an exact location Global Positioning System (GPS)
on the earth’s surface. The satellites pass on
information through radio signals from space
to GPS receivers on the ground. It provides
information like latitude, longitude, altitude, etc.
This technology is used in airplane, tourism, and
even mapping. The most common application of
GPS is in mapping and surveying.
b. Geographical Information System (GIS): It
is a computer program that is used to capture,
analyze, interpret and store data transmitted from
GPS (Global Positioning System) and make the Geographical Information System (GIS)
Our Earth 253

information available for use. On the basis of information received by GIS, maps are
drawn and processed. GIS makes the information received from GPS more sensible.
Hence, without GIS, GPS would not be used and utilized to its maximum.
Besides these, Google earth and GPS software used in mobile phone and computer are
also the modern sources of geographical information.
A map is also a presentation of the geographical facts. Different facts are presented in a map
by using symbols. Border, geographical structure, altitude, vegetation, settlement, mineral,
forest, population distribution, soil, religious sites, crops and production, infrastructures of
development, etc are the facts that are generally shown in maps.
Freehand Map of Nepal
For drawing a freehand map of Nepal, we should take an outline map of Nepal and a clean
plain white paper. Then, looking at the original map we should try to copy it on the white
plain paper. After practicing several times we will be able to draw without looking at the
map.
N
2 cm
2 cm
2 cm
2 cm 3 cm 3 cm 2 cm
Scale: 1 cm = 80 km
Steps to Draw an Outline Map of Nepal
1. Draw a rectangle of 10 cm x 6 cm (20 cm x 12 cm for a bigger map).
2. Draw lines 2 cm away from each edge and a vertical line at the middle. These lines
show the corners of our country.
3. Practice drawing the outline map of Nepal several times first looking at the map and
then from without looking map.
4. Show the north direction and write scale on a side of the map. (If the map is drawn in
10 cm x 6 cm, the scale is 1 cm = 80 km and if the map is drawn in 20 cm x 12 cm,
the scale is 1 cm = 40 km)
5. Insert the given facts on the map using appropriate symbols, title and legend.

Activities
1. Which method of map making have you used?
2. Draw a map of Nepal by using freehand method.
3. Which modern practical map technology, mentioned in the lesson do you feel reliable
and why?
4. Have you used Google earth? How does it help to find a place?
5. Show the difference between GIS and GPS.
Exercise
1. What is a map? What are the elements of a map? Mention.
2. Give short introduction of Cartographer and Cartography.
3. Write the importance of scale and legend in map work.
4. Write the methods for making maps.
5. How is carbon method different from tracing method?
6. Why photocopy method is called the zero ability method? Present your logic.
7. What kind of information can GPS provide?
8. What are the differences between GIS and GPS maps?
9. “Internet has helped in map works.” Justify this statement.
10. What do you mean by modern practical map techniques? Why are Google earth, GIS
and GPS important in the map making?
1. Draw an outline map of Nepal in a rectangle 20 cm x 12 cm and show the provinces
and their headquarters.
2. Draw full page maps of Nepal and insert the following facts using appropriate symbols.
• Siddhartha highway, Api Himal, Cardamom Production area, Birgunj
• Lake Foksundo, River Narayani, Baraha Kshetra, Jumla
• Mt. Ganesh, Koshi Tappu, Muktinath, River Karnali
• Manma, River Kankai, Gadhimai Temple, Banke National Park
• Api, Shuklaphata Wildlife Reserve, River Narayani, Dhankuta
• Shaileswori Temple, Nepalgunj, Madan Bhandari Highway, Pumori Himal
• Mt. Khumbhakarna, Kusma, Chhinnamasta Temple, Khaptad National Park
• Chame, River Tamor, Lake Ghodaghodi, Rajbiraj Airport
• Mt. Everest, Siddharth Highway, Tea Cultivation Area, Birendranagar
Project Work
Bring GIS and GPS maps in the class and discuss with friends.
Draw a map of Nepal and show the major cities.
Our Earth 255
Conventional Symbols Used in Maps
Peak Canal
Mountain Range Dam
Lake North of Map

N
International
River Boundary
Bridge State Boundary
District Boundary
Pass
Ropeways/Cable Car
Road
Airways
Railways
Oil
Path
Capital Sea
Town/City
Stupa
Temple
Mosque
Church
Settlement
Industry
Protected areas
Q
Airport
Waterfall

UNIT
7 OUR PAST
Explain the major political events from 2007 BS to present and their effects in the
social and economic sectors,
Mention the causes and consequences of World War I and World War II,
Analyse the effects of World Wars and role of Nepal and Nepalese in those wars,
and
Explore historical places and participate in the preservation work.
Subject matters
Revolution of 2007 BS and Delhi Agreement

A Decade of Democratic Politics (2007-2017 BS)
Abduction of Democracy and Ban on Political Parties
Political Events from 2017 BS to 2046 BS
Causes of the Rise and Downfall of Panchayat System
Political Events from 2046 BS to 2062 BS
Political Events after 2062/63 BS
Economic and Social Effects after Peoples’ Movement II
Causes of the First World War
Consequences of the First World War
Causes of the Second World War
Consequences of the Second World War and Role of Nepal
Exploration, Identification, Preservation and Promotion of Historical
Sites and Monuments
Our Past 257

LESSON
Revolution of 2007 BS and
1 Delhi Agreement
Rana Rule in Nepal

After the death of King Pratap Singh Shah, Nepal went through political instability. The
Kings were not capable enough to handle the rule due to their minor age. Consequently,
conspiracies and intrigues started in the courts of the Royal Palace to gain power. Jung
Bahadur exploited this fluid situation in his favor and founded Ranarchy.
Jung Bahadur Rana became the Commander-in-
Chief after the Kot Parva which took place on 2nd
Aswin, 1903 BS. He became the Prime Minister and
Commander-in-Chief after the Bhandarkhal Parva.
After this incident, he exiled Queen Rajyalaxmi. After
Alau Parva, he ousted King Rajendra Bikram Shah
and placed Surendra Bikram Shah on the throne. He
got the title of ‘Shree 3 Maharaja’ from King Surendra
Bikram Shah. King Surendra Bikram Shah delegated
all his powers and authorities to him. He established
a roll of succession to his brothers according to
which only Rana family could hold the post of Prime
King Surendra Bikram Shah
Minister. All the high-ranking government posts
were reserved for the Ranas. Thus, Rana rule was a family rule. People were completely
deprived of basic rights. There were conspiracies to gain power among the Ranas too. The
whole governing system was at the discretion of the Prime Minister. The country was quite
isolated from the outside world. The Rana Prime Ministers ruled over Nepal for 104 years
as dictators enjoying unlimited powers and authorities. The revolution of 2007 BS ended
the cruel and despotic Ranarchy and introduced democracy in the country.
Causes of the Revolution of 2007 BS

1. Injustice and suppressive rule of Ranas: People were completely deprived of their
basic rights but the Rana rulers and their families were enjoying unlimited power and
authority. The resources were exploited by them. Common people were not getting
justice. Lots of changes were taking place in the world. Dictatorial rules ended in different
countries one after another. But the Rana rulers were not ready to change themselves
according to the need of time. This situation compelled the people to launch revolution for
their rights and justice.

2. Poverty and unemployment: Majority of population was under poverty line.
Agriculture was the only sector creating employment then. Traditional agriculture was not
enough to sustain life. The industries and factories were not enough to provide employment
opportunity to people. Educational institutions were not enough to provide technical and
vocational education. At the same time, high-ranking government posts were reserved
only for Ranas, and a handful elites belonging to Rana family were enjoying luxurious
life. There was no option except launching revolution against injustice and deprivation.
3. World War II and worldwide wave of democracy: After the end of World War
II, the wave of democracy and independence movement spread all over the world.
Several countries of Asia and Africa got independence from colonial rule. India also got
independence in 1947 AD. The Nepalese soldiers who returned from World War II joined
in Liberation Army of Nepali Congress. The Nepalese students who were in India for their
higher study and participated in Indian War of Independence also returned to Nepal to
fight against the Rana rule. It also helped to add force in the revolution.
4. Establishment of political parties and movement: When Nepalese people realized that
the single effort is not enough to bring the change, they planned to move ahead with group
effort. “Prachanda Gorkha” was the first organization of people which was established in
1988 BS to fight against Rana rule but it could not run its activities effectively. Afterward,
“Nepal Praja Parishad”, a political party was established by Tanka Prasad Acharya
(Chairperson), Dashrath Chand (Vice Chairperson), Ramhari Sharma (General Secretary),
Dharmabhakta Mathema and Jeevraj Sharma (Founder Members) at Ombahal, Kathmandu
on 20th Jestha, 1993 BS. It was the first political party of Nepal. As this political party
added fuel to the fire in the activities against Rana rule, four brave democratic soldiers
(Dharmabhakta Mathema, Shukra Raj Shastri, Ganga Lal Shrestha and Dashrath Chanda)
got martyrdom in Magh, 1997 BS. King Tribhuvan was also tortured by Ranas. So, he also
supported Anti-Rana activities financially and morally. “Jayatu Sanskritam Movement”
was started by the students of Tindhara Pathshala in 2004 BS. The Nepali Congress and
the Communist Party of Nepal were established in 2003 and 2006 BS respectively. The
establishment of political parties and beginning of movement widen the Anti-Rana feeling
in common people.
5. Increase in political consciousness in people: Along with the rise of political

consciousness, common people also joined in different political parties and movements.
Some people had witnessed the democratic movements in other countries like India.
Educational awareness was also increasing gradually in people. These factors too led the
people to fight for democracy.
6. Internal clash among Ranas: There was no unity among the Ranas. Chandra Shumsher
divided the Ranas into ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ classes. ‘C’ class Ranas were not included in role
of succession. So, they also joined in Anti-Rana movements.
Our Past 259
Major events of movement
Bairganiya Conference of the Nepali Congress held
on 11th and 12th Aswin, 2007 BS decided to launch
armed revolution against Rana rule. The movement
was declared on 21st Kartik. At the same time King
Tribhuvan left the palace and went to the Indian
embassy along with his family members. On 23rd
Kartik, 2007 BS, he went to Delhi, India by Indian
Air Force helicopter. Mohan Shumsher, the then
Prime Minister enthroned Gyanendra, the four years
old second grandson of Tribhuvan. He was declared
as the King of Nepal. But this act of Mohan Shumsher
was criticized at national and international level.
Mohan Shumsher
At the same time, the liberation army captured
eastern hilly region along with Biratnagar. Thirbam
Malla and Puran Singh were leading the revolution
in Birgunj. During the course of armed revolution,
Thirbam Malla attained martyrdom in battle. Dr.
Kunwar Indrajit (K.I.) Singh was leading the
liberation army in western parts and gained a great
success in Bhairahawa. Suvarna Shumsher and B.P.
Koirala were handling eastern fronts and captured
many places with minor battles or without any battle.
The battle took place in various parts of the country
between People’s Liberation Army and Ranas. The
People’s Liberation Army captured Ilam, Diktel,
Aathrai, Terhathum, Okhaldhunga, Parwanipur, Suvarna Shumsher
Bhairahawa, Kailali, Kanchanpur, Doti, Rangeli,
Malangawa, Upardanggadi, Birgunj and Parasi. Similarly, Bhojpur, Khotang, Dhankuta,
Mahotari, Mahinath, Thori, Chitwan, Taulihawa. Pokhara, Gulmi, Syangja, Baglung,
Koilabas, Dang-Deukhuri, Pyuthan, Dadeldhura, Surkhet, Dailekh, Baitadi, Shivaraj
Khajahani, Biratnagar and Sirsiya were captured easily. People’s Government was also
formed in those places. People appealed not to pay tax to Ranas. Soon Ranas were limited
only within Kathmandu valley.
People started to come to the street with various slogans against the Rana regime in
Kathmandu and other places of Nepal. Everywhere people started to oppose the Ranas
day by day. Many people were arrested but the movement spread more effectively. Mohan
Shumsher could not handle the country and requested the Indian government to arbitrate
for a solution. He sent his son Bijaya Shumsher for the negotiation. On the arbitration
of Indian government King Tribhuvan, Ranas and Nepali
Congress started to negotiate in Delhi. Finally, a tripartite
agreement was signed between Ranas, King Tribhuvan
and Nepali Congress in Delhi on 1st Falgun, 2007 BS (12th
February, 1951 AD). This is called the Delhi Agreement.
This agreement ended the Rana rule in Nepal. After this
agreement, King Tribhuvan returned to Nepal on 4th Falgun
and made a declaration of the establishment of democracy
and the end of the Rana rule in Nepal on 7th Falgun, 2007 BS
(18th February, 1951 AD). In this way, 104 years long Rana
rule came to an end and democracy was introduced in Nepal.
Thus, we observe democracy day on 7th Falgun every year.
King Tribhuvan
Major Conditions of the Delhi Agreement
a. Constitution to be formulated by the elected Constituent Assembly,
b. A ten membered interim cabinet to be formed including 5 members from Nepali
Congress and 5 members from Ranas,
c. All the powers exercised by in “Shree 3” to be delivered to the King and the King
Tribhuvan to be the legitimate King of Nepal,
d. Political prisoners, except those who are charged of criminal case, to set free without
any condition, and
e. Agitators to handover their weapons to the government and stop the movement.
Interim Cabinet formed after Delhi Agreement

From Ranas
1. Mohan Shumsher : Prime Minister
2. Babar Shumsher : Defense Minister
3. Chudaraj Shumsher : Forest Minister
4. Nripjung Rana : Education Minister
5. Yagya Bahadur Basnet : Health Minister
From Nepali Congress

a. B.P. Koirala : Home Minister
b. Suvarna Shumsher : Finance Minister
c. Ganesh Man Singh : Industry and Commerce Minister
d. Bhadrakali Mishara : Transport Minister
e. Bharatmani Sharma : Food and Agriculture Minister
After this agreement, the Nepali Congress agreed to stop the movement. But Dr. K. I.
Singh, one of the commanders of Liberation Army in western front disagreed with the
Our Past 261

Delhi Agreement and denied to hand over the weapons to the government. He wanted to
continue the revolution because he didn’t want any presence of Ranas in the government
after the introduction of democracy. Many people had sacrificed their life to end the Rana
rule but after the Delhi Agreement Mohan Shumsher became the Prime Minister of Nepal
again. Hence, he was not satisfied with Delhi Agreement so he did not pay any attention
even to the message of King Tribhuvan and order of new government to stop the revolution.
Later on, a case of treason was filed against him and his movement was suppressed.
Consequences of Revolution
The revolution of 2007 BS was a great achievement in the history of Nepal. The Ranarchy
established by Junga Bahadur after Kot Parva came to an end because of this revolution.
Major consequences of this revolution are presented below:
a. Foundation of Democratic Practice: After the end of 104 years long autocratic family
rule of Ranas, democratic practice introduced in the country. Various sectors of Nepalese
society gradually adopted democratic practices. Democratic practice was clearly felt in
judicial service, public service and political system.
b. Increase in Public Awareness: Nepalese society was far behind in the education in
comparison to the contemporary world during Ranarchy. Only about 2% people were
literate. People were compelled to live in illiteracy and malpractices for more than a
century. Development in education, culture and literature started only after the introduction
of democracy in Nepal.
c. Beginning of Constitutional Process: Constitution is the main law of the country. It
protects the rights of people and distributes the powers to different organs of the state.
Every country wants the written constitution. Before the revolution of 2007 BS, “Nepal
Government’s Legal Act, 2004” was promulgated in 2004 BS but was not implemented.
“Interim Government Act of Nepal, 2007”, promulgated after the introduction of
democracy was the first written and implemented constitution in the country. In fact, it
was the beginning of constitutional process.
d. Nepal’s Exposure in International Arena: Before the introduction of democracy in
the country, Nepal was far behind in international arena. Nepal had friendly relation only
with few countries. The Rana government was completely devoted to British government.
But after the introduction of democracy, Nepal adopted non-aligned foreign policy. Nepal
became the member of UNO. The friendly relation was also extended with other countries.
Nepal got exposure in international arena after the revolution of 2007 BS.
e. People’s Participation: People’s participation plays an important role in the
development. Before the introduction of democracy, there was Hukumi rule (dictatorship)
in the country. The role of people was ignored. It was not possible to carry out all the
development works only by the government. But, after the revolution of 2007 BS, people
also participated in various creative and development works.
Activities
1. Conduct a debate program in the class on the topic “Delhi Agreement was right or
wrong”. Note down the opinions of your friends and present in the class.
2. Prepare a poster reflecting democracy day to exhibit in your class.
Exercise
1. What was the Delhi Agreement and when was it signed?
2. Who opposed the Delhi Agreement and why?
3. What do you understand by “Hukumi” rule?
4. Was the act of filing case of treason against Dr. K. I. Singh right? Why?
5. How did the establishment of political parties in Nepal help in gaining democracy?

1. Explain the causes of the revolution of 2007 BS.
2. “The revolution of 2007 BS had ended the family rule and introduced another
dictatorial rule in the country.” Present your logic in favor or against of this statement.
3. One of the provisions of the Delhi Agreement was “Election of Constituent Assembly
to be held to draft a new constitution”. But it could not be fulfilled before 2072 BS.
Why? Discuss in the class and write.
4. What were the changes seen after the introduction of democracy in 2007 BS?
Prepare a model of email to be sent to your friend mentioning the changes.
5. How do you evaluate the Delhi Agreement of 2007 BS?
6. What were the major provisions of the Delhi Agreement?
7. Evaluate the role of King Tribhuvan in the establishment of democracy.

Describe the causes of the revolution of 2007 BS and mention its consequences.
Project Work
Make a table and show the dates and events related to Anti-Rana activities and their
effects.
S. No. Date and Event Activity and Effect
Our Past 263

LESSON
A Decade of Democratic Politics
2 (2007-2017 BS)
Promulgation of “Interim Government Act of Nepal, 2007”

According to the Delhi Agreement, a coalition government of Nepali Congress and
Rana was formed. This cabinet passed the “Interim Government Act of Nepal, 2007” on
17th Chaitra, 2007 BS. It was the first democratic constitution of Nepal. Some important
features of this constitution were:
There were the provisions to establish legislature of people’s representatives and
directive principles and policies of the state.
Civil rights of the citizen were also defined in this constitution.
There were the provisions of Supreme Court, Public Service Commission and
Advisory Council.
Conflict in Interim Cabinet

The coalition government could not work smoothly as there
was always conflict between Rana and Congress. After the
murder of Chiniya Kaji, a student leader in 2008 BS, Nepali
Congress and Ranas blamed each other. On one hand, Ranas’
intention was to re-establish their old regime and on the
other hand Nepali Congress thought that they couldn’t work
properly until Mohan Shumsher was in power. So, on 25th of
Kartik, 2008 BS, all the cabinet members from the side of
Nepali Congress resigned. Hence, Mohan Shumsher and other
cabinet members from the side of Ranas were also compelled Chiniya Kaji
to resign. As a result, the interim cabinet was dissolved.
Single-Party Government of Nepali Congress

After the resignation of Mohan Shumsher, a 14 member
cabinet was formed by King Tribhuvan under the Premiership
of Matrika Prasad Koirala, the then president of Nepali
Congress on 1st Mangir, 2008 BS. This cabinet had to fulfil
the following responsibilities:
To establish independent judicial department
To implement the provision of Public Service
Commission effectively
To hold the election of Constituent Assembly within the
year of 2009 BS, and
Matrika Prasad Koirala
To ascertain the civil rights of the people.
This government also could not function properly and failed. Due to the following
reasons, the single-party government of Nepali Congress was dissolved:
Various political parties and organizations like Nepal
Praja Parishad, Communist Party of Nepal, etc had
formed a United Democratic Front and were demanding
to form an all party government.
At the same time Dr. K. I. Singh started to revolt against
this government. He was imprisoned in Singh Durbar
under tight security on the charges of dacoit but his
supporters attacked Singha Durbar on 8th and 9th Magh,
2008 BS and freed him. Then, he fled to Tibet.
Bhim Dutta Panta, one of the commanders of the
Dr. K. I. Singh
Liberation Army during the revolution was also very
dissatisfied with the acts of this government. So he launched a movement raising
voice for land ownership, welfare of the people and security.
There was conflict within Nepali Congress party. B.P. Koirala was opposing Matrika
Prasad Koirala as he believed a single person should not hold both the posts of Party
Chairperson and Prime Minister at a time.
Advisory Government
King Tribhuvan again formed a five member advisory government on 30th Shrawan,
2009 BS with the intention of direct rule. A provision was made for the five members of the
government to be responsible to the King and the approval of the King, to be compulsory
for the decision of the meeting and its implementation. But this government was also
criticised within the country and by the Government of India as well. Political parties
opposed it. “Peasants Revolt” started in the eastern part of Nepal in the leadership of
Nepali Congress. Government administration could not run properly. So, this government
was also dissolved on 2nd Ashad, 2010 BS.
Sole Government of Nepal Praja Party

After the internal conflict within the party Matrika Prasad Koirala split Nepali Congress
and opened a political party named Nepal Praja Party. King Tribhuvan formed another
cabinet of five members under the leadership of Matrika Pd.
Koirala, the chairperson of Nepal Praja Party on 2nd Ashad,
2010 BS.
Multiparty Coalition Government

Nepali National Congress and People’s Congress also
joined in the government of Nepal Praja Party and formed
a multiparty coalition government under the Premiership of
Matrika Prasad Koirala in Falgun, 2010 BS. Tanka Prasad
Acharya and Dilliraman Regmi too joined the government.
This government also could not exist for long period because Tanka Prasad Acharya
Our Past 265

of the protest on Koshi Project Agreement, entry of Indian Army with weapons in Nepal,
revolt of Bhimdutta Panta and his murder in Dadeldhura on 7th Bhadra, 2010 BS. King
Tribhuvan dissolved this government on 19th Falgun, 2011 BS and started direct rule.
Direct Rule of King Mahendra and Advisory Council
After the death of King Tribhuvan on 30th Falgun, 2011 BS, Mahendra Shah became the
king of Nepal. Immediately after enthronement, King Mahendra formed an Advisory
Council of five members under the Chairpersonship of Gunja Man Singh on 1st Baishakh,
2012 BS and started direct rule in Nepal. It existed till 12th Magh, 2012 BS.
Government of Praja Parishad
On 13th Magh, 2012 BS, another government was formed under the Premiership of Tanka
Prasad Acharya, the president of Praja Parishad. There were 7 members in the cabinet
including 3 independent members. Because of the inability to hold the general election,
extreme economic crisis, efforts to ban on newspapers, etc, the government was dissolved
on 31st Ashadh, 2014 BS.
Government of Dr. K. I. Singh
Dr. K.I. Singh was living a banished life in China. King Mahendra invited him to form
a government. Hence, 11 members government under his Premiership on 11th Shrawan,
2014 BS was formed. But this government also couldn’t exist for long. Due to various
reasons, it was dissolved on 29th Kartik, 2014 BS through the Royal Proclamation of King
Mahendra.
Direct Rule of King Mahendra
King Mahendra started his direct rule from 29th Kartik, 2014 BS to 2nd Jestha, 2015
BS. King Mahendra formed a Constitution Drafting Committee of five members under
the Chairmanship of Bhagawati Prasad Singh including some foreigners on 3rd Chaitra,
2014 BS. The Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal 2015 prepared by this committee was
proclaimed on 1st Falgun, 2015 BS.
Interim Government of Suvarna Shumsher
When the general election was announced to be held on 7th Falgun, 2015 BS, an interim
cabinet was formed under the Chairpersonship of Suvarna Shumsher on 2nd Jestha, 2015 BS.
First general election of Nepal was held from 7th Falgun, 2015 BS. This government was
dissolved on 2nd Jestha, 2016 BS.
First General Election and First Elected Government
First general election of parliament was held from 7th Falgun, 2015 BS for 109 seats.
There were 9 political parties participating in the election. The final result of the election
was announced on 28th Baishakh, 2016 BS. According to the result, Nepali Congress won
74 seats in the election and formed the government. B.P. Koirala became the first elected
Prime Minister of Nepal and Krishna Prasad Bhattarai became the first elected Speaker
of the Parliament. B.P. Koirala formed a 19 membered cabinet on 13th Jestha, 2016 BS.
It was the first elected government of Nepal. He extended his cabinet later on 16th Ashad,

2016 BS as a 21 membered cabinet. This government existed till 1st Poush, 2017 BS. The
following members were in the first elected government:
1. B.P. Koirala (Prime Minister) 2. Suvarna Shumsher (Deputy PM) 3. Ganesh Man Singh
4. Surya Prasad Upadhyaya 5. Ram Narayan Mishra 6. Kashi Nath Gautam
7. Parashu Narayan Chaudhari 8. Shiva Raj Panta 9. Prem Raj Angdambe
12. Dwarika Devi
10. Surya Nath Yadav 11. Lalit Chand
Thakurani
13. Min Bahadur Gurung 14. Jaman Singh Gurung 15. Netra Bahadur Malla
16. Dr. Tulsi Giri 17. Shiva Pratap Shah 18. Diwan Singh Rai
19. Yognarendra Man Sherchan 20. Tribeni Prasad Pradhan 21. Hira Prasad Joshi
Thus, during the period of 2007 to 2017 BS many governments were formed and dismissed
which created political instability and lawlessness in Nepal.
Chronology from 2007 to 2017 BS
Date (in BS) Events
17 Chaitra, 2007
th
Cabinet passed the Interim Government Act of Nepal, 2007
25th Kartik, 2008 All the cabinet members from the side of Nepali Congress resigned
1st Mangsir, 2008 Single-Party Government of Nepali Congress formed (PM: Matrika
Prasad Koirala)
30 Shrawan, 2009 Advisory Government formed
th
2nd Ashad, 2010 Advisory Government dissolved

2 Ashad, 2010
nd
Sole Government of Nepal Praja Party formed (PM: Matrika Prasad
Koirala)
Falgun, 2010 Multiparty Coalition Government formed (PM: Matrika Prasad
Koirala)
19 Falgun, 2011 Multiparty Coalition Government dissolved
th
1st Baishakh, 2012 Advisory Council formed (Direct Rule of King Mahendra)
12th Magh, 2012 Advisory Council dissolved
13 Magh 2012
th
Government of Praja Parishad formed (PM: Tanka Prasad Acharya)
31 Ashadh, 2014 Government of Praja Parishad dissolved
st
11th Shrawan, 2014 Government of Dr. K.I. Singh formed

29th Kartik, 2014 Government of D. K.I. Singh dissolved
29 Kartik, 2014
th
Direct Rule of King Mahendra started
2 Jestha, 2015
nd
Interim Government of Suvarna Shumsher formed
1 Falgun, 2015
st
The Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal proclaimed
7 Falgun, 2015
th
First general election of parliament held in Nepal
13 Jestha, 2016
th
First elected government formed (PM: B.P. Koirala)
1 Poush, 2017
st
First elected government dissolved
Our Past 267

Activities
1. King Mahendra ruled Nepal directly twice. What were his reasons to rule the country
directly? Discuss in the class.
2. Why Tanka Prasad Acharya was called “A Living Martyr”? Study various materials and
justify it.
Exercise
1. Why was Dr. K. I. Singh called from the banished life and appointed as the Prime
Minister of Nepal?
2. What is general election? Why is it different than election of Constituent Assembly?
3. Who had led the government formed after the 1st general election of Nepal ? What
was the numbers of ministers in the cabinet?
4. What do you mean by Advisory Government? Write the major feature of this
government.

1. Write any two main characteristics each of the Interim Government Act, 2007 and the
Constitution of the Kingdome of Nepal 2015.
2. “During the period from 2007 to 2017 BS, there was foreign interest in the politics of
Nepal.” Justify this statement.
3. Who was Bhimdutta Panta? Why did he revolt? Present his contribution.
4. You have studied the activities of government formed during the period of 2007 -
2017 BS. Which government’s functions did you like the most among them? Clarify
yours views in four points.
5. Present any four major events and their respective dates between 2007 - 2017 BS in
a timeline.

“A decade from 2007 BS to 2017 BS was full of political instability.” Justify the statement
with a list of the names of the Prime Ministers or heads of the government during that
period and reasons behind such frequent changes of government.
Project Work
Mention the major dates and events from 2007 BS to 2017 BS and present in a timeline.

LESSON
Abduction of Democracy and
3 Ban on Political Parties
The Coup of 2017 BS

After the general election of 2015, a popular government was
formed on the Premiership of B.P. Koirala. People cast their
vote to choose their government for the first time. But King
Mahendra did not like the popularity of that government. He
was a very ambitious king and wanted to rule by himself. So,
using Article no. 55 of The Constitution of the Kingdom of
Nepal, 2015, he dismissed the elected government, suspended
parliament, and imprisoned the Prime Minister on 1st Poush,
2017 BS. He also arrested ministers, political activists, and Mahendra Bir Bikram Shah
leaders and took the sole power in his hand. He banned the
political parties blaming that the misery, sorrow and obstacles
of people remained unchanged, government was unable to
solve the problems of the people and failed to maintain law
and order, national unity and the sovereignty of the country
were in danger, corruption increased, the leaders were more
interested for party and personal matters rather than national
matters and international relation destroyed. This act of King
Mahendra is called the coup of 2017 BS.
Through a proclamation, King Mahendra presented his
justification for his 1st Poush, 2017 BS act as, “Because of
the misuse of the authority, corruption has increased; there B.P. Koirala
is anarchy in the nation, so that national unity is threatened. Random economic decisions
have caused instability. In order to protect national unity, create peace and cooperation
and to save the whole country, we are forced to act according to Article 55 of constitution
and will suspend the cabinet, both houses of parliament and the party system. We will take
sole responsibility as laid down in article 55, until a new system is put in place. With good
wishes and support from all Nepalese good governance will prove to be possible”.
After this, the multiparty democracy established by the sacrifices, blood and sweat of
Nepalese people was abducted by King Mahendra. Thus, 1st Poush is regarded as “Black
Day” in the history of Nepal. After 21 days of this incident, he started party-less autocratic
Panchayat system in Nepal on 22nd Poush, 2017 BS. Nepalese people had to struggle for
30 years to restore democracy.
Socio-economic Achievement from 2007 to 2017 BS
Though the period of 2007 to 2017 BS was full of political instability and tremulous, many
important changes took place in the country. Democratic system was introduced. Literacy
Our Past 269
was about 2% before the establishment of democracy but increased during this period.
The major socio-economic achievements of this period are as follows:
Social achievements
All the forests were nationalized.
Civil Service Act was implemented in 2013 BS.
Common people also got opportunity to go to schools and colleges. English Medium
Schools were opened throughout the country.
Construction of highways started for the development of transportation.
Domestic and International air service began.
Election of Kathmandu Municipality was held.
Friendly relationship with the neighboring countries and various other countries of
the world was established.
Hetauda-Kathmandu ropeway was extended.
Koshi Agreement was signed on 12th Baishakh, 2011 BS and Gandak Agreement was
signed on 19th Mangsir, 2016 BS.
Nepal became the member of United Nations Organization in 2012 BS (14th December,
1955 AD).
Nepal Cultural Council was established for the strengthening of culture.
Nepal got the membership of Universal Postal Union on 26th Aswin, 2013 BS.
Radio Nepal was established on 20th Chaitra, 2007 BS.
Supreme Court was established. Independent and impartial judicial system was
started.
Telephone and Telegram services started in the country.
Tribhuwan University was established in 2016 BS. Similarly, Law College was also
established in Kathmandu.
Economic achievements
A declaration regarding the land was made on 17th Bhadra, 2013 BS that made the
provision of tenants’ right.
Annual budget was presented and published for the first time in Nepal from Shrawan
2008 BS.
Birta Abolition Act was enforced on Poush, 2016 BS.
Five years plan was declared on 22nd Aswin, 2012 BS and implemented from 2013 BS.
It started planned development in Nepal.
Modernization in agriculture and trade diversification began in the country.
Nepal Rastra Bank was established on 14th Baishakh, 2013 BS.
New tax system was implemented.
Uniformity was brought in the use of currency.
Though such socio-economic development activities have taken place, the political
achievement couldn’t take place due to continuous political instability and as a result the
pace of development got slow.
Activities
1. Read the given text and answer the following questions:
The Constitution of the Kingdom of NEPAL, 2015
Article: 55. Emergency Powers
(1) If His Majesty in His discretion is satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security or
economic life of Nepal, or any part thereof, is threatened by war or external aggression, or by
internal disturbance, He may by Proclamation in His discretion:
(a) declare that His functions shall to such extent as may be specified in the Proclamation, be
exercised by Him in His discretion;
(b) assume to Himself all or any of the powers vested in or exercisable by Parliament or any other
governmental body or authority; and any such Proclamation may contain such incidental and
consequential provisions as may appear to Him to be necessary or desirable for giving effect
to the objects of the Proclamation, including provisions for suspending in whole or in part the
operation of any provision of this Constitution:
a. Mention your opinion and evaluation on the above provision on Article 55 of the
Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal, 2015.
b. Was it appropriate to formulate and accept this kind of constitution in the
democratic system obtained from the sacrifices of people and in parliamentary
politics? Write.
2. What were the problems raised by the King in the following subjects while banning
political parties?
Subject Problems
Political parties Being power and party oriented
Economic status
International relation
Nationality
Lifestyle of people
Exercise
1. When was the first general election of parliament held in Nepal? Write full date.
2. What were the reasons mentioned by King Mahendra in his royal proclamation when
he banned the political parties?
3. Why is Poush 1st regarded as ‘Black Day’ in the history of Nepal? Give reason.
4. If you were there on 1st Poush, 2017 BS, how would you react as a citizen on the
prohibition of political parties? What steps would you have taken against that act of
the King?
Our Past 271
1. “King Mahendra was an ambitious king.” Present your logics in favour of this
statement.
2. Prepare an article for a newspaper on the changes seen in the field of education,
health and employment after the implementation of five years planning since 2013 BS
till the present.
3. What were the objectives of the prohibition on political parties made by the King?
4. The pace of development was slow between 2007 to 2017 BS. Why? Give reasons.
5. Prepare a dialogue between two friends on the achievement obtained in education
field during 2007 to 2017 BS.
6. What is Birta abolition? Why was it felt necessary at that time?

Mention the socio-economic achievements made from 2007 to 2017 BS and their effects
in Nepalese society.
Community Work
Meet some senior politicians in your community. Prepare questionnaires and ask what
activities were made during 2007 to 2017 BS. On the basis of answers you noted down,
prepare a report and present in the class.

LESSON
Political Events from
4 2017 BS to 2046 BS
After the incident of 1st Paush, 2017 BS, King Mahendra formed a Council of Ministers
under his Chairmanship. On 22nd Paush, 2017 BS, he declared the Panchayat system. He
formed the Panchayat Ministry. Under this ministry, Panchayat Direction Department and
Panchayat Development Department were established to strengthen the Panchayat system.
The country was divided into 14 zones and 75 districts on 1st Baishakh, 2018 BS.
Some Important Events
a. Janakpur Incident: King Mahendra visited Janaki
Temple after finishing his trip to eastern part on 9th
Magh, 2018 BS. When King Mahendra was proceeding
to Rangabhumi from Janaki Temple, Durgananda Jha
hurled a bomb at the vehicle in which King Mahendra
was travelling. This incident is called the Janakpur
Incident. For the involvement in this incident, Durgananda
Jha, Arbinda Kumar Thakur and Dalsingh Thapa were
announced capital punishment. On 25th Magh, 2020 BS,
Durgananda Jha was executed whereas Arbinda Kumar
Thakur and Dalsingh Thapa were sentenced to life
Durgananda Jha
imprisonment.
b. Promulgation of New Constitution: To legalize the party-less Panchayat system and

ban on political parties, The Constitution of Nepal 2019 based on Panchayat system was
promulgated by King Mahendra on 1st Paush, 2019 BS. In order to strengthen the Panchayat
system, this constitution was amended three times in 2023 BS, 2032 BS and 2037 BS.
c. Back to Village National Campaign: The first amendment in the Constitution of Nepal,
2019 was made in 2023 BS and a new program was implemented by King Mahendra called
“Back to Village National Campaign” on 1st Poush, 2024 BS to motivate the students,
civil servants and others who were in cities to return to their own villages. A ten point
program was set to raise the living standard of the villagers in this campaign.
d. Jhapa Revolt: Then Communist Party of Nepal (Marxist and Leninist) launched a
revolt for the freedom of poor people and against feudalism in Jhapa in 2028 BS. This
incident is called Jhapa revolt. King Mahendra passed away in the same year on 17th
Magh, 2028 BS.
Our Past 273

e. Sukhani Assassination: Ramnath Dahal, Narayan Shrestha,
Krishna Kuinkel, Netra Prasad Ghimire and Biren Rajbansi who
were involved in Jhapa revolt were arrested on the charge of
Dharma Prasad Upadhyaya’s murder, the then member of National
Panchayat (parliament of Panchayat System) and shot dead by the
then government at the place called Sukhani, Ilam on 21st Falgun,
2029 BS. This incident is called Sukhani Assassination.
Martyrs of Sukhani Assassination
f. Plane Hijack and Fire at Singha Durbar: A plane taken off for Kathmandu from
Biratnagar was hijacked on 25th Jestha, 2030 BS and landed at Forbesgunj, Bihar. There
was an amount of 30 lakhs IC in the plane which was nabbed by the hijackers and then
plane was released. It was the first incident of plane hijack in Nepal. This incident badly
affected the rulers of Panchayat system. Moreover, a fire broke out in Singha Durbar
on 25th Asadh, 2030 BS and many important documents got destroyed. Because of this,
Kirtinidhi Bista was forced to resign from the post of the Prime Minister.
g. Timburbote Incident: The youths were rapidly being organized to launch the
revolution in order to end party-less Panchayat system and restore multiparty democracy.
In 2031 BS, Nepali congress made a secret plan to capture Okhaldhunga. For this, they
established their camp at cave of Timburbote but the secrecy was revealed and Panchayat
government mobilized army force to suppress them. Nepal army attacked the Timburbote
camp and brutally killed Ram, Laxman and other youths. Capt. Yagya Bahadur Thapa
and Bhim Narayan Shrestha were arrested and hanged in 2033 BS. This incident is called
Timburbote Incident.
h. Politics for Development: On 26th Mangsir, 2032 BS, the Constitution of Nepal
2019 was amended for the second time and a new slogan was brought called “Politics
for Development”. This amendment made ‘Back to Village National Campaign’ as the
constitutional organ.
i. National Reconciliation Policy of B.P. Koirala: B.P. Koirala returned to Nepal from
exile in India with the new policy “National Reconciliation Policy” on 16th Poush, 2033 BS.
It was the policy of finding the middle ground with monarch and regressive force.
j. Murder of Ratna Kumar Bantawa: Panchayat government was continuing the series
of murder. On 27th Chaitra, 2035 BS, Ratna Kumar Bantawa, a potential communist leader
was shot dead at Imang (near Deumai River) of Ilam. Similarly, Rishiraj Devkota (Ajaad),
and Jay Govinda Shah were also killed by the Panchayat government.
k. Referendum: Referendum is a democratic way of taking public opinion in which every
adult citizen of a country is asked a straight forward question or has to choose between two
alternatives about any important national issue.
On 22nd Chaitra, 2035 BS (April, 1979 AD), TU students
organised a huge procession against the death sentence to
former Prime Minister of Pakistan Zulfikar Ali Bhutto and
tried to deliver the letter of condemnation to the Embassy
of Pakistan in Kathmandu. But the police stopped them
on the way and Lathi charged them. Many students were
injured. After this incident, student organizations started
Zulfikar Ali Bhutto
united movement against the Panchayat government.
Initially their demands were related to education but the government did not pay attention.
Later on, movement was continued against the political system and political parties
also joined them. Huge demonstrations were organized throughout the country. The
Panchayat government tried to suppress it but agitation increased day by day. So, on 10th
Jestha, 2036 BS, King Birendra declared a referendum. In the referendum of 2036 BS,
people were asked to choose one out of two options. They were:
a. Reformed Panchayat system
b. Multiparty Democratic System
The poll for the referendum was held on 20th Baishakh, 2037 BS. Party-less Panchayat
system won the referendum with 10% more votes. The result of the referendum gave
a mandate to the King to continue the Panchayat system with some reforms. After that
referendum, the election of National Panchayat (parliament of that time) was held in
2038 BS and Surya Bahadur Thapa became the Prime Minister.
a. Piskar Assasination: On 1st Magh, 2040 BS, while a cultural program was running at
Piskar Mahadev in Sindhupalchok district, the police surrounded the site and shot dead
Ile Thami, Bir Bahadur Thami and other many innocent children. Dozens of people were
arrested and tortured. This incident is called Piskar Assassination. After this incident, vote
of no confidence was launched in National Panchayat by the then members of parliament.
Our Past 275

Surya Bahadur Thapa was removed from the post of Prime Minister and Lokendra Bahadur
Chand was appointed the new Prime Minister.
b. Satyagraha and Bomb Blast: On 10th Jestha, 2042 BS,
Nepali Congress launched a civil disobedience movement
(Satyagraha), a non-violent movement throughout the
country. But at the same time, a political party called
Janabadi Morcha led by Ramraja Prasad Singh exploded
bombs in various important cities of the country including
the royal palace of Kathmandu on 6th Asadh, 2042 BS
demanding republicanism in the country. The Panchayat
government passed a new law and Ramraja Prasad Singh,
Ramraja Prasad Singh
Laxman Prasad Singh, Prem Bahadur Bishwakarma and
others were announced death penalty. It obstructed the
movement and Nepali Congress withdrew the Satyagraha.
c. People’s Movement of 2046 BS: The Movement
launched to restore multi-party democracy from 7th
Falgun, 2046 BS to 26th Chaitra, 2046 BS for 49 days in the
leadership of Ganeshman Singh was People’s Movement
of 2046 BS. It is popularly known as People’s Movement
I nowadays.
Causes of People’s Movement
Panchayat government had an undemocratic nature.
People were deprived of human rights and fundamental
rights.
Corruption, smuggling and other activities increased
in the country. Ganeshman Singh
Panchayat system was failed to bring reforms in the country.

So, in order to release the people from such condition, Nepali Congress and the United
Left Front (Samyukta Bammorcha) took a historical decision to launch a united people’s
movement.
A national conference of Nepali Congress was held from 5th to 7th Magh of 2046 BS at the
residence of Ganesh Man Singh. The leaders of the United Left Front and various political
parties of India participated in that conference. The Indian leaders promised to give full
support to the mass movement for the restoration of democracy and human rights in Nepal.
The Nepali Congress and United Left Front started united mass movement from 7th Falgun,
2046 BS. Ganesh Man Singh was declared the commander of the movement. Students

played a vital role in that movement. Similarly lawyers, doctors, professors, teachers,
businessmen, etc involved in the movement and held a huge demonstration in various
parts of the country. Civil servants also joined this movement. Strikes, demonstrations,
disobedience of laws and rules, stopping tax payment, etc were observed throughout
the country. The students and police clashed in Patan, Kathmandu, Bhaktapur, Kirtipur,
Pokhara, Hetaunda, Janakpur, Biratnagar, etc. Many people got martyrdom. Lots of people
were injured in clash with the police. Media like newspapers also played a vital role by
publishing news in favour of the movement. Many people and political activists were
imprisoned. The autocratic Panchayat government tried to suppress the people. To stop the
movement, King Birendra, dissolved the government of Marich Man Singh and Lokendra
Bahadur Chand was appointed as the Prime Minister. But the movement continued in full
swing.
At last, seeing no way out to that grim situation,
King Birendra invited the leaders of the
movement like Ganesh Man Singh, Krishna
Prasad Bhattarai, Girija Prasad Koirala, Sahana
Pradhan and Radha Krishna Mainali for
negotiation on 26th of Chaitra, 2046 BS. The
leaders reached an agreement to lift the ban on
political parties. At 11:00 PM on 26th Chaitra,
2046 BS, a message was broadcasted in Radio
Nepal and Nepal Television. It read that a ban
Sahana Pradhan
on political parties had been removed from the
Constitution of Nepal 2019 BS. The leaders declared the end of mass movement and it
marked the restoration of democracy in Nepal.
Consequences of the People’s Movement of 2046 BS
End of autocratic Panchayat system and restoration of democracy,
Interim government was formed from
among the leaders of the various
political parties,
Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal
2047 BS was promulgated,
Absolute monarchy was changed into
constitutional monarchy,
Election of parliament was held and
people got opportunity to choose People’s Movement-I
their government by themselves.
Our Past 277

Date (in BS) Events
22 Poush, 2017
nd
Declaration of Panchayat System
1st Baishakh, 2018 Country was divided into 14 zones and 75 districts
9th Magh, 2018 Janakpur Incident
1st Poush, 2019 Promulgation of the Constitution of Nepal - 2019 BS
1st Bhadra, 2020 New Muluki Ain was announced
Durgananda Jha was executed for the involvement in Janakpur
25th Magh, 2020
Incident
4th Magh, 2023 First amendment of the Constitution of Nepal-2019 BS
2028 Jhapa Revolt
17th Magh, 2028 King Mahendra passed away.
21st Falgun, 2029 Sukhani Assassination
2029 Division of Nepal into four development regions
25th Jestha, 2030 Plane hijacked in Nepal
25th Ashad, 2030 Fire took place in the Singha Durbar
2031 Timburbote incident
26th Mangsir, 2032 Second amendment of the Constitution of Nepal-2019 BS
10th Jestha, 2036 Declaration of Referendum by King Birendra
20th Baishakh, 2037 Poll of the referendum held
Third amendment of the Panchayati constitution adopting the
1st Poush, 2037
proposed reformations
Election of National Panchayat held and Surya Bahadur Thapa
2038
became Prime Minister
1st Magh, 2040 Piskar Assassination
Election of National Panchayat held and Marich Man Singh
2042
Shrestha became Prime Minister
10th Jestha, 2042 Satyagraha movement launched by Nepali Congress
5th-7th Magh, 2046 National conference of Nepali Congress was held
7th Falgun, 2046 People’s Movement was started
26th Chaitra, 2046 End of People’s Movement, restoration of multi-party democracy
Activities
1. Along with the beginning of Panchayat system, many incidents of murder took place.
Why? Give reasons.
2. Mention the important political events happened in Panchayat system along with
their respective dates.
Exercise
1. When was Panchayat system declared by King Mahendra?
2. What was Janakpur Incident? When did it take place?
3. Which district is related with the Timmurbote massacre?
4. What is referendum? When was it declared in Nepal for the first time?
5. What were the people asked in the referendum of 2036 BS and what was its result?
6. Who was Ratna Kumar Bantawa? Why do the Nepalese politicians remember him
even today?
7. What kind of movement is Satyagraha movement? Why was it withdrawn?
8. Who was Ramraja Prasad Singh?
9. When did the People’s Movement of 2046 BS begin and end?

1. Prepare a timeline including any four dates and events happened from 2017 BS to
2046 BS.
2. Why weren’t Nepalese people satisfied with Panchayat system? Write any four
reasons.
3. Why was referendum held in Nepal? Explain.
4. Prepare a pie chart based on the following result of referendum:
a. Reformed Panchayat System 24,33,452 votes
b. Multi-party system 20,07,965 votes
c. Invalid 3,72,069 votes
5. Discrimination on the basis of caste was made illegal by the Muluki Ain which was
enforced on 1st Bhadra 2020 BS. But it still exists in our society. How can you involve
yourself to end racial discrimination completely? Prepare a plan.

1. Introduce the following incidents in short:
a. Jhapa Revolt b. Sukhani Assassination
c. Timburbote Incident d. Piskar Assassination
2. Describe the causes, major events and consequences of the People’s Movement
2046 BS.
Community Work
Meet a senior citizen of your community and ask about the important events happened
from 2017 BS to 2046 BS and their effects in the community. On the basis of his/her
answer, prepare a model of news.
Our Past 279
LESSON
Causes of the Rise and Downfall
5 of Panchayat System
Panchayat system was a party-less autocratic political system. King Mahendra abducted
the democracy on 1st Poush, 2017 BS and started Panchayat system on 22nd Poush,
2017 BS. It lasted for about 30 years and ended by People’s Movement of 2046 BS on 26th
Chaitra, 2046 BS. There were many causes of its rise and downfall. Some major causes
are presented below:
Causes of the Rise of Panchayat System
Although democracy was introduced in Nepal by ending the Ranarchy in 2007 BS,
people could not get full rights. Instead, it legitimated another family rule in the form
of Monarchy.
Formulation of constitution from elected constituent assembly and implementation of
Delhi Agreement were not made.
Kings concentrated only in acquiring power and confusing people.
Political parties were lacking enough experience and maturity.
King Mahendra did not have faith on democracy and was ambitious to be a powerful
King.
The parliamentary system was new for Nepal.
There was illiteracy, lack of political consciousness, breakage in political parties,
foreign interest and interference, corruption and slowness in the administration, etc.
Causes of the Downfall of Panchayat System

Panchayat System was fully centralized unitary system run from the center.
It was an autocratic rule and the lower bodies had to obey everything ordered from the
higher bodies.
Freedom, fundamental rights and human rights were hindered.
There was dissatisfaction in people against the Panchayat system because the literacy
and awareness was increasing in people.
Those who oppose the bad works of the government used to be suppressed.
Corruption increased, the executers of this system were more active to get power
rather than public and national issues.
Political parties got united against Panchayat system and agreed to launch movement
from 7th Falgun, 2046 BS against it.
People also supported the political parties. They involved in the movement. There
was strike everywhere. Ultimately, King Birendra made a proclamation on radio at
11:00pm on 26th Chaitra, 2046 BS and declared the end of Panchayat system and
restoration of democracy.
Activities
1. Make a table and show the causes of the rise and downfall of Panchayat system.
2. Although the Panchayat system was an autocratic system, there were some
noteworthy works. Search such works from different sources and present in the
class.
Exercise
1. What was Panchayat system?
2. When did Panchayat system start and end?

1. Write a letter to your friend highlighting the causes of the rise of Panchayat system.
2. What were the development activities of Panchayat system? Write in points.
3. What should be done so that we don’t need to lose democracy and can move ahead
towards economic progress? Write in points.
4. What did Panchayat Rulers do to sustain the rule?

1. The democracy obtained by Nepalese people in 2007 BS suffered from various crises
and was weakened time and again. Why it happened? Explain.
2. Explain the causes of the rise and downfall of Panchayat system.
Community Work
Invite some intellectual personalities as speaker and conduct an interaction program
about the physical and education reform of your school. Present the conclusion of the
interaction program in the class.
Our Past 281

LESSON
Political Events from
6 2046 BS to 2062 BS
As a result of 49 days long People’s Movement (7th Falgun,

2046 BS to 26th Chaitra, 2046 BS), the party-less autocratic
Panchayat system ended and democracy was restored. After
the success of the mass movement, all the Panchayat related
organizations were dissolved. An interim government was
formed under the chairmanship of Krishna Prasad Bhattarai
(leader of Nepali Congress) involving the representatives of
political parties who participated in People’s Movement, the
persons nominated from the King and independent personalities.
This interim government was entrusted two major tasks. They
were:
a. To make new constitution based on multiparty democracy Krishna Prasad Bhattarai
b. To conduct the election of parliament
A Commission for the Constitution Reform Suggestion was
formed to draft a new constitution under the chairmanship
of Bishwanath Prasad Upadhyaya, the then chief justice of
Supreme Court. Accordingly, the commission prepared the draft
of the constitution and submitted to the King. King Birendra
promulgated and enforced The Constitution of the Kingdom of
Nepal-2047 on 23rd Kartik, 2047 BS. This constitution clearly
mentioned that the sovereignty of Nepal is vested in the Nepalese Bishwanath Prasad
people. Besides this, the provisions of parliamentary system of Upadhyaya
government, constitutional monarchy, adult franchise, human
rights and multiparty democratic system were guaranteed by
this constitution.
According to the Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal-2047,
election of parliament was held on 29th Baishakh, 2048 BS and
Nepali Congress won with majority. Under the Premiership of
Girija Prasad Koirala, Nepali Congress formed a government.
But it could not work for full term due to internal conflict in the
party. So, the parliament (Pratinidhi Sabha) was dissolved and
Mid-term Election (Madhyavadhi Nirbachan) was held on 29th
Girija Prasad Koirala
Kartik, 2051 BS.
No political parties got clear majority in the Mid-term Election. So CPN (UML) formed
the minority government on the Premiership of Manmohan Adhikari as it was the largest

party in the parliament. After nine months, this government
also failed as vote of no confidence (Abiswasko Prastab) was
passed against this government. Now, a coalition government
was formed under the Premiership of Sher Bahadur Deuba
including Nepali Congress, Rastriya Prajatantra Party and
Sadbhabana party.
On 1st Falgun, 2052 BS, Communist Party of Nepal (Maoist)
started armed revolution from Rolpa with the demand of the
end of monarchy and oppose of the constitution. Slowly it
started to affect every nook and corner of the nation which
ultimately spread throughout the country. At the same time,
the Royal Massacre took place on 19th Jestha, 2058 BS which
liquidated King Birendra and his family. Gyanendra Shah Manmohan Adhikari
ascended the throne as the new King.
Direct Rule of King Gyanendra
On 18th Asoj, 2059 BS, King Gyanendra dismissed Prime
Minister Sher Bahadur Deuba and seized all power in his
hand using article 127 of the Constitution of the Kingdom
of Nepal-2047. He appointed Lokendra Bahadur Chand and
Surya Bahadur Thapa as the Prime Minister respectively.
This act of king was criticised by the people throughout the
country. Due to extreme pressure from the people, the king
appointed Sher Bahadur Deuba as the Prime Minister. But on
19th Magh, 2061 BS, the king detained all political leaders Birendra Bir Bikram Shah
including Prime Minister Sher Bahadur Deuba and formed
the government under his own chairmanship.
Peoples’ Movement II (2062/63 BS)
The political parties were angry with King Gyanendra for
his 19th Magh’s act. It was strongly criticised and opposed
by the then CPN (Maoist) which was in armed revolution.
Seven parties’ alliance and CPN (Maoist) signed a 12 point
understanding in Delhi on 7th Mangsir, 2062 BS and agreed to
launch People’s Movement against the existing government
peacefully. Accordingly, the people’s movement started
on 24th Chaitra, 2062 BS. The government made attempts
Gyanendra Bir Bikram Shah
to suppress the revolution by imposing ban on all political
activities, demarcating sensitive places as ‘prohibited areas’ and imposed curfew. However
people poured into the street, shouted slogans, clashed with the police and violated the ban
of the government. Government could not maintain peace and security. King could not
continue his direct rule any more. So, after 19 days movement, he made a proclamation on
11th Baishakh, 2063 BS and declared the returning of sovereignty and the royal power to
the people. This movement is called People’s Movement-II.
Our Past 283
Kind Gyanendra tried to rule to country directly even though knowing that, at that time, people were much conscious about
the political system. Therefore, Kind Gyanendra's high ambition was one of the cause of People's Movement-II
Causes of the People’s Movement-II

King Gyanedra’s high ambition,
12 point understanding between Seven Parties’
Alliance and then CPN (Maoist) to launch
People’s Movement against the King’s rule,
Consciousness developed in people about their
rights, and
Anti-democratic nature and activities of the
then government, etc. People’s Movement-II
After the royal proclamation of 11th Baishakh, the movement was stopped. Parliament
(Pratinidhi Sabha) was reinstated and a coalition government of seven parties was formed
under the premiership of Girija Prasad Koirala.
Date (in BS) Events
Formation of eleven members interim government under the
6th Baishakh, 2047
premiership of Krishna Prasad Bhattarai
Formation of a Commission for the Constitution Reform Suggestion
16th Jestha, 2047 to draft a new constitution under the chairmanship of Bishwanath
Prasad Upadhyaya, the Chief Justice of Supreme Court
Promulgation of The Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal, 2047
23rd Kartik, 2047
by the King Birendra
General Election held and new government was formed under the
29th Baishakh, 2048
premiership of Girija Prasad Koirala
29 Kartik, 2051
th
Mid-term election held
Formation of minority government under the premiership of
13th Mangsir, 2051
Manmohan Adhikari, the Chairperson of CPN (UML)
Formation coalition government under the premiership of Sher
25th Bhadra, 2052
Bahadur Deuba
1 Falgun, 2052
st
CPN(Maoist) started armed revolution
20 Baishakh and
th
Parliamentary election held in the country
3rd Jestha, 2056
Royal massacre in Narayanhiti palace which liquidated the King
19th Jestha, 2058
Birendra and his family.
19 Magh, 2061
th
King Gyanendra took power in his hand
Signing on 12 points understanding by Seven parties’ alliance and
7th Mangsir, 2062
CPN (Maoist) in Delhi to restore the democratic system
24 Chaitra, 2062 People’s Movement was launched
th
House of Representatives was reinstated, People’s Movement

11th Baishakh, 2063
ended and democracy (Loktantra) was restored

Activities
1. Prepare a chart including the major incidents of 19 Days People’s Movement and
2. Present the major political and historical events from 2046 BS to 2062/63 BS in a
timeline.
3. Discuss about the changes brought in the country by the people’s war of Maoist
launched from 2052 BS?
Exercise
1. What do you mean by interim government?
2. Write any one difference between armed revolution and mass movement.
3. When did the People’s Movement of 2062/63 BS begin and end?
4. What was the main objective of People’s Mass Movement-II?
5. What were the major tasks entrusted to the interim government formed after the
people’s movement of 2046 BS.

1. Mention any four strong aspects of the political changes happened from 2046 BS to
2062/63 BS.
2. List the causes of the People’s Movement 2062/63 BS.
3. Mention the similarities and differences between the achievements of the people’s
movement of 2046 and 2062/63 BS.

1. Four great movements and two armed struggles took place from 2007 to 2062 BS.
What should be done to protect the achievements of the movements and let economic
development progress?
2. Compare between the People’s Movement of 2046 BS and People’s Movement of
2062/63 BS in terms of objectives, achievements, leadership and duration.
Community Work
Meet a politician and ask about his/her contribution and involvement in the
establishment of Loktantra in the country in 2062/63 BS. Then, prepare a report and
Our Past 285
LESSON
Political Events After
7 2062/63 BS
After the royal proclamation of 11th Baishakh, 2063 BS, dissolved parliament (House of
Representatives) was reinstated and democracy was restored. On 15th Baishakh, 2063 BS,
the meeting of reinstated House of Representative was held and after that new government
under the premiership of Girija Prasad Koirala was formed. On 4th Jestha, 2063 BS,
the meeting of House of Representative made a Historical Declaration of House of
Representatives. The major points of the declarations were:
1. All the Powers regarding legislature of Nepal shall be exercised by the House of
Representatives.
2. The House of Representatives shall, as per necessity, specify the procedures for
moving to the path of Constituent Assembly.
3. All the executive powers of Nepal shall be vested on the Council of Ministers. “His
Majesty’s Government” shall be referred as “Government of Nepal” from now
onwards.
4. The title “Royal Nepal Army” shall be changed to “Nepal Army”.
5. Chief of the Army Staff of the Nepalese Army shall be appointed by the Council of
Ministers.
6. The power to make, amend and repeal laws regarding the succession to the throne
shall be vested on the House of Representatives.
7. The private property and income of His Majesty the King shall be taxable pursuant
the law.
8. A question over the acts performed by His Majesty may be raised in the House of
Representatives and in court.
9. The existing “national anthem” shall be changed by making alternative arrangement.
10. Nepal shall be a secular state.
11. The legal arrangements of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal-1990 and other
prevailing laws, with this declaration, shall be void to the extent of inconsistency.
12. Any difficulty that may arise while implementing this declaration shall be removed by
a decision of the House of Representatives.
The House of Representatives made
unanimous decision to hold the election of
Constituent Assembly, to negotiate with the
CPN (Maoist), to make interim constitution,
etc. Eight Points Agreement was reached
between (CPN) Maiost and Seven Political
Parties on 2nd Ashad, 2063 BS. Comprehensive
Comprehensive Peace Agreement

Peace Agreement was signed between
(CPN) Maoist and the Government of
Nepal on 5th Mangsir, 2063 BS and 10
years long people’s war launched from
2052 BS was ended. On the consent of
(CPN) Maoist and Seven Political Parties,
the Interim Constitution of Nepal-2063
was promulgated on 1st Magh, 2063 BS as
a document of political consensus. Declaration of Republic of Nepal
The election for Constitution Assembly was held

on 28th Chaitra, 2064 BS and the first meeting
of Constituent Assembly declared Nepal as
Republican State on 15th Jestha, 2065 BS and ended
centuries-long monarchy. After this declaration,
the then King Gyanendra made a public address
and left the throne voluntarily. Then, Dr. Ram
Baran Yadav, the leader of Nepali Congress
was elected as the first President of Nepal on 6th
Shrawan, 2065 BS. Similarly, Puspa Kamal Dahal Declaration of Constitution of Nepal
(Prachanda), the leader of the largest party (CPN,
Maoist) in Constituent Assembly became the first Prime Minister of Republic of Nepal
on 31st Shrawan, 2065 BS. But, the country’s political situation started to deteriorate and
political turmoil continued. After Puspa Kamal Dahal (Prachanda), Madhav Kumar Nepal
(on 11th Jestha, 2066 BS), Jhalanath Khanal (on 23rd Magh, 2067 BS) and Dr. Baburam
Bhattarai (on 12th Bhadra, 2068 BS) became the Prime Ministers of Nepal.
The Constituent Assembly was dissolved on 14th Jestha, 2069 BS without completing
its major task i.e., writing constitution in the country during the premiership of Dr.
Baburam Bhattarai. The four years long effort of political parties to maintain consensus,
collaboration and unity was not effective enough for the formulation of constitution from
the Constituent Assembly.
Constitution could not be formulated from the Constituent Assembly-I due to the following
reasons:
Disagreement of political parties on several issues,
Crisis of understanding, beliefs, maturity, experience, feeling of responsibility, etc in
political parties,
Interest of political parties on forming and dissolving the government rather than
drafting constitution,
Negligence of political parties to the mandate and spirit of people’s movement and
power game.
Our Past 287

After the resignation of Dr. Baburam Bhattarai, an Interim Election Council of 10 ex-
government officials was formed under the chairmanship of the then Chief Justice
Khil Raj Regmi on 1st Chaitra, 2069 BS. It became successful to hold the election of
Constituent Assembly-II. Finally, after the election of Constituent Assembly-II held on
4th Mangsir, 2070 BS, Nepali Congress and CPN-UML emerged as the 1st and 2nd largest
parties respectively in the Constituent Assembly-II. Sushil
Koirala, the leader of Nepali congress was elected as the
Prime Minister of the country right after the formation of
Constituent Assembly-II on 27th Magh, 2070 BS.
After many serious dialogues, the political parties agreed
to promulgate the new constitution. The great earthquake
of 12th and 29th Baishakh, 2072 BS caused the loss of
lives and properties in 14 districts. In such disastrous
situation, the political parties got united for the rescue
and reconstruction forgetting their self-contradiction. It
also created an environment to realize the need of unity Dr. Ram Baran Yadav
for the formulation of constitution and nation building. (The first President of Nepal)
Hence the constitution drafting process speeded up. Some
of the agendas were kept undecided as it is to decide
in future by agreement. According to the commitment
made between political parties, the date to promulgate
constitution was fixed. In the meeting of the CA held
on 3rd Ashwin, 2072 BS, the Constitution of Nepal was
promulgated by the then president Dr. Ram Baran Yadhav.
The government requested the Nepali citizen to welcome
constitution with great celebration and enthusiasm all
over the country. Along with the promulgation of the
Constitution, Nepal entered into new era and the dream of
Nepali people for 65 years was materialized. Khadga Prasad Sharma Oli
(The Prime Minister of Nepal)
Right after the promulgation of the constitution, the
country had to suffer from unofficial blockade. After that
new cabinet was formed under the premiership of the
Chairperson of CPN (UML) Khadga Prasad Sharma Oli
(K.P. Oli) on 24th Ashwin, 2072 BS. Still there are some
constitutional issues to be addressed for the practical
implementation of federalism in Nepal.
According to the constitutional provision, the election
of President and Vice-President was held. Bidhya Devi
Bhandari was elected as the first woman President Bidhya Devi Bhandari
in the history of Nepal on 11th Kartik, 2072 BS. It is a (The President of Nepal)

great achievement for Nepalese women in regards of
empowerment. Similarly, Nanda Bahadur Pun was
elected as Vice-President on Kartik 14th, 2072 BS. The
Constituent Assembly-II was converted into Legislative
Parliament as it completed its job of writing constitution.
A new cabinet was formed under the premiership of
the Chairperson of CPN (Maoist Centre) Pushpakamal
Dahal on 19th Shrawan, 2073 BS. The first phase of local
election was held on 31st Baisakh, 2074 BS. Then Sher
Bahadur Deuba was appointed as 40th Prime Minister of
Nepal on 23rd Jestha, 2074 BS. During his Primership, the
Nanda Bahadur Pun
second and third phase of local election was held on 14th (The Vice-President of Nepal)
of Ashad and 2nd of Ashwin, 2074 BS respectively. The
historical election of Federal and Provincial level was conducted in two phases. The first
phase was held on 10th of Mangsir 2074 BS in 35 districts of hills and mountains and the
second phase of election was held on 21st Mangsir, 2074 BS in remaining 42 districts.
Similarly, the election of National Assembly was held on 24th of Magh, 2074 BS.
Immediately after the completion of all level of election, K.P. Oli was appointed 41st Prime
Minister of Federal Government of Nepal on 3rd of Falgun, 2074 BS. Krishna Bahadur
Mahara was elected as the Speaker of House of Representatives on 26th Falgun, 2074 BS,
Ganesh Timilshina was elected as the Chairperson of the National Assembly on 30th
Falgun, 2074 BS and the President of Nepal Bidhya Devi Bhandari was re-elected as the
President of Nepal on 29th Falgun, 2074 BS. The Vice-President Nanda Bahadur Pun was
also re-elected as the new Vice-President of Nepal on 4th Chaitra, 2074 BS.
Chronology after 2062/63 BS
Date (in BS) Events
4 Jestha, 2063
th
Historical Declaration of House of Representatives
5th Mangsir, 2063 Signing on Comprehensive Peace Agreement
1st Magh, 2063 Promulgation of the Interim Constitution of Nepal, 2063
28th Chaitra, 2064 Election of the Constituent Assembly I
15th Jestha, 2065 Nepal was declared as Republican State
6th Shrawan, 2065 Dr. Ram Baran Yadav elected as the First President of Nepal
Pushpakamal Dahal elected as the First Prime Minister of
31st Shrawan, 2065
Republic of Nepal
New cabinet formed under the premiership of Madhav Kumar
11th Jestha, 2066
Nepal
23rd Magh, 2067 Formation of Jhalanath Khanal led government
12th Bhadra, 2068 Formation of Dr. Baburam Bhattarai led government
14th Jestha, 2069 Constituent Assembly I dissolved
Our Past 289

Formation of Interim Election Council under the Chairmanship
1st Chaitra, 2069
of the Chief Justice-Khil Raj Regmi
4 Mangsir, 2070
th
Election of Constituent Assembly II held
27 Magh, 2070
th
Formation of Sushil Koirala led government
12 and 29 Baishakh, Great earthquake hit, huge loss of lives and properties
th th
2072
3rd Ashwin, 2072 Constitution of Nepal promulgated
24 Ashwin, 2072
th
New government formed under the premiership of K.P. Oli
11 Kartik, 2072
th
Bidhya Devi Bhandari elected as President of Nepal
New cabinet formed under the premiership of the Chairperson of
19th Shrawan, 2073
CPN (Maoist Centre) Pushpa Kamal Dahal
31 Baishakh, 2074
st
First phase local election
23 Jestha, 2074
rd
Sher Bahadur Deuba became Prime Minister
14 Ashad, 2074
th
Second phase of local election
2 Ashwin, 2074
nd
Third phase of local election
First phase of general election of Central and Provincial
10th Mangsir, 2074
Parliament in 35 districts
Second phase of general election of Central and Provincial
21st Mangsir, 2074
Parliament in 42 districts
24 Magh, 2074
th
Election of National Assembly
3 Falgun, 2074
rd
K.P. Oli appointed as 41st Prime Minister of Nepal
The President Bidhya Devi Bhandari was re-elected as the new
29th Falgun, 2074
President of Nepal.
The Vice-President Nanda Bahadur Pun was re-elected as the
4th Chaitra, 2074
new Vice-President of Nepal.
9 Magh, 2076
th
Election of National Assembly for one-third members.
12 Magh, 2076
th
Agni Prasad Sapkota elected on new Speaker of House of Representatives.
President Bidhya Devi Bhandari dissolved House of Representatives
5th Poush, 2077 on the recommendation of Prime Minister K.P. Sharma Oli and fixed
date for the election to be held on 17th and 27th Baishakh, 2078 BS.
11th Falgun, 2077 The Supreme Court reinstated the dissolved House of Representatives.
Activities
1. “The political condition after the People’s Movement 2062/63 was unstable.” Discuss
about its causes and consequences in the class.
2. Why was the government formed under the Chairmanship of Chief Justice Khil Raj
Regmi? Mention the achievements of that government.
Exercise
1. What was the Historical Declaration of House of Representatives?
2. When was the Comprehensive Peace Agreement signed between the CPN (Maoist)
and the Government of Nepal?
3. What is Constituent Assembly?
4. When was the Constitution of Nepal promulgated through Constituent Assembly?

1. Constitution could not be formulated from the Constituent Assembly-I? Why?
Mention the reasons.
2. “The present constitution of Nepal is a document of consensus.” Justify this statement.
3. Show the major political events occurred after 2062/63 BS in a timeline using
appropriate scale.
4. Mention the reasons behind the establishment of republicanism in Nepal.
5. Present the list of major similarities and differences between the Panchayat period
and 2059-2062 BS period in Nepal.
6. Differentiate between republicanism and monarchism in four points.

1. Were the wills and aspirations of people fulfilled after the People’s Movement-II?
Present your logics.
2. General elections, referendum and election of Constituent Assembly have been
conducted in the history of Nepal. Now, mention the years in which they were held
and show them in a timeline.
3. List out any four changes seen in the country after People’s Movement 2062/63 BS.
Project Work
Consult any political personality or use internet or read books to find out the facts about
the People’s Movement-II and achievements obtained from it. Include the obtained
opinion and your conclusion and then prepare a report on the basis of following sub-
titles.
a. Title
b. Introduction
c. Objectives
d. Methodology
e. Findings
f. Conclusion and suggestion
Our Past 291
LESSON Social and Economic
8 Achievements After People’s

Movement-II
With the aim to restore people’s right over the state authority, People’s Movement-II
was launched for 19 days from 24th Chaitra, 2062 BS to 11th Baishakh, 2063 BS. This
movement restored democratic system in the country. Many political incidents occurred
after this movement. Lots of social and economic changes were made.
Social Achievements
Proportional
Inclusiveness
End of Affirmative
Social Evils Action
Social
Increase in Achievements
Awareness End of
Discrimination
Improved lifestyle
M Proportional inclusiveness: Principle of proportional inclusiveness was adopted. It

brought all the citizens of backward class, region, caste, language, gender, etc into the
mainstream of development. It also ensured the participation of such citizens in the
state affairs by ending all kinds of discrimination and oppression.
M Affirmative Action: A provision of special privileges and opportunities has been made
for the women, indigenous nationalities, Madhesi, Dalit, persons with disability and
people from backward region on the basis of percentage. They are also provided with
reservation in services and facilities to be provided by the state. It is to compensate
them for past injustices.
M End of discrimination: The custom of discrimination on the basis of caste, religion,
language, region, gender, etc has been eliminated. The discrimination in the name of
so-called upper caste and lower caste is now almost ended. Women have now reached
at the highest positions of the state affairs. Madhesi people, who were backward
regionally, have now reached in the level of ruling and access.
M Improved lifestyle: After the success of People’s Movement-II, development activities
have been operated smoothly because the existing conflict came to the end and peace
has been restored. Rapid development of education, employment, communication,
transportation, etc has made the lifestyle of people easier and comfortable.

M Increase in awareness: The level of people’s awareness has increased all of a sudden.
Literacy has increased more than 65%. People have become conscious about their
health. They are capable enough to identify the corruption and complain against it.
M End of social evils: People have now started to be united for the development and
prosperity of the community and nation rising above their political thought, caste,
religion or any other matter. Cooperation, teamwork and friendship are rapidly
increasing among the people which ultimately contributed in eradicating the evil
practices from the society.
Economic Achievements
Economic Achievements
Reduction in Increase in Increase Increase in

Poverty Economic in Foreign Employment
Growth Rate Investment Opportunity
M Reduction in poverty: Poverty alleviation projects are running in various parts of the
country by different donor countries and agencies. Remittance is increasing day by
day. Foreign employment is gradually being managed. Periodic plans are in operation
in the country. Consequently, the rate of poverty is decreasing and economic condition
of the country is improving than before.
M Increase in economic growth rate: After the People’s Movement-II, the country has
made economic progress. Top priority has been given for the rapid economic growth
by the government. Economic growth rate is gradually increasing. Big development
projects are running in various parts of the country.
M Increase in foreign investment: The end of conflict and restoration of peace opened
the door to foreign investment. Many multinational companies are interested to invest
in Nepal. Non-resident Nepalese are also investing in many sectors in the country.
BIPPA and other agreements on transportation, cooperation, grant, etc have been
made with various countries.
M Increase in employment opportunity: New destinations for the foreign employment
have been identified. Increasing service sectors like private schools, colleges, banks,
etc are providing job opportunities to people. The government has brought various
schemes related to self-employment.
Our Past 293

Activities
1. What economic changes have been made in your family within last 5 years? Make a
note and present in the class.
2. Discuss in the class about the social and economic achievements observed after the
People’s Movement-II.
Exercise
1. What do you mean by political change?
2. What was the main achievement of People’s Movement-II? Write in a sentence.

1. Present the social and economic achievements after the People’s Movement-II in a
table.
2. Make a list of the positive changes occurred in your community after People’s
Movement-II.
3. “Political change according to the will and aspiration of people brings social and
economic changes in the country”. Present your logics in the form of an article for a
newspaper.

Compare the social and economic achievements of the political changes occurred from
2007 to 2017 BS and after 2062/63 BS.
Project Work
What social and economic changes were made in your community after 2046 BS? On
the basis of your observation and the consultation with a local senior citizen, prepare a
report.

LESSON
9 Causes of the First World War
Introduction
The most expensive and bloody war till now which broke out from 28th July, 1914 AD
to 28th June, 1919 AD is known as the First World War. It was fought for 1,565 days. It
was a terrifying war in which almost all countries of the world were involved directly or
indirectly against their rival groups and destroyed huge amount of lives and properties
worldwide. In the First World War, military alliances were formed. France, Britain, Russia,
Italy, Belgium, China, Japan, USA, etc were in an alliance called Allies Power whereas
Germany, Austria, Hungary, Turkey, etc were in another alliance called Axis Power.
The Major Causes of the First World War
1. Groupism of European Countries: After the
unification of Germany, Otto Von Bismarck became
the Chancellor of Germany in 1870 AD. He adopted
a policy of imperialism and annexed two important
provinces of France called Alsace and Lorraine
in 1871 AD. It sowed the seed of rivalry between
these two countries. Frence felt much humiliated
for losing those territories to Germany. At the same
time, Bismarck thought that France could attack on
Germany any time to take back Alsace and Lorraine.
So, to protect Germany from French attack and isolate
France, Bismarck signed a secret agreement with
Austria-Hungary in 1879 AD and Italy in 1882 AD.
This is called Triple Alliance. After the downfall of Otto Von Bismarck
Bismarck in 1890 AD France also got chance to go
against Germany. As a result, France also signed a secret treaty with Russia in 1894 AD
and Britain in 1904 AD which is known as Triple Entente. Thus, European powers were
divided into two strong hostile groups. There was suspicion, fear and political tension
among the members of these rival alliances. Their activities spread jealousy and hatred
against each other, which led to the outbreak of the First World War.
2. Extreme Nationalism: Nationalism is very important for the progress and prosperity
of the nation. It reflects pride, loyalty and devotion of citizens to their nation. But, if
nationalism is used for self-interest, it can be a curse to nation and humanity. Loving the
nation more than enough and underestimating other is known as extreme nationalism or
ultra nationalism. In this, people always think that their country, whether right or wrong,
Our Past 295

is greatest of all. They even don’t accept the existence of others. After the unification of
Germany and Italy, an extreme nationalism developed in European countries. Germans
used to think that they were superior to others. The British thought of themselves as
someone born to rule. French wanted to take revenge upon Germany. This feeling of
extreme nationalism spread to other nations as well. It also caused the outbreak of the
First World War.
3. Militarism: After the formation of two hostile alliances, both the groups felt insecure
and increased the military strength. Powerful countries of Europe like England, France,
Germany, Italy, etc spent a huge national income in military expenses. Compulsory military
services were imposed on people. War materials were produced in the factories. Scientists
were engaged to develop new weapons. There was competition between Germany and
England to increase naval forces. For every ship Germany built, England would build two
ships. Such a race could end only in a war.
4. Imperialism and Colonialism: Imperialism is domination and colonialism is rule by
one country over other. After industrial revolutions, the industrial countries of Europe
needed markets to sell their products and to acquire raw materials for their industries.
They started to search for new places in different parts of the world. Many countries of
Asia and Africa were colonized by England and France. Spain and Portugal colonized
South America. Similarly, Netherlands, Denmark, etc also had their colonies in different
parts of the world. After the unification of Germany and Italy, they also became imperialist
countries and joined in the race of making colonies. Every country wanted to extend its
empire which created tensions and rivalries among European nations.
5. Character of William II: German emperor
William II was very arrogant and proud. He wanted
Germany to be almighty in the world. He believed
in the policy of “World power or Downfall”.
He was not ready to make any compromise in
international affairs. He wanted to have his own
way in every case. He wanted to dominate England
anyhow. His view was to accept all his demands
by Englishmen rather than fight against him. It
created tension between England and Germany.
6. Role of Newspapers: The newspapers
published from Europe during that time used to
inflame nationalistic feeling by publishing fake
news. Instigating, imaginary and misleading
news awakened the feeling of revenge. German William II
newspapers used to publish news against British.
They used to provoke the unnecessary propaganda and misinterpret the situation. The
newspapers of Austria and Serbia were also having ill-intention and prejudice with each

other. They often created conflicts and poisoned the public thoughts against each other. It
increased the war sentiment in people.
7. Balkan Crisis: Before the First World War many countries of Balkan region like Greece,
Serbia, Bulgaria, Montenegro, Albania, Macedonia, etc were under the rule of Turkey
which was called the Ottoman Empire. Turkey had imposed suppressive rule over the
Christian people of this region. They wanted independence from Ottoman Empire. So, the
four Balkan countries: Greece, Bulgaria, Serbia and Montenegro formed an alliance called
Balkan League and made an agreement to launch war against Turkey, get independence
and divide the land obtained from Turkey equally. Thus, Balkan League attacked Turkey
in 1912 AD and was defeated easily because it was too weak to protect its territory. Hence
Turkey was called the “Sick Man of Europe” in those days. In course of the war, Balkan
League and Turkey signed a treaty in London that made the countries of Balkan League
independent from Turkey. Albania was declared a new Balkan country, and remaining land
was divided among the countries of Balkan League. It is called the First Balkan War.
But, Bulgaria was dissatisfied with Serbia while dividing the obtained land. Germany
and Austria agitated Bulgaria. Hence, Bulgaria attacked Serbia in 1913 AD. This is called
the Second Balkan War. In this war, Serbia was supported by other countries of Balkan
League and Bulgaria was defeated. Serbia became a big country. Such crisis in Balkan
region increased the war sentiment and became one of the causes of the First World War.
8. Rebellious Feeling of Bosnia and Herzegovina: The two provinces of Turkey located
at Balkan region: Bosnia and Herzegovina were given to Austria-Hungary by the Congress
of Berlin in 1878 AD. However, Austria-Hungary was given the right merely to occupy
and govern over them and not to annex them. The sovereignty of the Sultan of Turkey was
y
rwa
No
n
ede
Sw
Denmark
N
Netherland
Central Powers
Allied Power
Neutral Nations
Minority groups in
Austria-Hungary
Our Past 297

maintained over them. But Austria-Hungary annexed them in 1908 AD. This brought forth
bitter protests from Serbia. A strong agitation started in Serbia to separate these provinces
from Austria-Hungary and unite them with Serbia. The people of Bosnia and Herzegovina
were more anxious for their independence from Austria-Hungary than for their union with
Serbia because they were Serbia origin and their culture, language and lifestyle were same
as Serbian. However, they were willing to accept help from Serbia in its efforts to become
independent. Thus, the youths of Bosnia and Herzegovina formed a spy organization
called “Black Hand Society” or “Unity or Death” to revolt against the seize of Bosnia
and Herzegovina by Austria-Hungary. As Serbia was supporting them, the rivalry between
Austria-Hungary and Serbia became very strong and by 1914 AD it resulted into a war.
9. Immediate Cause: The assassination of
Austrian heir Archduke Francis Ferdinand
and his wife Sophie Chotek was the
immediate cause of the First World War.
On 28th June, 1914 AD when the Austrian
crown prince Archduke Ferdinand and his
wife Sophie Chotek visited Bosnian capital
Sarajevo, a nineteen years old Bosnian
student named Gavrilo Princep assassinated
this couple, shooting from nearby. He was
the member of Black Hand Society, a secret
organization formed by Serbian youths to Assassination of Austrian heir
take revenge with Austria-Hungary for their
occupation over Bosnia-Herzegovina. The relation of Austria and Serbia was already bad,
this event made their relation even worse. Austria blamed Serbia for this murder. On the
instigation of Germany, the emperor of Austria Francis Joseph sent an ultimatum letter
containing twelve points demand to King Peter of Serbia on 23rd July, 1914 AD whose
answers had to be replied within 48 hours. There were two major demands: to suppress
the Black Hand and to permit Austrian official to supervise the suppression. On 25th July,
1914 AD, Serbian King Peter replied it stating that they could fulfil eleven demands. He
stated for the last one demand that they could suppress the Black Hand but would not
permit the Austrian officials to supervise it. Austria-Hungary outraged by the reply of
Serbia, made a military attack against Serbia on 28th July, 1914 AD. Russia sent troops to
support Serbia while Germany declared war against Russia. France and England declared
war against Germany and Austria. Thus, the First World War began.
Chronology of the First World War
Date (in AD) Events
The emperor of Austria-Hungary Franz Joseph declared war against
28th July, 1914 Serbia and Austria-Hungarian army bombarded on Serbian capital
city Belgrade.

Russian government ordered its army to protect Serbia. Russia also
29th July, 1914
entered into war.
Germany pressured Russian Emperor Tsar Nicolas-II to get back its
30th July, 1914
force.
Germany declared war against Russia as Russia did not bring its force
1st Aug, 1914
back and France ordered its force to support Russia.
Germany declared war against France. German troops entered
3 Aug, 1914 Belgium to attack France. Britain pressurized Germany to bring its
rd
force back.
Britain declared war against Germany as it did not bring its force
4th Aug, 1914
back from Belgium.
12th Aug, 1914 Britain and France declared war against Austria-Hungary.
First Battle of Ypres began and many soldiers died in the war of
20th Oct, 1914
Belgium city, Ypres.
24 May, 1915 Italy declared war against Austria-Hungary
th
15th Oct, 1915 Britain declared war against Bulgaria.

27th Aug, 1916 Romania declared war against Austria-Hungary.
28th Aug, 1916 Italy declared war against Germany.
6th April, 1917 USA declared war against Germany.
7th Aug, 1918 Black Day of German force as it was loss-oriented.
9 Nov, 1918
th
German Emperor Kaiser William II fled to Holland to take asylum.
28 June, 1919 Paris Peace Conference, Versailles Treaty and end of the war.
th
Activities
1. Unhealthy competition, jealousy, revengeful and negative thought, etc are the
clearly seen as the causes of the First World War. These are also the obstacles in
the personal development. Such elements should be removed from our mentality.
Discuss with the friends and list the measures to remove such elements.
2. How can the conflict and tension be prevented? Discuss and write the measures.
Our Past 299

Exercise
1. What were Triple Alliance and Triple Entente?
2. What was Ottoman Empire?
3. Which country was called the “Sick man of Europe” before the First World War and
why?
4. What was Balkan League? Why was it formed?
5. What was the immediate cause of the First World War?
6. When did the First World War break out and end?

1. How did groupism invite the First World War?
2. Differentiate between Nationalism and extreme nationalism.
3. Write the basic difference between Imperialism and colonialism.
4. How was the character of Kaiser William responsible for the outbreak of the First
World War?
5. How did the First World War break out? Explain.
6. If you were the Serbian King Peter, what and how would you reply to the threatening
of Austro-Hungarian King and why?
7. Show the major events of the First World War in a time line.

What was the First World War? Describe any six causes of the First World War.
Project Work
Make a table as given below and mention the persons, their posts and places mentioned
in the lesson.
Person Post Place/Country
Otto Von Bismarck Chancellor Germany
William II
Tsar Nicolas-II
Francis Joseph
Sophie Chotek

LESSON
Consequences of the
10 First World War
Introduction
The First World War was the greatest disaster in the history of mankind till then. 36 nations
of the world participated directly and many other countries were involved indirectly. The
war was fought on land with tanks and cannons, on oceans with ships and submarines, and
on air with aeroplanes. This war caused unbelievable loss of life and property.
The Major Consequences of the First World War
1. Versailles Treaty and Seed of the Second
World War: On 28th June, 1919 AD a treaty
was signed between Allies and Germany
in Versailles palace of France which ended
the First World War formally. This treaty
is called Versailles Treaty (Paris Peace
Treaty). In this treaty Germany was treated
very rudely. As this treaty was one-sided and
insulting, it left negative effects. According
Versailles Palace
to this treaty, Germany had to lose 13% of
its land and 6 million people.
Major provisions of this treaty
a. War guilt (crime): According to the article 231 of Versailles Treaty, Germany was
declared war criminal and had to take responsibility of all damages made by the war.
b. Loss of German territory: Germany had to give Alsace and Lorraine to France, Eurpen-
Malmedy to Belgium, North Schleswig to Denmark, and Polish Corridor and Danzing to
Poland. All the German colonies were given to the Allies. The regions including Saar were
kept under League of Nations.
c. Military Restrictions: Germany had to keep its army 10 km away from the border
of Rhineland and it was kept under Allied power for 15 years. Germany was allowed to
keep only 100,000 soldiers. New recruitment in the army, air force, etc was restricted.
Germany was not allowed to keep more than 6 warships. Germany was prohibited from
manufacturing warships, tanks and airplanes.
d. Compensation: Germany had to pay £660 million all at once to Allied Reparations
Commission. Coal production area of Saar was to be given to France for 15 years.
Our Past 301
2. Unprecedented Loss of Life and
Properties: About 65 million armed
soldiers were involved in this war.
Among them 9.2 million were killed
and about 29 millions were injured or
missing. Many beautiful cities, modern
factories, costly bridges and large vessels
were destroyed. Production decreased
and many countries of the world suffered Destruction of First World War
from economic crisis.
3. Downfall of Monarchical Feudalism and Establishment of Republicanism: As the
result of this war many absolute monarchies of Europe collapsed and democracy and
republicanism replaced them. The monarchies of Germany, Austria, Russia, Bulgaria and
Turkey collapsed. Republican forms of government were established in Germany, Austria,
Russia, Finland, Ukraine, etc. Hungary was separated from Austria. The emperor was
abdicated. Bolshevik revolution took place in Russia and the rule of the Tsar ended and
communist system of government was established in 1917 AD.
4. Formation of the League of Nations:
The most significant contribution of the
First World War was the establishment
of the League of Nations. It was the first
global organization. It was formed on the
10th January, 1920 AD according to the
idea of the then US President Woodrow
Wilson. Its headquarters was in Geneva.
67 nations of the world had become its
members. It functioned effectively till
League of Nations
1939 AD. The main objectives of this
organization were:
a. To prevent the world from world war
b. To settle the dispute peacefully, and
c. To develop international understanding and disarmament.
5. Rise of New Countries and Change in World Map: After the First World War, some
countries like Czechoslovakia, Finland, Yugoslavia, Albania, etc emerged and changed the
political map of the world.
6. Rise of Dictatorship: It is true that the First World War ended absolute monarchism
and replaced it by republicanism but it also caused the rise of dictatorships like Nazi ruler
Adolf Hitler in Germany, Fascist Benito Mussolini in Italy, General Francisco Franco, etc.
They remained in power by exploiting the people and murdering the opponents.
7. Worldwide Economic Crisis: During the First World War, a large number of youths
were killed. It created the scarcity of active human power to work in industries and factories;
production decreased which resulted in the economic crisis worldwide. The world started
suffering from starvation, inflation, unemployment and price hiking. It resulted into the
extreme economic recession in European countries in 1930 AD.
8. Social Changes: During this war most of the European countries had compulsory army
training. When men were engaged in war, women came forward to work in offices and
factories. They worked confidently and became conscious of their rights. Later on women’s
right movement took place in Europe and they were given the voting and other rights. The
war changed religious orthodoxy of European people and they become secular. Factory
laws were passed and trade unions were established in many countries of the world.
Role of Nepal in the First World War
Chandra Shumsher was the Prime Minister of Nepal during the
First World War. Nepal was an ally of Britain in this war. Nepal sent
7,500 Nepalese troops under the command of Babar Shumsher on
behalf of British government. Later on, other soldiers were also
sent by Chandra Shumsher, under the command of Gen. Padma
Shumsher, Tej shumsher and Keshar Shumsher. New recruitment
also continued as war continued. A total of 16,544 Nepalese
soldiers fought in support of British at that time. At the same time,
Nepal provided one million pound to the British as support in the
war.
Nepalese force exhibited extra-ordinary bravery and made the
Victoria Cross
British win many difficult wars. So, the enemy also praised the
bravery of the Nepalese soldiers openheartedly. Many Nepalese soldiers were awarded
with the most reputed Victoria Cross and Military Cross by British government and also
provided one million rupees annually to Nepal as a mark of gratitude. Chandra Shumsher
was given the title of General of British Army. German emperor Kaiser William II had
once said about the bravery of Nepalese soldiers, “I can send my army to fight any troops
of the world, but my heart shivers when I hear the name of Gorkhali soldiers”.
Our Past 303

Activities
1. Collect the photographs of the dictators emerged after the First World War and
prepare their short biography.
2. Prepare a timeline including the major events and dates of the First World War.
Exercise
1. What is meant by dictatorship?
2. What was Treaty of Versailles? When was it signed?
3. What was the League of Nations? When was it formed?
4. “I can send my army to fight any troops of the world, but my heart shivers when I
hear the name of Gorkhali soldiers.” Who said this statement and why?

1. What were the military restrictions imposed over Germany by the Treaty of Versailles?
2. Mention the role of Nepal and Nepalese soldiers in the First World War.
3. Show the following historical events of the First World War in a timeline with a
suitable title and scale:
Date Event
28 July, 1914 AD
th
Austria declared war against Serbia
28 August, 1916 AD
th
Italy declared war against Germany
6 April, 1917 AD
th
The USA declared war against Germany
28th June, 1919 AD Treaty of Versailles singed and end of the First World War
4. Make a list of the consequences of the First World War.
5. The data given below is the number of the deaths of soldiers in the First World War
from different countries. Prepare a bar-graph on the basis of this statistic.
Country No. of Deaths
Italy 650,000
Germany 1,773,000
Bulgaria 875,000
USA 116,516
Romania 335,000
6. How is it proved from the incidents of the First World War that the feeling of revenge
cannot solve the problem? Present your logics.
7. How did the Versailles Treaty sow the seed of revenge in Germany?

Mention the consequences of the First World War and describe any five of them.
LESSON
11 Causes of the Second World War
Introduction
The most devastating war that started on 1st September, 1939 AD and spread worldwide
and ended on 12th September, 1945 AD causing huge loss of lives and properties is known
as the Second World War. During the Second World War, the European powers were
divided into two rival camps which were called Allies Power and Axis Power. Britain,
France, Russia, the USA, etc fought from the side of Allies and Germany, Italy, Japan, etc
fought from the side of Axis power.
The Major Causes of the Second World War
1. Violation of Versailles’s Treaty by Germany: After
the end of the First World War, this treaty was signed
between Allies and Germany in the Versailles palace of
France. It is said that defeated Germany accepted this
treaty with a knife at its throat. It was an imposed treaty.
It contained the most humiliating terms for Germany.
Germany was forced to accept the responsibility of the
First World War. All German colonies and large portion
of German territory were confiscated. German army
was disarmed and it was reduced to one lakh soldiers.
Germany was banned to manufacture weapons and had
to pay 660 million pounds as the compensation of war.
Germany was ill treated in Europe. Foreign forces were
deployed in Germany to compel it follow the treaty.
Such humiliation could not be forgotten by German
people and wanted to take revenge of it. This feeling of Adolf Hitler
revenge led to increase in support for Adolf Hitler who
started to violate the Paris Peace Treaty (Treaty of Versailles) one after another after he
came to power and paved the way for the Second World War.
2. Failure of the League of Nations: After the First World War, the League of Nations
was established on 10th January, 1920 AD to prevent the world from world war. It was
established according to the idea of the then US President Woodrow Wilson. But the USA
never took the membership of the League of Nations. Lacking the support of the USA
the League of Nations became weak. On the other hand, the permanent members of the
League of Nations started violating its principle and policy. Japan invaded Manchuria
in 1931 AD. Japan quitted the membership of the League of Nations in 1933 AD.
Italy invaded Ethiopia in 1936 AD. Germany quitted League of Nations in 1933 AD and
Our Past 305
annexed Austria in 1938 AD and Czechoslovakia in 1939 AD. Russia got control over
Finland. But, the League of Nations could neither control the war nor take necessary
action against their act. The failure of the League of Nations became the cause of the
Second World War.
3. Rise of Dictators: After the First World War, Adolf
Hitler in Germany, Benito Mussolini in Italy, General
Francisco Franco in Spain, etc emerged and started to
exercise the dictatorship. They adopted the policy of
“Might is Right” in the internal politics. Likewise, they
increased militarism and demonstration of weapons
to challenge and threaten the other countries. They
even spread the slogans of extreme nationalism. Hitler
suspended the constitution and took all the state powers
in his hand. He made compulsory for youths to join in
army. Such activities weakened the democratic system
in the world and became the cause of the Second World
War. Mussolini
4. Unholy Alliances of the Nations: To stop the spread of communism in Europe from
Russia, Japan and Germany signed a treaty in 1936 AD called Anti Comintern Pact. In
1937 AD, Italy also joined in Anti Comintern Pact and it was called Rome-Berlin-Tokyo
Axis. Japan wanted to suppress the spread of communism in China through this Axis.
After the formation of Rome-Berlin-Tokyo Axis, they started to extend their empire. USA,
Britain and France did not pay interest in their invasions thinking that they will help to
stop the spread of communism. But the Axis started to fulfil their interest and threaten
the world peace. On the other side France, Britain, Romania, Yugoslavia and USA made
another group. Soon, Russia too joined them and thus Second World War broke out.
5. Fear of Communism and the Policy of Appeasement:
When the First World War was going on, communism
was established in Russia after the October Revolution
of 1917 AD. That revolution overthrew the Czar and
brought the Bolsheviks, a Communist party led by Lenin,
to power. As Russia made progress through this system
within a short period, its influence spread in the world.
France and Britain were unhappy. Britain was afraid of
losing its supremacy. Thus, Britain adopted the policy of
appeasement to avoid war with Nazi Germany and Fascist
Italy by taking no action to prevent Italy’s invasion of
Ethiopia or Germany’s annexation of Austria wishing
that the alliance of Germany attack on Russia and make
Russia lose its power. France also supported Britain in Vladimir Lenin
this act.
6. Spanish Civil War: A Civil War broke out in Spain
in 1936 AD. It was the war between the Republicans and
Conservatives. So, General Francisco Franco mobilized
army to suppress the movement. Italy and Germany
supported him. They also got a golden opportunity to
test the military power and ability of their weapons. As a
result, General Franco got the victory and was involved
in the alliance of Germany against communism. It also
added the war sentiment of Axis power and thus the
Second World War broke out.
7. Economic Crisis: The First World War brought severe
economic crisis worldwide. People were suffering from
lots of problems like unemployment, inflation, shortage
of food, etc. The life of people was very difficult. Such General Francisco Franco
difficulties increased dissatisfaction and frustration
among the common people. Agricultural production decreased, poverty increased and
industries were almost closed. On the other hand, the unemployed youths were involved
in the military and armament. It also invited the Second World War.
8. Immediate Cause: Attack on Poland: In 1939 AD, Hitler demanded Danzig and Polish
Corridor from Poland. These territories were given to Poland according to the Treaty of
Versailles from Germany. Hitler wanted these parts so as to have access to Baltic Sea.
But Poland denied. At the same time, Hitler signed a treaty with Russia on 23th August,
1939 AD called Nazi-Soviet Non-Aggression Pact and both the countries agreed to
divide Poland and annex its parts in their countries. They also agreed not to attack each
other for ten years. On 1st September, 1939 AD, Hitler of Germany invaded Poland by
making sudden attack from both land and air. This sudden attack was called “Blitzkrieg”
which means “Lightening War”. Britain and France warned Germany to stop the attack
immediately but Germany refused. Then, Britain and France jointly declared war against
Germany on 3rd September, 1939 AD. Thus the Second World War broke out.
Chronology of the Second World War
Date (in AD) Events
Germany attacked Poland and beginning of the Second World
1st September, 1939
War
3rd September, 1939 Britain and France declared war against Germany
9th April, 1940 Germany attacked Denmark and Norway
30th April, 1940 Japan joined Axis power
10th May, 1940 Germany attacked Belgium, Netherlands and Luxembourg
17th May, 1940 Germany attacked France
10th June, 1940 Italy declared war against Britain and France
Our Past 307

10th July, 1940 Britain started taking part in war
28th October, 1940 Italy attacked Greece
6th April, 1941 Germany attacked Yugoslavia and Greece
21st April, 1941 Greece surrendered
22nd June, 1941 Germany attacked Russia neglecting the treaty
1st September, 1941 Italy attacked Egypt
7th December, 1941 Japan attacked American ship with bombs at Pearl Harbour
8th December, 1941 America declared war against Axis Power
27th February, 1942 Ocean war at Java
4th May, 1942 Coral Ocean war
4th June, 1942 Battle of Midway
8th September, 1943 Italy Surrendered
25th August, 1944 Allies made Paris free
17th January, 1945 Russia invade Warsaw
US President Franklin D. Roosevelt died and Harry S. Truman
12th April, 1945
elected as the President
28th April, 1945 Mussolini murdered
30th April, 1945 Hitler and his beloved Eva Braun committed suicide
7th May, 1945 German finally surrendered at Rheims
America dropped atom bomb named Little boy in Hiroshima,
6th August, 1945
Japan
America dropped second atom bomb named Fat man in
9th August, 1945
Nagasaki, Japan
12th September, 1945 Japan surrendered and the Second World War ended
Activities
1. Why did Japan and Italy join Axis Power in the Second World War though they were
in Allies Power in the First World War? Search the reasons from Internet or other
sources and discuss.
2. How did the American policy of neutrality cause the outbreak of the Second World
War? Discuss in the class.
3. A journalist asked the great scientist Albert Einstein what kinds of weapons would be
used in the Third World War. Albert Einstein replied, “I don’t know about the Third
World War but if Fourth World War takes place stone weapons will be used”. What
meaning is implied here by Albert Einstein?

Exercise
1. What is meant by the Policy of Appeasement?
2. When did the Second World War break out and end?
3. What is the difference between Communism and Imperialism?
4. What was Anti-Comintern Pact? What was its objective?
5. What was Rome-Berlin-Tokyo Axis?
6. What was the immediate cause of the Second World War?
7. When and why did the USA join in the Second World War?

1. “If the Treaty of Versailles was fair, the Second World War would not have occurred.”
How do you justify this statement?
2. Why is the economic crisis considered as a cause of the Second World War?
3. “The Second World War was the war created by Hitler.” How? Clarify with facts.
4. How did the dictatorship of Hitler, Mussolini and Franco result to the outburst of the
Second World War? Discuss.
5. Germany seems guilty for the outbreak of the Second World War. Were the countries
which imposed the most humiliating Treaty of Versailles not responsible for that?
Justify your answer.

1. How were Britain, Russia and France responsible for the outburst of the Second
World War? Give reasons for each of them.
2. List the causes of the Second World War and explain any three of them.
3. ‘The consequences of the First World War were the causes of the Second World War.’
Justify this statement.
Community Work
British was adversary of Nepalese during the Anglo-Nepal War but became friend of
Nepal in First and Second World War. Similarly, Nepalese fought against Japan, Germany
and Italy in the battlefield in the Second World War but now they are good friends of
Nepal. Thus, today’s enemy can be a friend tomorrow. Taking a similar incident as an
example in your community or family, prepare a story based on it.
Our Past 309

LESSON
Consequences of the Second
12 World War and Role of Nepal
Introduction
The Second World War was more
disastrous than the First World
War. It was fought in Europe,
Asia and Africa. Besides the
use of modern and sophisticated
weapons of war, the most
destructive atom bombs were
dropped which killed thousands
of innocent civilians. The world
witnessed unprecedented loss of
life and property.
The Second World War began after Germany attacked Poland on 1st September, 1939 AD.
At the beginning, Germany got victory one after another. The countries of Allies power
like France, Czechoslovakia, Poland, Denmark, Norway, Belgium, Netherlands, etc were
defeated by Germany by June, 1940 AD. On the other hand, Japan conquered East Asia,
South East Asia and reached up to India. The USA requested Japan to stop its expansion
but Japan denied it. So, the USA stopped exporting Iron to Japan. Then, on 7th December,
1941 AD Japan attacked Pearl Harbour, Hawaii island of America. This is called Pearl
Harbour Event. After this, the USA joined in the Second World War from the side of Allies
power. After the involvement of the USA in war, the Axis power started to lose the war.
Hitler committed suicide. Germany was divided into East Germany and West Germany.
But Japan alone continued the war with forty nations. America dropped atom bombs
in Hiroshima and Nagasaki on 6th and 9th August respectively. On the 12th September,
1945 AD Japan surrendered and the Second World War ended.
The Major Consequences of the Second World War
1. Polarisation and Cold War: After the end of the Second World War, the USA (United
States of America) and the USSR (Union of Soviet Socialist Republics) emerged as most
powerful countries. Most of the European countries became weak in economy and military
strength but the USA made economic progress by exporting war materials to European
countries. As the loss in military of the USA was comparatively less than others, it emerged
as powerful country. On the other hand, the USSR had a huge military strength, its political
power spread in the world. But, there was political and ideological difference between
these two countries as the USA was capitalist country and the USSR was a communist
country. It resulted into the division of the world into two blocs. The communist countries

of the east were under Soviet bloc whereas the capitalist countries came under the US
bloc. This is called polarisation. There started unhealthy competition between communist
east and capitalist west. There was criticism, jealousy, tension and hatred between them
but war could not be declared due to the balance in power. Such, hostile but non-violent
relation between the former Soviet Union and the United States, and their respective allies
is called the cold war. It remained from around 1946 to 1989 AD.
2. Great loss of life and property: The Second World War was an extremely destructive
war in the human history. In this war, many modern Weapons of Mass Destruction
(WMD) like chemical weapons and atom bombs were used which killed 20.2 million
people whereas 30.4 million people were injured. Many developed cities, industries and
factories were destroyed. Cultivable lands were converted into deserts. Millions of people
became homeless and compelled to live a life of refugee. In term of property, trillions of
dollars was lost in the war.
3. Establishment of Competitor Organizations
for Economic Reconstruction: Most of the
countries of Europe were destroyed during
the Second World War. Their economy was
paralysed. At the same time communism was
spreading in Europe. To prevent the spread
of communism, the USA and West European
countries established NATO (North Atlantic
Treaty Organization) in 1949 AD. It was an
Marshall Plan
international organization established to promote
mutual defences and collective security. US Secretary of State, George Marshall prepared
a plan to provide economic aid to the European countries. This is called Marshall Plan.
On the other hand, the Soviet Union and East European countries established an organisation
called “Warsaw Pact Organization” in 1955 AD. With the objective to provide economic
assistance to its member countries, an organization was established in the leadership
of Molotov, the Foreign Minister of Russia. This organization was called “Council for
Mutual Economic Aid (COMECON)”. It was also called the “Molotov Plan”.
4. End of Colonialism and Wave of National Movements: Due to involvement in the
Second World War, the imperialist countries of Europe became weak. They could not
have control over their colonies. The national movements against colonialism spread over
Afro-Asian countries. India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Malaysia, Egypt, etc. were emancipated
from the yoke of British colonialism. French colonies like Vietnam, Cambodia and Laos
also became independent. Similarly, Indonesia got freedom from the colonial rule of
Netherlands. Gradually, the wave of independence swept over the world.
5. Establishment of the United Nations Organization: The United Nations Organisation
was the most important result of the Second World War. To protect the mankind from the
suffering of wars, the world leaders of that time made lots of efforts to stop the war. The
Our Past 311

leaders of Allies power held a meeting at London and issued a declaration on 12th June,
1941 AD. It is called London Declaration. This declaration appealed for the end of the
war, and international cooperation and peace. On 14th August, 1941 AD, US President
Franklin Delano Roosevelt and British Prime Minister Winston Churchill prepared a joint
declaration in a battle-ship in Atlantic Ocean for the World Peace. It is called Atlantic
Charter. Likewise, San Francisco Conference held from 25th April to 26th June, 1945 AD
finalized the concept of the United Nations Organization. After signing by 51 nations
on the charter, United Nations Organization was established formally on 24th October,
1945 AD. The major objectives of the establishment of UNO were:
M To maintain international peace and security,
M To develop friendly relations among nations,
M To achieve international co-operation in solving various problems, and
M To promote and respect for human rights, dignity and freedom.
Non-Aligned Movement and Third World

After the end of the Second
World War, the Cold War started
between the major power blocs. N
Some neutral countries that
were not formally aligned with
or against any major power
bloc formed an organization The “three worlds”
of the Cold War era.
called Non-Aligned Movement. Third World
It was founded at Belgrade in Second World
First World
1961 AD. The founding fathers
of the Non-Aligned Movement
were Jawaharlal Nehru of India, Sukarno of Indonesia, Josip Broz Tito of Yugoslavia,
Gamal Abdul Nasser of Egypt and Kwame Nkrumah of Ghana. Their actions were known
as ‘The Initiative of Five’. They advocated a middle course for the states in the Developing
World between the Western and Eastern Blocs in the Cold War. As of 2018, there are 120
member states in this organization.
During the Cold War, the countries that remained non-aligned with either NATO or the
Communist Bloc were defined as Third World. The United States, Western European
nations and their allies represented the First World, while the Soviet Union, China, Cuba,
and their allies represented the Second World.
Role of Nepal in the Second World War
During the Second World War Juddha Shumsher was the Prime-Minister of Nepal. He
declared an increase of one thousand soldiers in each regiment in the British force. Besides
this, he sent eight thousand troops in India under the command of Bahadur Shumsher. During
the time of war, about one lakh Nepalese were recruited by British in India. Altogether
250,000 Nepalese soldiers participated in this war on behalf of British government. Among
them 7,544 were killed or disappeared and 23,655 were injured and many of them became
disabled. The Nepalese troops fought bravely and
earned the reputation of ‘Brave Gorkhali’. They
fought in Myanmar, Greece, Lebanon, Cyprus, Italy,
Syria, Palestine, Iraq, Singapore, and Malaysia and
so on. Some of the Nepalese were awarded the
supreme Medal of Britain “Victoria Cross” and
“Military Cross”. Juddha Shumsher was awarded
the full honorary General of British army for the
Nepalese help to British in this war. The British
government paid 33.3 million rupees to Nepal as a
mark of gratitude and also promised to continue the payment of one million rupees every
year to Nepal. Those soldiers who participated in this war got the opportunity to see the
development in the world and helped to end the Rana rule in Nepal.
Victoria Cross Winner Nepalese
Victoria Cross or VC is the highest
military award of UK. It is awarded for
gallantry “in the face of the enemy” to
members of the British armed forces. It
was introduced on 29th January, 1856 AD
by Queen Victoria. Nepali Gurkhas have
won thirteen Victoria Crosses, including
countless other military awards. The
following are the Gurkha VC holders From Left to Right: VC Agamsing Rai, VC Ganju
whose bravery, gallantry and loyalty Lama, Late King Birendra, VC Bhanubhakta
have established Gurkhas as the most Gurung and VC Ram Bahadur Limbu
formidable soldiers:
S.No. Name Place Date
1. Rifleman Kulbir Thapa France 25/26 September, 1915 AD
th
2. Subadar Lal Bahadur Thapa Tunisia 5/6th April, 1943 AD

3. Havildar Gaje Ghale Burma 27th May 1943 AD
4. Rifleman Tul Bahadur Pun Burma 23rd June, 1944 AD
5. Naik Agamsing Rai Burma 26th June, 1944 AD
6. Rifleman Ganju Lama Burma 12th June, 1944 AD
7. Rifleman Thaman Gurung Italy 10th November, 1944 AD
8. Rifleman Bhanubhakta Gurung Burma 5th March, 1945 AD
9. Rifleman Lachiman Gurung Burma 12/13th May, 1945 AD
10. Lance Corporal Ram Bahadur Limbu Borneo 21st November, 1965 AD
11. Rifleman Karan Bahadur Rana Palestine 10th April, 1918 AD
12. Subadar Netra Bahadur Thapa Burma 25/26th June, 1944 AD
13. Rifleman Sher Bahadur Thapa Italy 18/19th September, 1944 AD
Our Past 313

Activities
1. Identify the main places of incidents and the countries involved in the Second World
War.
2. There was a tight relationship between British Imperialism and Rana rulers of Nepal.
It is said that if there was no Rana rule in Nepal, there would not be the involvement
of Nepalese in the World Wars. What is your opinion on it? Analyze it.
Exercise
1. What was the Cold War?
2. What was Atlantic Charter?
3. Why did Hitler commit suicide? Present your logics.
4. Why did the Pearl Harbor Event become destructive for Japan?
1. Discussion and understanding is more beneficial than war. Why? Justify with the
background of the Second World War.
2. After the Second World War, an organization of neutral countries was formed. Name
that organization and write short description of it.
3. Despite the signing of ‘Nazi-Soviet Non-Aggression Pact’, Russia and Germany involved
in war against each other in the Second World War. Which country do you think was
guilty? Present your opinion.
4. “The destruction of two Japanese cities Hiroshima and Nagasaki was mainly caused
by the development of atomic weapons rather than the war.” Present your logic in
favour or against the statement.
5. Prepare a dialogue mentioning the positive and negative aspects being Nepalese
troops involved in First and Second World War.
1. List the consequences of the Second World War and describe any five of them.
2. Compare the First World War and the Second World War in term of causes and
consequences of the wars.
3. “No Power or nation remains permanent enemy or friend in politics”. Prove this
saying by stating the events and description of first and Second World War.
Community Work
If we see the world history, we can find the examples of plans made for peace and
reconstructions after each revolution. Nepal also faced various revolutions in different
periods of time. In this context, consult with a senior citizen of your community and
ask what reconstruction plans were made and to what extent they were implemented.
Prepare a report based on your discussion.
LESSON Exploration, Identification,
13 Preservation and Promotion of

Historical Sites and Monuments
Social Studies subject is an integrated study of humanities, social sciences and history.
This is an academic discipline, in which we learn many things by performing practical
activities like exploration and interaction in the society and also develop a habit of
integration in the society. Considering this fact in mind, the students of Shree Siddhartha
Secondary School, Tanahun visited Lumbini as an educational tour. After the end of
educational tour, the students of Grade X prepared a report including the information
obtained from the visit on the following titles:
a. Title and Introduction
b. Objectives
c. Methods of the study
d. Findings
e. Suggestions and Conclusion
Lumbini: A Historical and Sacred Site of Nepal

Introduction
Lumbini is an important Buddhist pilgrimage site located
in the Rupandehi district of Nepal where Siddhartha
Gautam was born in 563 BC who achieved enlightenment,
became Gautam Buddha, and founded Buddhism. He is
known as “Light of Asia” and respected as “The Angel
of Peace” all over the world. It is one of the heritage
sites enlisted in the World Heritage Sites in 1997 AD.
Within this holy site, there are a number of important
things like Mayadevi temple, monuments, monasteries,
Ashoka Pillar, museum, Lumbini International Research
Institute, etc. We, the students of Grade X and the subject
teacher of Social Studies decided to visit Lumbini so that
one of the objectives of our curriculum in the context
of identification and preservation of Nepal’s historical
and religious heritages can be achieved. Accordingly, an Ashoka Pillar
educational tour was planned to Lumbini.
Objectives
We organized our educational tour to Lumbini with some limited objectives as per the
need of the course, available resources and time. They were:
a. To find out the historical importance of Lumbini,
Our Past 315
b. To identify the various buildings and monuments located in Lumbini Site and explain
their physical condition, and
c. To suggest the measures for the preservation and promotion of Lumbini site.
Methods of Study
We completed our study using both the primary and secondary source of information
about the exploration, identification, preservation and promotion of Lumbini, a historical
and sacred site of Nepal to meet the objective of the study.
a. Primary Source: Under the primary source of information, we prepared questionnaire
and interviewed the historians, scholars and intellectuals, visited the site and observed
various archeologically and historically important objects, and studied various
resource materials.
b. Secondary Source: Under the secondary source of information, we studied the
books, articles published in the newspaper, magazines, etc on the history of Lumbini.
We collected the necessary information by searching in the internet as well.
Findings
a. Lumbini is located at the foothill of the Himalayas of Nepal. It lies under the province
No. 5 of Nepal where Buddha, the founder of Buddhism was born in 563 BC as the
Prince of King Suddhodhan and Queen Mayadevi.
b. According to Buddhist tradition, Queen Mayadevi gave birth to Gautam Buddha on
her way to her parents’ home in Devadaha.
c. In 249 BC, Emperor Ashoka English translation of the inscription:
visited Lumbini on the 20th years King Piyadasi (Asoka) the beloved of
of his coronation and erected the Gods, in the twentieth year of his
a stone pillar and inscribed in reign, himself made a royal visit.
Brahmi script on it as “Idaha Sakyamuni Buddha was born here,
Buddha Jate” (Buddha was therefore the (birth spot) marker stone
born at this place). This pillar was worshipped and a stone pillar was
erected.
is known as Ashoka Pillar. The image of inscription
At present, the Ashoka pillar The lord having been born here, the tax
of the Lumbini village reduced to the
written in Brahmi Script
and Pali Language
is protected by a small fence, eight parts (only).
which is decorated with prayer
flags and banners from the faithful.
d. Lumbini is popular for world peace and as an international pilgrimage site
since it is one of the four Buddhist pilgrimage sites based on major events in the
life of Buddha (Lumbini: birth, Bodh Gaya: enlightenment, Sarnath: first discourse
and Kushinagar: death).
e. Many monasteries and temples were built at Lumbini but declined for a thousand
years. The site was rediscovered in 1896 AD, when a German archaeologist
came upon Ashoka’s Pillar and identified it by its inscription. Records made by
the Chinese pilgrim Fa Xian were also used in the process of identifying this site.
Lumbini has been enlisted as a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1997 AD.

f. U Thant, the then Secretary General of UN visited Lumbini in 1967 AD during his
visit to Nepal and expressed a commitment on behalf of the UNO to help in the
development of Lumbini area. After that, Lumbini got much popularity in the world.
g. In 1970 AD, 13 nations including Nepal have formed a Lumbini Development
Committee and it started the Lumbini Development Master Plan. Under this plan,
various countries of the world have constructed monasteries, stupas, etc in Lumbini.
The countries like China, Myanmar, Japan, Vietnam, South Korea, India, Thailand,
France, Germany, etc have constructed many monasteries and stupas. Libraries,
museums, research centers, etc are also located here. An international airport is also
going to be constructed nearby it.
h. There is also the Puskarini Pond where it is said that Maya Devi took bath before
giving birth to Buddha and where the newborn Buddha was cleaned.
i. The most important temple at Lumbini is the Maya Devi Temple, which enshrines the
traditional site of the Buddha’s birth. The current temple stands on the site of earlier
temples and stupas, including the stupa built by Ashoka.
j. Lumbini year 2011 was observed to highlight the importance of Lumbini and increase
the number of visitors. Every year, the full moon day of Baishakh is observed as
Buddha Jayanti with special programs.
Suggestions
Lumbini is not only a symbol of our national identity but also a sacred pilgrimage site
and tourist destination. It is the duty of every one of us to preserve and promote the
heritages located in this site. The following measures are suggested for the preservation
and promotion of Lumbini:
a. Publicity has to be made in the national and international level stating that Lumbini is
the birth place of Lord Buddha.
b. The old and ruined structures should be reconstructed maintaining their original form.
c. Stakeholders should try their best to organize International Buddhists’ Conference at
this place.
d. The flow of the movement of the visitors should be managed.
e. Proper attention has to be given for the protection of the environment, security
management and protection of valuable items along with the idol of Buddha.
f. Increase public participation for the preservation and promotion of the heritages, and
awareness as it is the pride of Nepal, Nepalese and the entire world.
Conclusion
Lumbini is an important site from touristic and economic point of view. The monuments
found here like pond, stupa, monastery, temple, pillar, etc are the sources of history,
centre of belief, sacred pilgrimage and symbol of national identity. This is the
most important site to introduce Nepal in the world. It is our duty to preserve and bestow
to the future generation as it is. Every Nepali citizen and the national level religious
organizations have to work jointly to preserve the importance of this site.
Our Past 317

Activities
1. You might have gone for educational tour. What plans did you make for that? Prepare
a sample plan of an educational tour including the following subjects:
a. Need of the tour
b. Preparation for the tour
c. Work division
d. Plan for the reviewing the achievement
2. Why is it necessary to explore the historical sites and monuments located in
our locality, district or local level? Give reasons. What roles do you play for the
preservation of those sites?
Exercise
1. What do you mean by historical sites?
2. How do you involve yourself in the preservation of the historical sites? Write in a
sentence.
1. Why should the historical and archaeological places be preserved? Write your opinion
in four points.
2. Discuss about the touristic and economic importance of the historical sites.
3. There is a motion whether the historical and cultural places to be restructured on
antique style is appropriate or restructured those on modern style and use of modern
technology. Which side do you support and why?
You might have visited any historical place for the educational tour. Prepare a report of the
visit including the following sub-titles:
a. Introduction
b. Objectives
d. Findings
e. Conclusion and recommendation
Community Work
What are the historical sites located in your locality? Explore and prepare a report
including the following sub-titles:
a. Title and Introduction
b. Objectives
d. Findings
e. Suggestions and Conclusion
UNIT
ECONOMIC
8 ACTIVITIES
Be familiar with the planned development in Nepal and major programs

mentioned in the current planning,
Mention the importance, area and possibilities of tourism and hydroelectricity
industries in Nepal,
Mention the importance of foreign employment, its possibilities, pre-preparation
and precaution,
Be familiar with cooperative, insurance, banking and financial instruments,
Be familiar with revenue and tax collection process and develop positive attitude
towards tax, and
Be informed about the consumers’ rights, its application and act accordingly.
Subject matters
Current Plan
Tourism Industry, Its Importance And Prospects
Water: An Important Source of Energy
Foreign Employment in Nepal
Cooperative and Its Economic Importance
Financial Education
Financial Devices
Insurance
Revenue and Tax Collection
Consumers’ Rights
Economic Activities 319

LESSON
1 Current Plan
Dynamic Social Book up to highlighted part
Vedanta Social Book for 15th economic plan
Introduction
In general sense, plan is an idea or strategy of achieving objectives. A good plan is necessary
for achieving targeted goals. In a plan, certain goals are expected to achieve within a
specified period of time by utilizing estimated means and resource. Every conscious person
makes a plan for achieving goal. Similarly, various plans are made for the development of
the country. The plan made by the state for the development of country with the appropriate
utilization of the available resources and means is known as development plan. The plans
related to economic activities aiming at growing country’s economy is called economic
plan. It is the activity of deciding the best way of using capital, labour and other resources
in order to make country’s economy stronger.
The history of planned development in the world is not very long. The USSR prepared
and implemented the Five Years Plan in 1928 AD for the first time. After this, many other
countries in the world began to make and implement planned development. In Nepal,
planned development began since 2013 BS with the implementation of the First Five Year
Plan.
The National Planning Commission (NPC)
is the apex advisory body of Government Periodic
of Nepal for formulating a national vision,
periodic plans and policies for development.
Rational
Prime Minister is the Chairperson of the NPC. Definite
Allocation of
Objectives
The NPC calculates the needs of resource, Resources
identifies sources of funding, and allocates Features of
budget for socio-economic development. It Economic
Public Plan
serves as a central agency for monitoring and Welfare- Plan-based
oriented Economic
evaluating development plans, policies and Activities
Objectives
programs.
Need and Importance of Economic Plan

To attain steady economic development
To remove unemployment, poverty and inequalities among people
To provide infrastructural facilities
To allocate resources properly between present and future needs, and
To attain balanced regional development.

A Review of Fourteenth Plan (2072/073-2075/076)
Fourteenth Plan was Three Years Plan from the fiscal year 2072/073 to 2075/076. It was
the first plan prepared after the promulgation of the constitution with federal governing
system for the implementation of economic, social principle underlying on it. This plan
had aimed at building prosperous Nepal through reconstruction of the damages caused by
the devastating earthquake of 2072 BS. This Plan has already been finished. Let’s review
Fourteenth Plan in its quantitative goals and achievements.
Major economic, social and physical goals of Fourteenth Plan and Achievements
Status Goal of the Achievement
S. of Fiscal Fourteenth till Fiscal
Indicator/Goal
No. Year Plan (by Year
2072/073 2075/076) 2075/076
1. Annual average economic growth rate (%) 0.8 7.2 6.9
2. Annual average agricultural growth rate (%) 1.3 4.7 4.2
3. Annual average non-agricultural growth rate (%) 0.6 8.4 8.0
4. Inflation rate (%) 9.5 7.5 4.6
5. Per Capita GDP Income (In Rs. 1,000) 79.4 116.5 117.5
6. Population below poverty line (%) 21.6 17.0 18.7
7. Human Development Index 0.54 0.57 0.579
8. Gender Empowerment Index 0.56 0.58 0.568
9. Life expectancy at birth (in years) 69 72 69.7
10. Population with access to drinking water (%) 83.6 90.0 89
11. Secondary Level net enrolment rate (%) 37.7 45.0 46
12. Literacy rate of 15-24 age group 88.6 92.0 92
13. Electricity generation (Installed capacity, MW) 851 2,301 1,250
14. Population with access to electricity (%) 74 87 88
15. Irrigation (1,00,000 hectares) 13.9 15.2 14.7
16. Population with internet access (%) 44.4 65.0 65.9
Now, Fifteenth Plan has begun in the country from the fiscal year 2076/077 to 2080/81.
This is a Five Years Plan.
Fifteenth Plan (2076/077-2080/081)
Long-term Vision
1. To upgrade Nepal from Least Developed Country to Developing Country by 2079 BS
2. To achieve Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by 2087 BS
3. To materialize “Prosperous Nepal, Happy Nepali” by 2100 BS
National Goal
To prepare the base for upgrading to a country of high income by transforming into
socialism-oriented welfare state including prosperous economy, social justice and
improved life.
National Objectives
1. To prepare foundation for the prosperity
2. To make citizens attain improved and
dignified life
3. To protect self-respect, independence and
national interest
National Strategies
1. To grow rapid, sustainable and employment-
oriented economy
2. To ensure accessible and qualitative health
service and education
3. To develop internal and international
interconnectivity and sustainable urban/
settlement
4. To increase production and productivity
5. To provide complete, sustainable and
productive social security and protection
6. To form just society including poverty alleviation and economic social equality
7. To develop conservation, mobilization and promotion of natural resources
8. To promote national unity, provincial balance and strengthen public service
Quantitative Goals
Some major quantitative indicators, goals and targets set up in the Fifteenth Planing are
presented below:
Major National Indicators and Targets
S.
Indicators/Goals Status (2075/76) Target (2080/81) Target (2100/01)
No.
1. Economic growth rate 6.8% 10.3% 10.5%
2. GNP Per Capita US$ 1,047 US$ 1,595 US$ 12,100
3. Population below poverty line 18.7% 9.5% 0%
4. Life expectancy at birth 69.7 years 72 years 80 years
5. Roadways 7,794 km 20,200 km 33,000 km
6. Railways 42 km 348 km 2,200 km
7. Family with access to electricity 88% 100% 100%
8. Internet users 65.9% 80% 100%
9. Hydroelectricity generation 1,250 MW 5,820 MW 40,000 MW
10. HDI 0.579 0.624 0.760

Activities
1. How is plan formulated at federal level? Make an inquiry and present the findings in
the class.
2. Is the aspect of inclusiveness considered while making plan in your family and
community? Consult with the seniors and prepare a report.
Exercise
1. Define ‘Economic Plan’ in a sentence.
2. Mention the objectives of making plan.
3. When did the planned development begin in Nepal?
4. When did the current Fifteenth Plan start?

1. What are the features of economic plan?
2. Mention the need and importance of economic plan.
3. What are the problems that may occur while formulating plan?
4. Why are not the plans of Nepal being able to achieve expected goals? Discuss.

1. Mention the strategies of the current plan.
2. Write a letter to National Planning Commission mentioning the major challenges of
the development projects in Nepal.
3. If you were a member of National Planning Commission, what sort of agendas would
you like to include in the next economic plan? Write in seven points.
Community Work
How is plan formulated in your community? Make a detailed study and prepare a report.
Then, present the report in the class.

LESSON
Tourism Industry, Its Importance
2 and Prospects
Tourist and Tourism Industry

The people who travel from one place to another within the country or visit from one
country to another for business, pleasure, adventure, spending holidays, pilgrimage,
observing culture, etc are called tourists. Similarly, any business activity concerned with
providing accommodation, entertainment, supplies or services is called tourism industry.
Tourism industry includes the business of hotel, restaurant, travel agency, trekking agency,
etc.
Types of Tourists
a. Domestic or Internal Tourist: The people who travel from
one place to another within their own country for various
purposes are called domestic tourists. For example, if the
students of Nawalparasi are in Pokhara for their educational
tour, they are called domestic tourists. Internal tourism is
increasing day by day in Nepal. The new generation likes to
travel to different places. Going for trekking, rafting, bungee Domestic Tourist
jumping, etc are also the interest of Nepalese youths.
b. International or Foreign Tourist: Those people who
travel from one country to another for certain period of time
are called international tourists. International tourists need
visa to go from one country to another. Nowadays number
of international tourists has increased due to increase in
facilities.
Reasons for Touring

International Tourist
To enjoy holidays
To see, observe and learn the lifestyle of other people
To do official and government work
To do trekking, mountaineering and business
To escape from the severe climate
To visit famous places, and pilgrimage
Importance of Tourism in Nepal

Tourism is one of the biggest and fastest growing industries
in the world. Nepal’s tourism industry is an important base Trekking

for the development of the country. Tourism industry contributes about 10% of the GDP.
The importance of tourism industry has been discussed below:
a. Source of Foreign Currencies: Foreign currencies are very important for the
development of the country. Tourism is the main source of foreign currency in Nepal.
Nepal is suffering from trade deficit for a long time. In this situation, Nepal can earn huge
amount of foreign currency from tourism industry.
b. Development of Cottage and Small Industries: When foreign tourists visit Nepal,
they like to buy local products because they are made in typical Nepali style using local
raw materials. It helps to utilize our natural resources and local people can earn extra
income. It also develops our cottage and small industries.
c. Publicity of Nepal to the World: Through tourism Nepal has become famous in the
world for natural beauty. When more tourists visit our country, international relations will
also be extended. There will be more demand of Nepalese product in the world market.
d. Development of Infrastructures: Tourism helps to develop physical infrastructures.
When tourists visit our country, we need more flights, tourist buses, hotels, restaurants,
trekking and tour guides, etc. All these aspects will be developed in the country.
e. Preservation of Arts and Cultures: Tourists like to see our arts, cultures, traditions,
historical sites, monuments, etc which ultimately helps to preserve our art and culture.
f. Increase in Trade: When tourists are interested towards the different Nepalese product,
they demand such goods in their own country too which helps to develop international
trade. They visit different parts of our country, involve in different activities, buy several
things which increase economic activities of our country.
Prospects of Tourism Development in Nepal

Although Nepal is a small country, it is rich in natural beauty. Mt. Everest, the highest
mountain peak in the world, moderate climate, geographical diversity, etc are the main
attractions of Nepal. Cultural and ethnic diversity, art and tradition have added more
attraction to develop Nepal as a tourist destination. Many tourist from different parts of
the world visit Nepal to observe these things. There are many possibilities of tourism
development in Nepal. They are presented below:
a. Great Himalayan Trail: The region
from Mt. Kanchenjunga in the east to Dolpo Trek
Mt. Saipal in the west is known as the The Great Himalayan Trail
Great Himalayan Trail. It includes Kanchenjunga Trek

Kanchenjunga Conservation Area,
Makalu Barun National Park and
Sagarmatha National Park of eastern
Nepal. Similarly, mountainous areas like
Langtang, Gosainkunda, Gaurishankar
located in the middle region of the Great Himalayan Trail

country lie in this trail. The touristic destinations of Manang, Mustang, Mugu, Dolpa
also come under the great Himalayan trail. Nepal Tourism Board has recommended this
area as a touristic destination. By the adequate publicity and development of touristic
infrastructures in this region, number of tourist can be increased as expected.
b. High Mountain Peaks: Every year many tourists from different countries of the world
come to view Mt. Everest, the highest mountain peak in the world. They can view it by
mountain flight. Many individuals and groups also come to climb this mountain. There
are 14 mountain peaks in the world with the height above 8,000 meter. Among them eight
mountain peaks are in Nepal.
c. Adventure Tourism: Nepal is very suitable
place for adventure tourism. There are many fast
flowing rivers which are suitable for rafting. Bungee
jumping is another attraction for tourist in Nepal.
Besides these trekking, mountaineering, kayaking,
cycling, rock climbing, canoeing, paragliding, etc
are major areas of adventure tourism in Nepal.
d. Religious and Historical Sites: Nepal is famous Bungee Jumping
as the religious centre for both the Hindus and
Buddhists of the world. Lumbini, Pashupatinath,
Manakamana, Muktinath, Janaki Temple,
Sworgadwari, Ridi, Ugratara, Krishna Mandir,
Changunarayan, etc are the famous religious sites.
Likewise, there are several ancient monuments and
sites in Nepal which attract the tourists. Ashoka
Pillar of Lumbini, Changunarayan Temple,
Bhaktapur Durbar Square, Basantapur Durbar
Square, Krishna Mandir, Patan Durbar Square, etc
reflect the ancient art and architecture of Nepal.
Krishna Mandir
e. Natural Vegetation and Wildlife: Though
Nepal is small in size, varieties of climate,
vegetation and topography are found here. Many
parts of the country have been developed as
National Parks, Conservation Area and Wildlife
Reserves. A huge number of tourists are attracted
to observe varieties of animals and birds.
f. Cultural Diversity: The structure of Nepalese
society is multi-ethnic, multi-lingual and multi-
Phoksunda Lake
culture. Every ethnic group has its own distinct
culture, festival and way of living. There are 125 castes of people living in Nepal with their
varieties of culture and tradition. Every year, many tourists visit to observe this cultural
diversity.
g. Geographical and Climatic Diversity: Nepal has
diversified topography. Many beautiful Himalayas,
deep gorges, valleys, plains, hills, fast flowing rivers,
etc have made Nepal rich in natural beauty. The climate
also differs when one travels from south to north. It is
neither too hot nor too cold.
Different international tourism journals have listed
Nepal as one of the important tourist destinations of
the world which has to be visited at least once in life
time. ‘National Geographic Traveller’ listed Nepal in
6th place as tourist destination that should not be missed
to visit. Thus, there is a great possibility of tourism in
Nepal. But it has not been able to flourish due to many
problems.
Problems in the Tourism Industry

a. Lack of Proper Transportation and Communication Facility: Most of the
international tourists use air services to come to Nepal. But Nepal is linked with a very few
countries of the world through air services. That is why there are not many international
flights. Tourists want quick and efficient means of communication to be in touch with their
family, friends and relatives. But most of the beautiful remote places lack the facilities of
good transportation and communication system.
b. Lack of Preservation of Cultural and Religious
Places: Nepal is very rich in culture and religion.
There are many religious and cultural heritage sites
in Nepal but they lack maintenance, preservation and
promotion.
c. Lack of Means of Entertainment: Another
important facility that tourists want is entertainment.
Such facilities are not enough due to lack of physical
infrastructures. The tourists who come with family
need varieties of means of entertainment suitable for
all age group. In the absence of these means, tourists
do not wish to stay for a long time.
d. Lack of Organised Tourists Centres: There is lack
of well managed tourist centres which can provide
Lack of Preservation
necessary information and help needed by tourists.
Therefore, many tourists hesitate and do not want to go to such places.
e. Lack of Tourists Goods: Tourists need various goods in their travels but sufficient
tourist goods are not produced in Nepal. Such goods need to be imported from other
countries and are expensive too. Thus, due to this reason, tourists find it difficult to visit
Nepal.
f. Lack of Good Publicity: Many tourist destinations lack publicity. If we could make
them known to the world, a number of tourists may visit our country due to the attraction
of such tourist destinations.
g. Lack of Proper Accommodation: Tourists
expect good and comfortable accommodation.
There should be a good provision of
accommodation when the tourists go for
trekking and hiking in remote areas. There is
no guarantee of security for them. So, they
are often cheated and their lives are in threat
and danger. For all these reasons, tourists are
discouraged to visit Nepal.
h. Lack of Proper Sanitation: Most of the Lack of Sanitation
places of tourist attraction in Nepal are dirty
and polluted due to garbage thrown everywhere. They cannot walk freely and enjoy the
beauty due to bad odour and dirty surroundings. This may cause the number of tourists to
decrease.
Nepal is one of the most beautiful and suitable places for tourism. But there are many
problems related to tourism sector. In this situation, we should try our best in order to
develop tourism industry.
Solutions
a. The number and capacity of domestic and international air services should be
increased.
b. There should be a good provision of transportation and communication in tourism
areas.
c. Tourists should be provided with the things they need like market, banks and security.
d. Provisions must be made to produce the things necessary for tourism industry in our
own country.
e. There should be provision of simple and easy access to fulfill the requirements of
tourists.
f. Nepal should be introduced to the world through advertisement of its art, culture and
natural beauty.
g. Cultural and religious places must be maintained and preserved for the development
of religious tourism.
h. Domestic and international investors should be encouraged for the development of
tourism industry.
Tourism in the Current Plan

In order to develop tourism sector in Nepal, the Fifteenth Plan (2075/076-2080/081) has
made the following vision, goal, objective and strategies:
Vision
To develop Nepal as an attractive, safe and pleasant tourist destination
Goal
To establish Nepal at top position in the world tourism market
Objective
1. To develop Nepal as an attractive tourism centre by making safe, qualitative and
tourism friendly place,
2. To increase tourism sector’s contribution in economy by diversifying tourism
destinations and outcomes, and
3. To extend the benefits achieved from tourism sector upto public level in rightful
manner.
Strategies
1. To carry out massive publicity and promotion of Nepal’s tourism in the neighbouring
countries and major tourism markets,
2. To develop integrated tourism covering the sectors like sports, health, education that
have prospects of tourism,
3. To focus on the development, marketization and promotion of modern tourism
infrastructures according to the concept of public-private-cooperative collaboration
by encouraging domestic and foreign investment,
4. To develop tourism sector as the driving force of economy. For this Local Level will
collaborate with private sector in the identification, development and diversification
of tourist spots, and
5. To distribute the outcomes of the tourism upto Local Level.
Tourism Indicators and Targets
S.
Indicators/Goals Status (2075/76 BS) Target (2080/81 BS)
No.
1. Total tourist 1,197,000 3,500,000
2. Contribution in GDP 2.7% 10%
3. Employment generated 200,000 382,000
4. Per tourist expenditure US$ 48 per day US$ 100 per day
5. Nepal stay 12.7 days 15 days
Activities
1. What activities are carried out by Nepal Tourism Board for the tourism development?
Make an inquiry and present in the class.
2. Observe tourist spots located in your locality and present their features in the class.

Exercise
1. Who are tourists?
2. What do you mean by tourism industry?
3. Mention any one strategy introduced by 15th periodic plan to promote tourism.

1. Mention the importance of tourism in Nepal.
2. Prepare a model of news for a daily newspaper about the Great Himalayan Trail and
entertainment to be obtained from it.
3. What are the possible adventurous activities for tourist in Nepal? Discuss.
4. “There is a great prospect of religious tourism in Nepal.” Justify this statement.
5. Mention the activities carried out for the development of tourism sector in Nepal?
6. What should be done to increase the number of tourists in Nepal? Present the
measures in points.
7. What are the strategies included in the current economic plan for tourism
development? Mention.

1. Write the roles to be played by the tourism industry, government and local level for
the tourism development? Write in points.
2. “The income generated from the tourism industries should be used for the
development at local level.” Present your logics in support of this statement.
3. Explain the prospects of tourism development in Nepal.
4. Describe any four problems seen in the tourism industry and suggest any three
measures for the solution.
Community Work
There might be some hotels, transportations, home stays, etc running in your locality.
How are the local communities benefitted from these activities? Make an inquiry and
prepare a report.

LESSON
Water: An Important
3 Source of Energy
Introduction
The power derived from the utilization of physical
or chemical resources, especially to provide light and
heat or to operate machines is called energy. Energy
is obtained from coal, gas, petroleum, hydro-power,
nuclear power station, etc. In the context of Nepal,
there are two types of sources of energy: traditional
and commercial sources. Firewood, animal dung,
agricultural residues, etc are the traditional sources
of energy whereas petroleum, hydropower, gas, coal, Kaligandaki ‘A’ Hydro Project
solar energy, wind energy, etc are the commercial or
modern sources of energy.
Development of Hydropower in Nepal

Nepal is rich in water resource. There are many underground and surface sources of water.
Most of the rivers are snow-fed and fast flowing such as Karnali, Gandaki, Koshi and
their tributaries. Such perennial rivers are very suitable for hydropower generation as they
flow swiftly down steep slopes carrying high potential. The rivers in the hilly topography
can also be used for constructing multi-purpose projects like generation of hydropower;
supply of drinking water, irrigation, etc. The estimated theoretical power potential is
approximately 83,000 MW which is about 2.26% of the world’s hydropower generation.
However, with the technical and economic point of view its potential has been evaluated
to be 44,370 MW.
Potential of hydroelectricity production

S. No. Rivers Theoretical Potential Technical and Economic Potential
1. Koshi 22,350 MW 10,860 MW
2. Gandaki 20,650 MW 5,270 MW
3. Karnali and Mahakali 36,000 MW 27,360 MW
4. Others 4,000 MW 880 MW
Total 83,000 MW 44,370 MW
Source: CBS
Benefits from Hydropower Generation to Nepal

It helps to reduce dependency on petroleum and maintains balance of payment.
It can be used to operate the factories and industries in the country.
It helps to reduce the amount of deforestation for fuel and helps in the environment
conservation.
It helps to earn foreign currency by exporting electricity.
It helps in the development of transportation, communication and generation of
employment opportunity.
It helps in the modernization and commercialization of agriculture.
Present Status of Power Supply

The history of electricity generation is not long in Nepal. It began since 1968 BS with
the production of electricity (500 KW) from Pharping Hydropower Station, Kathmandu.
Despite being rich in water resource, Nepal is facing power crisis because of being unable
to utilize its potential. Common people, industries and factories are struggling with low
power supply. As of the fiscal year 2074/075, total hydroelectricity generated in the country
just amounts 1,128 MW in which 78% Nepalese family have the access to electricity.
The Fifteenth Plan (2076/077-2080/081) has aimed to generate 5,000 MW electricity and
make the access of 100% family to electricity. The Government is also trying its best to
manage the power crisis by importing electricity from India. Nepal Electricity Authority is
also trying to extend electricity supply to all parts of the country and make load shedding
free zones even with insufficient production of electricity.
Factors Obstructing in the Hydropower Generation in Nepal

Lack of sufficient capital for the investment in hydropower generation,
Lack of hydropower project friendly infrastructures,
Political instability and lack of visionary leadership,
Nepotism and favoritism in the hydropower projects, and
Difficulty in obtaining land for the construction which delays in the implementation
of project.
Measures to solve energy crisis in Nepal

A long-term policy should be formulated and implemented to make the country
independent in energy.
Remittance and national capital should be utilized in the development of hydropower.
Basic infrastructures such as transportation and communication should be developed.
There should be political commitment not to interfere in this sector and maintain
political discipline.
The justifiable demands of the local people should be timely addressed.

Activities
1. Write a letter to the Non-Resident Nepalese requesting for investment in hydropower
generation in Nepal.
2. Conduct a speech program on “Hydropower production is the best way to solve
energy crisis”.
Exercise
1. Write any two sources of energy.
2. What is the potential of hydroelectricity in Nepal evaluated with the technical and
economic point of view?
3. What can be the two ways to utilize the water resources available in your local level?
Write.

1. Discuss on the traditional and commercial or modern sources of energy.
2. How can Nepal be benefited from the hydropower generation? Mention the ways.
3. “Nepal has huge potential of hydropower.” Justify this statement.
4. Is there any possibility that Nepal will earn foreign currency by exporting
hydroelectricity? Present your opinion in points.

Why is Nepal not being able to generate hydroelectricity as per the potential?
Mention the reasons. Also mention the measures to solve energy crisis in Nepal.
Community Work
Visit a powerhouse operated in or near your locality. Observe the site and collect
necessary information. Then, prepare a report and present in the class.

LESSON
4 Foreign Employment in Nepal
Introduction
According to the Foreign Employment Act 2064, “Foreign Employment” means
employment which a worker gets abroad. So, the act of going abroad for getting
employment is called foreign employment.
Though the history of foreign employment is not so long, the trend of going for foreign
employment has rapidly increased after the restoration of democracy in the country. Due
to lack of job opportunity, many Nepalese youths are compelled to go to various countries
of the world in search of job. This trend is found more along with the extension of foreign
relation. The flow of youths going for foreign study is also increasing. They aim at getting
opportunity for both study and employment. Foreign employment has an immediate benefit
but it is not beneficial for long term since it is not the permanent source of income. It has
both positive and negative effects in Nepal. Read the following news report published in
a daily newspaper.
bnfnn] 7u]kl5 afv|fkfng

dfof clwsf/L .s'Zdf
df]bL ufpFkflnsfsf] e'stfª\ n]sf e'naxfb'/ kf}8]nn] 6sL{ hfg C0f vf]h]/
bnfnnfO{ cf7 nfv %) xhf/ ?k}ofF a'emfP . o'/f]k hfg] rSs/df pgsf] emG8}
!) nfv ?k}ofF vr{ eof] . t/, pgsf] ;kgf Tolta]nf rsgfr'/ eof] ha bnfnn]
ljb]z gp8fP/} efUof] .
To;kl5 eg] pgL :jb]zd} afv|fkfng ug{ yfn] . clxn] pgL lhnnfd} gd'gf
afv|fkfns Joj;foL ag]sf 5g\ .
tLg jif{b]lv e'stfª\ n]l:yt tNnf] nK;Laf]6df k|ult PsLs[t afv|f kmfd{
;~rfngdf NofPsf kf}8]nn] afv|f kfngaf6 dgUu] cfDbfgL ub}{ cfPsf 5g\ .
pgn] Ps} dlxgfsf] cjlwdf () xhf/ ?k}ofF;Dd cfDbfgL u/]sf] cg'ej ;'gfP .
‘clxn];Dd nufgL u/], ca cfDbfgL lbg yfn]sf] 5’, s[ifs kf}8]nn] eg], pTkfbg
u/]sf af]sf cf7 xhf/b]lv !$ xhf/ ?k}ofF;Dddf laqmL u/]sf] hfgsf/L lbP .
afv|fkmfd{df clxn] em08} *) j6f afv|f /x]sf 5g\ . em08} Ps bh{g af]sf laqmL ug]{ tof/Ldf 5g\ . sDtLdf Ps ;o j6f dfx'F afv|f
agfpg] of]hgfdf pgL 5g\ . ‘Ps jif{leq} Ps ;o j6f dfx'F kfNg] tof/Ldf 5'’, pgn] eg] . pTkfbg ePsf af]sf laqmLsf nflu ;d]t s'g}
;d:of gePsf] pgL atfpF5g\ . ;b/d'sfd s'Zdf, kf]v/faf6 :yfgLo hftsf af]sfsf] dfu cfpg] u/]sf] pgn] atfP . :yfgLo vl/hftsf]
af]sfsf] df;' s'Zdf / kf]v/fdf k|lts]hL Ps xhf/;Dddf laqmL x'g] u/]sf] 5 . Jofj;flos afv|fkfngdf kfFr nfv ?k}ofF nufgL u/]sf
kf}8]nn] Ps ;o /f]kgL hUuf ef8fdf lnPsf 5g\ . pgn] afv|fkfnsf nflu ;ft jif{sf nflu Ps ;o /f]kgL hUuf ef8fdf lnPsf 5g\ . o;sf]
ef8f jflif{s %) xhf/ ?k}ofF 5 .
afv|f kmfd{df pgsf] kl/jf/;Fu} Ps hgfnfO{ /f]huf/L ;d]t lbPsf 5g\ . afv|fkmfd{df /f]huf/L kfpg] dgaxfb'/ las;d]t v';L 5g\ .
‘/f]huf/Lsf nflu ljb]z hfg k};f 5}g’, lasn] eg], ‘cfÇg} ufpFdf lagf nufgL /f]huf/L kfpFbf v';L 5' .’ kf}8]nn] lasnfO{ dfl;s !) xhf/
lbg] u/L /f]huf/L lbPsf x'g\ .
kf}8]nnfO{ afv|fkmfd{df >LdtL / 5f]/f5f]/Ln] ;3fpg] u/]sf 5g\ . tLg 5f]/L / Ps 5f]/fsf afa' e'naxfb'/ o;cl3 klg a}b]lzs
/f]huf/Ldf uP/ kms]{sf x'g\ . )%& ;fndf stf/ k'u]sf pgL /fd|f] cfDbfgL gePkl5 8]9 jif{leq} 3/ kms]{sf lyP . ‘ca a}b]lzs /f]huf/L
eGg] ;'Gg klg rfxGg’, pgn] eg], ‘j}b]lzs /f]huf/Lsf] gfddf d}n] w]/} b'Mv kfPF .’
d]xgt / nufgL ug]{ xf] eg] 3/d} a;]/ klg /fd|f] ug{ ;lsG5 eGg] clxn] cfP/ cfk"mdf ;f]r cfPsf] pgn] atfP .
Source: http://annapurnapost.com/epaper/epaper_searched/584

Positive Effects of Foreign Employment
The income generated from foreign employment helps to alleviate poverty.
The foreign currency obtained from this is useful for foreign trade and to maintain
balance of payment.
It reduces the unemployment problem of the country.
The skills, knowledge and experience learned in the foreign employment can be
beneficial for the development of native country.
People’s life standard is uplifted due to increment of income.
It may help to develop international relations since the country has to do labor contract
with other countries and embassies have to be established there.
It helps to promote the local culture and tradition in other countries.
Negative Effects of Foreign Employment
The country may lack skilled manpower for the development when the youths go for
foreign employment.
The development process becomes slow due to the lack of efficient manpower.
It may cause the transmission of various infectious diseases.
This trend may degrade the traditional norms and values.
Social evils may increase and that may disturb social unity.
The migrant workers may suffer from various problems such as cheating by broker,
lack of respectful job and salary, risky job, etc.
Preparation before Going for Foreign Employment
It is said that most of the Nepalese migrant
workers are compelled to do dirty, difficult and
dangerous jobs in foreign countries. It is also
reported that some of them do not get job and
salary as per the agreement. Some die untimely
too there. Thus, those one who wish to go abroad
for foreign employment, should mandatorily
consider the following instructions so that their
foreign employment becomes safe and reliable. Ministry of Labour and Employment
Contact with Ministry of Labour and Employment and its Department of Foreign
Employment, Foreign Employment Promotion Board, etc to get detailed information
about the foreign employment.
Get prepared mentally and physically.
Learn necessary skills and technology.
Make citizenship and passport from the concerned District Administration Office.
Contact reliable and registered Manpower Company with the certificates of your
academic qualification, training certificates, etc.
Get informed about the nature of employment, cost, income and other facilities.
Get your health checked up from government approved institution.
Do your insurance.
Take orientation training before going for foreign employment.
Get approval letter from the Department of Foreign Employment.
Be aware of the brokers,
Be in regular contract with Nepalese diplomatic missions abroad.
Nepalese youths can go to 110 countries for foreign employment. In order to go for foreign
employment, male has to attain 18 years of age and female has to attain 24 years of age.
If any problem arises in the foreign country, one can contact the Nepalese Embassy in
concerned country. In this way, foreign employment can be safe and trustworthy. Read the
following information regarding the foreign employment issued by Government of Nepal
so as to make it safe and trustworthy:
An important information for foreign employment issued by
Government of Nepal
j}b]lzs /f]huf/Ldf hfg rfxg] JolStx?n] yfxf kfpg'kg]{ s'/fx?M
s_ pd]/ / ljj/0f
!* jif{ k"/f ePsf] cj:yfdf dfq j}b]lzs /f]huf/Lsf] k|lj|mof cjnDag ug{'k5{ .
/f]huf/Ldf hfg]j|mddf e'm6f ljj/0f jf sfuhft k]z ug{'x'“b}g .
v_ ;+:yfut kxn
j}b]lzs /f]huf/sf] lgldQ cg'dlt k|fKt u/]sf Ph]G;Lx?;“u dfq j}b]lzs /f]huf/Ldf hfg] ;DaGwL sf/f]af/ ug'{k5{ .
;+:yf;“u JolStut tj/n] hfg]u/L sfd sf/jfxL ug{ x'“b}g .
JolStut ?kdf j}b]lzs /f]huf/Ldf hfg rfxg]n] j}b]lzs /f]huf/ ljefusf] :jLs[lt k|fKt ug'{k5{ .
u_ cfjZos k|df0fx? ;'/lIft /fVg'kg]{
j}b]lzs /f]huf/sf] lgldQ hfg]j|mddf j}b]lzs /f]huf/ Ph]G;LnfO{ /sd a'emfPkl5 /l;b lnO{ ;'/lIft /fVg'k5{ .
j}b]lzs /f]huf/Lsf] lgldQ Psd'i6 jf ls:tfdf /sd a'emfPsf] ePdf s'g ls:tf jfkt\ slt /sd a'emfPsf] xf] ;f] ;d]tsf] lg:;f
lng'k5{ . a'emfPsf] /sd / k|fKt /l;bdf /sd km/s k/], gk/]sf] olsg u/L u/L jf:tljs lt/]sf] /sd hgfPsf] /l;b lng'k5{ .
/l;bdf ;DalGwt Ph]G;Lsf] 5fk eP gePsf] / a'lemlng]sf] b:tvt eP gePsf] hf“rL lng'k5{ .
/fxbfgL, le;f, >d :jLs[lt, s/f/kq, tflndx?sf] k|df0fkq, /sd a'emfPsf] /l;bx?, ladf, :jf:Yo k/LIf0f cflbsf] sfuhft
cfk'm;“u ;'/lIft /fvL To;sf] kmf]6f]skL 3/ kl/jf/sf JolStx? jf e/kbf]{ cleefjsnfO{ 5f]8\g'k5{ .
3_ tflnd tyf ;'/Iff
j}b]lzs /f]huf/Ldf hfg] sfdsf] nflu ;Lkd"ns tflnd cfjZos eP To:tf] tflnd lnPsf] x'g'kg]{ / dfGotf k|fKt ;+:yfaf6
cled'vLs/0f tflnd xfl;n ug{'k5{ .
j}b]lzs /f]huf/Ldf hfg] j|mddf ug'{kg]{ ladf tyf sNof0fsf/L sf]ifdf clgjfo{ ?kdf /sd hDdf ug'{k5{ .
Ph]G;L jf sf]xL s;}af6 j}b]lzs /f]huf/L ;DaGwL ljifodf unt jf 7uL ug{ nfu]sf] z+sf nfu]df jf To;f] eP u/]df j}b]lzs /f]huf/
ljefu jf glhssf] lhNnf k|zf;g sfof{no jf k|x/Ldf t'?Gt va/ ug'{k5{ .
j}b]lzs /f]huf/Ldf hfg] JolStn] cg'dlt lnPsf] cj:yfdf afx]s cGo d'n'ssf] dfu{ k|of]u u/L j}b]lzs /f]huf/Ldf hfg x'“b}g .
j}b]lzs /f]huf/Lsf] lgldQ ljb]z k|:yfg ug'{ k"j{ j}b]lzs /f]huf/ ljefuaf5 /fxbfgLdf >d :jLs[ltsf] l:6s/ nufPsf] x'g'k5{ .
ª_ k"j{ tof/Lsf] cjnDag
j}b]lzs /f]huf/Ldf hfg] g]kfnLn] cg'dltsf] cjlw k rft\ lgodfg';f/ Dofb yk gu/L cj}wflgs ?kdf ljb]zdf a:g jf sfd ug{ x'“b}g .
j}b]lzs /f]huf/Lsf] j|mddf epsf] ;Demf}tf cg';f/sf] cjlwleq s/f e+u geP;Dd pSt sfo{ 5f8L cGoq sfd ug{ jf lagf :jLs[lt
sfd 5f8L cGoq hfg x'“b}g .
r_ Ifltk"lt{
s'g} sf/0fn] ljb]zaf6 c;dodf kms{g' k/]df j}b]lzs /f]huf/ ljefu / k7fpg] Ph]G;Ldf lkmtf{ cfPsf] !% lbg leqdf hfgsf/L
u/fpg' k5{ .
5_ ljb]zdf ;Dks{ / ;dGjo
lgod cg';f/ j}b]lzs /f]huf/Ldf uPkl5 pSt d'n'sdf /x]sf] g]kfnL b'tfjf;, jf lgof]u jf >d tyf oftfoft Joj:yf dGqfnon]
tf]s]sf] ;Da4 ;+:yfdf ;Dks{ sfod u/L cfk"m cfPsf] hfgsf/L u/fpg' kg]{5 . j}b]lz /f]huf/sf] j|mddf ;d:of cfPsf] cj:yfdf pSt
lgsfodf hfgsf/L u/fpg' kg]{5 .
h_ j}b]lzs /f]huf/ ljefuaf6 >d :jLs[lt glnO{ j}b]lzs /f]huf/df hfg' x'“b}g .
em_ j}b]lzs /f]huf/df hfg'k"j{ cled'vLs/0f tflnd lng'k5{ / hfg nfu]sf] b]z, cfk"mn] ug]{ sfd / kfpg] kfl/>ldsaf/] /fd|/L hfgsf/L
lnO{ hfg'k5{ .
`_ :jf:Yo k/LIf0f, hLjg ladf, b'3{6gf ladf ljb]zdf sfd ug{ hfg' k"j{ clgjfo{ ?kdf ug'{k5{ .
http://www.dofe.gov.np/new/pages/details/41

Activities
1. Discuss about the preparations to be done before going for foreign employment.
2. What problems may one suffer from while going for foreign employment? Discuss in
the class.
Exercise
1. What do you mean by foreign employment?
2. Why is foreign employment important in Nepal? Write in a sentence.

1. Why the foreign employment is considered a challenge? Discuss and write.
2. Mention the precautions to be followed while going for foreign employment. Present
in points.
3. How can more employment opportunities be generated in Nepal?
4. Write a letter to a friend who is facing problem in foreign country stating the efforts
made in the country in order to manage the foreign employment.
5. What would you suggest to your neighbour going for foreign employment with the
influence of friend but not having any skills. Mention in four points.

1. Mention the positive and negative effects of foreign employment in the form of news
for national newspaper.
2. Make a table and show the roles to be played by the government, Manpower Company
and civil society in order to make foreign employment well managed.
Community Work
Make an inquiry with those who have returned from foreign employment about their
positive and negative experiences while in foreign country.

LESSON
Cooperative and Its Economic
5 Importance
Introduction
In general meaning cooperative means working together and sharing the benefits together.
It is a jointly owned enterprise. Its members engage in the production or distribution of
goods or the supply of services. Cooperative is operated by its members for their mutual
benefit. In its broad sense, this is the act jointly carried out by the people who have similar
objective, occupation, business and class for their economic and social development.
Cooperatives in Nepal
In the context of Nepal, cooperative has been in
practice in the form of Guthi, Parma, Dhikuti, Dharma
Bhakari, Manka Khala, Kulayan, Dewali, Bheja, etc.
With the establishment of Department of Cooperative
in 2010 BS, the development of cooperative formally
started in Nepal. Bakhan Cooperative established in
2013 BS in Chitwan was the first cooperative of Nepal.
Afterward in 2016 BS, Cooperative Act 2016 was
enforced in order to institutionalize the cooperatives.
Later in 2018 BS, Cooperative Regulation was made
and in 2020 BS a Cooperative Bank was established.
After the enforcement of Cooperative Act 2048, the Bakhan Singh Gurung
Founder of Bakhan Cooperative
wave of establishing cooperatives began all over the
country. In order to regulate cooperatives, Department of Cooperatives under the Ministry
of Land Management, Cooperatives and Poverty Alleviation has been provisioned and
Cooperative Act 2074 has also been enacted.
Definition of Cooperative
International Cooperative Alliance was founded
in London, Britain on 19th August, 1895 AD. The
general assembly of International Cooperative
Alliance (ICA) held in September, 1995AD in
Manchester, Britain has defined cooperative as
“Cooperative is an autonomous association of
persons united voluntarily to meet their common
Logo of ICA
economic, social, and cultural needs and
aspirations through a jointly-owned and democratically-controlled enterprise”.

Values of Cooperative
Cooperatives are based on the values of self-help, self-responsibility, democracy, equality,
equity and solidarity. In the context of their founders and cooperative members, they
believe in the ethical values of honesty, openness, social responsibility and caring for
others.
Principles of Cooperative
The cooperative principles are guidelines by which cooperatives put their values into
practice. Its principles are:
1. Voluntary and Open Membership: Cooperatives are voluntary organizations.
They are open to all persons who are able to use their services and willing to accept the
responsibilities of membership.
2. Democratic Member Control: Cooperatives are democratic organizations controlled
by their members who actively participate in setting their polities and making decisions.
3. Member Economic Participation: Members contribute equitable to the capital of their
cooperative which is the common property of the cooperative.
4. Autonomy and Independence: Cooperatives are autonomus, self-help organizations
controlled by their members.
5. Education, Training and Information: Cooperatives provide education and training
for their members, elected representatives, managers, and employees so that they can
contribute effectively to the development of their cooperatives. They inform the general
public about the nature and benefits of cooperatives.
6. Co-operation among Cooperatives: Cooperatives serve their members most effectively
and strengthen the cooperative movement by working together through local, national,
regional and international structures.
7. Concern for Community: Cooperatives work for the sustainable development of their
communities through policies approved by their members.
Requirements to set up a Cooperative

At least 25 persons as its members
An application to the registrar for the registration
Two copies of By-law and work plan
Description of shares which the members have undertaken to subscribe, and
Citizenship, photographs and signature of members
Types of Cooperatives
Several types of cooperative societies are operated in the country. They are Saving and
Credit, Multipurpose, Dairy, Agriculture, Fruits and Vegetables, Bee Keeping, Tea, Coffee,
Consumers, Science and Technology, and Energy.
Importance of Cooperative
It plays a great role to strengthen the economic system of the country.
It teaches the farmers to be economical.
It develops production-oriented attitude in the rural society.
It helps in poverty alleviation by raising the living standard of local residents.
Multi-purpose cooperatives provide loan facility, market facility, etc to the farmers
and improve in rural life.
It promotes access to finance, women empowerment, leadership and ability
development, social unification and entrepreneurship.
Need of Cooperative
To get required capital for the establishment of cottage and small industries
To create the environment of collaboration, coordination and investment at local level
To identify new need and possibility
To alleviate poverty and unemployment by improving in economy through cooperative
Problems of Cooperative
Providing more loans to kith and kin
Appointing the members of same family in executive posts
Mobilizing the fund incorrectly even against the rule
Collecting deposit from ordinary people and providing loan to big enterprises
Not getting the account audited and maintaining economic transparency
A person, being involved in more than one cooperative and
The operators, running way by collecting huge sum of money from the ordinary
people.
Solutions
Effective implementation of Cooperative Act
Discouragement for the investment out of scope
Providing facility to the depositors
Prohibiting the sale of share out of the scope
Making the provision of effective monitoring, and
Establishment of cooperative training centers in local levels.

Activities
1. Discuss the major activities carried out by cooperatives established in your locality.
2. What are the procedures to be followed for setting up a cooperative? Discuss with
friends and write the conclusion.
Exercise
1. What is cooperative?
2. Name the first cooperative of Nepal.

1. Mention the principles of cooperative.
2. State the requirements to set up a cooperative.
3. Discuss the importance of cooperatives in Nepal.
4. Explain the evolution of cooperative in Nepal.
5. Discuss about the roles played by the cooperative for the promotion of local products.
6. Write the roles that the state should play for making more successful and effective of
co-operatives activities.
7. Prepare a news report shedding light on the advantages of cooperatives in Nepal.

1. What do you think should be done by the state for making cooperatives more
successful and effective? Mention the measures to raise positive attitudes towards
the cooperative in Nepal.
2. What problems are seen in the cooperatives in Nepal? Suggest the ways for the
solution of such problems.
Community Work
There might be any cooperative in or near by our community. Make an inquiry about its
services and prepare a report. Then present the report in the class.

LESSON
6 Financial Education
Finance: In general meaning, finance means money or other monetary resources. The
activity concerned with economic transactions, particularly with monetary transaction is
called finance.
Finance Literacy: Finance literacy refers to the set of skills and knowledge by which an
individual understands the importance of finance and can make effective decisions with all
of his/her financial resources. Finance literate is able to understand how money works in
the world, how to earn or make money, how to manage money, how to invest it for turning
into more and how to donate it to help others, etc.
Importance of Finance Literacy in Nepal: In the context of Nepal, finance literacy is
very important for ordinary Nepalese. Most of them live in village where they hardly have
access to financial institutions. On the other hand, everyone’s economic and financial
resources need to have effective and economical use. Thus, the Government of Nepal has
been giving importance to finance literacy. The following points show the importance of
finance literacy:
M Finance literacy makes people understand the importance of capital.
M It enables people to utilize money for social and economic security.
M It encourages people to save some portions of income for future use.
M It gives knowledge for appropriate and productive use of remittance.
M It helps to maintain domestic income and expenditure in a managed way.
Finance System
Finance system is a set of institutions functioning financial transaction. In Nepal, Nepal
Rastra Bank, Commercial Bank, Development Bank, Finance Companies and Micro-
Finance Companies come under the finance system. Likewise, the cooperative society
working for banking transaction and non-government organizations working as micro-
finance also come under the finance system. It is also called financial institutions.
According to the “Banks and Financial Institutions Act 2063”, “financial institution”
means a corporate body incorporated to carry on the monetary transactions according to
their classes.
The Nepal Rastra Bank classifies the licensed institutions into “A”, “B”, “C” and “D”
classes on the basis of the minimum paid-up capital required for the license. The minimum
paid-up capital of the licensed institutions is as prescribed by the Rastra Bank. Commercial
Banks are in “A” class, Development Banks are in “B” class, Finance Companies are in
“C” class, and Micro Credit Development Banks are in “D” class. As of March 2020 AD,
there are 27 Commercial Banks, 22 Development Banks, 23 Finance Companies and 92
Micro Credit Development Banks.
Functions of Financial Institutions
a. Accepting deposits
b. Supplying credit
c. Dealing in foreign exchange
d. Remitting or transmitting funds to different places
e. Bank guarantee
f. Transaction of government bonds
g. Providing other services
Bank Account
It is an account of individual or institutions opened by bank or financial institution for the
financial transactions. Banks or other financial institutions keep details of its customers
to open an account. The customers use such bank account to deposit money, get loan or
for any other banking activities. They receive voucher at every deposit at bank account.
The customers are provided with chequebook or ATM card and bank statement. They
can withdraw their deposited money at bank account by using cheque or ATM card. The
customers can also check their balance through bank statement. The account holders have
to fill the Know Your Customer (KYC) form too.
Type of Accounts
a. Current account: It is an account of funds deposited in a bank or financial institution
as may be withdrawn at any time on demand. In current account, banks or financial
institutions do not pay any interest to a balance. This type of account is suitable for offices,
traders or businesspersons.
b. Saving account: It is an account of funds deposited in a bank or financial institution

for purpose of saving. The banks or financial institutions provide interest of a certain rate
on the balance. The customers can deposit their money as many times they wish but can
withdraw only limited money for limited times as prescribed by the bank. This type of
bank account is useful for savers of small amounts.
c. Fixed account: It is an account of funds deposited in a bank or financial institution for

a specified term. In this type of bank account the customers are provided with a higher
rate of interest than other types of account. The money deposited at this account cannot be
withdrawn until the maturity date. If the depositors need money before the specified term,
they can deposit the certificate of their deposit in fixed account as a security and get loan
from the same bank.
Requirements to Open a Bank Account

In order to open a bank account, an applicant should fill a form and submit to the bank with
his/her citizenship certificate, photos, minimum amount of money required to open an

account and sample of authentic signature. If the applicant is minor, guardian’s citizenship
certificate, photos, and signature on application form are needed. While opening a bank
account, every applicant should provide clear details of his/her identity such as family
description, name of father and grandfather, address, date of birth, etc.
Electronic Banking: Banking has now become more advanced than earlier due to the
advancement and extension of the communication technology. Banks and financial
institutions use electronic machines and internet to operate accounts and provide various
banking services. It is called electronic banking. Electronic banking is commonly known
as e-banking. Electronic banking has made the banking services faster, safer and easier.
From the e-banking service, an account holder can check balance, make transfer of balance,
open account or withdraw the amount. The banking services through mobile apps, internet
banking, ATM, etc are the examples of electronic banking.
Automated Teller Machine-ATM

An automated teller machine (ATM) is an electronic
machine. It is issued by a bank or financial
institutions to its customers. An ATM card allows
customers to complete basic transactions without
the aid of a branch representative or teller. The
customers can withdraw specified amount or check
their balance using ATM card and secret pin code
provided along with it. It is also called Debit Card
Automated Teller Machine (ATM)
since the customer can withdraw amount only as
much in the account.
Credit Card
It is a small plastic card issued by a bank allowing
the holder to purchase goods or services on credit.
Such credit cards are provided by the bank only to
its trustworthy customers even there is no balance
in bank account. The cardholders have to clear their
debt to the bank whenever they have money with
extra amount for service as well as interest on the
credit card. The use of credit card is similar as of
debit card but the card holder can spend only the
limited amount from it.
SMS Banking Service Debit/Credit Cards

SMS banking is a form of mobile banking. It is a facility used by some banks or other
financial institutions to send messages (also called notifications or alerts) to customers’

mobile phones using SMS messaging, or a service provided by them which enables
customers to perform some financial transactions using SMS. The customers can know
and transfer their balance and pay bills through SMS banking service.
Saving
An amount of income that is not spent and kept in bank account is called saving. Generally,
saving is made for future use and for emergency purpose. Saved money can be useful for
capital formation, buying goods, investment, maintaining daily expenses, clearing debt
etc. Besides these, saving is also made for social activities such as marriage, Bratabandha,
death rites, education, health, etc.
Types of Saving
a. Saving in formal financial institutions: We can save our money by opening an
account in the banks or financial institutions licensed by the central bank for financial
transaction.
b. Saving in semi-formal financial institutions:

We can save money in saving account in semi-
formal institutions such as consumer’s group,
Aama Samuha, etc.
c. Saving in informal financial agencies: We

can save our money in informal agencies such
as money lenders and relatives, investing on
real estates, jewellery, etc.
d. Khutruke saving: We can save money in a cash

box of metal, wood or clay called Khutruke.
Advantages of Saving
Khutruke Saving
Develops a habit of regular saving
Gives security to property
Helps to earn interest
Develops entrepreneurship
Creates an environment of investment
If the financial activities are carried on through the banking system, it helps to earn income
and at the same time, contributes in the economic development of the country. Thus, we
should be economical and develop a habit of saving.

Activities
1. Discuss with the friends about the process to open an account in bank or any other
financial institution.
2. Find the process of getting ATM card from the bank located in or near in your locality.
Motivate other members of the community too to take ATM cards.
Exercise
1. What do you mean by finance education?
2. It is better to open a bank account and why?
3. What is an ATM card?
4. What do you mean by SMS Banking Service?

1. State the various types of bank accounts and explain each in brief.
2. What are the advantages of having a bank account? List them in points.
3. Discuss about the advantages of saving.
4. List the positive and negative aspects of ATM card.
5. What are the ways to make banking transactions safe? Write in points.

1. Mention the importance of financial literacy in a form of dialogue.
2. Analyze the necessity of E-banking and its present condition in Nepal.
3. Mention the measures to make Financial Education effective in Nepal.
Community Work
In which bank have your guardians opened bank account? Ask them and mention the
process to open a bank account and prepare a report on it.

LESSON
7 Financial Instruments
Introduction
Any instrument or device that is used in financial system for financial activities is known
as financial instruments. Notes, coins, cards, cheques, etc are the examples of financial
instruments. Financial devices are used to obtain cash, goods, and services or to transfer
amount or to make financial payments. They are discussed below:
1. Clean Notes: Note is also
g]kfnL gf]6sf] k|of]u ubf{ ckgfpg' kg]{ ;fjfwfgL ;DaGwdf g]kfn /fi6« a}+s,
called paper money. It is used
d'b|f Joj:yfkg ljefusf] cg'/f]w M
in monetary exchange and other • gf]6sf] htg ug{sf] nflu clgjfo{ ?kdf dlg Aofu k|of]u ug]{ afgL
activities. It is also a means of a;fnf}+ .
payment. Money is of two types: • gf]6df hyfefjL s]/d]6 gu/f}+ .
paper notes and coins. Paper • ;dfg b/sf gof“ cyjf ;'lsnf gf]6sf] k|of]u ug]{ afgL a;fnf}+ .
notes are used in almost every • gof“ gf]6 5kfO{ ug{ 7"nf] dfqfdf ;Dklt vlr{g' kg]{ ePsf]n] gf]6sf] htg
nation of the world. In Nepal, u/L b]zsf] ;Dklt hf]ufcf}+ .
• gf]6nfO{ df6f], wdL/f, cfuf] / kfgLaf6 hf]ufcf}+ .
both paper notes and coins are
• gf]6nfO{ uf8\g], w]/} ;do;Dd kf]sf] kf/]/ /fVg] ugf{n] gf]6 ;8\g] 8/ x'g]
used. The central bank is given x'“bf o:tf] sfo{nfO{ lg?T;flxt u/f}+ .
the responsibility to issue notes • gf]6sf] lxkmfht ug]{ s'/f cfk"mn] klg dgg u/f}+ / c?nfO{ klg l;sfcf}+ .
and manage it. Nepal Rastra • gf]6sf sf/f]af/ ubf{ kmf]xf]/ ug]{ k|j[lQnfO{ Tofuf}+ .
Bank, as the central bank of the • k"hf cfhf ubf{ cyjf s'g} sfd ubf{ d}lnPsf xftx?n] ;s];Dd gf]6
country issues notes in Nepal. g5f]cf}+ .
• 6f“rf jf l:6h nufp“bf gf]6 Rofltg] / lgsfNg ufx|f] x'g] tyf gf]6sf]
Paper notes and coins are the cfo' 36\g] x'“bf, o:tf] sfo{nfO{ lg?T;flxt u/f}+ .
identity of the nation as they • sf/f]af/sf] qmddf ;+sf:kb gf]6x? kfO{Pdf glhs}sf] g]kfn /fi6« a}+ssf]
represent the nationality, cultural sfof{no jf cGo a}+s tyf ljQLo ;+:yfdf nlu bflvnf u/f}+ .
and traditional values, animals, • gf]6nfO{ d7–dlGb/ jf k"hf kf7 cflb wfld{s sfo{df k|of]u ubf{ gf]6df
structures, etc. So, we should use /+u, cla/, kfgL, b"w, /ut cflb gkf/f}+, a? bfg k]l6sfdf xfNg] jf
paper notes and coins properly. ;DalGwt wfld{s cg'i7fgsf] /zLb sf6L rGbf k|bfg ug]{ rng rnfcf}+ .
Nepal Rastra Bank also issues ‘Clean Notes’ policy. According to this policy, no stapling,
writing, tearing and excessive folding is to be done on the currency notes. Thus, it is our
duty to handle it safely and protect it.
2. Bank Loan: Money is very important for everyone. Sometimes we may not have
enough money for running our business. Thus, we need some financial resources so that
we can take loan and maintain our business. Banks and financial institutions provide loan
for cattle rearing, running business, using in emergency, social activities and educational

purpose. Thus, a loan taken from the bank which has to be returned after certain period
with interest or only principal is known as bank loan. The bank sets the fixed period over
which the loan is provided, the rate of interest and timing and amount of repayments.
Banks and financial institutions offer different types of loans such as purchasing loan,
investment loan, working capital loan, consumption loan, etc. If the loan is not paid, the
borrower has to pay fine along with interest. In this situation, collator (property as security
against loan) can also be auctioned or taken legal action against borrower. If loan cannot
be paid on time, the borrower can be enlisted on black list by the financial institution by
which the borrower losses social prestige. Thus, the loan should be used for right works
and should be repaid on time.
3. Remittance: It is an act of sending money from one place to another. The money sent
by an emigrant to their country of origin is commonly known as remittance. Money can
be transferred through banks and other financial institution or licensed money transfer
agencies. As of fiscal year 2074/075, the remittance has 25.1% contribution in the GDP
of Nepal. The act of sending money earned in foreign country through businessperson,
representative or unregistered institution is called Hundi. It is illegal as neither the
medium is registered nor tax is collected from such transaction. It is not reliable too. Thus,
remittance should be sent through reliable and registered agencies. It is the fact that the
remittance which is earned with hard work in foreign land is not being utilized in productive
goods and consumption. Thus, it is necessary to control this trend and encourage for the
utilization in productive fields.
4. Foreign Exchange: The currency of other countries

is foreign currency for our country. In Nepal, foreign
currencies are obtained from various sources such as
foreign assistance, exports, foreign employment, tourism,
etc. It is advantageous for the country to collect foreign
currency. Foreign currency is useful for paying to foreign
countries while importing goods and services. There is high
demand of foreign currency in our country as we have to
import many things from abroad in high amount. It causes
the Nepalese currency to be weak. If the economy of the country is stronger, the value of
currency also becomes higher. The exchange of one currency for another or the conversion
of one currency into another currency is known as foreign exchange. Similarly, the rate of
exchange of one currency for another is called foreign exchange rate.
5. Security Bonds: Security bond is a financial tool to be used by the government or

any company to raise required amount of money. It is a certificate issued by the security
bond issuer promising to pay back the borrowed money with interest of specified rate
on specified date. Government bonds, debenture bonds and shares come under security
bonds. Security bond is issued to raise funds necessary for the development or for certain
investment from individuals or corporate investors. It is issued by dividing the capital into
different shares. Generally, it costs Rs. 100.00 per share. A share holder has his/her share
over the loss or profit of the company in proportion to the number of shares. In this way,
security bonds can mobilize the savings of investors in the industries which can ultimately
help in the development of the country. We can also invest in share so that profit can be
earned and contribute in the nation building.
Share and its types

Share is a unit of ownership that represents an equal proportion of a company’s capital. It
entitles its holder (the shareholder) to an equal claim on the company’s profits and an equal
obligation for the company’s debts and losses. There are two types of shares. They are:
a. Ordinary share: Equity shares are the ordinary shares of the company. The shareholders
of the equity shares are the real owners of the company since the amount of shares held by
them is the portion of their ownership in the company.
b. Preference share: Preference shares get preference over equity shares on the matters
like distribution of dividend at fixed rate and repayment of capital in the event of liquidation
of the company.
Differences between Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares

Ordinary Shares Preference Shares
Shareholders enjoy voting rights at Shareholders do not enjoy voting right at
shareholders’s meetings. shareholder’s meetings.
Shareholders get the dividend after the Shareholders have the preference right to
payment to preference shareholders. the payment of dividend.
The rate of dividend may vary year to The rate of dividend is fixed.
year.
Ordinary shares are non convertible. Preference shares can be converted into
ordinary shares.
Those who dare to take on higher risk Those who do not want to take higher risk
invest for this type of share. generally invest for this type of share.
Details and documents needed for applying for a share

a. Certified photocopy of citizenship certificate
b. Address of the applicant, name of father and grandfather, contact number
c. Bank account number
d. Demat account number
e. Authorized signature
f. Recently snapped photos

Activities
1. There is a less awareness regarding the use of clean notes in Nepal. Format an
awareness program for raising public awareness in this regard in your locality. Act
out the role and exhibit in the class.
2. Collect the notice about today’s exchange rates to Nepali currency and present to
the class.
Exercise
1. What is remittance?
2. What are the types of share?
3. What problems are created if we don’t have clean notes?
4. What is the major source of remittance to Nepal?

1. Differentiate between bank loan and security bond?
2. Write any four advantages of share holding.
3. What is Hundi? Why is it considered as illegal business?
4. Suggest the people working abroad and sending money via ‘Hundi’ any four
appropriate ways of sending money.
5. Write a short note on ‘Foreign exchange’.
6. What details and documents are needed to applying for a share?
7. Prepare a news for a newspaper comprising the present condition of use and
utilization of clean note in your community.
8. How can we get the share issued by a company?

1. What is share issue? How can profit be earned by purchasing shares? Discuss.
2. Any of your family members or relatives might have gone for foreign employment.
In which field has the remittance been used? Mention the right ways to utilize the
remittance in Nepal.
Community Work
Visit a bank and collect the information related to the loan scheme of that bank. Then,
present it in the class.
LESSON
8 Insurance
Introduction
We all wish to live a happy life and try our best to make it safe from any kind of loss or
damage. But sometimes, we have to bear an unexpected loss. Crisis, accident, untimely
death, loss of property from fire, drought, flood, landslide, excessive rain, etc make our
life painful. We may be worried about the possible methods of safety and recovery. In
this situation, insurance is a method of ensuring protection and compensation of the loss
or damage. It is designed to protect the financial well-being of an individual, company
or other entity in the case of unexpected loss. After agreeing to the terms of an insurance
policy, a contract is made between insured and insurer. The insured agrees to pay insurance
amount on specified time and the insurer agrees to pay the insured a sum of money upon the
occurrence of a specific event. The amount of money to be paid by the insured to insurer in
installment is called Premium and the contract made between insured and insurer is called
Insurance Policy.
The insurance minimizes the risk and protects from the unexpected loss. Thus, Insurance
is an arrangement by which a company or the state undertakes to provide a guarantee
of compensation for specified loss, damage, illness, or death in return for payment of
a specified premium. It is risk-transfer mechanism that ensures full or partial financial
compensation for the loss or damage caused by event(s) beyond the control of the insured
party. In most cases, the policy holder pays part of the loss and the insurer pays the rest.
For examples: car insurance, health insurance, disability insurance, life insurance, and
business insurance.
Insurance in Nepal
History of insurance in Nepal began
with the establishment of ‘Nepal
Mal Chalani Tatha Bitta Company
Ltd.’ on 8th Aswin, 2004 BS. With
the objective to further organize
and manage insurance system, the
government of Nepal established
‘Rastriya Bima Sansthan’ on 1st Poush,
2025 BS under the Rastriya Beema
Sansthan Act, 2025. It provides both Rastriya Bima Sansthan

type s of insurance schemes: life insurance and non-life insurance. Bima Samiti has also
been established according to the Insurance Act 2049 in order to systematize, regularize,
develop and regulate the insurance business. At present, there are 19 Life Insurance
Companies, 20 Non-Life Insurance Companies and one Re-Insurance Company in Nepal.
Rastriya Beema Sansthan is a state-owned company that provides both Life and Non-Life
Insurance.
Rastriya Beema Sansthan is has been playing an important role for the development,
extension and promotion of insurance business in Nepal. It has occupied 25% of total non-
life insurance and 50% of total life insurance. It has been providing services through its
branch offices and contact offices to the various parts of the country.
Types of Insurance
a. Life Insurance: According to the Insurance Act 2049, “Life Insurance Business means
the business relating to a contract regarding to the life of any person under which he/she or
his/her heir in the event of his/her death, will be paid a particular amount in case a specified
amount is paid in installment on the basis of his/her age”. Human life is uncertain, any
accident may occur in life and even untimely death. If the main income generator of the
family dies, the dependants have to suffer from economic crisis. Thus, everyone has to get
insured in order to get protected against risk of life. In short, life insurance is a protection
against financial loss that would result from the premature death of an insured. The named
beneficiary receives protection from the financial impact of the death of the insured. In
the life insurance, the insured gets back the amount after the completion of specified term
whereas the heir is paid with the amount after the death of insured in whole-life insurance.
For the life insurance, the age of insured should be 16-65 years. There are three types of
life insurance.
• Whole Life Insurance (cfhLjg hLjg aLdf): This insurance covers whole life. After the
death of insured, total amount is paid to the heir.
• Term Life Insurance (DofbL hLjg aLdf): This type of insurance is made for a certain term.
The insurance amount is paid only on death of insured during the specified term to the heir.
• Endowment Life Insurance (;fjlws hLjg aLdf): This is the most popular life insurance
in Nepal. In this insurance, insured amount is paid in any one case either on the death
of insured or after the maturity of insurance term. In this plan, an advantage of ‘Double,
Accidental Benefit-DAB) can be taken by paying little additional insurance amount.
b. Non-life Insurance: Any insurance other than the life insurance is called non-life
insurance. There can be loss in properties like house, shop, vehicle, factories, livestock,
and agricultural sector due to the natural disasters or any other cause. In this situation, the
insurance companies provide compensation of the economic loss and provide protection
against physical damage. The main objective of the non-life insurance is to provide

economic protection as per the valuation of damage. Generally, non-life insurance is made
for one year. After the completion of one year, it has to be renewed.
As Nepal is an agricultural country, there is a great importance of crops and livestock
insurance. According to the National Agricultural Policy 2061, the Government of Nepal
has issued the Crops and Livestock Insurance 2069 under the coordination of the Ministry
of Agriculture. According to it, 75% of the insured amount is paid by the government and
the rest 25% should be paid by the farmer. Farmers get the compensation up to 90% if the
crop is damaged. They can get the compensation even against the death of their livestock
from security deposits.
Difference between Life Insurance and Non-Life Insurance
Life Insurance Non-Life Insurance
It insures human life. It insures people’s property.
It covers a risk of the death of the insured. It covers various risks that may cause
damage to someone’s property.
It is not renewed annually and expires only It is generally renewed every year based on
with the death of the insured or completion renewal terms as agreed upon in the policy.
of specified term.
The beneficiary receives the payable It is only the demand of economic
benefit due to the death of the insured or protection as per the valuation of damage.
the insured gets back the amount after the The collected amount is not paid back.
completion of specified term.
Insurance amount is comparatively more Insurance amount is comparatively less
than that of non-life insurance. than that of life insurance.
Things to be considered while getting insured
a. Select the suitable insurance policy,
b. Be clear about the objective of insurance,
c. Mention clearly about the beneficiary,
d. Supply correct information in the application,
e. Be clear about the amount of premium and its payment intervals,
f. Be informed about the proposal of insurance,
g. Go directly to the insurance company or through the licensed insurance agent,
h. Receive a receipt of the payment made,
i. Inform to the family members about the insurance that you made,
j. Remember the due date and pay premium installment on time, and
k. Keep receipt and documents related to insurance safe.
Advantages of Insurance
a. Compulsory saving in order to pay premium on time,
b. Compensation against loss or damages,
c. Future can be safe,
d. Bonus is obtained,
e. With a sum of money obtained after the completion of insurance term, investment can
be made on productive field, and
f. Loan can be borrowed when needed.
Activities
1. Your family member might have taken life insurance policy. What amount of premium
has to be paid for that? What is the amount of insurance? What is its duration? What
facilities will the insurance company provide? Make an inquiry and present in the
class.
2. Are you eligible for life insurance according to your age? Discuss in the class.
3. If you are asked by anybody about the insurance, what information would you
provide? Discuss in group and identify the topics to be given as information.
Exercise
1. What do you mean by insurance?
2. What is life insurance?
3. What is non-life insurance?

1. What are the advantages of insurance?
2. Discuss the things to remember while getting insured.
3. Present any four advantages of animal and agriculture insurance.
4. Suppose you are an insurance agent, your neighbour has not insured yet, how do you
convince him/her to insure himself/herself and minimise the risk?

1. Why is non-life insurance necessary? Mention its importance in the context of an
agricultural country like Nepal.
2. Define insurance and differentiate between life and non-life insurance in five points.
Community Work
Visit a nearby agriculture office and collect information about the insurance of crops.
Discuss with the local farmers and prepare a report.
LESSON
9 Revenue and Tax Collection
Introduction
The government holds the major responsibility for the æxfd|f] kf}/v xfd|f] s/,
overall development in the country. For this purpose,
it needs a good income to meet the expenses. The
/fi6« lgdf{0fsf] lbuf] e/Æ
government obtains income from various sources. The income obtained by the government
is termed as public income or revenue. There are two sources of the revenue: tax revenue
and non-tax revenue. Tax is a compulsory contribution to the revenue by the citizens
according to the law and levied by the government on workers’ income and business
profit, or added to the cost of some goods, services, and transactions. Tax is a compulsory
payment. The tax payer does not expect any benefit from the tax payment. It is the right
of the government to raise tax and duty of the citizen to pay tax. Thus, tax is compulsory
payment without any expectation of benefit.
Tax Revenue
Tax revenue is the income that is gained by governments through taxation. This is the
major source of revenue. Customs, excise, taxes collected from consumption of goods and
services, land tax, registration fee, taxes on property, profit and income tax, etc are the tax
revenue.
Non-Tax Revenue
Non-Tax Revenue is the income earned by the government from sources other than taxes.
Such sources include gifts and donation, fees, fines and penalties, property with no heirs,
public property, etc.
Types of Tax
There are two types of tax. They are: direct tax and indirect tax.
a. Direct Tax: It is a tax paid directly by an individual or organization to the government.
Income tax, personal property tax, real estate tax, etc are the examples of direct tax. The
burden of tax is on an individual. It is not transferred to anyone else. This type of tax
can be revised as per necessity. This tax is based on equality and progressive. Direct tax
helps to control inflation. In Nepal, it is estimated that about 30% of the public revenue is
contributed by direct tax.
b. Indirect Tax: It is a tax levied on goods and services rather than on income or profits.
In the indirect tax, the burden of tax is on one party whereas its impact is on another party.
For example: if a customer stays at a hotel, the customer pays its bill including the tax
which afterward the hotel owner deposits that in state revenue. Thus, the burden of tax is
on hotel owner and the impact on customer. Excise duties, customs duties, VAT, etc are
the examples of indirect tax. The indirect tax is comfortable as well as flexible. This type
of tax is based on equity because the tax on the essential goods and services is low and on
luxurious goods and services is high. Indirect tax is wider-based and cannot be avoided.
Prevailing Taxes in Nepal
a. Value-Added Tax-VAT (d"No clej[b\lw s/): It is an indirect tax, which is imposed on
goods and services at each stage of production, starting from raw materials to final product.
Tax is imposed on goods and services but the consumers have to bear the burden of the tax.
VAT was first introduced in France. It started in Nepal since 2054 BS. In this tax system,
there is tax-exemption on specified good and services. Similarly, the businessperson who
has a transaction more than 20 lakhs in a year has to get registered compulsorily on VAT.
For this, the business firm has to be registered in Inland Revenue Department of Nepal and
and get a certificate. Thus, we should develop a habit of taking VAT bill compulsorily in
every purchase of goods and services. The present rate of VAT in Nepal is 13%.
b. Custom Duty (eG;f/ dx;'n): Customs Duty is a tariff or tax imposed on goods
when transported across international borders. It is also an important source of revenue.
Therefore, every country establishes its administrative unit at the border area. Custom
duty is collected from the major entry points by the custom office. Smaller custom
points are also established in the other entry point. The government of Nepal has been
collecting custom duty from custom offices of Kakarvitta, Biratnagar, Nepalgunj, Birgunj,
Bhairahawa, Dhangadhi, etc and from smaller custom offices on other entry points.
c. Excise Duty (cGtM z'Ns): An excise duty is a tax on the goods and services produced
in the country and imported from outside. It is another important source of state revenue.
This type of tax is called Inland Tax as it is imposed in the domestic business on specified
goods and services. In Nepal, inland tax on goods such as alcohol, cigarette, molasses and
noodles is charged according to quantity and that on plastic, vehicle, printing materials,
Television, etc is charged according to percentage of price. Such taxable goods are also
classified into three groups as liquor items, tobacco items and export items.
d. Income Tax (cfos/): This is the tax levied by the government on income of an individual
or corporation. Income tax is considered as the ancient tax system. The practice of income
tax was originated in Britain in 12th century. In the ancient period, income tax used to be
imposed on animal husbandry, agriculture, fish business, etc but at present, it is imposed
on business, employment, investment, profit, etc. Income tax has been imposed in every
sector in Nepal. However, non-profiting organization, cultural and religious organizations,
non-commercial sports institutions, political parties registered in election commission are
exempted from income tax.
The local levels can charge various types of taxes such as local taxes (wealth tax, house
rent tax, land and building registration fee, motor vehicle tax), service charge, fee, tourism
fee, advertisement tax, business tax, land tax (land revenue), penalty, entertainment tax,
land revenue collection, etc. But they cannot charge tax to diplomatic missions, projects
running on foreign aid, etc.

Activities
1. Make an inquiry about the taxes which can be collected by the local levels. Present
your findings in the class.
2. For what program, the tax paid by your family is being used? Discuss with various
politicians and present in the class.
Exercise
1. What do you mean by revenue?
2. What is tax?
3. What is meant by income tax?
4. Write the full form of VAT.
5. What can be the role of government to improve tax system? Write in a sentence.

1. Differentiate between the tax-income and non-tax income.
2. Discuss on the tax system prevailing in Nepal.
3. Mention the features and types of tax revenue.
4. Present the advantages and disadvantages of direct tax in a table.
5. Make a table and present the advantages and disadvantages of indirect tax.
6. Present the features of income tax.
7. Imagine, you were chairman of your Rural Municipality or Mayor of Municipality,
show the list of tax or fee in table that you deserve to collect levy or you don’t.

1. “Excise duty is the main source of the governmental revenue.” Justify the statement.
2. What do you mean by custom duty? Mention its importance in the context of Nepal.
3. What is revenue? Explain briefly the merits and demerits of direct tax.
Community Work
What kinds of taxes are imposed at local bodies? Visit the office of Rural Municipality
or Municipality in order to collect information. Then, prepare a description and put on
notice board in your school.

LESSON
10 Consumers’ Rights
Introduction
An individual or institution consuming or using any consumer goods or services is called
consumer. It includes the producer of other goods and services, supplier and sellers as well
since they are also consumers of other goods and services. Consumer International (CI),
the world confederation of consumer groups has covered all of us as consumer.
Consumers’ right means the right and protection of the consumers that are related with the
goods and services to be used by them.
According to the Consumer Protection Act 2054, Consumer means an individual or
institution consuming or using any goods or service. Here, consumer goods mean the
goods or materials made through the mixture of several goods which are consumed or used
by consumers and this term also includes raw materials, colours, flavours or chemicals
used in the production of such consumer goods. Likewise, service means any labour,
facility or consultancy provided for any work on payment of any kind of service charge or
other consideration.
Efforts made for the protection of consumer’s rights and interest

The USA enforced a law related to the interest of the consumer on 15th March,
1963 AD for the first time. Thus, International Consumers’ Day is observed on 15th
March every year. According to it, every consumer has the right to get quality goods
and service and has the right to obtain compensation against any damage caused by
the substandard goods and services in accordance with law.
United Nations Guidelines for Consumer Protection has defined the following eight
rights as consumer’s right:
1. The right to satisfaction of basic needs: To have access to basic, essential
goods and services: adequate food, clothing, shelter, health care, education,
public utilities, water and sanitation.
2. The right to safety: To be protected against products, production processes and
services that is hazardous to health or life.
3. The right to be informed: To be given the facts needed to make an informed
choice, and to be protected against dishonest or misleading advertising and
labelling.
4. The right to choose: To be able to select from a range of products and services,
offered at competitive prices with an assurance of satisfactory quality.

5. The right to be heard: To have consumer interests represented in the making
and execution of government policy, and in the development of products and
services.
6. The right to redress: To receive a fair settlement of just claims, including
compensation for misrepresentation, shoddy goods or unsatisfactory services.
7. The right to consumer education: To acquire knowledge and skills needed to
make informed, confident choices about goods and services, while being aware
of basic consumer rights and responsibilities and how to act on them.
8. The right to a healthy environment: To live and work in an environment that
is non-threatening to the well-being of present and future generations.
The Constitution of Nepal has enshrined Consumer’s Right in Article 44 under
Fundamental Rights in Part 3. According to it, every consumer shall have the
right to obtain quality goods and services. A person who has suffered injury from
any substandard goods or services shall have the right to obtain compensation in
accordance with law.
According to the Consumer’s Protection Act 2054, enforced on 1st Baishakh, 2055 BS
for the purpose of protecting the rights and interests of consumers, every consumer
shall have the following rights:
a. Right to be protected from the sale and supply of consumer goods and services
that may harm life, body, health and property
b. Right to be informed about the prices, attributes, quantity, purity, quality, etc. of
consumer goods and services so as to be safe from unfair trade practices
c. Right to be assured of an opportunity to choose consumer goods and services at
competitive prices as far as possible
d. Right to be assured that an appropriate agency will hear matters concerning the
protection of the rights and interests of consumers
e. Right to be heard and compensated against exploitation and grievances.......
hardships resulting from unfair trade practices
f. Right to consumer education
According to the Consumer’s Protection Act 2054, a producer shall compulsorily mention
the following particulars on the labels of consumer goods:
a. Name and address of the producer, and registration number of the industry
b. In the case of consumer goods such as food and medicines, their ingredients as
well as their quantity and weight
c. Quality of consumer goods whose quality has been determined, if any
d. Method of consuming consumer goods and possible impact of such consumption

e. Price, batch number, production date and expiry date of the consumer goods
f. In the case of consumer goods such as electronic goods, hardware and machinery,
guarantee thereof, date of guarantee, and other necessary matters
g. In the case of consumer goods which are inflammable, dangerous or fragile,
precautions for their safety
Consumer Education
It is the education to be obtained by the consumers for being clear about their rights,
duties, and identify the standard of consumer goods and services in the market. Consumer
education and awareness is necessary to know about the consumers’ right. They have
the right to complain against any fraud or substandard goods and services, and obtain
compensation against any damage caused by it. Consumers can complain directly or
through consumers’ organizations to the concern authority. Such complains can be made to
the Department of Commerce, District Administration Office, Police station or department
or Ministry. Inspection Officers have been provided for the protection of consumers’
interest. Similarly, the Consumer’s Protection Act has also made the provision of consumer
education. It has made the provision of curriculum to be prepared for protecting the rights
and interest of consumers. According to this provision, the materials related to consumer
education has have been kept in the school level.
Benefits from the Consumers’ Education
a. It makes consumers conscious about their rights and duties.
b. It offers the consumers an opportunity of proper choice of goods and services.
c. It makes the consumers aware while purchasing goods and services.
d. It provides the consumers with all information regarding the market which helps to
purchase consumer goods.
e. It enables the consumers to know quality of consumer goods.
f. It encourages the consumers to complain against the sub-standard goods and services,
and get compensation of the loss caused by the use of such goods and services.
g. It informs the consumers about the rules and regulations enforced by the government
in this regard.
h. It helps consumers obtain maximum satisfaction from the expenses they made.
i. It helps to control black marketing.
j. It helps to protect and promote the consumers’ rights.
k. It gives feedbacks for the business.
l. It increases the consumer-producer interaction which results in the availability of
quality goods and services in the market.

Activities
1. What legal remedy is there if the right of consumers is violated? Discuss with the
subject teacher and find the conclusion.
2. Conduct an interaction program by inviting some persons concerned with politics,
consumers’ rights and women rights.
3. Compose a poem or song to create awareness and promote consumer’s rights.
Exercise
1. Who are consumers?
2. What do you mean by consumers’ right?
3. Where should we complain if we find the date expired goods in the market?

1. Make a list of the rights under the consumers’ right.
2. Are the efforts made to protect the consumers’ right enough? Mention.
3. Mention the activities of an organization which is formed for the protection of
consumers’ right in a form of news.
4. Mention the usefulness of the consumer education in school level in Nepal.
5. How does black marketing hinder the consumers’ right? Discuss in the class and find
the conclusion.
6. What suggestions would you give to a guardian going to buy goods in market?
Mention in four points.

1. Prepare an editorial shedding light on the efforts made for the protection of
consumers’ right in Nepal.
2. What is consumer right ? Mention the advantages from consumer right.
3. Explain the benefits that one gets from consumer education.
Community Work
Consult someone who is working for the protection of consumers’ rights, and collect
required information. Then, prepare a report on the basis of your consultation.

UNIT
OUR
9 INTERNATIONAL
RELATION AND
COOPERATION
Explain the relationship of Nepal and cooperation with United Nations and its
Specialized Agencies,
Mention the effects of the contemporary incidents that happened in the world
on the human life, and
Present the concept of localization and globalization.
Subject matters
United Nations and Its Organs

Specialized Agencies of the United Nations
Nepal’s Role in the United Nations
Activities of the United Nations in Nepal
Current Affairs and their Effects
Globalization and Localization

LESSON
1 United Nations and Its Organs
Introduction
The United Nations is the largest international
organization founded on 24th October, 1945 AD. It was
founded as a successor to the League of Nations in the
hope that it would mediate in the conflicts between
states and thereby keep the world away from war. The
organization is financed by assessed and voluntary
contributions from its member states. So far, 193
countries have got the membership of the UN. The main
objectives of the establishment of the UN were:
a. To maintain peace and security in the world
b. To achieve international co-operation in solving
various problems
c. To work for economic development, social progress UN Headquarters, New York
and human rights issues, and
d. To develop friendly relations among all the nations based on the principles of equal
rights and respect for self decision
Historical Background of the UN

It was felt necessary from the beginning of the Second
World War to establish a worldwide peace keeping
organization in order to stop the war and maintain peace
in the world. The world leaders of that time made lots
of efforts to stop the war and protect the mankind from
the suffering of the wars. The leaders of Allies power
held a meeting at London and issued a declaration called
“London Declaration” on 12th June, 1941 AD appealing
for the end of the war and ensure international cooperation
Winston Churchil and Franklin
and peace. On 14th August, 1941 AD, US President D. Roosevelt
Franklin Delano Roosevelt and British Prime Minister
Winston Churchill prepared a joint declaration in a battle-ship in the Atlantic Ocean and
issued Atlantic Charter for the World Peace. On 1st January, 1942 AD, representatives of
26 nations met in Washington to sign the Declaration of the United Nations endorsing
the Atlantic Charter, pledging to use their full resources against the Axis and agreeing not
to make a separate peace. The name “United Nations” was first used by the US President
Franklin D. Roosevelt in this declaration.
Our International Relation and Cooperation 363
Similarly, Moscow Declaration, Tehran Declaration,
Dumbarton Declaration, Yalta Declaration, etc contributed
in the formation of this international organization. San
Francisco Conference finalized the Charter of the United
Nations which was adopted and signed on 26th June, 1945
by the representatives of the 50 countries. Poland, which
was not represented at the Conference, signed it later and
became one of the Founder 51 Member States. Finally,
the United Nations officially came into existence on 24th
UN Logo
October, 1945, when the Charter had been ratified by
China, France, the Soviet Union, the United Kingdom, and the United States and by a
majority of other signatories. United Nations Day is observed on 24th October each year.
English, French, Chinese, Russian and Spanish are the official languages of the UN
from the beginning and Arabian language was also added as an official language of the
UN in 1973 AD.
There are 19 Chapters and 111 Articles in the UN Charter. According to the Article 4 of
the UN Charter, following are the provisions to obtain the membership of the UN:
a. Should be peace-loving state
b. Should accept the obligations contained in the present charter
c. Should be able and willing to carry out these obligations in the judgment of the
organization
d. Should be recommended by the Security Council with the approval of nine members
including all five permanent members, and
e. Should be approved by the General Assembly with a two-thirds majority of the
members present and voting
Organs of the UN
The UN Charter has mentioned the Principal Organs of the UN in Article 7. They all were
established on 24th October, 1945 AD when the UN was founded. The organs of the UN
are:
1. The General Assembly
2. The Security Council
3. The Economic and Social Council
4. The Trusteeship Council
5. The International Court of Justice
6. The Secretariat
1. The General Assembly (Chapter IV: Article 9-22)
Introduction: The United Nations General Assembly is one of the six principal organs of
the United Nations. All 193 Member States of the UN represent the General Assembly.
It is also called the legislature of the UN as it is the main deliberative, policy making

and representative organ of the UN. Decisions on
important questions, such as those on peace and
security, admission of new members and budgetary
matters, require a two-thirds majority of the General
Assembly. Decisions on other questions are by
simple majority. Annual General Assembly session
begins on third Tuesday of September every year
in General Assembly Hall in New York in which
many heads of state attend and address. Each UN General Assembly
member state sends 5 representatives to the General
Assembly session but can cast only one vote. The General Assembly, each year, elects a
General Assembly President and 21 Vice Presidents to serve a one-year term of office. In
order to manage the functions of the General Assembly, there are six main committees.
They are:
1. First Committee (Disarmament and International Security)
2. Second Committee (Economic and Financial)
3. Third Committee (Social, Humanitarian and Cultural)
4. Fourth Committee (Special Political and Decolonization)
5. Fifth Committee (Administrative and Budgetary)
6. Sixth Committee (Legal)
Functions: The General Assembly exercises deliberative, supervisory, financial, and
elective functions relating to any matter within the scope of the UN Charter. For example:
discuss on the international peace and security, discuss on the reports obtained from
the Security Council and other organs, issue membership, pass annual budget, appoint
Secretary General on the recommendation of the Security council, elect the members of
the Economic and Social Council, elect the judges to the International Court of Justice,
etc.
2. The Security Council (Chapter V: Article 23-32)
Introduction: The Security Council is the most
powerful body of the United Nations. Its primary
responsibility is to maintain international peace
and security. It has 15 member states, consisting of
five permanent and ten non-permanent members.
The permanent members are the United States,
the United Kingdom, France, Russia and China.
The non-permanent members are elected from the
General Assembly for two years term on a regional Security Council
basis. For example: 5 from African and Asian
countries, 1 from Eastern European countries, 2 from Latin American and Caribbean
countries and 2 from Western European and other countries. The five permanent members
hold Veto power. Veto is the special right which can reject any decision made by General

Assembly. Nepal was also elected twice for the non-permanent members of the Security
Council. The Security Council has a Presidency, which rotates, and changes every month.
Functions: The primary function of the Security Council is to maintain international peace
and security. Besides this, it performs other functions as well. For example: recommend
for the membership of new states in the UN, mobilize the peace keeping force as per
the need, recommend the General Assembly for the appointment of Secretary General,
research on the dispute and condition which may occur in international struggle, etc.
3. The Economic and Social Council (Chapter X: Article 61-72)
Introduction: The Economic and Social Council
is the principal body for coordination, policy
review, policy dialogue and recommendations
on economic, social and environmental issues, as
well as implementation of internationally agreed
development goals. It has 54 members, elected by
the General Assembly for a term of three years on
regional basis like 11 from Asia, 14 from Africa,
10 from Latin America, 6 from Europe, 2 from Economic and Social Council
Western Europe and 13 from other nations. One-third of its members are changed through
election every year. There are eight functional commissions and five regional commissions
under it. The proposals are passed through majority and each member can cast one vote.
Functions: The Economic and Social Council serves as the central mechanism for activities
of the UN system and its specialized agencies in the economic, social and environmental
fields. For example: study on the fields of international economic, educational, social
aspects and present the report, recommend for maintaining and promoting human rights
and fundamental rights, organize international conferences related to various fields, follow
the responsibility given by the General Assembly, etc.
4. The Trusteeship Council (Chapter XIII: Article 86-91)
Introduction: The Trusteeship Council is one of
the principal organs of the UN. It was established
to take care of the newly freed territories from
colonial rule until they could be self-relient. It
was composed of five permanent members of the
Security Council, the United States, the United
Kingdom, France, Russia and China. With the
independence of Palau in 1994 AD, the council
suspended operations. Trusteeship Council
Functions: It was designed to supervise the government of newly freed territories from
colonial rule and to lead them to self-government or independence. By 1994, all of them
attained self-government or independence. Thus, the Trusteeship Council suspended
operation on 1st November, 1994 AD.
5. The International Court of Justice (Chapter XIV: Article 92-96)
Introduction: The International Court of
Justice is the judicial organ of the UN. It is
permanently in session. There are 15 judges
elected by the General Assembly on the
recommendation of the Security Council for
9 years. Among them, 5 judges are from the
permanent member countries of the Security
Council and remaining 10 judges are appointed
from other countries covering all the continents.
International Court of Justice
More than 1 judge cannot be appointed from the
same country. One-thirds of the judges are elected in every three years. They are eligible
for re-election also. The judges elect their own president and vice president for a three-
year term. Its head office is in Hague, Netherlands. English and French are the official
languages of the International Court of Justice.
Functions: It is the universal court for international law. It performs judicial functions.
For example: settle international legal disputes, give advisory opinions on legal questions
to UN Organs and Specialized Agencies, interprete treaties and legal terms.
6. The Secretariat (Chapter XV: Article 97-101)
Introduction: The Secretariat is the
administrative unit of the UN. It comprises the
Secretary General and UN staff members like
translators, clerks, technicians, administrators,
project directors, and negotiators. The Secretary
General is Chief Administrative Officer of the
UN elected by the General Assembly on the
recommendation of the Security Council for
a renewable five-year term. He/she must have
the approval of all five permanent members
of the Security Council to be selected to the António Guterres
post; because of this, secretaries-general are usually come from small, neutral countries.
António Guterres, the former Prime Minister of Portugal has been appointed as the
Secretary General of the UN since 1st January, 2017 AD.
Functions: The Secretariat is entrusted with administrative duties, maintaining records
and overseeing or performing secretarial duties. For example: mediate in the international
disputes, prepare and distribute reports, keep records of the UN activities and inform the
world about them, prepare agendas to discuss and organize international conferences on
the subjects of international importance, run the activities to maintain peace, carry out the
tasks as directed by the Security Council, General Assembly and other UN Organs..

Activities
1. Read the following text about the provision of membership in the United Nations
and discuss in the class.
Membership
Article 3
The original Members of the United Nations shall be the states which, having participated in the United Nations
Conference on International Organization at San Francisco, or having previously signed the Declaration by United Nations
of 1st January 1942, sign the present Charter and ratify it in accordance with Article 110.
Article 4
1. Membership in the United Nations is open to all other peace-loving states which accept the obligations contained
in the present Charter and, in the judgment of the Organization, are able and willing to carry out these obligations.
2. The admission of any such state to membership in the United Nations will be effected by a decision of the General
Assembly upon the recommendation of the Security Council.
Article 5
A Member of the United Nations against which preventive or enforcement action has been taken by the Security Council
may be suspended from the exercise of the rights and privileges of membership by the General Assembly upon the
recommendation of the Security Council. The exercise of these rights and privileges may be restored by the Security
Council.
Article 6
A Member of the United Nations which has persistently violated the Principles contained in the present Charter may be
expelled from the Organization by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Security Council.
2. Present an act on the General Assembly session of the UN in the class.
Exercise
1. What is the Atlantic Charter?
2. When was the UN established?
3. What is Veto power? Write any one positive aspect of Veto power.
4. Write the name of the permanent member countries of the UN Security Council.
5. Who is the present Secretary-General of the UN?

1. Mention the historical background of the establishment of the UN.
2. Do you agree that the role of the UN has been more important in the present context?
Present your view.
3. Prepare a model of news including the functions of the General Assembly of the UN.
4. Critically examine the activities of the UN to maintain world peace.
5. Is the UN successful to achieve its objectives? Present your opinion.
6. What roles can the UN play to protect the rights of small and poor countries? Clarify.
7. Explain the roles played by the UN to maintain peace in the world.
Project Work
Collect information about the organs of the UN and their functions. Prepare a table
including such information and present in the class.
LESSON
Specialized Agencies of the
2 United Nations
Specialized Agencies are the inter-governmental agencies affiliated with the UN

by special agreements. They are separate, autonomous organizations which work with
the UN and each other through the coordinating mechanism of the Economic and Social
Council of the UN. They report annually to the Economic and Social Council.
Besides Specialized Agencies, there are other programs, funds and organizations in the
UN family, all with their own membership, leadership, and budget. The Specialized
Agencies are funded by both voluntary and assessed contributions whereas the programs
and funds are financed through voluntary rather than assessed contribution. Let’s study
about them and their relations with Nepal.
UN Specialized Agencies
1. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)
It was established on 16th October, 1945 AD. Its headquarters
is in Rome, Italy. It became the Specialized Agency of the
UN in 1946 AD. Every year 16th October is observed as
‘World Food Day’.
Objectives and Activities
Uplift living standard of people by increasing agricultural production
Improve food distribution
Focus on food security
Give suggestions to the government regarding food policy and plan
2. World Health Organization (WHO)

It was established on 7th April, 1948 AD. Its headquarters is in
Geneva, Switzerland. Nepal became its member in 1954 AD.
Help the member countries to improve health condition
Provide technical knowledge in health sector
Launch programs to control and eradicate diseases
Encourage research activities regarding medical
treatment

3. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO)
It was established on 4th November, 1946 AD. Its
headquarters is in Paris, France. It became the Specialized
Agency of the UN on 14th December, 1947 AD. Nepal
became the member of UNESCO in 1966 AD.
Promote human and sustainable development
Preserve natural and cultural heritages
Assist the countries in their educational, scientific and cultural development
4. International Monetary Fund (IMF)

It was established on 27th December, 1945 AD. Its
headquarters is in Washington, USA. Nepal became its
member in 1961 AD.
Solve international monetary problems
Stabilize in exchange rate and reduce balance of
payments
5. International Labour Organization (ILO)

It was established on 11th April, 1919 AD. Its headquarters
is in Geneva, Switzerland.
Promote international labour rights
Formulate international standards on the freedom to
associate, collective bargaining, the abolition of forced
labour, and equality of opportunity and treatment
6. International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD)

It was established on 30th December, 1977 AD. Its headquarters is in Rome, Italy.
Focus exclusively on rural poverty reduction
Work with poor rural populations in developing
countries to raise their productivity and incomes
Improve the quality of life

7. World Bank Group (WBG)/International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development (IBRD)
It was established on 27th December,
1945 AD. Its headquarters is in Washington
DC, USA. Nepal became its member in 1961 AD. It is compulsory to be a membership of
International Monetary Fund to get its membership.
Focus on poverty reduction and the improvement of living standard
Provide low-interest loan, interest-free credit, and grant to developing countries
8. International Maritime Organization (IMO)

It was established on 17th March, 1958 AD. Its headquarters
is in London, Britain.
Create a comprehensive shipping regulatory framework
Address safety and environmental concerns, legal
matters, technical cooperation, security, and efficiency
9. World Meteorological Organization (WMO)

It was established on 23th March, 1950 AD. Its headquarters
is in Geneva, Switzerland. Nepal became its member in
1966 AD.
Forecast weather
Exchange of meteorological data and information
Promote meteorological activities
10. World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO)

It was established on 14th July, 1967 AD. Its
headquarters is in Geneva, Switzerland.
Protect intellectual property
Work about industrial property and copyright
(Industrial property includes Patents,
Trademaks, Industrial Designs, Geographican
Indications whereas Copyright includes the rights that creators have over their literary
and artistic works)

11. International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)
It was established on 4th April, 1947 AD. Its headquarters is in Montreal, Canada.
Extend help in civil aviation sector
Develop safe air service
Set international rules on air navigation
12. International Telecommunication Union (ITU)

It was established on 17th May, 1865 AD. Its headquarters is
in Geneva, Switzerland. It became the Specialized Agency of
the UN in 1947 AD. Nepal took its membership in 1957 AD.
Research, develop and promote international
telecommunication service
Support everyone’s fundamental right to communicate
13. United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO)

It was established on 17th November, 1966 AD. Its headquarters
is in Vienna, Austria.
Help developing countries in their industrial development
Help the member countries to develop industrial efficiency
14. Universal Postal Union (UPU)

It was established on 9th October, 1874 AD. Its headquarters is
in Bern, Switzerland.
Work as the primary forum for cooperation between
postal sector players
Help to ensure a truly universal network of up-to-date
products and services
15. World Tourism Organization (UNWTO)

It was established on 2nd January, 1975 AD. Its headquarters
is in Madrid, Spain.
Work for the promotion of responsible, sustainable and universally accessible tourism

UN Programs and Funds
1. United Nations Development Program (UNDP)
It was established on 22nd November, 1965 AD. Its headquarters is in New
York, USA.
Focus on sustainable development, poverty alleviation, etc.
Support developing countries for their economic ans social
development
Help in the development of communication technology
Fight against HIV/AIDS and address the effects of natural disaster and conflict
2. United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF)

It was established on 1st December, 1946 AD. Its headquarters is
in New York, USA.
Work for the security and development of children
3. United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees

(UNHCR)
Protect refugees worldwide
Facilitate their return home or resettlement
4. World Food Program (WFP)

Eradicate hunger and malnutrition
Launch humanitarian activities
5. United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC)

Help member states fight drugs, crime, and terrorism

6. United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA)
Expand the possibilities for women and young people to
lead healthy and productive lives
7. United Nations Conference on Trade and Development

(UNCTAD)
Deal with development issues, particularly international trade
as the main driver of development
8. United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

Act as a catalyst, advocate, educator and facilitator to promote
the wise use and sustainable development of the global
environment
9. United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine

Refugees (UNRWA)
Work for the welfare and human development of Palestine
Refugees including education, health care, relief and social
service, camp infrastructure and improvement, etc.
10. UN Women
Focus exclusively on gender equality and
women empowerment
11. United Nations Human Settlements Program (UN-Habitat)

Work to promote socially and environmentally sustainable
human settlements development and the achievement of
adequate shelter for all
Other Entities
1. United Nations Program on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)
Work for stopping and reversing the spread of HIV/AIDS
2. United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction

(UNISDR)
Serve as the focal point in the United Nations system
for the coordination of disaster risk reduction
3. United Nations Office for Project Services (UNOPS)

Support for the peace-building, humanitarian
and development projects around the world
Related Organizations
1. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA)
It was established on 29th July, 1957 AD. Its headquarters
is in Vienna, Austria.
Provide scientific and technical help in the peaceful
use of atomic energy
Prevent the use of atomic weapons and military
power to maintain peace in the world
2. World Trade Organization (WTO)

It was established on 1st January, 1995 AD. Its
headquarters is in Geneva, Switzerland. There are 153
member countries of WTO. Nepal took its membership
in April, 2004 AD.
Provide assistance to make the rules regarding international trade transparent
Increase trade, investment, employment and income

3. Commission for the Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty Organization
(CTBTO)
Promote the Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-
Ban Treaty (which is not yet in force)
4. Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW)

Implement the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC)
Work to achieve a world free of chemical weapons
5. International Organization for Migration (IOM)

Help ensure the orderly and humane management of
migration
Promote international cooperation on migration issues
Assist in the search for practical solutions to migration
problems
Provide humanitarian assistance to migrants in need,
including refugees and internally displaced people
International organization Development Association (IODA)

It was established on 24th September,
1960 AD. Its headquarters is in
Washington DC, USA. Nepal became
its member in 1963 AD.
Provide soft loan to least developed countries
Encourages for sustainable economic growth and development

Activities
1. Prepare a list of the Specialized Agencies of the UN along with their date of
establishment and functions. Discuss about it in the class.
2. Search about the activities and functions of the UNHCR and UNESCO using internet
3. Write a news report describing the contribution of the UNICEF.
Exercise
1. What do you mean by the Specialized Agencies of the UN?
2. How are the Specialized Agencies of the UN funded?
3. What is the main source of UN budget?

1. Make a list of the activities done by the UN Specialized Agencies working in Nepal.
2. Suggest any four ways to make the activities of the UN Specialized Agencies more
effective.
3. Which one do you think is the most important among the UN Specialized Agencies?
Justify your answer with logics.
4. Write full form of UNESCO and give its short introduction.
5. Make a list of any four specialized agencies of the UN and one function of each.
6. When was WHO established? What role can it play to prevent the pandemic diseases
like Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19)?
Community Work
There might be some UN Programs running in your community. Search about such
programs and prepare a report.

LESSON
3 Nepal’s Role in the United Nations
Introduction
The United Nations is an inter-governmental organization established on 24th October,
1945 AD to promote international co-operation. There are 193 member countries in the
UN. Nepal was trying to extend relations with international community after the end of
Second World War. Thereafter, Nepal attempted to take the membership of the UN through
Nepalese embassy in Britain in 1947 AD. The application for the admission of Nepal as a
member in the United Nations was submitted in 1948 AD and Nepal got its membership
six years later on 14th December, 1955 AD. Nepal has been working with the UN in the
maintenance of international peace and security through her continuous participation in
the UN Peacekeeping Operations since 1958 AD. Let’s study the Nepal’s role in the UN.
Nepal’s Role in the United Nations

a. Participation in peace keeping:
Nepal has been participating in
the peace keeping missions of the
UN continuously after obtaining
the membership of the UN. Nepal
participated in the UN Peace Keeping
Force as an observer in 1958 AD and
has been sending troops as a part of
peace keeping force since the first
mission of UNIFIL (United Nations
Interim Force in Lebanon) in 1978 AD.
Nepalese Peace Keeping Force in Africa
Nepal Police, Nepal Army and Armed
Police Force are working in UN Peace Keeping mission in various countries like Haiti,
Liberia, Chad, Sudan, Burundi, etc. Nepal is the 4th largest peace keeping contributor to
the UN. UN peacekeepers provide security and the political and peace-building support to
help countries transform from conflict to peace.
b. Representation in the UN System: Nepal was elected in the UN Security Council as a

non-permanent member in 1969/70 AD and 1988/89 AD for two years. Likewise, Nepal’s
representative (Kul Chandra Gautam) was appointed as the Deputy Secretary-General

of the UN. Nepal was elected as the Vice Chairperson of the UN General Assembly in
1958, 1968, 1970, 1974, 1975, 1983, 1984, 1988 and 2001 AD. Nepal had assumed the
responsibility of the Vice-Chair of Executive Board of the UNICEF for the 2016-2018
terms. Similarly, Nepal has been elected as a member of the UNESCO executive board.
c. Advocacy for justice: Nepal opposed openly when Soviet Army interfered in Hungary
in 1956 AD. Nepal coordinated the special committee formed regarding the racial
discrimination to pressurize against the racial discrimination of Britain in South Africa.
Nepal raised voice against the attack on Egypt in 1956 AD. Nepal opposed the attack of
Israel on Arab in 1967 AD. Likewise, Nepal has been sending Nepal Army as UN Peace
Keeping Force to settle Lebanon crisis since 1978 AD. Nepal had also sent Peace Keeping
Force to Cambodia and Yugoslavia in 1992/93. Nepal Army has been working to maintain
peace in Haiti since 1994 AD. Nepal has been raising voice in the UN for reasonable rights
of landlocked and Least Developed Countries (LDCs).
d. Support for disarmament: Nepal has signed in the treaties to stop the experiment and
manufacturing of atomic weapons. Nepal has also been playing active role for disarmament.
e. Non-Alignment: Nepal has adopted non-aligned foreign policy based on the principle
of Panchasheela (non-interference, non-violence, non-aggression, peaceful coexistence
and respect for sovereign equality and territorial integrity). As a member of Non-aligned
movement, Nepal is actively participating in its activities and has not taken the side of any
group or country when they involve in the war or conflict.
f. Active in the UN: As a member of the UN, Nepal has signed in the resolution, treaties,
declaration and commitments of the UN and its Specialized Agencies and has implemented
them in the country. Nepal always initiates to eradicate imperialism and end colonialism
and oppose to expansionism, neo colonialism, intervention, etc. The Constitution of Nepal
is also guided by the UN Charter. Buddha Jayanti is observed as Peace Day by the United
Nations.
The UN has also played vital role in Nepal’s development, conflict management, democracy
and peace. United Nations Mission in Nepal (UNMIN), a temporary political mission was
established in Nepal by the UN to assist in the peace process. The role played by the
UN in the arm-settlement after ten years long armed insurgency, election of Constituent
Assembly, integration of Maoist combatant, etc was highly considerable.

Activities
1. Meet Nepal Army personnel who have returned from the Peace Keeping Mission and
ask what activities they did in the mission. Then, present their answers in the class.
2. Make inquiries about the help of the UN for the establishment of peace in Nepal.
Present your findings in the class.
Exercise
1. When did Nepal become the member of the UN?
2. What is peace keeping force?
3. Name any four countries where Nepal has deployed its troops as the peace keeping
force.
4. Draw the logo of the UNO.

1. Discuss about the roles played by Nepal in the UN.
2. Are you satisfied about the role of Nepal in the UN? Present your opinion in points.
3. Present your views about the role of UN towards the rights and welfare of the land-
locked countries?
4. Mention the efforts of Nepal to obtain the membership of the UN.
Community Work
Sometimes, questions are raised about the Peace Keeping Force of Nepal. Is it good to
send our Peace Keeping Force to other countries? Consult with seniors who are related
to security agencies and prepare a report.

LESSON
Activities of the United Nations
4 in Nepal
Introduction
The United Nations is the world’s largest organization. It works to maintain international
peace and security, protect human rights, deliver humanitarian aid, promote sustainable
development and uphold international law. Nepal is being benefitted as a member of the
UN. The UN has been providing support in the fields like social, economic, physical and
good governance in Nepal. Let’s study the role of UN in the development of Nepal.
1. International Fund for Agriculture Development (IFAD): It is
a specialized agency of the UN dedicated in eradicating rural poverty
in developing countries. It was established in 1977 AD. With the view
to develop agricultural sector, Nepal got its membership in 1978 AD.
Its activities in Nepal
M It provides support to improve agricultural sector through technical and financial
supports.
M It runs the programs targeting to the poor, landless, indigenous nationalities and
women with the objective to empower them and raise their economic status.
M It focuses on food security.
2. International Labour Organization (ILO): It is a United Nations
agency dealing with labour issues, particularly international labour
standards, social security, and work opportunities for all. Nepal got its
membership in 1966 AD. Its headquarters is in Geneva, Switzerland.
This organization had received the Nobel Peace Prize in 1969 AD.
M It has been working in Nepal to promote the welfare of the laborers and provide them
with social and economic justice.
M It runs programs to alleviate poverty by promoting employment, to improve the
industrial relationship, and implement labor administration.
M It helps to eliminate child-labors and release bondage-labors.
3. UN Women: It is a UN entity working for the empowerment
of women. It works for gender equality and empowerment
of women. Its office in Nepal was established in 2012 AD.
M It focuses on gender equality and women empowerment.
M It provides support in the development of leadership capacity and participation of
women, peace and security, national planning and budget.
M It supports to run the programs against the violence against women.
4. United Nations Capital Development Fund (UNCDF): It is the UN’s
capital investment agency for the world’s 48 least developed countries.
M It helps to promote decentralization in the local development, natural
resource management and participation of people.
M It helps to increase institutional capacity of local level.
M It helps in the delivery of the standard services in the local level.
5. United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF): It is a United
Nations program. Its headquarters is in New York, USA. It provides
humanitarian and developmental assistance to children and mothers
in developing countries. It has been working in Nepal since 1964 AD.
M It runs the programs for the protection and promotion of child and women rights in
the coordination with community and NGOs.
M It provides the technical and financial support for the programs of poverty alleviation,
child care and nutrition, immunization, health and environment education and HIV/
AIDS.
6. United Nations Human Settlement Program (UN-Habitat): It
is the United Nations agency for human settlements and sustainable
urban development. It was established in 1978 AD with the objective
to improve in the condition of people who are living in slums. It had
helped the flood-victims of Koshi in 2065 BS.
M It supports in the urban planning management and governance.
M It helps poor people for housing.
M It supports to build environmentally sound urban infrastructures and services.
M It strengthens human settlement finance system.
7. United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA): It is a UN agency
working for expanding the possibilities for women and young
people to lead healthy and productive lives. It has been working
in Nepal since 1971 AD and running its activities in 18 districts.
M It supports in the population census and household, health sector, and women
empowerment.
M It provides the supports for the programs against gender violence.
8. United Nations Program for HIV/AIDS: United Nations Program
for HIV /AIDS (UNAIDS) is the main advocate for accelerated,
comprehensive and coordinated global act in against the HIV/AIDS
epidemic.

M It works for stopping and reversing the spread of HIV/AIDS.
M It runs the programs with the view to “Zero HIV Infection, Zero Discrimination and
Zero Death due to HIV”.
9. United Nations Volunteers (UNV) Program: It contributes
to peace and development through volunteerism worldwide. It
has been running its programs in Nepal since 1974 AD.
M It has been providing volunteer services in Nepal.
M It contributes to peace and development through volunteerism.
10. World Food Program (WFP): It is the food-assistance branch of
the United Nations and the world’s largest humanitarian organization
addressing hunger and promoting food security. In Nepal, it has
been running its activities in 32 districts. It has established regional
offices in Damak, Nepalgunj and Dadeldhura.
M It controls famine and supplies emergency food.
M It helps for long-term food security.
M It assists to formulate effective strategy for food and nutrition.
M It participates in the development activities.
11. World Health Organization (WHO): It is a specialized
agency of the United Nations that is concerned with
international public health. In Nepal, it works in the
coordination with the Ministry of Health and Population.
M It provides technical assistance in health sector.
M It helps in the investigation regarding the medical treatment.
M It runs the programs related to reproductive health and promotion of health service.
12. United Nations Development Program (UNDP): It is the United
Nations’ global development network, an organization advocating for
change and connecting countries to knowledge, experience and resources
to help people build a better life.
M It helps in poverty reduction.
M It helps to maintain good governance.
M It helps in the field of energy, environment, climate and disaster risk
management.

Activity
Which UN agency is involved in the development programs running in your community?
Find and present in the class.
Exercise
1. In what fields the UN is providing support to Nepal?
2. Write the full form of IFAD.
3. What type of support can the UNICEF do in your community?
4. Write one function of UNAIDS.

1. Make a list of the activities run by the United Nations Development Program.
2. Discuss the relevancy of the UN-Habitat.
3. Suggest any four ways to make the programs run by IFAD more effective.
4. Prepare a list of the International Non-Government Organizations working in Nepal.
5. Write a letter to the head of the WHO suggesting the ways to make its programs
more effective to prevent the pandemic diseases from the world.
Community Work
Visit any program run by the UN, collect information and prepare a report on the basis of
the following sub-titles:
a. Title and Introduction of the program
b. Objectives and activities of the program
c. Beneficiaries and benefits
d. Conclusion

LESSON
5 Current Affairs and Their Effects
Introduction
Current Affairs are the events of political, economic, environmental or social interest and
importance happening in the world at the present time. Some events are desirable while
some are undesirable and harm the nature and mankind. Some events leave long lasting
effects in the world. The event happening in one part of the world may affect the other
parts as well. It is important for us to get informed about such happening in the world at
the present time. Let’s study about some of the current affairs and their effects.
1. Climate Change: It is a change in
global or regional climate patterns.
It is due to the increased levels
of atmospheric carbon dioxide
produced by the use of fossil fuels
and deforestation. It is also called
global warming which refers to rise
in average surface temperature on the
Earth. The gases trap heat within the
atmosphere, which can have a range
of effects on ecosystems, including
rise in sea level, acid rain, melting of
ice-caps, forest fire, drought, flooding, The melting Khumbu Glacier below Mount Everest
shrinking of grasslands and rainforest,
etc. Thus, we need to be aware about the creation of clean environment, the conservation
of biodiversity, causes and consequences of the climate change and try our best to mitigate
its negative effects.
2. Disarmament: It is a process of reducing or limiting the use of weapons. This process
includes the balanced cut off of traditional weapons and disposal of powerful weapons such
as nuclear bomb and biological weapons. It also discourages the production, distribution
and storage of such dangerous weapons. The production of various biological and non-
biological weapons has threatened and terrified the world. The use and supply of such
weapon has created crisis in human existence. It is a fact that, general arms and weapons
worth 2 billion US dollars are legally traded and those worth 1 billion US dollar are
smuggled. Some weapons remain active for a long period of time and cause destruction.
Realizing this fact, various activities for disarmament and limited use of weapons are
going on after the establishment of the UN for the world peace and security. Thus, we need
to keep on collective efforts to make the world a safer place through disarmament.

3. Landmine: It is an explosive mine laid on or just under the surface of the ground or sea.
It explodes if disturbed by pressure or the closeness of something such as metal. It may
take the life of many innocent people and animals. Landmines were used widely during
the World Wars. It was also used during the ten-year long armed conflict in Nepal. With
the advancement of modern technology, such explosive materials are getting easy access.
The UN agencies and programs have been supporting financially and technically to give
the required information. Thus, we should always be careful while moving in sensitive
areas and touching suspected object. If such objects are seen we should inform the security
authority so that they can make it ineffective.
4. Nuclear Energy: It is the energy released during nuclear fission or fusion, especially
when used to generate electricity. Its production and use has been developed as a
complicated issue in the world. Iran and North Korea are producing and using nuclear
energy which has created dispute in international arena. The history of the use of nuclear
energy began when atom bombs were dropped in Japan in 1945 AD. With the view to
cope with the problems in the human health by nuclear energy, the UN has established
International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA). It works to promote the safe, secure and
peaceful use of nuclear technologies.
5. Population Growth: Population growth is the increase in the number of individuals.
The world is going through a unique population pattern. Due to the improvement in health
service and facilities, death rate in all over the world has decreased. The population of
elderly population is getting higher and life expectancy is increasing. The UN issued a
declaration on elderly people in 1982 AD and requested all to accept the elderly people
as the matter of social security but not as a problem. In order to pay respect to the senior
citizens, Government of Nepal has been providing social security allowance to senior
citizens since 2051 BS. Senior citizens are our guidelines and store of knowledge and
experience. Thus, we should develop a positive attitude towards old age people.
6. Sustainable Development: It is the development that is conducted without depletion
of natural resources so that the future generation can also use it. The objective of the
sustainable development is related to the protection of the earth and resources available
here. With the completion of the 15-year programs of the Millennium Development Goals
(MDGs), the UN General Assembly, in 2015 AD agreed to launch Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs) for next 15 years i.e. 2016-2030 AD. Democracy, good governance and
rule of law have been considered as the standard of sustainable development. If the
concept of the sustainable development is fully implemented, we don’t need to suffer
from the environmental degradation and natural calamities. Thus, we need to carry out our
activities as per the concept of sustainable development so that available resources will
not be depleted.
7. Terrorism: It is the violence or the threat of violence carried out to fulfill the political,
economic, social or any other aim. The terrorizing activities like hijacking, murdering,
kidnapping, bomb blasting, etc have created security threat to the world. It has become
a big challenge to the world. Several terrorist groups are active to fulfill their aims by
creating fearful situation. Terrorist attacks in New York, Paris, Belgium, Afghanistan and
Iraq were very much terrifying violence. Syria and Afghanistan are suffering badly from
terrorism. Every year, hundreds of innocent people lose their life due to terrorist activities.
Though, several regional and international organizations promised to end the terrorism, it
has not yet been ended. Thus, we need to be aware about it and help to make the world a
safer place.
8. Epidemic: It is an outbreak of infectious disease that spreads more quickly and more
extensively among a group of people. Several infectious diseases have started and spread
affecting human health. Diseases like Ebola, HIV/AIDS, Swine Flu, SARS, Zika Virus,
Coronavirus (COVID-19), etc have created problems as epidemic disease in different parts
of the world. Such diseases have affected human life negatively. Thus, we need to improve
and change our living style, and try to prevent such epidemics.
Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19): A Pandemic
It is an infectious disease caused
by the most recently identified
Coronavirus. It causes respiratory
infections. This disease was first
identified in December, 2019 AD
in Wuhan, China. COVID-19 is a
widespread epidemic that affects
people in many different countries.
Thus, it is also called Coronavirus
pandemic.
Symptoms of COVID-19
The most common symptoms of this disease are fever, tiredness, and dry cough. Some
patients may have aches and pains, nasal congestion, runny nose, sore throat or diarrhea.
Older people, and those with underlying medical problems like high blood pressure, heart
problems or diabetes are more likely to develop serious illness.
Prevention of COVID-19
Wash your hands regularly with Overview of Coronavirus Cases
soap and water, or clean them with Country Confirmed Recovered Death
alcohol-based hand rub. Nepal 300,119 277,573 3,164
Maintain at least 1 meter distance Worldwide 147,813,247 125,379,574 3,123,188
between you and people coughing Source: WHO as of (Last updated: April 26 , 2021)
th
or sneezing.
Avoid touching your face.
Cover your mouth and nose when coughing or sneezing.
Stay home if you feel unwell.
Refrain from smoking and other activities that weaken the lungs.
Practice physical distancing by avoiding unnecessary travel and staying away from
large groups of people.

Activities
1. How many persons are above 60 years of age in your community? What problems
are they facing? Discuss and present in the class.
2. “Nuclear energy should also be developed in Nepal.” Either criticize or approve of
this statement in detail.
Exercise
1. What do you mean by current affair?
2. What is terrorism?
3. What is meant by disarmament?
4. Define atomic power?
5. Mention one latest incident/event happened in the world and its one effect.
6. List out any one latest events that took place in Nepal.
7. Mention an effort played by Nepal in regard of ‘Climate change’.

1. Why should we study about the current affairs?
2. How can terrorism be ended? Write in points.
3. Discuss about the precautionary measures of Coronavirus (COVID-19).
4. Write any four effects of the Ozone layer depletion.
5. What efforts have been made to keep the environment clean in Nepal? Make a list of
them.
6. Prepare an editorial to a national daily highlighting the negative effects from the use
of explosive materials.
Community Work
Interact with a local intellectual about the causes, effect and defensive measures of
pandemics like Coronavirus (COVID-19) and prepare a report.

LESSON
6 Globalization and Localization
Globalization
Globalization means the opening of local and nationalistic perspectives to a broader
outlook of an interconnected and interdependent world with free transfer of capital, goods,
and services across national boundary. This is the process of international integration
arising from the interchange of world views, products, ideas, and other aspects of culture.
Due to the trend of dealing at the world level, the geographical boundaries are getting lost
and the entire world has turned into a small village. As stated by Prof. Brown, globalization
is “A world without border”. Globalization is not only the modern perception but also a
Vedic perception. Rig-Veda has also compared the world as a nest.
Progress in transportation and telecommunication has been the major factors in
globalization, generating further interdependence of economic and cultural activities. It
has also enabled free flow of views, goods and services. The social, cultural, political and
economic systems which we are adopting at present are depicting the globalization. Though
the globalization is mainly concerned with economic aspect, it has an effect on political,
social and cultural aspects as well. Thus, the openly transference of individuals, goods,
services, capital and information crossing the national border is known as globalization.
It is believed to have started from the middle of 20th century. Moreover, the perception
developed during the decade of 1990 AD after the end of Cold War highly influenced
the world. The concept of democratization, privatization, freedom, human rights,
marketization, etc emerged in the developed countries and transferred towards the
developing countries. The concepts developed in the advanced countries are being adopted
in the developing countries. Not only these, the globalization has affected in the foreign
aid, mass medias, multinational companies, international economic organizations, tourism,
technology, politics, diplomacy, education, human rights, ecology, culture, ideology, etc.
The developing and least developed countries are more influenced by the globalization.
It has also supported to increase the access to market, development of technology and
mobilization of means and resource in those countries. Globalization has both positive and
negative effects.
Positive Effects/Strength of Globalization Negative Effects/Weakness of Globalization
It has helped the developed countries to Least developed countries and developing
extend foreign relation, reduce poverty and countries are comparatively less benefited
decrease trade imbalance. from the science and technology.
Developing and least developed countries Indigenous culture, tradition, value and norms
are getting foreign aid to support quality get degraded and the trend of blindly adopting
education and health facilities. foreign culture and tradition increases in the
society.

Information and knowledge about the other Dependency increases in economy, national
countries can be obtained through various unity and nationality become weak which
means of communication. makes the weak countries weaker.
Development in free trade, trade Developing and least developed countries
diversification, flow of capital, increment in may lack skilled manpower due to the trend of
foreign investment, increase in the capacity Brain-drain.
of labourers.
International competition in the trade allows Increase in drug trafficking, use of weapons,
people to buy quality goods at low cost. infectious disease and social deviation.
End of the misunderstanding between the Extension of multinational companies affects
countries and improve in peace and security. the national economy. The gap between rich
and poor gets wider.
The transfer of the goods and services Pressure by rich and powerful countries on
available in the developed countries weak countries to follow their perspectives
which helps to improve the living style in and principles.
developing countries.
Localization
Localization means the process of making something local in character or restricting it
to a particular place. It is also defined as administrative decentralization. Localization
gives priority to particular area. It focuses in the preservation and promotion of local
culture, tradition, costumes, values and norms. Localization is concerned with the
concept of promoting local opinion, views, knowledge, will and thought. It focuses on
the identification and preservation of indigenous knowledge, skill and technology. It
emphasizes in the local development extending the access to communication technology.
In the context of Nepal, the federal system has increased the importance of localization. It
has given more importance to the direct participation of people in politics, distribution of
services at local level, socio-economic development of local area and political localization.
In fact, the localization means the preservation of originality. It prioritizes the unity in
diversity. Thus, the UN has given significance to localization in the MDGs and SDGs.
Localization also has both positive and negative effects.
Positive Effects/Strength of Localization Negative Effects/Weakness of Localization
It focuses on the development of backward It obstructs in the supply of international
class. goods and services.
It emphasizes on the people-centered It emphasizes on the development of only a
development. limited and small area.
It opposes the interference of foreign It makes the people orthodox towards their
countries and protects the nationality. caste or class.
It focuses in the uses of local products. It makes the people deprived of foreign culture
and economy.
It preserves and promotes the indigenous It prevents the goods and services from
culture and tradition. internationalization.

It discourages the internationalization of It focuses on the development of a particular
labourer and goods. area rather than the whole country.
Difference between globalization and localization

Globalization Localization
1. It focuses on borderless world. 1. It focuses on local thought and view.
2. It helps to obtain goods and services 2. It helps to utilize local goods and
at low cost because of international services.
competition.
3. Skilled human resource gets opportunity 3. There is lack of skilled human resource
at international level. where there is less opportunity.
4. Local culture, norms and value may get 4. Local culture, norms and value get
displaced. preserved.
5. Developed countries dominate 5. The country proceeds towards the self-
developing and least developed countries. dependence.
Activity
Imagine that you got a chance to observe a fair running with the motto “Use domestic
product and promote local enterprises”. What other information do you expect to get
from that fair? Write your answer in a model of news article.
Exercise
1. Differentiate between globalization and localization.
2. Write any two negative aspects of globalization.
3. What can be the method to make localization effective? Write any one method.
4. What is meant by political globalization?

1. Present four strengths of globalization.
2. Discuss about the negative effects of the globalization.
3. Discuss the economic features of globalization.
4. Write the difference between globalization and localization.
5. Mention the positive and negative aspects of localization.
Community Work
Visit your community and talk with the local people about lose of their indigenous quality?
Suggest some tips to maintain their identity.
Additional Learning Materials
A sample of letter to the editor
Many classical and folk dances of our country are on the verge of extinction. What step should be taken to preserve them? Write
a letter to the editor of a newspaper mentioning the measures to preserve them.
12th March, 2021
Harinas, Syangja
To,
The Editor,
The Rising Nepal,
Gorkhapatra Sansthan, Kathmandu
Subject: Preservation of Classical and Folk Dance
Dear Sir/Madam,
I would like to draw the attention of all concerned authorities and people about the preservation of our classical and folk dances
through your popular newspaper. Our classical and folk dances reflect our glorious culture and tradition. But, many such dances
are on the verge of extinction. I would like to give the following suggestions to preserve them:
a. New generation should be encouraged to participate in classical and folk dances which are on the verge of extinction. For
this, the new generation should be made aware about the importance of such dances.
b. Regular competition of classical and folk dances should be organized throughout the country. Similarly, cultural fair should
be organized highlighting the folk cultures.
c. Electronic Medias like television, radio, etc should give preference to such dances.
d. Classical and folk dances should be included in the curriculum of school and colleges.
Sincerely
Shree Ram Ale
A sample of editorial
The Panchai Baja which is played during wedding ceremony is being displaced by the imported Band Baja nowadays. It is almost
displaced in urban areas and is being displaced slowly in rural areas as well. What measures should be taken to continue the
practice of Panchai Baja in our society? Write an editorial for a newspaper.
Editorial
Preservation of Panchai Baja
Panchai Baja is a set of five folk musical instruments. The set consists of Narasingha, Jhyali, Sahanai, Nagara and Tyamko. It is
one of the oldest musical instruments of Nepal. Panchai Baja is played on the occasions like marriage ceremony, Bratabandha
and other social, cultural and religious programs. Though, Panchai Baja is considered as the fundamental musical instrument of
Damai Community, it is an identity of our country. But such valuable musical instrument is being displaced by the imported Band
music. The practice of Panchai Baja can be continued by adopting the following measures:
a. Publicity of our folk musical instruments,
b. Organizing folk musical competitions on regular interval,
c. Giving priority to the manufacturing of such musical instruments,
d. Making the provision of incentives to those who know how to play it and are preserving it,
e. Including it in curriculum and teaching in schools and colleges practically,
f. Using in modern music and encouraging different communities to preserve and keep on their tradition.
A sample of news article

Prepare a news article about the effective initiation of Aama Samuha against social evil.
Aama Samuha against Social Evil
Tanahun, 12 March
th
Women from Gajarkot, Tanahun have formed an Aama Samuha and started a campaign against alcoholism and gambling. At
first, the mothers of this area organized a meeting. They publicly requested not to get involved in alcoholism and gambling. They
have aimed to make Gajarkot area free of alcohol and gambling. They initiated this campaign when the youths of the village got
involved in these evils and the village became the hub of several social evils. In connection with this campaign, they spilled out
alcohol found in six hotels and prohibited gambling in public places. They have decided to publicly dishonor and compel to beg
pardon to those who will stand against this campaign. Now, it is the responsibility of everyone to support this Aama Samuha so
that social evils like gambling and alcoholism can be eradicated from the society.

A sample of report writing
Imagine, you met a member of Council of Ministers of Nepal, you discussed about the present constitution making process and
the condition of nation after its declaration. Now prepare a report comprising his/her opinions expressed at the meeting and
your observation study in the following sub-headings:
a. Title and introduction
b. Description achieved
c. Your analysis
d. Suggestions for political stability
Present Constitution and Its Impact
Introduction
I met a member of Council of Ministers of Nepal and discussed about the constitution making process and the condition of
nation after its declaration. The Constitution of Nepal was promulgated on 3rd Aswin, 2072 BS. This is the first constitution
drafted and adopted by the Constituent Assembly which was specifically elected for this purpose. After the declaration of the
constitution, the voices both on its favour and against came out. The country suffered from unofficial blockade also as the
impact of the declaration of this constitution.
Description achieved
From the discussion with the member of Council of Ministers of Nepal, I got the following information regarding the constitution
making process and the condition of nation after its declaration:
• Nepalese people had a dream to draft constitution through Constituent Assembly since 2007 BS. Now, it has been fulfilled.
• There was an approval of more than two-thirds of Constituent Assembly members in the constitution.
• Some of the political parties and the people of Terai and some other parts of the country were not satisfied towards this
constitution.
• A movement started in the Terai against of this constitution.
• An unofficial blockade was made from Indian side that adversely affected the daily life of Nepalese people.
• This problem can be solved through peaceful dialogue with unsatisfied parties.
• Since the constitution is the result of a long struggle, it should be implemented along with correcting its weakness.
Analysis
The Constitution of Nepal promulgated on 3rd Aswin, 2072 BS is the seventh constitution of Nepal. Then, President of Nepal
Dr. Ram Baran Yadav announced the promulgation of Constitution of Nepal at a special meeting of the Constituent Assembly
on 3rd Aswin, 2072 BS which was endorsed by the Constituent Assembly and authenticated by the Chairperson of Constituent
Assembly Subas Chandra Nembang. A total of 507 votes were casted in favour of the Constitution Bill while 25 votes went
against it. Of the total 598 Constituent Assembly members, 532 were present at the meeting. Thus, this constitution is the
outcome of the hard struggle of Nepalese people. They were waiting for this since 2007 BS. Now, every one of us should accept
this constitution and correct its weakness through peaceful dialogue.
Suggestions for political stability

A country can make progress only when there is political stability in the country. It needs the effort from all side. For maintaining
the political stability, following ways are suggested:
• Problems regarding the constitution should be solved through peaceful dialogue.
• The constitution should try its best to address the will and aspiration of all people.
• No one should come under any pressure of foreigners in our internal affairs.
• All the people should be united for the protection of national integrity and sovereignty.
A sample of dialogue
Highlight the statement “Cultural heritage reflect socio-cultural aspect of Nepalese society” in dialogue between two friends.
(Zenith, a tenth grader student is talking with his friend Sharmila on National heritage.)
Zenith : Sharmila, could you tell me what cultural heritage is.
Sharmila : Of course Zenith. Cultural heritage refers to valuable objects and qualities such as historical buildings and cultural
traditions that have been passed down from previous generation to present generation. The heritages reflect art,
culture and tradition of a country.
Zenith : Does the cultural heritage reflect socio-cultural aspect of Nepalese society?
Sharmila : Yes, the cultural heritage reflects socio-cultural aspect of Nepalese society. If we look at the old building, temple,
Jatra, taps, festivals, etc, we can find how people used to live in the past, and how they are inherited from one
generation to another. The festivals and Jatras show the various cultural practices of our country. All these practices
reflect socio-cultural aspect of Nepalese society.
Zenith : Thank you Sharmila for your information.
Additional Learning Materials 393

A sample of timeline
Show the given date and event in time line.
Date Event
2046 BS People’s movement
2048 BS General Election
2052 BS Commencement of armed revolution
2058 BS Royal Palace Massacre
Time Line: Political Events of Nepal from 2046 to 2058 BS
2058 Royal Palace Massacre
2056
Scale: 1 cm = 2 years
2054
Years (in BS)
2052 Commencement of armed revolution
2050
2048 General Election
2046 People’s movement
A sample of timeline
Show the following dates and events in a timeline:
Date Event
11th Baishakh, 2063 BS Establishment of Loktantra
28th Chaitra, 2064 BS Election of Constituent Assembly-I
15th Jestha, 2065 BS Establishment of Republic
14th Jestha, 2069 BS End of Constituent Assembly-I
A timeline showing some historical events and their respective dates

2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069
14th Jestha, 2069 BS: End of Constituent Assembly-I

Date (in BS)
Scale: 1 cm = 1 year
15th Jestha, 2065 BS: Establishment of Republic

28th Chaitra, 2064 BS: Election of Constituent Assembly-I
11th Baishakh, 2063 BS: Establishment of Loktantra

A sample of pie chart
Present the following data in a pie chart.
Number of individuals getting labour permission to go on foreign employment
Country Number
Malaysia 74029
Saudi Arabia 39279
UAE 25172
Qatar 60005
Here,
Total No. of individuals = 198485
Converting the number of individuals into degree
Country Number In percentage In degree
Malaysia 74029 74029x100/198485 = 37.29% 37.29x3.6= 134o
Saudi Arabia 39279 39279x100/198485 = 19.78% 19.78x3.6= 71°
UAE 25172 25172x100/198485 = 12.68% 12.68x3.6= 46°
Qatar 60005 60005x100/198485 = 30.23% 30.23x3.6= 109°
A pie chart showing the number of individuals getting

labour permission to go on foreign employment
30% 37%
Malaysia
Saudi Arabia
13%
20% UAE
Qatar
A sample of simple bar diagram

Present the given data in Bar Diagram.
Agricultural Product Status in Nepal
Paddy 1,20,000Mt.
Maize 19,250Mt.
Wheat 10,450Mt.
Millet 10,100Mt.
A bar diagram showing the status of agricultural products in Nepal

140000
120000
Agricultural Product (in mt.)
100000
80000
60000
40000
20000
0
Paddy Maize Wheat Millet
Agricultural Products
A sample of multiple bar diagram
Show the following figure in Bar graph:
Households use of communication means (in %)
Types of means Rural Area Urban Area
Radio 50% 53%
Television 30% 60%
Computer 3% 23%
Telephone 3% 22%
A bar graph showing household use of means of communication

70%
Means of communication (in %)
60%
50%
40%
30% Rural Area
20% Urban Area
10%
0%
Radio Television Computer Telephone
Means of communication
Some important terms and their meanings

Adventure Tourism : a type of tourism involving travel to remote or interesting locations in order to take part in
physically challenging outdoor activities
Affirmative Action : Government programs that provide special treatment for individuals from designated
groups to remedy the effects of past discrimination and to eliminate existing and continuing
discrimination.
Allies Power : an alliance of France, Britain, Russia, Italy, Belgium, China, Japan, USA, etc in the First
World War
Alpine : relating to high mountains
Antarctic region : the region where polar climate is found in the southern hemisphere
Anti Comintern Pact : a treaty signed by Japan and Germany to stop the spread of communism in Europe in
1936 AD
Appeasement : the policy of making concessions to the dictatorial powers in order to avoid conflict
Atlantic Charter : a joint declaration made by the US President Franklin Delano Roosevelt and British Prime
Minister Winston Churchill in a battle-ship in Atlantic Ocean and issued for the World Peace
on 14th August, 1941 AD
Atlas : a book containing maps and vital statistics relating to geographical regions
Autonomous : having the freedom to govern itself or control its own affairs
Axis Power : an alliance of Germany, Austria, Hungary, Turkey, etc in the First World War
Bicameral : having two separate and distinct law making assemblies
Bill : a draft of proposed law presented to parliament for discussion
Black Hand Society or : a spy organization formed by the youths of Bosnia and Herzegovina to revolt against the
Unity or Death occupation of Bosnia and Herzegovina by Austria-Hungary
Blitzkrieg : Germany invaded Poland on 1st September, 1939 AD by making sudden attack from both
land and air which was called Blitzkrieg meaning Lightening War
British type of climate : cool temperate oceanic climate
Bushmen : a native tribe of hot deserts

Campos :
tropical grassland of Brazilian plateau
Cartographer :
a person engaged in cartography, or the producer of maps
Cartography :
the science, skill or art of making maps
Check and balance system :
a mechanism in which the three major organs of the state possess powers that control each
other so that no organ can become too powerful
  : a custom prevailing in the rural areas of Karnali and Sudurpashchim Province of Nepal in
which girls or women have to live in a Chhau Goth located apart from their home during their
menstrual period
Children trafficking : the buying and selling of children for different purposes
Citizenship : the legal status of being a citizen of a country
Civil Disobedience Movement : a non-violent movement
Classical Dance : a dance describing the character of the gods, goddesses and religious scriptures
Climate : the weather conditions prevailing in an area in general or over a long period
Climatic region : a region throughout which roughly same climate is found
Climatic zone : an area with distinct climate
Cold War : hostile but non-violent relation between the former Soviet Union and the United States, and
their respective allies
Colonialism : a policy in which a country rules other nations and develops trade for its own benefit
COMECON : The Council for Mutual Economic Assistance was an economic organization formed under
the leadership of the Soviet Union that comprised the countries of the Eastern Bloc
Comprehensive Peace : a peace agreement between the Government of Nepal and then CPN (Maoist) on
Agreement 5th Mangsir, 2063 BS
Concept of regional : a concept to develop the country by dividing it into different administrative units
development
Coniferous climate : cold temperate climate
Constitutional bodies : important authorities provisioned in the constitution along with their formation, functions,
duties and power, and required qualification of the chiefs and officials
Constitutional council : a body formed for making recommendations for appointment of the Chief Justice and Chiefs
and Officials of the Constitutional Bodies
Consumer : a person who purchases goods and services for personal use
Cooperative : a firm, business, or other organization which is owned and run jointly by its members, who
share the profits or benefits
Coup : seizure of political power
Credit Card : a small plastic card issued by a bank, business society, etc, allowing the holder to purchase
goods or services on credit
Cultural diversity : the existence of a variety of cultural or ethnic groups within a society
Customs : the duties levied by a government on imported goods
Daijo Pratha : a tradition in which property is given to bridegroom or his family from bride’s family in the
marriage ceremony
Dark Continent : Africa
Delhi Agreement : a tripartite agreement made among Ranas, King Tribhuvan and Nepali Congress in Delhi on
1st Falgun, 2007 BS to introduce democracy in Nepal
Democracy : the free and equal right of every person to participate in a system of government, often
practiced by electing representatives of the people by the majority of the people
Deuki Pratha : a custom practiced in the hilly area of Sudurpashchim Province of Nepal in which a young
girl is offered to the local Hindu temple
Development : the process of positive and progressive change
Development projects : development programs running with the uses of resources and means and aiming at
achieving various goals within a certain period of time
Dictatorship : a form of government where a country or a group of countries is ruled by one person or
political entity, and exercised through various mechanisms to ensure that the entity’s power
remains strong
Disarmament : the reduction or withdrawal of military forces and weapons
Domestic violence : violent behaviour like battering, mistreating, threatening, coercion, etc to the family members
within the home
Downs : temperate grassland of Australia
Earthquake : any sudden movement of earth’s crust due to a natural cause which produces a shaking or
trembling
Economic Plan : the plan related to economic activities aiming at growing country’s economy
Election code of conduct : a set of rules or guidelines issued by the Election Commission during the election
Election constituency : a territorial subdivision for electing members to a legislative body
Electoral System : a method of election which has its own rule of casting votes, counting the votes and giving
the final result
Electronic banking service : a range of banking and other services or facilities that use electronic equipment and include:
online banking. ATM and debit card services, phone banking, etc.
Epicenter : the point on the earth’s surface directly above the hypocenter
Epidemic : a widespread occurrence of an infectious disease in a community at a particular time
Eskimos : the native tribe of Greenland
Estate : large and extensive farmland in Africa
Excise : a tax levied on certain goods and commodities produced or sold within a country
Executive : the law implementing body of state
Executive power : power to put decisions, laws, etc, into effect
Extreme Nationalism : having extreme pride for your country and willing to do anything for your country to keep its
pride
Favouritism : the practice of giving unfair preferential treatment to one person or group at the expense of
another
Federal government : the central government of a federated state
Federal system : a system of government in which power is divided between a central authority and constituent
political units
Feudalism : the dominant social system
Finance system : a system that allows the exchange of funds between lenders, investors, and borrowers
First past the post : an electoral system in which the one who receives more votes than any other candidate
electoral system gets elected
First World War : a war fought mainly in Europe from 28th July, 1914 AD to 28th June, 1919 AD
Folk Dance : a traditional dance of a particular group of people or place
Folk musical instrument : a musical instrument that developed among the common people that usually does not have
a known inventor
Folk songs : a traditional song originating among the people and has been passed down orally from one
to the next
Foreign employment : act of going to other country for job and to earn money
Formulation of plan : a draft of the whole program prepared to achieve certain objective within a fixed period with
the appropriate use of available resources
Frigid Zone : the area north of the Arctic Circle and south of the Antarctic Circle
Garden of the world : Mediterranean climate
Gaucho : a cowboy of South American pampas
General election : the election of representatives to a legislature from constituencies throughout the country
Ghumto Pratha : a custom of covering the face by a married woman with a Ghumto when they are in front of
men or any respectable persons
Girl trafficking : the buying and selling of young girls for sex and labour exploitation
Global Goals : 17 Sustainable Development Goals
Globalization : the process by which businesses or other organizations develop international influence or
start operating on an international scale
Globe : a representation or model of the earth’s surface in the form of a hollow ball

Granary of the world : prairies of North America
Hausa : indigenous tribe of central African region
Heritage : important and valuable objects, places, arts, culture and natural environment that have been
passed on from the previous generation, are being maintained in the present and will be
presented to future generation
Hot desert : tropical desert
Hottest Continent : Africa
Human development : development in health, education, food, clothing, housing, skill, freedom, opportunity, etc for
the improvement in human well-being
Human Development Index : a composite statistic of life expectancy, education, and per capita income indicators, which
are used to rank countries into four tiers of human development
Human organ trafficking : the trade of human organs for the purpose of transplantation
Human resource : the people or group of people with ability and skill
Human resource development : the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills,
knowledge, and abilities
Human resource management : the process of appointing and developing employees to make them more valuable to the
organization
Human resource planning : the process of forecasting future human resource requirements of the organization and
determining as to how the existing human resource capacity of the organization can be
utilized to fulfill these requirements
Human trafficking : the trade of humans, most commonly for the purpose of sexual slavery, forced labour, or
commercial sexual exploitation for the trafficker or other
Hundi : a financial instrument for use in trade and credit transactions which is used as a form of
remittance instrument to transfer money from place to place
Hypocenter : the place below the earth’s surface where an earthquake originates
Igloo : a house made up of ice blocks
Hypocenter : the place below the earth’s surface where an earthquake originates
Igloo : a house made up of ice blocks
Imperialism : the political, military, or economic domination of one country over another
Inclusion : the action or state of including or of being included within a group or structure
Income Tax : tax levied directly on personal income
Indigenous nationalities : a tribe or community having its own mother tongue and traditional rites and customs, distinct
cultural identity, distinct social structure and written or unwritten history
Inflation : a general increase in prices and fall in the purchasing value of money
Insurance : an arrangement by which a company or the state undertakes to provide a guarantee
of compensation for specified loss, damage, illness, or death in return for payment of a
specified premium
Inuit : the native tribe of Northern Canada
Janakpur incident : Durgananda Jha hurled a bomb at the vehicle in which King Mahendra was travelling from
Janaki Temple to Rangabhumi on 9th Magh, 2018 BS. This incident is called Janakpur
incident
Jhapa revolt : the movement launched by the Communist Party of Nepal (ML) in Jhapa for the freedom of
poor people and against of feudal in 2028 BS
Jhuma Pratha : a tradition of offering the second daughter to the monastery practiced in the Sherpa
community living in mountain region of Nepal
Judicial council : a body formed to make recommendation or give advice on the appointment of, transfer
of, disciplinary action against, and dismissal of, judges, and other matters relating to the
administration of justice
Judicial review : a reassessment or re-examination by judges of a decision or proceeding by a lower court or
a government department
Judiciary : an organ of the state that is concerned with providing justice
Landmine : an explosive mine laid on or just under the surface of the ground

Land of big games : savanna grassland is known as “Land of big games” as the indigenous tribes live their life by
hunting wild animals
Land of extremes : South America
Lapp : the native tribe of Scandinavia
League of Nations : The League of Nations was an international organization, headquartered in Geneva,
Switzerland, created after the First World War to provide a forum for resolving international
disputes
Legislature : A body of people with the power to make and change laws
Llama : a South American animal reared in Andes mountain region for carrying loads, meat and wool
Llanos : tropical grassland of Orinoco basin
Localization : the process of making something local in character or restricting it to a particular place
Long term human resource : the human resource prepared for long period service
Manifesto : a public declaration of policy and aims, especially one issued before an election by a political
party or candidate
Map : a representation of the earth surface, as a whole or part of it on a plain surface
Marshall Plan : an American initiative to aid Western Europe, in which the United States gave over $12
billion in economic support to help rebuild Western European economies after the end of
World War II
Martyr : one, who sacrificed the life in various democratic movements
Masai : indigenous tribe of central African region
Melting pot : society composed of many different cultures
Millennium : a period of a thousand years
Militarism : a government policy of investing heavily in and strengthening the armed forces
Molotov Plan : the system created by the Soviet Union in order to provide aid to rebuild the countries in
Eastern Europe that were politically and economically aligned to the Soviet Union
Monument : a building, structure, or site that is of historical importance or interest
Motion of no confidence : a statement or vote that a person or persons in a position of responsibility (government,
managerial, etc) is no longer deemed fit to hold that position
National days : the special days, observed nationwide
National integrity : the togetherness or oneness felt by citizens of a country with regard to citizenship
Naturalized citizenship : A citizen originally of another nationality but made a citizen by a specified legal process
Naumati Baja : a set of nine folk musical instruments containing those that comprise Panchai Baja with an
added Damaha and Sahanai, as well as two Narasingha or Karnal
Nazi-Soviet : a treaty signed by Hitler and Russia on 23rd August, 1939 AD from which both the countries
Non-Aggression Pact agreed to divide Poland and annex its parts in their countries and not to attack each other for
10 years
Nepotism : the practice among those with power or influence of favouring relatives or friends, especially
by giving them jobs
Non Aligned Movement : an international organization or a group of countries who do not want to be officially aligned
with or against any major power bloc
North Atlantic : an international organization established by the USA and West European countries to
Treaty Organization – NATO promote mutual defenses and collective security
Nuclear energy : the energy released during nuclear fission or fusion, especially when used to generate
electricity
Oasis : fertile land in desert
October Revolution : A revolution in Russia in 1917–1918, also called that overthrew the Czar and brought the
Bolsheviks, a Communist party led by Lenin, to power
Ottoman Empire : a former Turkish empire that reached its greatest territorial extent under Suleiman in the 16th
century; collapsed after World War I
Pacific Ring of Fire : the earthquake zones of the world surrounding Pacific Ocean
Pampas : temperate grassland of Argentina

Panchai Baja : a set of five folk musical instruments consisting of Narasingha, Jhyali, Sahanai, Damaha and
Tyamko
Panchayat system : The political system in which the people could elect their representatives, while real power
remained in the hand of monarch
Parliamentary System : a system of government in which the executive is composed of a selected group of members
of Parliament, called the cabinet, which is accountable to Parliament
Pearl Harbour Event : Japan attacked on Pearl Harbour, Hawaii Island of USA on 7th December, 1941 AD which is
called Pearl Harbour Event
People’s Movement-I : a movement launched against Panchayat system from 7th Falgun to 26th Chaitra, 2046 BS
Piskar Assassination : an incident of mass killing of innocent people while a cultural program was running at Piskar
Mahadev in Sindhupalchowk district on 1st Magh, 2040 BS
Plateau of plateaus : Africa
Polar climate : the climate found in the Frigid Zone
Polarization : division into two sharply contrasting groups or sets of opinions or beliefs
Political party : a group of persons organized to acquire and exercise political power
Prairies : temperate grassland of North America
Proportional electoral system : the representation of all parties in a legislature in proportion to their popular vote.
Provinces : a principal administrative division of a country or empire
Pygmies : indigenous tribe of Congo basin
Rebellious : fighting to overthrow a government or other authority
Red Indians : indigenous tribe of Amazon basis
Referendum : a democratic way of taking public opinion in which every adult citizen of a country is asked
a straight forward question or has to choose between two alternatives about any important
national issue
Remittance : money earned and sent by those working abroad
Repressive : exerting strict control on the freedom of others
Republican state : a state in which the supreme power rests in the body of citizens entitled to vote and is
exercised by representatives chosen directly or indirectly by them
Revenue : a state’s annual income from which public expenses are met
Richter scale : scale for measuring earthquakes
Rome-Berlin-Tokyo Axis : an alliance between Italy, Germany and Japan formed to stop the spread of communism
Sahara type of climate : tropical desert climate
Savanna : tropical grassland of central African region
Seismograph : an instrument used for measuring the intensity of an earthquake
Self-employment : the state of working for oneself as a freelance or the owner of a business rather than for an
employer
Selvas : the dense evergreen forest in Amazon basin
Semi-skilled human resource : the manpower which has attained some skills but is not fully expert
Senior citizen : a person having completed the age of 60 or 65 years
Separation of power : the vesting of the legislative, executive, and judiciary powers of government in separate
bodies
Ship of the desert : camel
Short term human resource : the human resource prepared for short term and for specific work
Siberian climate : cold temperate climate
Sick Man of Europe : Turkey was called Sick Man of Europe before the First World War because it was too weak
to protect its territory
Skilled human resource : the manpower which has attained complete knowledge and skill and is fully expert
Sovereignty : the authority of a state to govern itself or another state
Steppes : temperate grassland of Eurasia
Sudan type of climate : savanna grassland

Sukhani assassination : an assassination of those, who were involved in the Jhapa revolt by the then government in
the place called Sukhani, Ilam on 21st Falgun, 2029 BS
Summer rain climate : tropical monsoon climate
Survival sex : prostitution engaged in by a person because of extreme need
Sustainable development : the development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of
future generations to meet their own needs
Taiga : a vast evergreen coniferous forest found in Siberian climatic belt
Tax : a compulsory contribution to state revenue, levied by the government on workers’ income
and business profits, or added to the cost of some goods, services, and transactions
Temperate Zone : each of the two belts of latitude between the Torrid Zone and the northern and southern frigid
zones
Terrorism : the unlawful use of violence and threats, especially against civilians, in the pursuit of political
aims
Timburbote incident : an incident of mass killing of democrats by the Panchayat Government at Timburbote of
Okhaldhunga in 2031 BS
Tupik : a tent made up of animal skin
Triple Alliance : a treaty signed between Germany, Italy and Austria
Triple Entente : a treaty signed between Britain, France and Russia
Tropical Zone : the part of the Earth’s surface between the Tropic of Cancer and the Tropic of Capricorn
Tsunami : large ocean wave
Tundra region : the region where polar climate is found in the northern hemisphere
Ultimatum : a demand accompanied by a threat to inflict some penalty if the demand is not met
Unicameral : having only one legislative chamber
Unitary form of government : a system of political organization with a central supreme government which holds the
authority over and makes the decisions for subordinate local governments
United Nations : an intergovernmental organization established on 24th October, 1945 AD to promote
international co-operation
Unprecedented : having no earlier parallel or equivalent
Unskilled human resource : the number of people working or available for work or service.
Untouchability : a practice in which people are discriminated on various bases and kept at a distance as
untouchable
Value Added Tax (VAT) : a type of consumption tax that is placed on a product whenever value is added at a stage of
production and at final sale
Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam : a Sanskrit phrase found in Hindu texts such as the Maha Upanishad, which means “the
world is one family”
Veld : temperate grassland of South Africa
Versailles Treaty : a treaty signed on 28th June, 1919 AD between Allies and Germany in Versailles palace of
France which ended the First World War formally
Veto power : a right not to approve an act that is passed by a legislative body
Victoria Cross : the highest award of the United Kingdom honours system. It is awarded for gallantry “in the
face of the enemy” to members of the British armed forces
Warsaw Pact Organization : a political and military alliance established on May 14th, 1955 between the Soviet Union and
several Eastern European countries
Weapons of Mass : a nuclear, biological, or chemical weapon able to cause widespread devastation and
Destruction (WMD) loss of life
Weather : state of atmosphere
West European climate : cool temperate oceanic climate
Winter rain climate : Mediterranean climate
Zoo of the world : savanna grassland

NEPAL: Physical Map
Chandi
Himal
C H I N A

Manasalu
Conservation Area
Langtang
Sukla Phanta National Park
Wildlife Reserve Sagarmatha
National Park Kanchanjunga
Swargadwari Mount Conservation
Ashram Makalu Barun Area
Everest
National Park
Legend
Major Cities
Mountains
Tourist Attraction Places I N D I A
Highway
Major River
National Parks
403
Provincial Map of Nepal
404
e
C
nc
rovi
A
Ka
im P
I rn ali
N
P rov
shch
H in
D
ce
rpa
N
Ga
Sudu
nd
a
I
ki
Pro
KA
N
vin
CH
ce
I
AN
Godawari
PU
R
WEST Bag
I Bire EAST
ndr
mat
ana iP
gar rov
ince
Po N
kha Provin
ra ce: 1
Deu
kh uri A
N
RA SI
NAWAL PA
EAST
HI NAWAL
Lum
DE PARASI
N WEST
PA
bin
i Pr RU
Hetauda
I
ovi
n ce D
N
Janak
D
pur
K - Kathmandu
I
B - Bhaktapur ar
tnag
Prov
I Bira
A
Provincial Headquarters ince

L - Lalitpur :2
A

WORLD CLIMATE
Bulun
Point Barrow N 60°N
Dawson Verkhoyansk
Winnipeg Montreal
Vancouver 40°N
Valencia Moscow
Peking
Pikes Peak
Sacramento
New Orleans Delhi Tropic of Cancer

San Antonio In Salah 20°N
Havana
Manila
Bombay
Kayes
Padang Singapore Equator
0°
Darwin
HOT CLIMATES
Antofagasta Tropic of Capicorn
Equatorial Bulawayo Bourke
Durban Perth
Santiago Buenos Aires
Modified Equatorial Sydney
Bahia Blanca
COLD CLIMATES Hobart
Equatorial Monsoon COOL CLIMATES
West Marginal Cold Temperate
Tropical Continental British Type Interior
WARM CLIMATES
West Marginal Cool Temperate Interior Tundra
Tropical Desert Mediterranean
Warm Temperate Interior Temperate Dessert Polar

Tropical Marine
Tropical Monsoon East Marginal Laurentian Type Mountain

China Type
405
406
The Main Fishing Grounds of the World
1
Labrador 1 North-West Europe
Current
2 2 Eastern Canada
3 N
North 3 North-West America 4
Kamchatke
4 North-East Asia Current
Pacific Califomian
Gulf Stream Canaries 5 Peru
Current Current Current
Tropic of Cancer Kuro

Siwo
Equator Mozambique
5 Current
Tropic of Capricorn Humboldt Benguela West Australian

Current Current Current
Important fishing grounds Warm Current

Potential fishing grounds Cold Current

N
Outline Map of the World

ljlzi6Ls/0f tflnsf -lnlvt k/LIffsf] nflu_
408
dfWolds tx -sIff (–!)_
ljifo M ;fdflhs cWoog
k"0ff{ª\s M &%
1fg / af]w l;h{gfTds, ;dfnf] sfo{ Ifdtf d"No tyf clej[lTt Value
PsfO ljifo If]q 3l06 Knowledge and rgfTds ;f]rfO tyf -pkof]u, k|of]ufTds tyf and Attitude hDdf hDdf ;do
Understanding ljZn]if0f, ;d:of vf]hd'ns ;Lk_ 12% k|Zg cª\s -ldg]6_
31% ;dfwfg Ability to do ;ª\Vof ef/
Creative, Critical (Application,
thinking and Practical and
Analysis, Problem Research skill) 21%
dfWolds lzIff kf7\oj|md -sIff (–!)_, @)&!

solving 36%
w]/} 5f]6f] 5f]6f] Nffdf] w]/} 5f]6f] Nffdf] w]/} 5f]6f] Nffdf] w]/} 5f]6f] 5f]6f] Nffdf] pQ/
pQ/ pQ/ pQ/ 5f]6f] pQ/ pQ/ 5f]6f] pQ/ pQ/ pQ/ pQ/ cfpg] k|Zg
cfpg] cfpg] cfpg] pQ/ cfpg] cfpg] pQ/ cfpg] cfpg] cfpg] cfpg]
k|Zg k|Zg k|Zg cfpg] k|Zg k|Zg cfpg] k|Zg k|Zg k|Zg k|Zg
k|Zg k|Zg
! xfdL / xfd|f] ;dfh 15 1 1 1 1 2 5 9
@ ljsf; / ljsf;sf 16 2 5 9
k"jf{wf/
# xfd|f] k/Dk/f ;fdflhs 16 1 1 1 1 2 5 9
d"No / dfGotfx¿
$ ;fdflhs ;d:of / 19 2 5 9
;dfwfg
% gful/s r]tgf 22 1 1 1 2 11 20
^ xfd|f] k[YjL 27 1 1 3 15 26
& xfd|f] ljut 22 1 1 1 1 1 3 12 22
* xfd|f] cfly{s 17 1 1 3 12 22
lqmofsnfk
( xfd|f] cGt/f{li6«o ;DaGw 15 1 2 5 9
/ ;xof]u
hDdf 170 4 3 1 1 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 0 21 75 135

151 152
hDdf c+s ef/ 4 12 7 1 12 14 1 8 7 1 8 0 75
k|Zgsf] lsl;d k|Zg ;+Vof c+s ljefhg hDdf c+s ef/ ;do ljefhg
152 hDdf 170 4 3 1 1 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 0 21 75 135
hDdf c+s ef/ 4 12 7 1 12 14 1 8 7 1 8 0 75
k|Zgsf] lsl;d k|Zg ;+Vof c+s ljefhg hDdf c+s ef/ ;do ljefhg
Nfdf] pQ/ cfpg] k|Zg $ ! X& $ X & Ö @* k|To]s ! cª\ssf lglDt !=* ldg]6
5f]6f] pQ/ cfpg] k|Zg !) !X$ !) X $ Ö $) ;dosf b/n] ;do nfUg]5 . ljb\ofyL{n]
w]/} 5f]6f] pQ/ cfpg] k|Zg & ! X! &X!Ö& k|Zgsf] k|s[lt cg';f/ ;dfof]hg u/L
pTt/ n]Vg' kg]{5 . tf]lsPsf] ;dodf
k|Zg k9\g], dgg\ ug]{ / n]Vg] sfo{ ;d]
t ;DkGg ug'{ kg]{ x'gfn] pTt/ lbFbf
w]/} e"ldsf gafFwL ;s];Dd k|Zgn] ;f]
w] cg';f/sf] ;+lIfKt / ;l6s hjfkm lbg'
kb{5 .
dfWolds lzIff kf7\oj|md -sIff (–!)_, @)&!
hDdf @! &% !#% ldg]6

b|i6Jo M
b|i6Jo M
s_ g]kfnnufot ljZj kl/j]zdf 36]sf s]xL ;d;fdlos 36gfx?af6 klg pk/f]St adf]lhdsf]
s_ g]kfnnufot ljZj kl/j]zdf 36]sf s]xL ;d;fdlos 36gfx¿af6 klg pk/f]St adf]lhdsf] ljifo / If]q;Fu ;dfof]hg u/L
ljifo;f]/Wg If];lsg]
k|Zgx¿ q;F5u . ;dfof]
o:tf k|h g u/L
Zgx¿ k|Zgx?cWoog
;fdflhs ;f]Wgljifosf]
;lsg]kf7\ 5o.qmdo:tf / kf7\k|oZk'gx?
:ts;F;fdflhs
u ;fGble{s cWoog
x'g'kg]{5 . ljifosf]
kf7\oqmd / kf7\ok':ts;Fu ;fGble{s x'g'kg]{5 .
v_ b'O{ b'O{ j6f PsfO ;d]6]/ w]/} 5f]6f, 5f]6f / nfdf pTt/ cfpg] k|Zgx¿ ;f]Wg ;lsg] Joj:yf ul/Psf] 5 . b'O{j6f PsfO ;d]6]/
v_ agfOPsf]
b'O{ b'Ok|{ Zgx¿
j6f l;sfOsf
PsfO ;d] b'O{j66f]/ txaf6
w]/} 5f]
;f]W6gf,;lsg]
5f]6u/L
f /tof/ nfdfkl/Ps]
pQ/f 5 . cfpg]
h:t} M PsfO k|Zgx?# / ;f]
$ Wdfg 5f];lsg]
6f] pTt/Joj:yf
cfpg]
k|Zgul/Psf]
agfpFbf PsfO # af6 ;dfnf] r gfTds lrGtg l;ksf] k| Z g ;f] l wof] eg]
5 . b"O{j6f PsfO ;d]6]/ agfOPsf] k|Zgx? l;sfOsf b'O{j6f txaf6 ;f]Wg ;lsg]PsfO $ af6 d" N o tyf clej[ l Tt txsf] k|Zg
;f]Wg' kg]{5 . To;} u/L PsfO # af6 d"No tyf clej[lTt txsf] k|Zg ;f]lwof] eg] PsfO $ af6 ;dfnf]rgfTds lrGtg l;ksf]
k|Zgu/L;f]Wg'tof/
kg]{ 5 kl/Psf]
. of] lgod 5cGo. PsfOdf
h:t}M PsfO
/ k|Zgsf]# txdf
/ $klgdfo;}5f]u/L 6f] nfu'
pQ/x'g]5cfpg]. k|Zg agfpFbf PsfO # af6
;dfnf]rgfTds lrGtg l;ksf] k|Zg ;f]lwof] eg] PsfO $ af6 d"No tyf clej[lQ txsf] k|Zg
;f]Wg' kg]{5 . To;} u/L PsfO # af6 d"No tyf clej[lQ txsf] k|Zg ;f]lwof] eg] PsfO $ af6
;dfnf]rgfTds lrGtg l;ksf] k|Zg ;f]Wg' kg]{ 5 . of] lgod cGo PsfOdf / k|Zgsf] txdf klg
o;} u/L nfu' x'g]5 .
u_ PsfO ^ cGtu{t ;f]lwg] nfdf] pQ/fTds k|Zgdf :jtGq ljlwaf6 (Free hand method)
;fdfGo cfsf/k|sf/ ldNg] u/L g]kfnsf] gS;f sf]/L tYox? eg]{ k|Zg lbOg]5 . To;sf] ;6\6fdf
clk|msf, pQ/ cd]l/sf / blIf0f cd]l/sf dWo] s'g} Ps dxfb]zsf] :jtGq ljlwaf6 (Free hand
method) ;fdfGo cfsf/k|sf/ ldNg] u/L gS;f sf]/]/ To;df lbOPsf tYox? eg{ nufpg]
j}slNks k|Zg ;f]lwg]5 . pQ/ cd]l/sfsf] gS;f sf]bf{ x8\;gsf] vf8L b]lv pQ/tk{msf låkx?
b]vfpg' kg]{ 5}g .
3_ ;fd'bflos sfo{;Fu ;DalGwt x'g]u/L kl/of]hgf sfo{ / If]q e|d0fsf ljleGg cª\ux? h:t},
sfo{of]hgf, ljlw, ;fwg / k|ltj]bg jf k|ltj]bgsf ljleGg cª\ux? dWo] s'g} Ps efu ;d]6\g]
u/L sfo{ Ifdtf (ability to do) txaf6 -PsfO %, ^, &, * / ( dWo]af6_ slDtdf Ps 5f]6f]
jf nfdf] k|Zg ;f]lwg]5 .
ª_ k|Zg g+= (item number) /fVbf w]/} 5f]6f pQ/ cfpg] k|Zgx? k|= g+= ! b]lv & ;Dd, To; kl5
5f]6f] pQ/ cfpg] k|Zgx? k|= g+= * b]lv !& ;Dd / nfdf] pQ/ cfpg] k|Zgx? k|= g+= !* b]lv @!
;Dd x'g] u/L ljlzli6s/0f tflnsfdf dflyaf6 tn / jfofFaf6 bfofFsf] j|mddf k|Zg g+= sfod
ug'{ kg]{5 .
r_ ljb\ofyL{n] kfPsf] lnlvt / k|of]ufTds cª\snfO{ hf]8]/ cIf/fª\s kb\blt cg';f/ :t/ lgwf{/0f
ug'{ kb{5 .
k|of]ufTds d"Nofª\sgsf] ljlzi6Ls/0f tflnsf
ljifoM M;fdflhs cWoog dfWolds tx -sIff (–!)_
k"0ff{ª\s M @%
jBfyL{sf] ;sf/fTds Jojxf/ k|of]ufTds d"Nofª\sg kmfOn kl/of]hgf sfo{ k|of]ufTds k/LIff hDdf
k|bz{g cª\s
gfd
@%
pTtd dWod ;'wf/fTds l;h{gfTds ;Lkd"ns l;sfOsf j|mddf lzIfsn] of]hgf sfo{ k|ltj]bg cGt/jftf{ k/LIf0f
% # @ sfo{sf sfo{sf k|of]u u/]sf kmf/fdx¿ lgdf{0f ;Dkfbg # @ / k|bz{g
clen]v clen]v @ ! k|lj|mof #
$ $ !
gf]6M dfly plNnlvt zLif{sx¿sf] JofVof M

s_ ;sf/fTds Jojxf/ k|bz{g M o; cGtu{t 3'nldn x'g], g]t[Tj lng], ldn]/ sfd ug]{, c¿k|lt
;lxi0f' x'g], ;dGjo ug]{, pNn]vgLo k|ltef k|bz{g ug]{, cg'zf;gdf /xg], c?sf] ;Ddfg ug]{,
;sf/fTds ;f]r /fVg], ljb\ofnodf / ;dfhdf pTs[i6 Jojxf/ k|bz{g cflb kb{5g\ . lzIfsn]
k|To]s ljb\ofyL{sf] o:tf Jojxf/sf ;DaGwdf cfkm\gf] 8fo/Ldf l6kf]6 ug]{, 36gfj[Tt clen]v /
fVg], cjnf]sg kmf/fdx¿ eg]{ h:tf pkfo ckgfpg ;lsG5 . k|To]s PsfO lzIf0f kZrft d"Nofª\
sg u/L o;sf] /]s8{ /fVg' kb{5 .
v_ k|of]ufTds d"Nofª\sg kmfOn M o;df ljb\ofyL{n] k|To]s PsfOsf] lzIf0f l;sfOsf j|mddf u/]
sf lgDgfg';f/sf clen]vx¿ ;dfj]z x'g' kb{5 . ;f]sf cfwf/df q}dfl;s ?kdf d"Nofª\sg ug{‘
kb{5 .
• l;h{gfTds sfo{ M syf, sljtf, uLt, jSt[Tjsnf, ;+jfb, lr7L, ;DkfbsLo, ;dfrf/, lrq, gf/f,
kDKn]6, krf{, rf6{x¿ . – $ c+s
• ;Lkd"ns sfo{M ;"rL, tflnsf, :tDe lrq, j[Q lrq, ;do /]vf, gS;f, of]hgf, k|ZgfjnL, kf]i6/,
;dfrf/ ;ª\sng, ljZn]if0f k|ltj]bgx¿ / ;fdu|Lx¿ . – $ c+s
154 dfWolds lzIff kf7\oj|md -sIff (–!)_, @)&!

• l;sfOsf j|mddf lzIfsn] k|of]u u/]sf kmf/fdx¿ M ljb\ofyL{x¿nfO{ ljleGg k|sf/sf kl/of]
hgf sfo{, ;fd'bflos sfo{, sIff sfo{, ;x tyf cltl/St lj|mofsnfk cflbdf ;xefuL x'Fbf
d"Nofª\sg ug{ k|of]u ul/Psf >]0fLdfkg kmf/fd, ?h';"rL, ?lj|S; / Socio metric chart cflb
;f]xL kmfOndf /fVg] . – @ c+s
u_ kl/of]hgf sfo{, If]q e|d0f / k|ltj]bg M k|To]s PsfOaf6 slDtdf Pp6f kl/of]hgf sfo{ jf
;fd'bflos sfo{ jf If]q e|d0fdf ;xefuL u/fpg] . ljb\ofyL{sf] ;xeflutf, ;lj|motf, of]hgf
lgdf{0f, cjnf]sg, cGtjf{tf{, tYofª\s ;ª\sng, k|ltj]bg tof/L / k|:t'lts/0fnfO{ cfwf/ dfgL
;fd"lxs jf JolStut ?kdf d"Nofª\sg ug]{ . k|To]s ljb\ofyL{n] jif{df slDtdf tLgj6f k|ltj]
bgx¿ JolStut ?kdf tof/ kf/]sf] x'g' kg]{5 .
3_ k|of]ufTds k/LIff M o; cGtu{t lgDgfg';f/sf sfo{x¿ u/L k|bz{g / df}lvs jf lnlvt ?kdf
k|of]ufTds k/LIff lnOg] 5 .
• cGt/jftf{ M ljb\ofyL{;Fusf] cGt/jftf{ – @ c+s
• k/LIf0f / k|bz{g M k/LIff :yndf ;fd"lxs jf JolStut ?kdf e"sDk, xfjfkfgL, b]zfGt/ / ;do,
P]ltxfl;s j:t'x¿sf] ;+sng / k|of]u, cfly{s ultljlwx¿sf] cjwf/0ff a'emfpg] ;fdu|L, hgr]
tgfd'ns ;fdu|L lgdf{0f cflb ljifoj:t'Fu ;DalGwt ljleGg ;fdu|Lsf] lgdf{0f, k/LIf0f / k|of]u
u/]/ b]vfpg] – # c+s
k'gZr M q}dfl;s ?kdf dflysf] kmf/fd k|of]u u/L d"Nofª\sg ug{‘ k5{ . q}dfl;s k/LIffsf] d"Nofª\sgsf]
cf}ift lgsfnL jflif{s d"Nofª\sg ug{ ;lsG5 .
ljb\ofyL{x¿sf] lgoldt ?kdf d"Nofª\sg ug{ lgDgfg';f/sf] >]0fLdfkg kmf/fdsf] k|of]u ug{ klg ;lsG5 .
k|of]ufTds tkm{sf] clGtd d"Nofª\sg ug{ oL b'O{ dWo] s'g} Ps kmf/fd jf b'j}sf] k|of]u ug{ ;lsg]5 .
ljBfyL{sf] ;sf/fTds Jojxf/ k|bz{g k|of]ufTds kmfOn kl/of]hgfsfo{, If]qe|d0f k|ltj] k|of]ufTds k/LIff hDdf
bg % cª\s
gfd % !) %
c p* p* d ;f * lg* c p p* d* ;f* lg* c p* p* d* ;f* lg* c p* p* d* ;f* lg*

% $ *# @ ! * !) * ^ $ @ % $ # @ ! % $ # @ !
* c p ≠ clt pQd, p ≠ pQd, d ≠ dWod, ;f ≠ ;fdfGo, lg ≠ lgDg

b|i6Jo M of] lu|8 k|:tfljt d:of}bf dfq xf] .
dfWolds lzIff kf7\oj|md -sIff (–!)_, @)&! 155

SEE Model Question dfWolds lzIFf k/LIff SET - 1
(Secondary Education Examinations - SEE)
clgjfo{ ;fdflhs cWoog
;do M (Time) @M!% k"0ff{ª\s (Full Marks): 75
;d'x æsÆ (Group A)
tnsf k|Zgx?sf] clt 5f]6f] pQ/ lbg'xf];\ (Very short answer Questions) & X ! = &
!_ ;+l3o nf]stflGqs u0ftGqfTds d'n'snfO{ kl/eflift ug'xf];\ .
Define federal democratic republican state.
@_ g]kfndf ;+rflnt ljsf; cfof]hgfx? k"j{lgwf{l/t ;dodf ;DkGg ug{ s] ug'{knf{ < cfºgf] wf/0ff b'O{ a'Fbfdf n]Vg'xf];\ .
What should be done to complete ongoing projects of Nepal in pre-determined time frame? Write
your views in two points.
#_ ljZjjGw'Tjn] ljZj zflGt :yfkgfdf s;/L dxTjk"0f{ e"ldsf lgjf{x ub{5 < Ps jfSodf JoQm ug'{xf];\ .
How does universal brotherhood play a significant role to set up peace in the world? Express in a
sentence.
$_ cGt/fli6«o g]kfn km]nf]l;kn] g]kfndf ul//x]sf] s'g} b'O{ sfo{x? n]Vg'xf];\ .
Mention any two works of International Nepal Fellowship carrying out in Nepal.
%_ z;:q qmflGt / hgcfGbf]ng aLrsf s'g} Ps km/s n]Vg'xf];\ .
Write any one difference between armed revolution and mass movement.
^_ tkfO{sf] :yflgo txdf pknAw hn>f]tnfO{ ;b'kof]u ug{ ;lsg] s'g} b'O{ pkfox? s] s] x'g ;S5g\ < n]Vg'xf];\ .
What can be the two ways to utilize the water resources available in your local level? Write.
&_ k/df0f' phf{ eg]sf] s] xf] <
What is meant by atomic power?
;d'x ævÆ (Group B)

5f]6f] pTt/ cfpg] k|Zgx? (Short answer Questions) !) X $ = $)
*_ g]kfndf dfgj ;+;fwg ljsf;sf] cj:yfnfO{ ;'wf/ ug'{ lsg ckl/xfo{ 5 <
Why is it essential to improve the condition of human resource development in Nepal? Give reasons.
(_ :yfgLo of]hgf th'{df k|s[ofaf/] 5f]6s/Ldf n]Vg'xf];\ .
Write in short about the local plan formulation process.
!)_ :yflgo nf]sjfhf tyf nf]s g[To ;+/If0fdf tkfO{n] cfºgf] If]qdf s] s:tf] e"ldsf lgjf{x ul//xg'ePsf] 5 < n]Vg'xf];\ .
What role have you played to conserve local musical instruments and folk dance in your area? Write
down.
!!_ …bfOhf] lng' / lbg' ;fdflhs ck/fw xf].Ú cfºgf rf/ ts{ ;lxt k'li6 ug'{xf];\ .
“Dowry taking and giving are social crimes”. Justify it with your four logics
!@_ Gofokflnsf :jtGq / lgikIf x'g'kb{5 eGg] tYonfO{ b'O{ ;fyLljrsf] ;+jfbdf k|i6 kfg'{xf];\ .
Clarify the fact that judiciary should be free and fair with a dialogue between two friends.
!#_ lbOPsf] tYof+snfO{ a[t lrqdf k|:t't ug'{xf];\ .
Present the following data in a Pie-chart.
dxfl4k (Continent) If]qkmn au{ ls=ld = (Area in Sq.Km.)
Pl;of (Asia) $$,%&(,)))
clk|msf (Africa) #),)^%,)))

o'/f]k (Europe) (,(#*,)))
pQ/ cd]l/sf (North America) @$,@%^,)))
!$_ e"dWo/]vLo If]qdf kfOg] xfjfkfgL / jg:kltsf] b'O{÷b'O{j6f ljz]iftfx? n]Vg'xf];\ .
Present two features each of climate and vegetation found in the equatorial region.
!%_ lj= ;+= @)$^ b]lv xfn;Ddsf k|d'v /fhg}lts 36gfx? pNn]v u/L ;do–/]vfdf k|:t't ug'{xf];\ .
Present the major political and historical events from 2046 Bs to the date in a timeline.
!^_ ahf/df s'g}klg j:t' vl/b ug{ hfg nfUg'ePsf cleefjsnfO{ s] s] s'/fdf Wofg lbg'kb{5 egL ;'emfa lbg'x'G5 < rf/
a'+bfdf pNn]v ug'{xf];\ .
What suggestions would you give to a guarding going to buy goods in market? Mention in four
points.
!&_ ljZjJofkLs/0fsf rf/ j6f ;an kIfx? k|Zt't ug'{xf];\ .
Present four strengths of globalization.
;d'x æuÆ (Group C)

tnsf k|Zgx?sf] nfdf] pQ/ lbg'xf];\ . Give long answer to the following questions. $ X & = @*
!*_ ljZjsf sltko /fi6«x?df ef]6 cl:jsf/ ug]{ ;+j}wflgs k|fjwfg klg 5 . o; k|0ffnLsf ;sf/fTds / gsf/fTds kIfx?
pNn]v ub}{ Ps n]v tof/ kfg'{xf];\ .
There is constitutional provision of rejection of vote (NOTA) in some of the countries in world.
Prepare an article including the positive and negative aspects of this system.
!(_ k[i7 e/L g]kfnsf] gSzf agfO{ lgDg tYox? eg'{xf]; .
Draw a full page map of Nepal and insert the following facts in it.
l;4fy{ /fhdfu{ (Siddhartha high way) clk lxdfn (Api Himal)
cn}FrL pTkfbg If]q (Cardamom Production area) lj/u+h (Birgunj)
-cyjf_ OR
blIf0f cd]l/sfsf] gSzf agfO{ lgDg lnlvt tYox? eg'{xf];\ .
Draw a map of South America and insert the following facts there.
e"dWo/]vf (Equator) cd]hg gbL (Amazon river)
kDkf; (Pampas) k6fuf]lgof d?e"ld (Patagonia desert)
@)_ …/fhlgltdf s'g} klg zlQm jf b]z :yfoL zq' jf ldq x'b}g .Ú eGg] dfGotfnfO{ k|yd tyf lålto ljZjo'4sf] 36gf /
ljj/0fsf] cfwf/df k|dfl0ft ug'{xf];\ .
“No Power or nation remains permanent enemy or friend in politics”. Prove this believes by stating
the events and description of first and Second World War.
@!_ ljdfsf] kl/ro lbO{ hLjg ljdf / lglh{jg jLdf aLrsf s'g} kf+rj6f leGgtf n]Vg'xf];\ .
Define insurance and differentiate between life and non-life insurance in five points.

SEE Model Question dfWolds lzIFf k/LIff SET - 2
(Secondary Education Examinations - SEE)
clgjfo{ ;fdflhs cWoog
;do M (Time) @M!% k"0ff{ª\s (Full Marks): 75
;d'x æsÆ (Group A)
tnsf k|Zgx¿sf] clt ;+lIfKt pQ/ lbg'xf];\ . (Very short answer Questions) & X ! = &
!_ tkfO{+ a;f]af; ug]{ k|b]zsf s'g} b'O{ ef}uf]lns ljz]iftfx¿ pNn]v ug'{xf];\ .
Mention any two physical features of the province where you reside.
@_ tkfO{+sf] ljrf/df, lbuf] ljsf; nIosf] s'g nIo g]kfnsf] ;Gbe{df ;aeGbf pko'Qm 5 < tkfO{+sf] ljrf/ Ps jfSodf
k|i6 kfg'{xf];\ .
Which goal, in your opinion, of Sustainable Development Goal is the most appropriate in the context
of Nepal? Clarify your opinion in a sentence.
#_ wfg gfr s'g hfltdf k|rlnt 5 <
In which race is Dhan naach (traditional dance) practised?
$_ dfgj j]r ljvg lj?4 hg r]tgf hufpg Ps gf/f tof/ kfg'{xf];\ .
Prepare a slogan to create awareness against human trafficking.
%_ l6Dd'/jf]6] sf08;Fu ;DjlGwt lhNnf s'g xf]<
Which district is realated with the Timmurbote massacre?
^_ …cfly{s of]hgfÚnfO{ Ps jfSodf kl/eflift ug'{xf];\ .
Define ‘Economic Plan’ in a sentence.
&_ tkfOsf] ;d'bfodf o'lg;]kmn] s] s:tf] ;xof]u ug{ ;S5 <
What type of support can do the UNICEF in your community?
;d'x ævÆ (Group B)

tnsf k|Zgx¿sf] ;+lIfKt pQ/ n]Vg'xf];\ . Write short answer to the following questions: !) X $ = $)
*_ dfgj ;+;fwg Joj:yfkgsf s'g} rf/ ljz]iftfx¿ n]Vg'xf];\ .
Write any four characteristics of Human Resource Management.
(_ tkfO{+sf] k|b]zdf /x]sf] /fli6«o uf}/jsf] cfof]hgfn] ToxfFsf] cfly{s tyf ;fdflhs ljsf;df kfg]{ ;sf/fTds k|efjsf] $
a'Fbfdf k|i6kfg'{xf];\ .
Clarify the positive effects of National project of pride that is in operation in your province in four
points.
!)_ s}nfz ;TofyL{n] rnfPsf] afnkg arfcf}F cfGbf]ng h:t} cfGbf]ng xfd|f] ;dfhdf klg] rnfof] eg] s:tf] kl/jt{g cfpnf <
rf/ a'Fbfdf n]Vg'xf];\ .
What short of changes may occur in our society if save childhood like movement conducted by
Kailas Satyarthi in our country? Write in four points.
!!_ k|:t't lrqn] s] ;+s]t ub{5 < o:tf ultljlwn] ;dfhdf kfg]{ c;/x? pNn]v ug'{xf];\ .
What does the following picture indicate? Mention the effects caused by such activities in society.
!@_ tn lbOPsf] Ps b}lgs klqsfdf k|sflzt ;dfrf/ k9L tnsf] k|Zgsf] pQ/ n]Vg'xf];\ .
Read the given news published in a daily newspaper and answer the question below:

g]kfnsf] ;a}h;f] lgjf{rgdf dt ab/ x'g'sf s'g} b'O{ sf/0f / ltgsf ;dfwfgsf b'O{ pkfox¿ k|i6 kf/L n]Vg'xf];\ .
Write clearly any two causes with two measures why votes in most election of Nepal become
invalid.
!#_ tkfOFn] g]kfnsf] s'g} ef}uf]lns If]qsf] e|d0f ug'{ ePsf] xf]nf . To;sf af/]df lgDg 9fFrfdf 5f]6f] k|ltj]bg tof/ kfg'{xf];\ .
You would have definitely made a visit of any geographical place in Nepal. Prepare a report on the
basis of following points.
n p2]Zo (Objective)
n d'Vo lj|mofsnfk (Major activities)
n kTtf nufOPsf s'/f (findings)
!$_ ;'gfdLsf] kl/ro lbO{ o;af6 aRg] tLg ;'/Iffsf pkfox? pNn]v ug'{xf];\ .
Give an introduction of Tsunami and mention any three safety measures to be secure from Tsunami.
!%_ tkfO{+n] lj=;+= @))&–@)!& ;fnsf] cjlwdf u7g ePsf ;/sf/sf ultljlw cWoog ug'{ePsf] 5 . tkfO{+nfO{ tL dWo] s'g
;/sf/sf sfo{x¿ ;aeGbf /fd|f] nfUof] < tkfO{+sf ljrf/ $ a'Fbfdf k|i6 kfg'{xf];\ .
You have studied the activities of government formed during the period of 2007 – 2017 BS. Which
government’s functions did you like the most among them? Clarify yours views in four points.
!^_ dfgf}+, tkfO{+ cfÇgf] ufpFkflnsf jf gu/kflnsfsf] k|d'v x'g'eof] eg] tkfO{+n] p7fpg kfpg] gkfpg] s/ jf b:t'/sf] ;"rL
tflnsfdf b]vfpg'xf];\ .
Imagine, you were chairman of your Rural Municipality or Mayor of Municipality, show the list of tax
or fee in table that you deserve to collect levy or you don’t.
!&_ o'g]:sf]sf] (UNESCO) k"0f{ ?k n]vL o;sf] ;+lIfKt kl/ro lbg'xf];\ .
Write full form of UNESCO and give its short introduction.
;d'x æuÆ (Group C)

tnsf k|Zgx¿sf] ljZn]if0ffTds pQ/ lbg'xf];\ M Write analytical answer to the following questions: $ X & = @*
!*_ g]kfnsf] ;+ljwfgn] dlxnf ;zlQms/0f jf ljsf;sf nflu df}lns xs tyf cGo ;+j}wflgs k|fjwfgsf] Joj:yf u/]sf] 5 .
tL xs / k|fjwfgx¿ s] slt k|efjsf/L sfof{Gjog ePsf 5g\ < tkfO{+sf] d"NofÍg a'Fbfut ¿kdf k|:t't ug'{xf];\ .
Constitution of Nepal has provided Fundamental Rights and other constitutional provision to
empower or develop women. How far have those Rights and constitutional provision implemented
effectively? Present yours evaluation in points.
!(_ g]kfnsf] /]vfª\lst gS;f sf]/L To;df lbOPsf tYox? pko'St ;+s]tsf] k|of]u u/]/ eg'{xf];\ .
Draw an outline map of Nepal and insert the given facts using appropriate symbols.
Lake Foksundo, River Narayani, Baraha Kshetra, Jumla
kmf]S;'08f] tfn, gf/fo0fL gbL, j/fx If]q, h'Dnf,
-cyjf_ OR
pTt/ cd]l/sf dxfb]zsf] gS;f agfO{ /]vfª\lst gS;f sf]/L To;df lbOPsf tYox? pko'St ;+s]tsf] k|of]u u/]/ eg'{xf];\ .
Draw an outline map of North America and insert the given facts using appropriate symbols.
k|]l/h 3fF;] d}bfg, /SsL kj{t >]0fL, jfl;+6g l8 l;, ;'k]l/o/ tfn
Prairies , Rocky Mountain range, Washington DC, Lake Superior
@)_ cfjlws lgjf{rg, hgdt;+u|x / ;+ljwfg;ef lgjf{rg aLr b'O{÷b'O{ a'Fbfdf k|i6 x'g]u/L t'ngf ug'{xf];\ .
Compare clearly among Periodic election, Referendum and election of Constittional Assembly in
two points each of them.
@!_ g]kfndf ljQLo lzIff k|efjsf/L agfpg] pkfox¿ pNn]v ug'{xf];\ .
Mention the measures to make Financial Education effective in Nepal.
???

CARIBBEAN SEA
Me
dit
Worked Out Maps
err Maracaibo Lake Orinoco R.
Strait of Gibraltar ane
an it Angle Falls
tra le
416
Sea
ins gS rc Bogota
nds ounta rin R. Yuko
n Ci Georgetown
Atlas M Suez Canal ic
sla Cairo Be ct
Ar
R
yI
nar N N N
Re
Ca Sahara Desert Tropic of Cancer inley Quito AMAZON R.
n
d
. Mack
McK azo
Mt. Cotopaxi
en
Labrador Galapagos BASIN Am
zie
Se
Sea
a
Island
Hudson
R.
Bay
Se
R.
en Newfoundland
ne
BOLIVIA
Ni
Gulf of Ad Lima BRAZILIAN
Island
ga
ge
l
R. Nile
Lake Chad
Roc
r
Lake Titicaca
k
HIGHLANDS
A nd
GREA
yM
Mt. Cameroon es
T LAK
Lake Superio Montreal
R.
r
E ARE
A
oun
Ottawa
y
INDIAN SOUTH
R.
tain
alle
PACIFIC
R.
OCEAN PACIFIC
s
Mt. Kenya s Rio-de Janeiro
na
New York
M
Death Valley
o
all
ra
Lake
ift V
iss
OCEAN aF OCEAN
ng
Paraguay
ou
Equator
Pa
Mt. Kilimanjaro Salt Lake City ar Washington SOUTH
ri
Victoria
Co
at R
.
iag
Pr
Atacama Desert
N
R
ai
R.
ATLANTIC
do
rie
Gre
ay
Zanzibar s
Mountains
Los Angeles
gu
Grand Canyon OCEAN
olora
u
Island Mt. Aconcagua
Lake
Ur
R. C
SOUTH
Tanganyika
Flo
Comoros Island Buenos Aires
R. Mississippi
Pampas
rid
ATLANTIC CHILE
AR
R. Zambezi
Lake Malawi
Gu
OCEAN Trop Miami
lf
SC
ic of C Gulf of
of
Victoria Falls anc
GA
er Mexico ATLANTIC
Nam
Cal
Kalahari
DA
onia
ifo
Desert CUBA OCEAN Gulf of San Jorge
MA
rni
ib De
a
Tropic of Capricorn Drakensberg Mexico City
sert
Mountains
Patag
R. Orange Falkland Island

East London
CAPE HORN
Africa North America South America
y
wa
igh
Nepal Nepal
Hu
li H
a
m
l
Api Saipal
ak
aK
N N
ah
ar
M
na
li
Khaptad National Kanjirowa

Park L. Phoksundo
Rani-Jamariya-Kularia Khaptad
Ugratara Jumla Jomsom
Irrigation Project Thuli
Dhaulagiri Budhigandaki Dhangadhi Manma Bher
i
Babal Irrigation
Ma
Hydropower project Muktinath

Machhapuchhre i ali
i
rsy
Project od rn Chame
gh
an
Ka Birendranagar Sani Bheri

o da
gd
Ganesh
i
ndak
Pokhara Regional Cardamom Gh Nepalgunj

a
L. se n
Seti
im
li
International Airport Production Bh

u
Melamchi Swargadwari a ra
Kalig
Mt. Everest Area Kusma kh Namchebazar ha

ola ib
i
Drinking Water
Trish
Upper Tamakoshi D Jiri th

Pa
Indrawati
Project
osh
Butwal i Manakamana
President Chure-Terai Hydropower project Kangchenjunga an
un
ray
dhk
Ar
Madhesh Conservation Gautam Buddha Tea Cultivation Na

Du
R. Birgunj
Tamor
Area Program Regional Area Sunk

o
Siddhartha Highway shi Dhankuta
International Airport Secon Gadhimai
d Int
Janakpur Baraha
Airpo ernationa
l Rajbiraj Airport

rt, Ba Kshetra shiDharan
ra o Biratnagar
ak
pt
Sa

Social Readmore

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Social Readmore

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Social Readmore

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Approved by the Government of Nepal, Ministry of Education

Curriculum Development Centre (CDC), Sanothimi, Bhaktapur, Nepal.

TU Road, Kuleshwor, Kathmandu, Nepal.

© Copyright: Publisher 2075 BS

First Edition : 2075 BS

Language Editor Special Thanks to: Layout

Read to help others read !

UNIT 2. DEVELOPMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURES OF DEVELOPMENT

UNIT 3. OUR SOCIAL VALUES AND NORMS

UNIT 4. SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS

UNIT 5. CIVIC AWARENESS

UNIT 6. OUR EARTH

UNIT 7. OUR PAST

UNIT 8. ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

UNIT 9. OUR INTERNATIONAL RELATION AND COOPERATION

Additional Learning Materials 392-416

Understand the concept of Human Resource Development,

Human Resource Development

6 SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

1 Human Resource Development

Types of human resources

b. On the basis of term

Importance of Human Resource Development

We and Our Society 9

Process of Human Resource Planning

Challenges of Human Resource Development and their solution

10 SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

Future plan for the human resource development

We and Our Society 11

Short answer questions:

Human Development Index (HDI)

We and Our Society 13

Calculation of Human Development Index

HDI Dimension Index Calculation

14 SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

Calculating Education Index

We and Our Society 15

Calculating Income Index

Nepal’s status in HDI

Nepal’s status in HDI Year Rank Score

16 SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

Short answer questions:

18 SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

indicates the economic and social progress of the

Concept of Regional Development

We and Our Society 19

Positive Aspects of Federalism

Challenging Aspects of Federal System

22 SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

Short answer questions:

We and Our Society 23

Location of Province No. 1

24 SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

northern part. Summer monsoon causes heavy 14 (Taplejung, Panchthar,

Economic and Development Activities

activities in this province. Mahendra highway,

26 SOCIAL STUDIES - GRADE 10

We and Our Society